Stresscheck-training_in Colour.pdf
This document was uploaded by user and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this DMCA report form. Report DMCA
Overview
Download & View Stresscheck-training_in Colour.pdf as PDF for free.
More details
- Words: 88,177
- Pages: 368
StressCheck™ Software, Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual © 20 11 Halliburton
HALLIBURTON
I
Landmark So ~ware & Servic es
Part Number 16177 8 Revision E
Apri l 201 1
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
© 20 10 Halliburton A ll Rights Reserved
This publication has been provided pursuant to an agreement contai ning restrictions on its use. The publication is also protected by Federal copyright law. No part of this publication may be copied or distributed, transmitted, transcribed. stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, magnetic, manual, or otherwise, or disclosed to third parties without the express written permission of:
Halliburton I Landmark Software & Services 2107 CityWest Blvd, Building 2, Houston, Texas 77042-3051, USA P.O. Box 42806, Houston, Texas 77242, USA Phone:7 I 3-839-2000 FAX: 7 13-839-2015 Internet: www.halliburton.com/landmark Trademark Notice 3D Drill View, 3D Drill View KM, 3D Surveillance, 3DFS, 3DVicw, Active Fie ld Surveillance, Act ive Reservoir Surveillance, Adaptive Mesh Refining, ADC, Advanced Data Transfer, Analys is Model Layering, ARIES, AR IES DecisionSuite, Asset Data Mining. Asset Decision Solutions, Asset Development Center, Asset Development Centre, Asset Journal , _Asset Performance, AssetConnect, Asset Connect Enterprise, AssetConnect Enterprise Express. AssetConnect Expert, AssctDirector, AssetJoumal, AssetLink, Assct Link Advisor, AssctLink Director, AssctLink Observer, AssctObsc1vcr, AssctObserver Advisor, AssctOpt imizcr, Asset Planner, AssetPrcdictor, AssetSolvcr, AssetSolvcr Online. AssctVicw. AssctVicw 2D. Asset View JD, BLITZPAK, CasingLifo, CasingSeat, CDS Connect, Channel Trim, COMPASS, Contract Generation, Corporate Data Arch iver, Corporate Data Store. Data Analyzer, DataManager, DataStar, DBPlot, Decision Management System, DecisionSpacc, DecisionSpace 30 Drill View KM, DecisionSpace AssetLink, DccisionSpacc AssetPlanner. DecisionSpace AssetSolver, DccisionSpace Atom ic Meshing, DecisionSpace Nexus. DecisionSpace Reservoir, DccisionSuite, Deeper Know ledge. Broader Understanding .. Depth Team. Depth Team Explorer, Depth Team Express, Depth Team Extreme, Depth Team Interpreter. DepthTeam, DepthTeam Explorer, DcpthTeam Express, DepthTeam Ex treme, Depth Team Interpreter, Desktop Navigator, DESKTOP-PVT, DESKTOP-VIP, DEX, DIMS, Discovery, Discovery Asset, Discovery Framebuilder. Discovery PowerStation, DMS, Drillability Sui te, Drilling Desktop, DrillModel, Drill-to-the-Earth-Model , Drill works, Dri ll works ConnectML,DSS, Dynamic Reservoir Management, Dynamic Surveillance System, EarthCube, EDM, EDM AutoSync, EDT, eLandmark, Engineer 's Data Model, Engineer's Desktop, Engineer's Link, ESP. Event Similarity Prediction, ezFault, ezMode l, czSurfacc, ezTracker, ezTracker2D, FastTrack, Field Scenario Planner, Fie ldPlan, For Production, FZAP!. GeoA tlas, GeoDataLoad, GeoGraphix, GeoGraphix Exploration System. GeoLink, Geometric Kernel , GeoProbc, GcoProbe GF DataServer, GeoSmith, GES, GES97, GESXplorer, GMAplus, GM! Imager, Grid3D, GRIDGENR, H. Clean, Handheld Fie ld Operator, HHFO, High Science Simplified, Horizon Generation, i WcllFile, 12 Enterprise, iDIMS, Infrastructure, !so Core. IsoMap. iWellFi le, KnowledgeSource, Landmark (as a service), Landmark (as sojiware}, Landmark Decision Ccnccr, Landmark Logo and Design, Landscape, Large Model, Lattix, LcascMap, LogEd it, LogM, LogPrep, Magic Earth, Make Great Decisions, MathPack, MDS Connect, MicroTopology. MIMIC, MIMIC+, Model Builder, Nexus (as a sen1ice), Nexus (as software) . Nexus View, Object MP, OpenBooks. OpenJouma l, OpenSGM, Open Vision. Open Wells, Open Wire, Open Wire Clienc, Open Wire Direct, Open Wire Server, Open Works, Open Works Development Kit, Open Works Product ion, Open Works Well Fi le, PAL, Parallel-VIP, Parametric Modeling, PecroBank, PetroBank Explorer. PetroBank Master Data Store, PetroStor, Petro Works, Petro Works Asset, Petro Works Pro, Petro Works ULTRA , PlotVicw, Point Gridding Plus, Pointing Dispatcher, PostStack, PostStack ESP, PostS tack Family, Power Interpretation, PowerCalcu lator, PowerExplorcr, PowcrExp lorcr Connect, PowcrGrid, PowerHub, PowerModel, PowerView, PrecisionTarget, Presgraf. Pressworks, PRIZM. Production, Production Asset Manager, PROFILE, Project Administrator, ProMAGIC, ProMAGIC Connec t, ProMAG IC Server, ProMAX , ProMAX 20, ProMax 30, ProMAX 3DPSOM, ProMAX 40, ProMAX ram ily, ProMAX MVA, ProMAX VSP, pSTAx. Query Builder. Quick, Quick+, QUICKDIF, Quickwell, Quickwell+, QUI KRAY, QUIKSHOT, QU IKVSP, RAVE. RAYMAP, RAYMAP+, Real Freedom, Real Time Asset Management Center, Real Time Decision Center, Real Time Operations Center, Real Time Production Surveillance, Rea l Time Surveillance, Real -time View, Reference Data Manager. Reservoir. Reservoir Framework Builder, RESev, ResMap, RTOC. SCAN. SeisCube, SeisMap. SeisModel. SeisSpace, ScisVision, SeisWell, ScisWorks, SeisWorks 20, SeisWorks 3D, SeisWorks PowerCalculator, SeisWo rks PowerJoumal, SeisWorks PowerSection, ScisWorks PowerView, SeisXchange, Semblance Computation and Anal ysis, Sierra Fami ly, Sigma View, SimConnect, S imConvert, SimDataStudio, SimResults, SimResults+, SimResults+3D, SIVA+, SLAM, SmartFlow, smartSECTION, Spatiali zer, SpecDecomp, StrataAmp, StrataMap, StrataModcl, StrataSim, StratWorks, StratWorks JD, StreamCalc, StrcssChcck. STRUCT, Structure Cube, Surf & Connect. SynTool, System Start for Servers, SystemStart, SystemStart for Clients, SystemStart for Servers, SystemStart for Storage, Tanks & Tubes, TDQ, Team Workspace, TERAS, T-Grid, The Engineer 's DeskTop, Total Drilling Performance, TOW/cs, TOW/cs Revenue Interface, TracPianner, TracPianner Xprcss, Trend Form G ridding, Tri mmed Grid, Tu rbo Synthetics, VESPA, VESPA+, VIP, VIPCOMP, VIP-CORE. VIPDataStudio, VIP-DUAL, VIP-ENCORE, VIP- EXECUTIV E. VIP- Local Grid Refinement, VIP-THERM. WavX , Web Ed itor, Well Cost, Well H. Clean, Well Seismic Fusion, We llbase, Wellbore Planner, Wellbore Planner Connect. WELLCAT, WELLPLAN, WellSolver, WellXchange, WOW, Xsection, You ' re in Control. Experience the difference , ZAP! , and Z-MAP Plus are trademarks registered trademarks or service marks of Halliburton. All other trademarks, service marks and product or serv ice names are the trademarks or names of their respective owners.
Note The information contained in this document is su bject to change without notice and should not be construed as a conunitment by Halliburton. Halliburton assumes no responsibi lity for any error that may appear in this manual. Some states or j urisdictions do not allow disclaimer of expressed or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Halliburton acknowledges that certain third party code has been bundled with, or embedded in, its software. The licensors of this third party code, and the terms and conditions of their respective licenses, may be found in a document called Third_ Party.pdf. This document is included in the installation directory of each application from Landmark® software. The path name of the file is similar to the follow ing:
App/icationlnstallationDirectory I d ocs/T h ird _ Par ty . p d f
or ApplicationlnstallationDirectory\ he lp \ Third _ Par ty . pd f
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
I
)
)
) )
) http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
)
TM
StressCheck Software Training Manual Introduction ......... ...... ........ . .. . .... ........................... . 1-1 What is StressCheck™ Software? . . . . . .... .. . ... . .... ............ . ...... Course Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Training Course and Manual Overview ......... .. .... . ... .. ........... .. Licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-3
Theory, Calculations, and References .. .. . ... . ...... .. ... . .......
2-1
Casing Design Methodology ...................... . .. ... . .. . ... .. . .. .. 2-2 Wellbore Temperatures and Casing Design . . ....... . . ...... . ... .. ...... 2-4 Temperature Deration . ... . . . ...... . . .... ......... ..... ...... .. .. . . ... Drilling Temperatures . ... . . .... .- ............ . .... . ................... Production Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Conditions . . . . ... . . ..........................................
2-4 2-5 2-6
2-7
Basic Material Properties ............. . ...... . ... ..................... 2-9 Stress ... ..... .. . . . . ... . . . . .. ..... ... .. . .......... . ... . . . .......... 2-9 Strain ..... ........... .. ........................................... 2-9 Modulus of Elasticity (Young's Modulus) .. .. ...... . . . . ... ..... ... .. . . . . . 2-9 Yield Strength (Tensile) ..................... , .. . ............. ....... 2-10
Pipe Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Axial . . . . ............. ........................................... Burst ............ . ........... .... . .............. ... . .... ..... . ... Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield Strength Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plastic Collapse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transition Collapse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elastic Collapse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter to Wall Thickness Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Effect of Tension on Collapse . ... ... .. ..... . .. .. . .. . ... . ....... . .. Effect of Internal Pressure on Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-11 2-12 2-1 2 2- 13 2- 13 2-14 2-14 2-15 2- 16 2- 16
Contents
Reduced Wall vs. Nominal Dimensions ............. ........... ......... 2-18 Tension Due to Bending ........................ ....... .............. 2- 19
Triaxi al Stress Analysis ...... .. .. ....................... ............ 2-20 Von Mises Equation . .. . ... . ..... . ... .................. .. . ...... . ... 2-20 Triax ial Design Ellipse ............................... ....... ........ 2-21
Buckling ........................................................... 2-23 Casing Buckling in Oil Field Operations ...... ..... .... .... ............. 2-24
AP I Connection Ratings . ..... ... ..... . ..... . ... . . . ........ ... . ...... 2-25 Preliminary Design ... . .. . . .. ......... ...... ......... . ........ . . .. .. 2-26 Why Should You Do A Preliminary Design? ........ . ............. . . . . . .. What Data is Needed to Perfonn a Preliminary Des ign? ..... . ....... . ... Minimum Casing Diameter ..... ... ... . . .... . ............ . ........ ... Minimum Casing Shoe Setting Depth .. ................. .... . ..........
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-27
Detailed Mechanical Design ......................................... 2-28 Burst Loads .... ................ . . .......................... ....... Drilling Loads .... . ...... .................... ... .. .......... . . .. Production Loads . . .... .. ... . ... ..... .. . .............. ...... . ... Co llapse Loads ..... . . . . . . .. ....................................... Drill ing Loads . .. .. ............................................. Production Loads ..... . ... . ... .. .. . .... .. .... . . . ......... . . . .. .. Axial Loads . ... . ......... ..... .. ... .. .... ... ...... . . . . ............ Runn ing and Cementing ..................................... .. ... Service Loads ... ..... . . . . . . . .. , .. , . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Lines .. . ..... . . . . . .... ................ . ..... . . . .. .... .... . . . Automatic Load Generation .............................. . ........ Design Factors ......... .. .. ....... . ... ............ ... . .. .. .... .. . . Design Factor Selection ....... ........ ... .. ...................... Graphical Design .. . ...................................... . .. . .. ... Load Line Corrections ........... .............. . ..... ............
2-28 2-28 2-32 2-34 2-34 2-37 2-38 2-38 2-40 2-40 2-41 2-41 2-41 2-42 2-43
External Pressure Profiles ..... . ... .................... ....... . . . ... . 2-44 Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile ................. .. .. Permeable Zones ..... . . . . . . ...... .............. . .. .... . .... . ... .... Poor Cement Disabled .. . ... . . . . ... ..... ................... ..... . Poo r Cement Enabled - High Pressure Zone .. ....... . .......... . .. ... Poor Cement Enabled- Low Pressure Zone ..........................
ii
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-44 2-45 2-45 2-46 2-47
Contents
Minimum Formation Poor Pressure .. . ....... . .. . . ... .. . ..... . . ...... .. TOC Inside Previous Shoe .. . ... . .. .. . . . . ....... .. .... . ... . . ... ... TOC in Open Hole (With and Without Mud Drop Enabled) . . . ... . . . . . . .. Pore Pressure with Seawater Gradient . . .......... . .... . .. . . ... . ..... . .. Fluid Gradients (with Pore Pressure) ...... ......... .. . ........... . . ... . Mud and Cement Slurry .... . ... .... . .... . .. . ........................ Frac@ Prior Shoe with Gas Gradient Above . ..... .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. ..... . ..
2-48 2-48 2-49 2-50 2-51 2-52 2-53
EDMM and the Well Explorer .... . .. .... .. .... ... .. . ... .. ... ...... 3-1 Overview ..... .. .. ...................... . ....... .... .. ..... .. ..... . . 3-2 Describing the Data Structure ... . . .. ... . . ... .. .. ... .. .. . . . ... ... . . . ... 3-3 We ll Explorer Components . . ... . . .. .. .. . ... .. ... . ............. ....... 3-5
Working with the Well Explorer . . . . .... . .. . .. . .. . ........... ... .. ..... 3-6 Drag-and-drop Rules ... . . . . . .. . ......... . .... . . . .. .. . ................ 3-6 Instant Design . ... ..... . ................ . . .. .. . . . .................. . 3-7 Import . .. . ... . . . . . ... . .. . . . . ................. ........... .......... 3-7 Export ........ .. . . ... . .... . . .. .. .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . ............. ...... 3-7 Attachments ......... . ... . ........ .. ... . ... .... . .. .. ... . ........... 3-8 Well Explorer Node Properties . . .. . .. . .............. ............ .... ... 3-9 Data Locking . ................ . . ....... .. . .. . .. .. ....... .. ..... .. 3-9 General Tab. .............................. ......... . ... .. ...... 3- 11 Audit Tabs . ... . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . . . .... .. ... .. .. . . . .... . .. .... 3-1 1
Datums .................. . . ... ... . ....... ........ . ..... . . .. ..... ... 3- 12 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Well Properties .... .. .. . .. . . . .. . .. . ....... .. .. . . . ....... . .......... Depth Reference Datum(s) ............ .. .. . .... . .. . .......... . .... Design Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) . .. .. . . . .. .... . .. ...... . .. Depth Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workflow-How to Set Up Datums for a Design .. .. . . .. . ........ . . ...... Changing the Datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How This Works ... ... .. . .... .... ... .......... . . .... . ........ . ..
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-12 3- 12 3- 12 3- 12 3- 13 3- 16 3-16 3- 17 3- 18 3- 19 3-19
iii
Contents
Concurrency and Multi-user Support ... ...... .. . ... ............... .. . 3-21 SAM in the Application Status Bar .. ... ..... . ... . . .. .. .. .......... . . .. SAM in the Well Explorer .... ....... ................. ... ......... ... Reload Notifi cation ...... . .. . ....................................... Reload ............ . ................... .. ................... .. . Ignore ............ . .................... . . . .................... Cancel ....... .............. .......... ............ .............
3-21 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-23 3-24
Working With Catalogs . . . . .............. . . ..... . ... ........ ........ 3-25
Getting Started ...... ............ ....... . ............... .......... .....
4- 1
Workflow ...................................................... . .... 4-2 Enter General Data ..... .. .................. .. .................. ..... 4-2 Specify Design Parameters for a Casing String . . .. .. . . .................... 4-3 View Graphical Results and Perform Design ....... . . . ... ... ........ ...... 4-3
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Starting the StressCheck™ Software ......... .. . . ....................... 4-4
Files and Templates .................................................. 4-6 What Type of Files Does the StressCheck™ Software Use? .................. What is a Template File? .... ............... ....... .............. ..... Opening an Existing Template File ......................... . . . .. .. . . Saving a T emplate File .. ....... ... ......... .... ................. . .
4-6 4-6 4-7 4-8
Main Window Layout ......... ........... ............ ............... . 4-9 Title Bar ......................................................... Menu Bar ............. ... . .... ........ .......... ................. File Menu ..................................................... Ed it Menu ... .. .. ... .. . .. . ............ . . . . . .. . ................. Wellbore Menu . . .... . ..... ..... ....... . . . . ..... .......... ...... Tubular Menu ............ . .................................. ... View Menu ...... . . ... . .. .............. ... . .. .................. Composer Menu ..... . ................ . .. .. ..................... Tools Menu ........... ........ .............................. . .. W indow Menu ...... .. ................... . ..................... Help Menu ......... . ............... .. . ... .................. . .. Wizard Toolbar ... ................. ........ ... .... .. ...............
iv
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10
4- l0 4- 11 4-11 4- 11 4-11 4-1 1 4- 11
Contents
Data Entry Forms . .. .. .. ..... . .. . ... ............ .. .................. 4- 12 Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Spreadsheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Helpful Features ........... . .. ....... . ...... . . ... . ........ . . . ... . ... 4-14 Online Help . ..................... .. .... ....... .... ............. . . . Setting Options . .... . . .. .......... . .. . . ... ... ......... . ............ Plots Group Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spreadsheets and Tables Group Box .. ... ....... .. . . . ... .... . ... .. . . Print Layout Group Box . . ..... . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... ... ... . .... . . ...... Depths Group Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Factors Group Box .. . . .... ..... ...... .......... .. . ...... . .. Other Group Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Units ....... .. . . ........... . ...... . ..... . ...... . ....... Using the Unit System Dialog Box .. ............... .. ............... Using the Convert Unit Dialog Box . ........ . . .... . . . . . . ...... . .. . .. Customizing Graphical Views . . .. . .. . . .. .. .. . . . .. . . ...... . .. ......... Changing Plot Properties . ................... . ......... .. ... ... . . . Zooming ........ . ...... ... ...... ... .. . . . ........ .............. Configuring the Well Schematic ... ...... .. .... . . .. ... .. ............
4-14 4-15 4-16 4- 17 4- 18 4-18 4- l 9 4- 19 4-20 4-20 4-22 4-24 4-2 5 4-26 4-26
Accessing and Managing Pipe Inventory .............................. 4-27 Selecting and Deleting Pipes ............... ... ........ .. . . . .......... Modifying Existing Pipes ................ .......... . . . ... .. . . . . . . .... Inserting a New Pipe . . . . .. . . . . . . ....... ........ .. .. . . . .. ... .... . ... . Tubular Properties . . . . .... .. ..... ................................... Locking Tubular Properties and Password Security .................. . . . Importing and Exporting Tubular Properties ......... . ....... ... . ..... Grades .......... .. ....... ................ ..... ....... . . ....... Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class .. . .... .. . . . . .. .. ... .. . ......... . . . .... . ... . .. . ... ... .... Temperature Derations ... . ..... . . ... . ............. . .. ... .........
4-29 4-30 4-31 4-32 4-32 4-33 4-33 4-3 5 4-38 4-39
Well and Formation Information ... ..... .. ............ ......... .. . 5-1 Entering Well Data .. ... . . ..... ........ ... ........ . .. . ...... . . . . ...... 5-2 Creating a New Design ............ ...... . . .. ......... ... .... . . ....... 5-2 Design Properties Dialog Box .. .. ...................... .. . . . . . .. . . . 5-2
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
v
Contents
Entering General Well Information . . .. . . .. .. . .... . . . .. .. . . .... ......... 5-6 Field and Controls .... .. ...... .. . ... .... . . . . .... ... . ......... . .... 5-7 Entering Pore Pressure Data ...... ......... . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . ... . ... .. . 5-8 Pore Pressure Spreadsheet Columns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Entering Fracture Gradient Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Fracture Gradient Spreadsheet Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Defining a Squeezing Salt/Shale Zone .......... . ... . . ....... . ..... . . . .. 5-12 Squeezing Salt/Shale Spreadsheet Columns . .. . ..... .. . . .............. 5- 12 Managing Wellpath Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Entering Well path Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14 Import Wellpath File ....... . ... . . .. .. . ............... . . . . ........ 5- 15 Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 16 Defining the Geothermal Gradient .. . .. ... . . .... . .. . .............. . . . .. 5- 19 Fields and Controls . .. . . . .. .. . .. . ... .... . .. . . ...... . .... .. . ...... 5-19 What Effect Does Temperature Have on the Analysis? ........... .. ... .. 5-20 Define the Casing and Tubing Scheme . . .. .. .. . . . . .. . . ......... ... . . . . .. 5-22 Fields and Controls . .......... .. . ................................ 5-23 Well Schematic ............................ . . . . ... .. .. . ......... 5-27 Defining Production Data ...... . .. .. . . ........ . ......... . ... ......... 5-28 Fields and Controls ..... . . . ... ................................... 5-28 Setting Up Tabs ... .................... .. . ... . .. . . . ....... . ........ 5-29 Splitting Windows into Panes . . ........ . .. . ... .. . ....... ...... ........ 5-30 Splitting the Tab into Vertical Panes ........... .... ..... ............ 5-30 Splitting the Tab into Horizontal Panes .. .. . . . . . .. . .. . .... .. .... . . . .. 5-31 Changing the Contents of the Pane ........... . .... .......... .. ...... 5-31
Tubular Load Data . . .. . ... . ..... ................................... . . 6-I Entering Design Parameters . . .... .. ............. .... . .. . . .. .......... 6-2 Specifying the Initial Conditions .. ... ... . ...... . .. . .. . .. . . . ..... . . . ... 6-3 Defining Cementing and Landing Data ............. . .. . ......... .. . . . ... 6-4 Fields .. .. .. .. ................ ........ . ... . ........... . ....... .. 6-5 Defining the Starting Temperature Profile ........... . ....... . . .. .... . .. . . 6-9
Specify Tool Passage Requirements .. . ..... ... . .................. ... .
vi
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6- 11
Contents
Defining Burst Loads ... .. . . ............ . ... . ................. ...... 6-13 Selecting the Des ign Burst Loads and the External Pressure Profile .. ... ...... Defining the External Pressure Profile ... ............. ............... Defining Burst Load Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Associated External Pressure Profi le ...................... Specify Burst Load Temperature .......... ... ...................... View Burst Load Pressure Plots .............................. . . .... Burst Design Load Line .... ...... ................... ...... .......
6-13 6-1 4 6- 14 6-15 6- 16 6- 17 6-18
Specifying Collapse Loads .... .... . ... ......... . .... .......... . . .... 6- 19 Selecting Co llapse Loads ...... ...... ....... ....... .................. Selecting Di ffercnt External Pressure Profiles for Each Load Case. . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Collapse Load Details ........... . . .. ........................ Viewing Collapse Load Pressure Plots ......... ...... ............... . ... Collapse Design Load Line . .................... . ............... . .. ...
6- 19 6-20 6-2 1 6-22 6-23
Specifying Ax ial Loads Details .... . ................................. 6-25 Defining Custom Loads .. . . . .... .......................... .......... 6-26 Displaying the List of Existing Custom Loads .......... ...... . .. ......... Renaming a Custom Load .................... .. ...................... Editing Custom Load Data ........ ........ ............... ........ .. .. Define the Pressure Profile ..................... ....... . . .......... Including the Custom Load in the Analysis .. .... ..................... Defining the Custom Load Temperature Profile ... .. . .... .......... ... Viewing the Pressure Profiles Including the Custom Load .... . .. . . ......
6-26 6-27 6-27 6-27 6-29 6-30 6-32
Graphical Design ............................................... ... .. . 7-1 Performing an Automated Design ....................... . . ............ 7-2 Checking Burst Design Using the Burst Design Plot ............ .......... .. 7-2 Creating a Pipe Section .... ........... ....... .. . . .. ..... . .. .. .. .. .. 7-3 Modifying a Pipe Section .......... .... . .. . ... . . . . ............. .. .. 7-6 Comparing Burst and Collapse Design Checks ..... .. ............... .. . ... 7-8 Checking Collapse Design Using the Collapse Design Plot. .................. 7-8 What is the Collapse Design Load Line? ..... . ........................ 7-9 What is the Pipe Rating Line? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Adding a Section to Satisfy Design Cri teria . . ...... . . ................. 7-11
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
vii
) ) Contents
Checking Ax ial and Service Load Profil es . . . .. . ... . . .. . .. . . . . ..... . ..... Using the Axial Load Profiles Plot .......... . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. ..... Using the Axial Service Load Profil es Plots .. . . . ... .. . . ..... . ... ... .. Using the Service Load Lines Plot .................... . ......... . ... C hecking Axial and Triaxial Design .... . .. . ... . ..... . .. . . . .. .. ... . .... Usi ng the Axial Design Plot .... . ..... . ........ .. .... . ..... . . . ... .. Using the Triaxial Design Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Triaxial Des ign Limit Plot . . . ... .. ... . ........ .. ......... . Modi fy a Design .. . .. . ....... .. .................................
7- 12 7- 13 7-14 7- 14 7-15 7-16 7-18 7-2 l 7-22
Checking a Specific Casing Design .... . ..... ... . . . .... . . . . . .. . . .. ... 7-23 Compressional Load Check ............... . ........... . ...... . ....... 7-24
Minimum Cost Design .......... . . . ... . ... . ......................... 7-25 Fields and Controls .. .... . .......... . .............. . ..... . .......... Maximum Number of Sections .. ... . ... ..... . . .. .. .. . . . . ... . .. . .. .. M ini mum Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Costof K-55 Steel. ... . ........ . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . ....... .. .... Minimum Cost Search . ......... .. . . . .. . . ...... . .. . . . ..... . . . .... Select APT and Premium Connections . . .. . . ...... . . .. .. . .. . .. ... . . . . . .. Define Premium Connections ............................ . ............
7-25 7-25 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-3 0
Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports .. .... . ...... .. .... . .... .. 8- I Input Data Tables .... ....... .. ..................................... . . 8-2 Tabular Results . . . .... . ....... . ......... . . ... ..... . .... . .. .. . . . . . . ... 8-3 Viewing the String Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 What is the Maximum Allowable Wear? . . . . .. . .. ........ . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . 8-5
Reporting in the StressCheck™ Software and Microsoft Word ... . . . ..... 8-7 Generating StressCheck™ Software Reports . ..... . . .. ..... . . .. .. . . . ... .. . 8-7 Previewing and Printing StressCheck™ Software Reports ..... ... . .. . . ... . . 8-10
viii
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Contents
Exercises .. .. . ........... .. .... .. ......... . .. ... ........ ......... .. .... . 9- I StressCheck™ Software Exercise Overview .. ... . ......... ... . . ....... 9-2 Exercise I: Review ing/Creating the Data Hierarchy ................ . ... 9-4 Exercise 2: Preferences and Workspace Configurati on .... ........ . ..... 9-5 Exerc ise 2 Answers . . .. ......... .. . ... . . ..... . .. ........... .. . . .... .. 9-7
Exercise 3: Rev iewing/Specifying General Data .. . .. . ....... .......... 9- 13 Exercise 3 Answers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 16
Exercise 4: The Design Process .......... .... ................... .. . .. 9-22 Exe rcise 4 Answers ... . ...... ......... ........... ........... ........ 9-27
Exercise 5: Minimum Cost ......... . ........ ............ . ... . .. .. ... 9-51 Exercise 5 Answers . . .. .. .. .. . .......... .... ............... .. .. . .. .. 9-52
Exercise 6: Analyzing Results ...... . . . . . .. .... ............... .. . .... 9-60 Exercise 6 Answers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Exercise 7: Tables and Reports ....................................... 9-70 Exe rcise 7 Answers ............... . ............... ...... ............ 9-72
Exercise 8: Sensitivity Analysis ....... ......... ........... ........... 9-84 Special Pipe Tubular Properties .. .. ... . .. . .......... ......... ....... . . 9-84 Exerci se 8 Answers: Special Pipe Tubular Properties .... . ....... ....... 9-89
Taper String Design Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-97 Exercise 8 Answers: Taper String Design Check ............... ....... . 9-98 High Collapse Casing .............................................. 9-105 Exercise 8 Answers: High Collapse Casing ... . ... .......... . . ....... 9-107
Exercise 9: Self Exercise .... ....... ...... . .... . ... .... .... . ......... 9-1 l l Exercise 10: Template Exercise . .. ......... ....... .. ... ........... .. 9- 11 2 Exercise I 0 Answers .. .. ....... .. ......... .. ....................... 9-113
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
ix
Contents
x
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter.
Introduction What is StressCheckrM Software? The Landmark® StressCheck™ software is an extraordinarily powerful and easy-to-use engineering tool for the design and analysis of casing strings. The StressCheck software was developed in cooperation with several major oil and gas exploration and production companies as one component of a next-generation system for well engineering. It is based on casing design principles that are well accepted and broadly employed in the industry. With the StressCheck software, sophisticated design methods can be routinely employed to develop minimum-cost, high-integrity casing design solutions with minimum expenditure of time and effort. The StressCheck software can be used to design casing strings that meet or exceed all relevant design criteria from top to bottom. The StressCheck software can yield significant savings in total casing costs by providing a variety of automated formulations for specifying realistic burst, collapse, and axial loads, rather than traditional worst-case maximum load profiles, and by optimizing the number and length of casing string sections. In some cases, as much as 40% can be saved in comparison to casing designs developed by conventional methods. With the Custom Loads feature, the StressCheck software also provides an easy-to-use spreadsheet facility for specifying, in exact detail, user-defined internal pressure, external pressure, and temperature profiles when more unique load-case fonnulations are required. Experienced engineers who understand the requirements of casing design developed the StressCheck software with features that facilitate thorough consideration of more sophisticated design issues. These issues include: Running, installation, and service loads, for more comprehensive axial design
•
Gas kick loads
•
External pressure profiles for good and poor cement
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
1-1
Chapter 1: Introduction
•
Permeable zones
•
Mud density deterioration
•
Annulus mud drop
•
Worst-case or user-entered temperature profiles
•
Temperature-dependant and pressure-dependant gas-density profiles
•
Overpull limits Allowable wear
•
Pressure testing
•
Automated minimum-cost API or triaxial design
The StressCheck software offers OLE to Microsoft™ Office applications such as Word, Excel, and PowerPoint, as well as other OLE-compliant products. The StressCheck software includes powerful and flexible unit systems, both standard (API and SI) and user-defined, which make it easy to customize input and output unit conventions to suit virtually any international need. The StressCheck software can be used in combination with the powerful Landmark WELLCAT™ package to solve the toughest design problems.
Course Objectives During this course you should become familiar with:
1-2
0
Fundamental casing design principles
0
Equations used to calculate casing ratings
0
Design criteria and data entry
0
Casing design and design checks
0
Documenting and analyzing results
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 1: Introduction
Training Course and Manual Overview The purpose of this manual is to provide you a reference for entering data and performing an analysis during the class. Perhaps more importantly, you can refer to it after the class is over to refresh your memory concerning analysis steps. This manual contains technical inforn1ation concerning the methodology and calculations used to develop the StressCheck software. If you require more technical information than what is presented in this manual, please ask your instructor. The training course begi ns with a quick introduction. Following the introduction, time is spent covering the theory, concepts, and features used in the StressCheck software.
Licensing FLEXlm is a licensing method common to all Landmark products. It provides a single licensing system that integrates across PC and network environments. FLEXlm Licensing files and FLEXlm Bitlocks are supported for Landmark Drilling and Well Services applications. For more details, please refer to the LAM 2003.0-Windows Release Notes (LAMReleaseNotes.pdf), located in the \Products\EDT\lnstall\LAM folder on CD 5.
. .... .
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
1-3
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-4
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter B
Theory, Calculations, and References This section covers the fundamental theory basis for StressCheckTM software calculations and includes the design methodologies consid ered for workflows.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-1
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Casing Design Methodology The following displays a list of StrcssChcck features in a basic workflow that follows a casing design methodology .
.......
....... Esbmate fonnati or: properties
• Port prtrn:re
•
Fracture pressure
•
Ur.-ilst11rbei:! ttmp~r•;rc profile
•
Loc.&bon of squee%Jng sd!!s md s!".ll!e ::one1
•
Locabon of p~eable i:: e>r:ts
•
Shal.l ow gu
•
L ocabon of fresh water sar."Cls
•
Pm~ce of
"
~
Design wellpAlh
ItS and CO:
.......
•
Surface loca:ion
•
Gcologiul l.ar~et
•
Wrll 1r.•:rfm-ncr
•
Muunurn doalea de1ennmat1 on
.......
.......
~
Prclunm.ry Des111n
•
D1rcc:ion.U Wrll Plan
•
Shoe 10d Han.g.i: Dcptl-.i
•
N·:mbtf of C'.a:ing S tnngs
•
H ~!"
•
Mud Pr.,liram and ,...ementTops
.........
2-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
and F1p" D11meters
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
........
..........
Mccharuca! Drngn
•
Bunt L oads
•
Ccll~sc
•
Axi.U Loads
•
Load Lines
•
Dcngn Factors
•
Graphi cal
L oads
........
_:oo,,.
Wci~e1 1.ed Grade Jd cch on
D ~ sian
.........
•
7ubular Properties
•
Pipe Inventoiy
•
Cor.r.c chons s preadsheet
•
Spec: al Ccnnecuons spreadsheet
•
Stnr;.; secb oos sprcads~ccl -.......
~
Spct11l ConsidcrahO:'I ~ Connecti ons
Stuck pipe C a:r.ng Wear Burkl1na Temperature
Ccmbuicd loading llrlaxill 3t\Aly11 s) Cerroni;, mv1r,.,nrr.'n:J Squccung $.i!t a:.d .hale
Ar.r.•1!ar pressure bu1I d-up Mulb
stn~.g
iwal 41nJlysis
.......
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-3
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Wellbore Temperatures and Casing Design Temperatures affect casing design in the following ways: •
Influence pressure loads (PVT properties of gas)
•
Decrease the pipe rating (the yield strength is a function of temperature)
•
Result in axial thermal growth, which can lead to buckling in uncemented sections and may require triaxial analysis to determine combined loading effects
•
Affect cement slurry design
•
Result in annular pressure build-up
•
fnfluence corrosion
Temperature Deration A default schedule is provided in the StressCheck software that is based on a linear deration of 0.03% per deg F. Temperature
Yield Strength
Fahrenheit
Celsius
Correction Factor
68
20
1.00
122
50
0.983
212
100
0.956
302
150
0.929
392
200
0.902
Wellbore temperatures during drilling, completion, production, and workover operations can vary considerably from the undisturbed profile. The StressCheck software uses worst-case estimates by default. To accurately predict wellbore temperatures, a thermal simulator such as the WELLCATTM software is required.
2-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Drilling Temperatures For drilling load cases such as a gas kick or lost returns with mud drop, the profile used to correct the design load line is based on the calculated API c irculating temperature and a straight line drawn through the midpoint of the user-entered undisturbed temperature profile .
•
.- -
Undisturbed Temperature Profile
Drilling Temperature Profile
.c
a.
Mid-point of Undisturbed Profile
Q)
0
API Circulating - -• • Temperature Temperature
The calculation of the API circulating temperature is generally overconservative. If a more accurate profi le is necessary, thermal simulation using WELLCAT - Drill should be used.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-5
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Production Temperatures For production load cases such as a tubing leak, the profile used to correct the design load line is based on maximum undisturbed reservoir temperature at the perforation depth from TD to the surface.
Production Temperature Profile
.c
a. Q)
~
Undisturbed Temperature - - - -•\. Profile
0
Temperature
This profile is generally overconservative depending on reservoir fluid, flow rates, and time after initial production. If a more accurate profile is necessary, thermal simulation using WELLCAT - Prod should be used.
2-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Initial Conditions The temperature used in the StressCheck software does not necessarily lead to more conservative design. This data is used to define load cases, determine the initial state of the casing, and dictate design and analysis logic. Surface Ambient dT UNCONSERVATIV SCK
StressCheck Actual
~duction temp
injection temp
~
/
-
.c
aQ.).
0 Actual Stressefieck
Temperature
fnitial conditions data is defined on a per-string basis; that is, different initial conditions data can be defined for each string in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-7
Chapter 2: Theory. Calculations, and References
Surface Ambient
• Well Cat Stress Check
injection temp
TOC ..c
a. Q)
0 WellCat StressCheck
• Temperature
The WELLCAT software can simulate a more accurate temperature profile for both production and injection, which can lead to a less
conservative design criteria.
2-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Basic Material Properties To define a material, the Young's Modulus, Poisson 's Ratio, and density must be specified. Young's Modulus (ratio of stress and strain) and Poisson's Ratio (ratio of lateral contraction to elongation) are the two independent parameters that describe the mechanical behavior of an e lastic material.
Stress • •
The symbol for stress is: cr Stress is defined as: Load I Cross-sectional area You can compare stress with: Pressure = Force/Area
•
The symbol fo r strain is: £
•
Strain is defined as: Change in Length I Initial Length
Strain
or •
You can define True Strain as: Ln (Final Length I Initial Length) . True strain accounts for the material volume.
Modulus of Elasticity (Young's Modulus) The symbol for Modulus of Elasticity is
E
For any material, E is a constant which relates stress and strain as long as they are proportiona l. (that is, a straight line graph).
E=
cr/£
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-9
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Yield Strength (Tensile) Yield strength is the stress above which irreversible plastic deformation occurs. CJ Yield Slrength
Stress which will cause a 0.005
elongation I unit length 0.005
2-10
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory. Calculations, and References
Pipe Ratings Axial, Burst, and Collapse loads are factors that directly affect the performance ratings fo r the selected pipe or connection. Other factors that affect pipe ratings include reduced wall thickness and tension due to bending.
Axial The axial strength of the pipe body is determined by the pipe body yield strength formula found in APT Bulletin 5C3. Axial strength is the product of the cross-sectional area and the yield strength. Nominal dimensions are used.
Where: FY= pipe body axial strength, lb YP
=minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/ in 2
D = nominal outside diameter, inches d = nominal inside diameter, inches
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-11
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Burst The following equation is commonly called the Barlow Equation and is applicable to thin wall pipes. It assumes that burst is imminent when the pipe begins to yield. The factor 0.875 appearing in the equation allows for minimum acceptable wall thickness due to piercing operations as per API specification 5CT.
2Y t p
0.875[
=
£J
Where: P = minimum internal yield pressure, lb/in2 YP = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/in2 t = nominal wall thickness, inches D
=
nominal outside diameter, inches
Collapse
fil ID
Theoretical Elastic
~
YR ________ ...,______ Material Yield
Yi eld Collapse
·.
Actual Collapse Behavior
Plasti c Collapse
Transition Collapse Elastic
15±
25± Slenderness Ratio, Dlt
As per API Bulletin 5C3, collapse criteria consists of four collapse regimes. These regimes are determined by yield strength and D/t. Most oil field tubulars experience collapse in the p lastic and transition regimes. Nominal dimensions are used in the collapse equations. Collapse strength is primarily a function of the material's yield strength and the D/t ratio. Collapse strength as a function of D/t is shown in the preceding graphic.
2-12
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Yield Strength Collapse Yield strength collapse is based on yield at the inner wall using the Lame thick wall elastic solution.
(D/t) - 1
(~)2 Where: t = nominal wall thickness, inches D =nominal outside diameter, inches YP = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/ in 2
Plastic Collapse Plastic collapse is based on empirical data from 2,488 tests.
P. P
= 5
rP [~ Dlt - s]-c
A
=
B
= 0.026233 + (0.50609xI 0- 6 ) Yp
2.8762 + (0.1 0679x10-
)
Yp + (0.2130 Ix I 0-
10
)
~ - (0.53 I 32x l 0- )~
C = - 465.93 + 0.030867 Yp + (0. 10483x I 0- ) ~ - (0.36989x l 07
16
13
)
~
Where: t
= nominal wall thickness, inches
D = nominal outside diameter, inches YP =minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/ in 2
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-13
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Transition Collapse Transition collapse is a numerical curve fit between the plastic and elastic regimes.
3
6
46.95xl 0 [ 2+
F
=
~
3
(~)
]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[
3(~)
Yp 2 +
3(~) ]]
2
rn -b)
B ][
G =
[
I- 2+
(~)
p}_ A
Where: t = nominal wall thickness, inches D
= nominal outside diameter, inches
Yp = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb!in2 (A and Bare defined in the section on Plastic Collapse.)
Elastic Collapse Elastic collapse is based on theoretical elastic collapse. This criteria is independent of yield strength and applicable to very thin wall pipe.
p
=
E
2-14
46.95 x 10
6
(D/t)((D/t)-1)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Where: t
= nominal wall thickness, inches
D = nominal outside diameter, inches
Diameter to Wall Thickness Regions The four APl collapse regimes depend on the diameter to wall thickness (D/t) ratio of the pipe of interest. Therefore:
Yield Collapse
) < (!l.t ) yp (Q t Plastic Collapse
Transition Collapse
Elastic Collapse
Where:
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Tra ining Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-15
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Yp(A - F)
C + Yp(B - G)
2+~
A
3!!_
A (A, B, C, F, and Gare defined in the sections discussing Transition and Plastic Collapse.)
Effect of Tension on Collapse The biaxial effect of tension is incorporated in design by reducing the design rating of the pipe. The reduced yield strength equation is based on the Hencky-von Mises maximum strain energy of distortion theory of yielding or triaxial analysis. In this case, the radial stress is ignored. This theory only applies to elastic yield failure (the yield collapse regime), but the reduction is applied to all the collapse regimes. T his tends to be a conservative assumption. The collapse rating is not increased with compression.
Where: Ypa = yield strength of axial stress equivalent grade, lb/in Yp = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/in
2
2
Sa = axial stress, tension is positive, lb/in2
Effect of Internal Pressure on Collapse The biaxial effect of internal pressure (radial stress) is incorporated in design by increasing the design rating of the pipe. The AP! chose to increase the apparent applied collapse pressure instead of including P0 and P 1 in the collapse formulations. (They are only a function of ~P). For all collapse loads, Pe>=
2-16
D~P
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
This relationship can be derived for Hcncky-von Mises and Lame, if higher order terms are ignored.
P
e
= P0
-[1- D2-JP. = llP + (2-)p. lt D/ t 1
1
Where: t = nominal wall thickness, inches
D = nominal outside diameter, inches Pe = equivalent external pressure, lb/ in 2
P0 = external pressure, lb/ in2 Pi = internal pressure, lb/i n2
To provide a more intuitive understanding of this relationship, the equation can be rewritten as: PD = PDP·d C 0 I Where: d = nominal inside d iameter, inches
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Train ing Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-17
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Reduced Wall
vs. Nominal Dimensions
r
87.5% of nominal pipe
b' ..k0 ~~~ L.1£
Pipe cross-sectional are a remai ns constant even when the thickness is non-uniform due to eccentricity.
Axial uses nominal dimensions. The piercing process during manufacture may result i.n non-uniform wall thickness, but the cross-sectional area of the pipe w ill remain constant The equation used in API Bulletin 5C3 to define the axial rating is based on the product of the cross-sectional area and the yield strength. Burst uses minimum section. This represents a permissible 12.5% wall loss due to acceptable tolerances in the piercing and rolling process of manufacturing seamless pipe. (APl Spec. 5CT). Collapse uses nominal dimensions. The API formu la for plastic,
transition, and elastic collapse have been adjusted using regression analysis to account for API tolerances. No adj ustment has been made in the yield strength collapse regime.
2-18
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Tension Due to Bending Bending loads are superimposed onto the axial load distribution as a local effect. The bending load formulation is included in all axial load cases. Bending "force" is a convenient representation for design. Bending stress is a function of the local radius of curvature in the string component. Stress at the pipe's outer diameter due to bending can be expressed as:
ED
cr bending
=
2r
Where: <Jbending =
stress at the pipe's outer surface
E = elastic modulus D =nominal outside diameter r = radius of curvature Expressed as a force in English units, this can be simplifi ed to:
Where: Fbending =
bending force, lb
= dogleg severity (0 / 100 ft) D = nominal outside diameter, inches A5 = cross-sectional area, in2 E =Young's Modulus, lb/in2 For steel pipe where E = 30 x 10·6 lb/in2 , then:
Fbending = 2 l 86DAs
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-19
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Triaxial Stress Analysis Triaxial stress is not a true stress. It is a way of comparing a generalized three-dimensional stress state to a uniaxial failure criteria (the yield strength). The triaxial stress is often called the von Mises equivalent (VME) stress. If the triaxial stress exceeds the yield strength, a yield failure is indicated. The triaxial safety factor is the ratio of the material's yield strength to the triaxial stress.
Von Mises Equation
Where: YP
= minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/in2
<>vME = triax ial stress O'z
= axial stress
cre = tangential or hoop stress <>r = radial stress
2-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Triaxial Design Ellipse Plotting the loads on this ellipse allows a direct comparison of the triaxial criteria with the API ratings. Loads that fall within the design envelope meet the design criteria.
Region of non-conservative uniaxial design
,.... -~ .....,
Region of more efficient design
9CllXI
'1)
~~
a. ~
:3
m
-~ !! w
'61JO
0
1j ·'61JO
· 161X1D)
· 13XlOOD
«XUlO
• .axxll)
0
taxlOD
flXIOOO
13XlOOD
l&XXIJO
Effective Tension (lbf)
Triaxial limit not applicable in Collapse region
Combined compression and burst loading corresponds to the upper left quadrant of the design envelope. This region is where triaxial analysis is most critical because reliance on the uniaxial criteria alone would not predict several possible failures.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-21
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Combined tension and burst loading corresponds to the upper right quadrant of the design envelope. This region is where reliance on the uniaxial criteria alone may result in a design which is more conservative than necessary. For most pipes used in the oilfield, collapse is an instability failure independent of material yield. The triaxial criteria is based on elastic behavior and the yield strength of the material and hence, should not be used with collapse loads. The one exception is for thick wall pipes with a low D/t ratio, which have an API rating in the yield strength collapse region. This collapse criteria along with the effects of tension and internal pressure (which are triaxial effects) result in the API criteria being essentially identical to the triaxial method in the lower right quadrant of the triaxial ellipse for thick wall pipes. For high compression and moderate collapse loads experienced in the lower left quadrant of the design envelope, the failure mode is permanent corkscrewing due to helical buckling. It is appropriate to use the triaxial criteria in this case.
2-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Buckling All service loads should be evaluated for changes in the axial load profile, triaxial stress, pipe movement, and the onset and degree of buckling. Buckling will occur if the buckling force, f buckling' is greater than a threshold force, FP' known as the Pas lay buckling force.
Fbuckling =- Fa+ piAi - poAo Where: Fa= actual axial force (tension pos itive)
Pi = internal pressure p0 = external pressure
FP = J4w(sin8)((£/)/r) Where:
w = d istributed buoyed weight of casing
e = hole angle El = pipe bending stiffness r = radial annular clearance
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-23
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Casing Buckling in Oil Field Operations Buckling should be avoided in drilling operations to minimize casing wear. Buckling can be reduced or eliminated by: applying a pickup force after cementation before landing the casing. •
holding pressure while woe to pre-tension the string (subsea wells).
•
raising the top of cement.
•
using centralizers.
•
increasing pipe stiffness.
In production operations, casing buckling is not normally a critical design issue. However, a large amount of buckling can occur due to increased production temperatures in some wells. A check should be made to ensure that plastic deformation or corkscrewing will not occur. This check is possible by using triaxial analysis and including the bending stress due to buckling. In high temperature applications, the intermediate and surface casings should also be checked for possible buckling occurring. Permanent corkscrewing will only occur if the triaxial stress exceeds the yield strength of the material.
2-24
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
API Connection Ratings Connection ratings for 8 round (STC and LTC) and buttress (BTC) casing connections arc based on four failure criteria given in APT Bulletin 5C3: •
Burst (Internal Yield) - The internal pressure which will initiate yield at the root of the coupling based on connection geometry and yield strength. Leak - The internal pressure which exceeds the contact pressure between the connection's seal flanks. Fracture - The axial force which causes either the pin or coupling to fracture based on the ultimate tensile strength. This is not consistent with the pipe body axial strength, which is based on yield strength.
•
Jump Out - The axial force at which an 8 round pin "jumps" or "pulls" out of the box without fracturing. This criteria only applies to STC and LTC connections.
The StressCheck software always reports the minimum safety factor based on pipe body or connection. If th e connection is 1imiting the design, then the criteria with which the API connection fails will be presented. This does not indicate that the connection is failing to meet the fai lure criteria, but purely that it is the limiting part on the tubu lar. An example of a string summary is shown bel ow: Production Casing
Burst
Collapse
Axial
Triaxial
9 518'', 4 7.00, N-80 STC
1.4 7
2.6 1
1.451
1.48
9 5/8", 53.50,
1. 77
1.68
2. 131
1.61
2. 18L
1.28
5.03
1.80
t
-80
LTC 9 5/8", 58.40, P- 110
BTC
L: Leak J: Jump Out
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-25
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Preliminary Design The largest opportunity for cost savings can be achieved during this stage of the well design. Preliminary design includes:
•
data gathering and interpretation. determination of shoe depths and number of casing strings. selection of hole and casing sizes. mud weight and TOC design.
Why Should You Do A Preliminary Design? The Landmark® CasingSeatTMsoftware can offer the drilling engineer a selection of optimal casing ODs and setting depths based on geological, lithologic properties and various drilling operations cond itions. The design can be used as input data for detailed design (cannot yet order casings). •
Maximum savings arc achievable at this stage. Standard designs (received wisdom) can be challenged.
What Data is Needed to Perform a Preliminary Design? • • • •
Number of casing strings Pipe diameters Hole sizes Shoe and hanger depths Cement tops and mud program
Minimum Casing Diameter Driven by well operational requi rements: • • • •
2-26
Required well configuration Reservoir description Completion design Tubing size M inimum production casing/liner
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Minimum Casing Shoe Setting Depth •
Isolate overlying unstable formations
•
Isolate overlying shallow hydrocarbons Isolate overlying lost ci rculation ('thief') zones Isolate overlying fresh water horizons
•
Prevent failure o f formations by induced c irculating pressures during drilling operations
•
Prevent fail ure of formations by induced c irculating pressures during well contro l when closing in and c irculating out an influx
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-27
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Detailed Mechanical Design Design loads represent the worst case loads that a particular casing string could experience during the life of a well.
Burst Loads Drilling Loads
Limited Gas/Oil Kick This driiling load case creates an internal pressure profile that simulates the maximum pressures imposed on the current string while circulating a gas kick to the surface. This " limited kick" burst criterion is less conservative than the full Displacement to Gas load case. It applies only to burst design.
Reduce kick vol ume if pressure profile exceeds the fracture pressure at the shoe.
/_
Envelope of maximum pressures experienced while circulating gas kick out of the hole.
Internal Casing Pressure
'
Influx depth
The internal pressure profile is detennined based on specification of a kick volume and intensity at a kick depth , where kick intensity is the difference between the EMW for the kicking interval and the mud density in the open hole interval from whence the gas kick evolves. It is normally constrained by the fractu re pressure at the shoe above the open hole TD. If you do not want to limit the internal pressure to the fracture pressure at the shoe, deselect the Limit to Frac at Shoe check box on the Design Parameters dialog box.
2-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Full Displacement/Evacuation to Gas This drill ing load case models displacement of the drilling mud in the casing by gas. It applies only to burst design. Gas Gradient
'
\
''
Limit load case by the fracture pressure at the shoe.
\
''
\
''
\ \ \
''
\ \ \
\
Fracture pressure at the shoe.
'' Pore Pressure
Internal Casing Pressure
\
''
-....\ \
'
t Influx depth
By default, the gas column extends from the shoe depth (above open hole TD) to the wellhead, but you can specify the depth of a gas/ mud interface, where the mud column is on top of the gas column. This load case represents a shut-in condition following a large kick. It is commonly used as a worst-case burst criterion for protective (intermediate) and surface casing. It is sometimes described as the "maximum anticipated surface pressure," or MASP. Load and the load-case formulation is consistent with so-called "maximum load" casing design principles. The internal pressure profile is based on a mud density, a gas grad ient, and the pore pressure at the influx depth. It is normally constrained by the fracture pressure at the shoe above the open hole TD. If you do not want to limit the internal pressure to the fracture pressure at the shoe, deselect the Limit to Frac at Shoe check box in the Design Parameters dialog box.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-29
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Lost returns with Water This drilling load case models a condition of partial or full loss of subsurface well control where, fo llowing a kick event and consequential loss of circulation at the shoe above the open hole TD, water is displaced down the casing-drillstring annulus in an attempt to avoid further deterioration of hydrostatic well control, to a condition of frac @ shoe and water to surface, by maintaining the highest-possibl e fluid level in the annulus. It applies only to burst design.
Fresh water --. gradient
Fracture pressure at the shoe
Internal CasinQ Pressure
The internal pressure profile is determined from the fracture pressure at the shoe above the open hole TD, and water in the annulus.
2-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Pressure Test This drilling load case generates an internal pressure profile based on mud density, applied pressure at the wellhead, and an option for specifying a plug depth other than the shoe depth for the current string. If an alternative plug depth is specified, the applied pressure is only seen above that depth. This load case applies only to burst design.
Applied surface pressure e::,· (1
.
Mud gradient-.-
Internal Casing Pressure
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-31
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Production Loads
Tubing Leak This production load case applies only to burst design and models a surface pressure applied to the top of the production annulus as a consequence of a tubing leak near the wellhead. The internal pressure profile is based on produced (reservoir) fluid gravity (gas), or gradient (gas/oil) and reservoir pressure data (that is, pore pressure at the perforation depth specified in the Production Data dialog box). 'i
Completion fluid gradient
\
\
\ ;
i
Produced fluid~\ (gas) gradient 1 ···-··-----······-····.......,....- ..~........- .:,,._ ' ----~ eservoir pressure Internal Casing Pressure
Above the production packer, for which the depth is specified in the Production Data dialog box, the internal pressure profi le is based on a surface pressure equal to the reservoir pressure minus the produced fluid's hydrostatic pressure (from wellhead to perforation depth) applied to a packer fluid density entered in the Production Data dialog box. From the production packer down to the perforation depth, the internal pressure profile corresponds to that which would develop for full displacement of this section to the produced fluid (that is, reservoir pressure minus the produced fluid hydrostatic pressure from packer to perforation depth). From the perforation depth down to the well TD, the internal pressure profile is based on reservoir pressure applied to the selected packer fluid density.
2-32
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Stimulation Surface Leak This production load case applies only to burst design and models an injection pressure applied to the top of the production annulus as a consequence of a tubing leak near the wellhead during injection.
Injection pressure Packer fluid gradient
·. C1 .
~·
.• .
.Ll ~
gradient
Internal Casing Pressure
The internal pressure profile is based on produced (reservoir) fluid gravity (gas) or gradient (gas/oil) and injection pressure data. Above the production packer, for which the depth is specified in the Production Data dialog box, the internal pressure profile is based on a wellhead injection pressure specified on the Burst Loads> Edit tab. It is applied to a packer fluid density entered in the Production Data dialog box. Below the production packer, the internal pressure profile corresponds to that which would develop for the wellhead injection pressure and wellhead-to-shoe displacement to the injection fluid.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-33
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Injection Down Casing This production load case models the internal pressure profil e resulting from an inj ection operation down the casing. Frictional pressure losses are ignored. It applies only to burst design.
Applied surface
Fluid--.-" gradient
Internal Casing Pressure
Collapse Loads Drilling Loads
Full or Partial Evacuation to Air This load case should be considered if drilling with air or foam . It may also be considered for conductor or surface casing where shallow gas is encountered. This load case would represent all of the mud being displaced out of the well bore (through the diverter) before the formation bridged off.
2-34
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Lost Returns with Mud Drop T his drilling load case mode ls evacuation of the casing due to lost circulation. It applies only to collapse design.
' .,_
."
-~Mud gradient
,,,
Mud drop due to hydrostatic column ·....., equilibrating wth ' , pore pressure
1<4-- - -'"'°,-. - - ''-,,
,
'· Pore pressure
·,, ·,_
--··---',
Internal Casing Pressure
,,,
··...
Lost circulation zone
The internal pressure profile corresponds to a mud drop that can occur due to dri lling below the shoe. This mud drop is calculated by assuming the hydrostatic column of mud in the hole equilibrates with a specified pore pressure at a specified depth. T he default depth corresponds to the depth with a pore pressure resulting in the lowest EMW in the open hole section. For prospects where there is uncertai nty about the pore pressure profi le, a seawater or nonnal pressure grad ient is often used to calc ulate the mud drop depth.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-35
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Cementing The external pressure profile for this drilling load case is self-described, model ing the differential pressure due to the higher lead and tail cement slurry densities on the outside of the casing, from the TOC to the shoe, immediately after the cement is displaced. It is unaffected by external pressure profile selections made on the Collapse Loads > Select tab. This load case applies only to collapse des ign.
'·.._~
Mud gradient
··.., ·.,_
.
Displacement fluid gradient
-
··--···-··..- ..._....._......._, '· ..,_,_,........ ' ......... ......
_
,....
_, ' .........
_,...................... ...
•·
................. .....
·,, . . ,~ Slurry gradient
...
~,
. -·------· -- .._ --·-- -· ... ·---::::i.. ..... -- ..... -- _...- ·- .......--
Casing Pressures
Cement slurry
If a displacement fluid is used that has a lesser density than the current-string value for Mud at Shoe in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet (for example, seawater), the addition to collapse loading is considered both above and below the TOC.
2-36
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Production Loads
Full Evacuation to Atmospheric Pressure This production load case models total evacuation of the casing due to the complete loss of workover or packer fluid into the formation, a large drawdown of a low permeability or low pressure production zone, or gas lift operations. It applies only to collapse design.
Gas filled-~ annulus Full evacuation (gas gradient with no surface pressure)
0
Internal Casing Pressure
The internal pressure profile corresponds to an air column whose density profile is calculated with a temperature-dependent and pressure-dependent compressibility factor. Despite the similarity of this load case to the Full/Partial Evacuation drilling collapse load case, it is included to account for worst-case production temperature effects.
Above I Below Packer This production load case represents a combination of internal pressure profiles above and below the packer that can occur during different operations. It applies only to collapse design. Above the packer during production, it is assumed that the casing will never see the fully evacuated pressures that can occur below the packer because the production annulus is never in pressure communication with the open perforations. In this case, the internal pressure profile
consists of a hydrostatic gradient due to the packer fluid density above the packer and a fully evacuated profile below. However, during completion or workover operations where the work over or packer fluid is exposed to a depleted zone, a fluid drop may occur corresponding to the hydrostatic head of the fluid equilibrating with the depleted pressure at the perforations.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-37
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
This second scenario is modeled by specifying a reduced pressure at the perforations and enabling the fluid drop above packer. This load case uses the worst-case collapse pressures from both scenarios (that is, a partial evacuation above the packer and fu ll evacuation below) and represents a less severe alternative to a full evacuation.
Axial Loads Running and Cementing
Running in Hole (Shock Loading) This axial load profile does not represent a load distribution seen by the pipe at one particular time. Instead, it is constructed by calculating the maximum tension seen at each point on the casing string while running the casing in the hole. The maximum tension experienced by a joint of casing is normally the tension when picking up out of the slips immediately after making up the joint. The imputed axial pseudo-load arising from dogleg-induced bending stress can cause the maximum tension to occur at depths where local well curvature (dogleg severity) was defined in either the Survey Editor or Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheets. The following factors are considered:
2-38
•
The buoyed weight of the casing, based on the Mud at Shoe value specified for the current string on the WeUbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
•
The well bore inclination if a valid well trajectory was defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet.
•
Any bending-related axial pseudo-loads due to dogleg severities defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor or Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheets. These loads arc superimposed on the axial load distribution as a local effect.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Overpull Force Selecting this load case and specifying an overpull force generates an axial load profi le that reflects this incremental force above the current hookload when running the casing string in the hole. Like the Running in Hole load profile, this axial load profile does not represent a load distribution seen by the pipe at one particular time while running the pipe (that is, the overpu ll force is not just applied when the casing is on bottom). Instead, the case is considered at each stage of the running operation (that is, with the casing shoe at a range of depths from the surface to the setting depth). The load profile is constructed by using the maximum force seen at each point on the pipe during the entire running operation. If overpull force is not specified, this case is identical to the Running Load case with no shock loads. The following factors are considered:
•
The overpull force is applied at the surface, with the stuck point always assumed to be the bottom of the string.
•
The buoyed weight of the casing, based on the Mud at Shoe value specified for the current string on the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
•
Well bore inclination if a valid well trajectory was defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet. Any bending-related axial pseudo-loads due to dogleg severities defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor or Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheets. These loads are superimposed on the axial load distribution as a local effect using the formulation presented in the Running in Hole load case description.
If an alternate axial design factor is specified on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Options tab, this design factor is also used as the criterion for determining the allowable overpull as a function of depth presented in the Maximum Allowable Overpull table.
Buoyed Weight in Mud (Pre-cement Static Load) This load case generates the buoyed axial load distribution with the casing at the current-string shoe depth specified in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet, just prior to performing the cement job. The overpull force is applied with casing shoe at the current string's setting depth.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-39
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Buoyed weight in Cement Slurry (Post-Cement Static Load) This load case generates the buoyed axial load distribution with the casing at the current-string Shoe depth specified in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet, immediately after performing the cement job.
Service Loads
Ballooning I Reverse Ballooning due to burst I collapse loading Service Loads models axial loads caused by in-service drilling and production burst and collapse loads (selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes) that occur after the casing string is cemented in place.
Load Lines A single load line of maximum burst and collapse differential pressures is generated. A burst load line example is shown below. It is formed from two load cases used as burst criteria.
1 3000 . ·---· ···-· ;--· ·--·.
g
·-··· ·---; ·--· ·--· ···r ·--··· ·--·
·--i·--··--·· ·--· ···-··--··- ··--· ·-··~·- ···--· ·+·--· ---·~--· ·--··--1· ·--· --..~···--··-i + i ; · --- ·--· l--· ·--· "/·--· ·--· ·--· ·--· 1 ···--··-I· ·--··---· ;::ur~m:hff~e;h~~ ·-· ·
4500 -· ·---·
s=
~
i
·--- ·--· ·-A ····- ..·--· ·--· :··; .·-r ·--· ···--· t
A load line consisting of the
sooo
•/
"
j
~
f
:
r
formed tom the twi load
'
2r~ :~•· ·~_ :~·.~: ~:•·=i-: : :~ :r: :- :F --1- ·-
i .:: :
·-1 ---· ---
+ Displacement to Oas
!
Tubing Leak
1200 0-1-~-+-~~.--~-.-~-;-~~t--~-;--<-~~~~~-l
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
Oifferertilll Burst (psig)
2-40
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3500
4000
4500
5000
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Automatic Load Generation The StressCheck software calculates internal pressure profiles based on the user input. A common external pressure is also selected and calculated, which provides the StressCheck software with a set of differential pressures. For each load: Internal Pressure - External Pressure = Differential Pressure
In the preceding example, two burst loads have been selected and differential pressure has been calculated. The upper section of the casing design is driven by the Displacement to Gas load and the bottom by the Tubing Leak load. A load line is then compiled of the maximum differential pressure at any depth. In this case, the load line will be made up of both load cases.
Design Factors To make a direct graphical comparison between the load line and the pipe's rating line, the design factor must be considered. Design Factor= Minimum Acceptable Safety Factor.
DF = SF . ~SF = PipeRating mzn AppliedLoad Where: OF = Design fac tor (the minimum acceptable safety factor) SF = Absolute safety factor
Design Factor Selection Design factor selection is inextricably linked to the design method. •
The more conservative the design assumptions, the lower the design factor may be to result in the same level of risk.
•
The higher the load uncertainty, the greater the design factor (for example, all else being equal, exploration wells should be designed using higher design factors than development wells).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-41
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
The three most important aspects of the design method that will have a direct effect on the appropriate design factor value are: Selection of load cases and the assumptions used with the load cases (for example, use of a limited kick criterion vs. a full displacement to gas, the kick volume and intensity used, whether bending due to doglegs or shock loads are considered, and so on). •
The assumptions used to calculate the pipe 's load resistance or rating (for example, whether a nominal or minimum wall section is used and whether yield stress is derated as a function of temperature).
•
How wear and corrosion are considered in the design.
Graphical Design
:-1;-::::· -I
a
T
/r {-
7511
\f2IDJ
z tlll
\
.
-
+1·- -t.1i ~
~
~
~
•v•'"....,.0,.t>
-l [ • 0•"1n
-10-- I.._
~ ~
1\ I
- lllJX I 511
2-42
JCID
-
<SD
.I mm
~
I.«
OJI
l.....,._ . . . ~. . ll'C
-
-
.....-
-
~ I.ft.
Ma~
._
-/
Multiplying the actual load line by the burst design factor results in the design load line.
-
--
-
--
1S:ll !IDJ tQ5al &n I llt>M< ·~I)
Ii I ram
--,.-
1.:J!Ul
The burst rating of 9 518" 40 lbmlft N80 pipe exceeds the burst load line at all depths. Hence, the burst design criteria has been satisfied for the production casing .
l!!IIll
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Load Line Corrections Nonnally, you derate the casing rating by the Design Factor: Maximum Allowable Load = Design Pipe Rating I Design Factor Similarly, you can increase the load, which is how the StressCheck software handles it: Minimum Design Rating = Design Load x Design Factor Apart from the design factor, two other effects which impact the design can be considered in graphical casing design by increasing the load line: The reduction of collapse strength due to tension (a biaxial effect). The load line is increased as a function of depth by the ratio of the uniaxial collapse strength to the reduced strength. •
The deration of material yield strength due to temperature. Like the effect of tension on collapse, the load line is increased by the ratio of the standard rating to the reduced rating.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-43
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
External Pressure Profiles Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile
No Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD t------1 0
0
0
•
•
TOC
•
0
0
MD!-Water Gradient
0
• 0
•
(l>•f•ull v• l ue of 833 PPG)
0 0
0
•
0
0
•
•
0 0 •
0
0 •
•
0 0
•
0
0
•
0 0
0
•
0
•
0
~
The Mud and Cement Mix Water external pressure profile is based on the mud density (current-string Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore > Casing and T ubing Scheme spreadsheet) from the hanger to the TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from current-string Tubular > Initial Conditions> Cementing a nd Landing tab) from the TOC to the shoe.
2-44
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Permeable Zones Poor Cement Disabled
No Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD TOC 0
0
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
Semi-Static Pressure in Cement
0
0
0
0 0
•
•
•
0
•
0
0 •
0 0
0 •
•
0
Formation Pressure
0
•
0
0 •
Cement
0 0
•
0
Mix-Water Gradient
This external pressure profile is based on the permeable zones data in the Well bore> Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density (current-string Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet), TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from the currentstring Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab). To use this profile assuming the cement job is good, do not select the Poor Cement check box on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Edit or the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tabs for external profile). The permeable zones considered in this external pressure profile formulation are those that lie between the shoe depths for the current and prior strings. If, in the Wellbore > Pore Pressure spreadsheet, no permeable zones are specified within this interval, the Permeable Zones profile is identical to the Mud and Cement Mix-Water profile. For a more detailed explanation of this external pressure profile, review the " Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile" on page 2-44.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-45
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Poor Cement Enabled - High Pressure Zone
Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD
TOC 0
0
•
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
Cement Mix-Water Gradient
0
0
0 0
0
•
•
0
•
0 ()
•
0 0
0 .
• 0
•
0
Formation
Pressure
0
• 0
Cement
Mix-Water Gra dient
This external pressure profile is based on the permeable zones data in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density (current-str1ng Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet), TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from the current-string Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab) . To use this profile assuming the cement job is poor, select the Poor Cement check box on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit or the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tabs for external profile). This profile is used when the permeable zones have a higher pressure than the surrounding formations. The permeable zones considered in this external pressure profile formulation are those that lie between the shoe depths for the current and prior strings. If, in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, no permeable zones are specified within this interval, the Permeable Zones profile is identical to the Mud and Cement Mix-Water profile. For a more detailed explanation of this externa l pressure profile, review "Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile" on page 2-44.
2-46
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Poor Cement Enabled-Low Pressure Zone
l
Drop in Mud Level
Mud Gradient
MUD
,___
___, TOC
0
0
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
Cement Mix-Water Gradient
0
0
0
0 0
•
•
•
0
•
0 0 • 0
0 0
•
•
0
0
Formation Pressure
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
•
0
Cement Mix-Water Gradi ent
This external pressure profile is based on the permeable zones data in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density (current-string Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet), TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from the current-string Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab). To use this profile assuming the cement job is poor, select the Poor Cement check box on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit, or the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tabs for external profile). This profile is used when the permeable zones have a lower pressure than the surrounding formations . The permeable zones considered in this external pressure profile formu lation are those that lie between the shoe depths for the current and prior strings. If, in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, no permeable zones are specified within this interval, the Permeable Zones profile is identical to the Mud and Cement Mix-Water profile. For a more detailed explanation of this external pressure profil e, review "Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile" on page 2-44.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-47
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Minimum Formation Poor Pressure TOC Inside Previous Shoe This external pressure profi le is based on the pore pressure profile specified on the Wellbore > Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density, TOC, and cement mix-water density. To use thi s profile, the TOC must be inside the previous casing. This profile is only available as a burst criterion for casing strings (not liners). No Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD 1---
--1
0
0
MDI-Water Gradient
•
0
•
TOC
•
0
0
0
• 0
•
Dlscontlnu1tv at Previous Shoe
0 0
0 0
•
•0
0
•
0
• 0 0
0 •
•
0
•
0 0
•
0 0
0
•
Gra di ent m op e n h ol e bel ow TOC co rresp ondin g to t h e m ini m um e quivale n t mu d we i g h t (EMW) in the interval
0
•
0
The M inimum Formation Pore Pressure external profile a lways uses a pressure profile reflecting the EMW corresponding to the minimum pore pressure gradient in the open hole interval (that is, the interval below the prior shoe depth).
2-48
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
TOC in Open Hole (With and Without Mud Drop Enabled) This external pressure profile is based on the specified pressure profile defined on the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density, TOC, and cement mix-water density. This profile assumes the TOC is in open hole. To allow the mud level to drop, check that the Allow Mud Drop check box is selected on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Edit tab for the load case. From the Apply Minimum EMW in Open Hole pull-down list on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Edit tab, select Previous Shoe (default) or Top of Cement. No Sur1ace PresSl.Ke Drop In Mud Level
TOC
With Mud Drop
0
•
•
0 0
0 •
0 0
0
• 0
•
0
0
•
Gra dient i n ope n h ol e below TO C corre sponds to the Min PP equivalent mud weight (EMW) in th e interval.
•
•
Discontinuity at TOC w/o Mud Drop (if TOC selected).
D
0
•
0
~
With Mud Drop enabled, hydrostatic pressure equates to EMW of Minimum Formation Pressure applied to prior shoe or at TOC.
This profile is only available as a burst criterion for casing strings (not liners). The options on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit tab are only available if the TOC is in open hole (that is, the interval below the shoe of the previous string). The Minimum Formation Pore Pressure external profile always uses a pressure profile reflecting the EMW corresponding to the minimum pore pressure gradient in the open hole interval (that is, the interval below the prior shoe depth, either applied from prior shoe depth or current TOC).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-49
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Pore Pressure with Seawater Gradient This burst external pressure profile is based on a seawater gradient from MSL to the mudline and a linear pressure profile from the pressure at the mudline to the pore pressure at the shoe depth for the current string. Seawater gradient
-t--.---1---~--..,.../
lo ML
Linear gradient connecting mud line pressure and pore pressure at shoe of current string.
MUD TOC 0
0
•
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
0
0
0 0
0
•
•0
0
•
0 •
0
0
0
•
•
0 0
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
•
0
Pore pressure at ... ~.....---- casing shoe
ff this profile is selected for an onshore well, the profi le s impli fies to a linear pressure profile from 0 psig at MGL to the pore pressure at the shoe depth for the current string.
This external pressure profile has the greatest applicability for surface and conductor strings in offshore wells.
2-50
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Fluid Gradients (with Pore Pressure) T his external pressure profile is constructed from a mud density above the TOC, a fluid gradient from the TOC to the prior shoe (when applicable), and in open hole, either the fluid gradient be low the TOC or the pore pressure profile. No Surface Pressure
Specified Gra dien1 (Defaults to Mud Gradient)
MUD
TOC 0
0 •
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
0
•
0
0 0 •
0
0
•0
•
0 •
0
h~o:J
0 0
•
0 0
•
0 0
0
•
S p ec i fie d pore pressure u s ed _ with pore pressure In open hole.
Specified Gradient (Defa u l1 value of 8.33 ppg) U s ed w/ o pore press ure In open
0
•
•
D isc o nti n u ity at prevtous shoe wi1h pore p ressu re In open hole.
0
•
0
This is the only external pressure profile available for Tieback strings.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-51
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Mud and Cement Slurry This external pressure profile is based on the mud density from the hanger to the TOC and the cement slurry density from the TOC to the shoe. No surface pressure
Mud gradient to TOC
MUD TOC 0
0
Cement slurry gradient
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
0
0
0
0 0
•
•
•
0
•
0
0 • 0
0 0
•
•
0 0
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
• 0
It is identical to the external profile used with the Cementing load case, but it can be used with any of the other load cases. This is the most conservative external pressure pro file and has the most appl icabili ty to operations associated w ith inner-string cementing jobs.
2-52
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Frac @ Prior Shoe with Gas Gradient Above This external pressure profile is constructed from the fracture pressure at the prior shoe, a gas gradient extending upward from that depth, and a mud gradient extending downward. It represents a worst-case collapse external profile where gas flow has occurred behind the casing. Surface Pressure
Oas Gradient
MUD TOC 0
0
•
•
0
•
Fracture press re at prior shoe .
0
0
0
•
•
0
0
0 0
0
•
•0
0
•
0 •
M d gradient to current sh e.
0
0
0 •
•
0 0
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
•
0
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-53
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
2-54
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
TM
EDM
Chapter
Ii
and the Well Explorer
Located by default on the left side of the application window, the Well Explorer functions much like the Microsoft Windows Explorer. Specifically, it is organized as a hierarchical data tree, and you can browse the EDMTM database at seven descending levels, though this varies between app lications. This section fami liarizes you with the basic Well Explorer fu nctionality available in the StressCheck™software.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3- 1
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Overview In this chapter, you will become fami liar with Landmark® software TM
common features- the Engineer 's Data Model (EDM) database, and how the data structure is exposed via the Well Explorer. Currently, CasingSeat™ software, COMPASSTM software, Open Wells® software, . TM StressCheck software, Well Cost software, WELLCAT software, TM and WELLPLAN software use the common database and data structure. T~f
In this section of the course, you will: 0
Learn about the EDM data structure, common data, data locking, and how to import and export data
D Become familiar with the Well Explorer components and how to access data levels
3-2
0
Understand how datums are handled by the database
0
Learn about SAM and concurrent use of data in EDM
0
Learn how to access Catalogs from the StressCheck software
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM"'' and the Well Explorer
Describing the Data Structure Shown below, the EDM database hierarchical data structure supports the different levels of data required by drilling suite applications. Database Company
Hierarchical database structure of the EDM database. Well
Design Case
Note
The Case level applies only to the WELLPLAN software and is not discussed in this manual.
The EDM database structure is exposed through a common Well Explorer, which is shared by drilling applications such as StressChcck (see the following figure).
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-3
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
x
er
Wei
Database 1eve1 (filtered) ---~1e~"~•:il!ll!!l!!l!!!~:IDllll!:l2Df!lJ1 Company level --------11-~ fi Ful Feabse Oil Co. Project level , t'I Kananga Site level ~ N ~ Well level i. Al + +
+ + +
+
i. A2 i. 82 i. 83
.t Cl .t cs
N Ed'w:J
- I( +
Largo North Platform
.i U
- .t
Wellbore level
Design level
LPN-004 --1-------11~1-.. 1 <JI.I' 1
- 1-,. STl - -- - - - - --1- (lll' Pl
- O Rig Contractors .: 0 Al.PIN:
'JJll' PU
- • Scorrioo/
+ ~ Anchors {O) +
til BOPs (0)
+ ~
Boiers (O)
+ ~ Centrifuges (0) + .!2) Degassers (O)
Rig Contractors level
+
&..I Hya'ocydones (O}
+
rg Motors (0)
+ ~ Pits (O) +
+
Templates
0
~ ~ (O)
+ ~ Shakers {O)
Trai'lng Contractor
- - -- -+---- CJ Tempates + CJ Workspaces
Tubular Properties ------1---,u~; Tt.t>Uar Properties Catalogs iii Catalogs
3-4
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Well Explorer Components In addition to the Well Explorer "tree" previously shown, components of the Well Explorer (shown below) include the Filter, Recent Bar, Associated Data Viewer, and the Well Configuration and Reference Datum diagrams. Filter shows currently selected filter (notice the " funnel" on the database node that indicates a filter is applied).
x
Recent Bar shows the last selected data items; it is used to quickly open recently used items.
- t) EllM SOOO_l Si'll;lle User Db~ S000.1.7.0 (09.03.05.22f "
- fl MA Feature Of Co.
- -- /(~ ~ • _t • _t
Al A2 82 . ... 82-50
- .t Hierarchical "Tree"
- I..
The selected node shows the currently open Design.
.
82-S l 82·Sl
6
... 82-52
• .t 83 • .t Cl • .t C5
/( Largo Norlh Platform
•
• l) Rig Cootractors
.,
>
Associated Data Viewer Components "associated with" the selected data item (the Design, in this example). Double-clicking on Pore Pressure, Frac Gradient, or Wellpath opens the respective editor on demand.
De~
t~
@ c~
lB 1 stations to 2,888.0 m
E1Pore Presson
~~ Frac Q-acient
ova-
fl Geothe-mal Q-acknt
Bottom Hole:
~ ~ Casi'lg Assemblies H Tlbroo Assemblies
0 Cast'IO
o.o "F
0 Tl.lbinQ
Well Configuration Diagram shows the current Well configuration for the selected Design, including sidetracks for complex Wellbores.
Reference Datum Diagram
shows the current reference datum information for the selected Design.
Dab.m: Datun Elevabon: Ar G1JP (MSt):
...J
.· I
Sarr1lle ~DA: 45. nm 45. nm
Ml!an Sea Level
..
~Depth {MSI.):
9 1.44 m
~ nt>:
137.16 m
For more information about the specific Well Explorer components and associated features, see the StressCheck Help.
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-5
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Working with the Well Explorer In this section, you will learn some basic operations performed with the Well Explorer. For a detailed list of all features available in the Well Explorer, see the StressCheck Help.
Drag-and-drop Rules "Drag-and-drop" in the Well Explorer functions somewhat like the Microsoft Windows Explorer. You can use drag-and-drop to copy Companies, Projects, Sites, Wells, Wellbores, and Designs, as well as associated data items and attached documents. All drag-and-drop operations copy the data; data is never cut or moved. To copy data, drag-and-drop the item from one location and paste it into another. The item and all of its associated data are copied and pasted. You can drag and drop associated items (Wellpaths, Pore Pressures, Fracture Gradients, Geothermal Gradients, Hole Sections, Assemblies, and so on) into open Designs from the Associated Data Viewer at the base of the Well Explorer. The application automatically updates itself with the copied data. For more information, including the rules associated with drag-and-drop functionality, see the StressCheck Help.
3-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Instant Design To access the Instant Design dialog box, select File> New> Instant Design; or right-click the Database level and select Instant Design from the drop-down menu. This dialog box allows you to quickly and easily create the hierarchy required to start a Design, from the Company to the Design. Instant Design allows you to enter minimal information rather than creating individual nodes for each level of the hierarchy. ~
Instant Design
Select the Company, Project, and Site from the pull-down list of existing Companies, Projects, or Sites. You can also enter a new name for the data level. Enter the name of the Well, Wellbore, and Design.
Wdt!oo'e:
IWelbcre "I
~:
1~#!
oacun do!vabon abo•-e: MbYl Sea L~
~a.It Dab.In ~abon·
Specify datum information .
r
r
Qffihore
ro:o--
~ouid &-.abon:
ro.o-
\'i~ad S.-.abon:
ro.o-
OK
CMCd
j
ft
ft ft
~
Import To access the fmport dialog box, select File> Import> Transfer File (or SCK File); or right-click the Database level, and se lect Import from the drop-down menu. The Import command allows you to import data into the database that was exported using the Export command. The import file contains the entire hierarchy of the Well (Company, Project, and Site, and any child data, such as Wellbore and Design). When you select Import, the Import Well dialog box opens and prompts you for the XML or SCK file name to import. Enter the file name or browse for the file, and then click Open. The Well hierarchical data is then imported into the EDM database
Export The Export command allows you to export the selected node's data in XML format. It includes any ch ild information that is associated with the node. A dialog box opens to allow you to supply a directory and file name for the XML fi le. Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-7
Chapter 3: EDM"• and the Well Explorer
Attachments You can associate a folder or a file, such as a document, picture (Word, Excel, text file, JPG, and so on). Attached files can be of any type with a recognized extension. Folder attachments will open any accessible directory and display the contents of the folder. Enter text that provides detailed descriptive information about the attachment.
r--+-11~
f.i
Click Browse to navigate to the location of the file. If you know the path, you can enter it without using the Browse button.
~ve attachment as link only (lned attachments can not be exported).
r Ea& Attachrnelt (~ aintenl!l can not be vcportrd I ·- - · _ J
I
__ _J
OK
I _eancet_I ___,I -
~
J
Select the Save attachment as a link/shortcut only check box if you want to save the attachment as a link only. If you select this check box, only the link to the disk file is stored in the database. Any edits you make are saved to the original disk file. You can edit the document directly from the Well Explorer, or you can edit the disk file from its disk location; the changes are reflected in both places. In the Associated Data Viewer, the icon representing a Linked document is shown as a paperclip with a small arrow in the lower left corner.
3-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMr" and the Well Explorer
Well Explorer Node Properties Right-click any Well Explorer data node and select Properties from the drop-down m enu to view or edit the selected node's properties in a dialog box, such as the Company Properties dialog box shown below.
fEJ
Compclny Properties
I
lardnao1c
~:
!ir<Jup:
11~! ... I
~
Odcte
I
I
!~:
A brief description of data locking features is provided below. Details of the differences between the properties dialog boxes for each node, such as the specific tabs and content, is discussed in StressCheck Help.
Data Locking You can prevent other people from mak in g changes to data by locking data at various levels and setting passwords. Users can only open the data item in read-on ly mode. To keep changes, they must use Save As or Export.
How Locking Works You can lock Company properties only, or you can lock properties for all levels below Company (Project, Site, Well, Wellbore, Design, and Case). Passwords can be set to prevent unlocking. By default, no passwords are set, and the "locked" check box on all Properties dialog boxes can be toggled on and off with no security to prevent users from doing something they should not.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-9
Chapter 3: EDM
TM
and the Well Explorer
In the Well Explorer, if a data item is locked, a small blue "key" appears in the comer of its icon. When you open a locked data item, you see the message: "This Design is locked and therefore Read-Only. Changes to this Design will not be saved to the database. To keep your changes, use the Save As or Export options."
Locking Company Properties In the Properties dialog box for the company whose data you want to protect, there are two buttons, Company Level and Locked Data, and a check box, Company is locked. When you click the Company Level button, you are prompted to set a password to protect Company properties (and only the Company properties). This password will then be required if a user wants to "unlock" company properties and make changes. After the password is set, select the Company is locked check box to lock the company properties and prevent unauthorized changes to the data.
Locking Levels Below Company When you click the Locked Data button on the Company Properties dialog box, you are prompted to set a password. This password will then be required if a user wants to "unlock" any level below the company (projects, sites, wells, wellbores, designs, and cases). All levels are locked individually- that is, you can lock a Well, but this does not mean that anything below it is locked. After the Locked Data password is set, you can lock properties for any data level below Company and prevent unauthorized changes to the data. Open the Properties dialog box for the data level you want to lock and select the "Locked" check box. (For example, to lock a Wellbore, open the Wellbore Properties dialog box and select Wcllborc is locked.) Note When a design is Jocked, all associated items (Pore Pressure, fracture Gradient, Geothermal Gradient, and Wellpath) are locked with it.
3-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
General Tab On the General tab of the Company Properties dialog box, the Company is locked check box and Locked Data and Company Level password buttons are discussed below. All Well Explorer node Properties dialog boxes, with the exception of the Database level, contain the "[Node Type] is locked" check box.
Company is Locked Check Box Select this check box to prevent editing of the Company data. [f this check box is checked and either a Company Level or Locked Data password has been specified, you will be prompted for the password before you can deselect this check box.
Passwords Locked Data- Click this button to speci fy a password to lock all data associated with the Company, including all Projects, Sites, Wells, Wellbores, and Designs. Company Level-Click this button to specify a password to lock only the Company data. The Company level password is only active if the "Company is locked" check box is checked.
Audit Tabs ln dialog boxes that contain the Audit Tab, information such as when the Company was created and last modified (and by whom) is displayed.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-11
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Datums Datum terms are defined below and are grouped by the Properties dialog box in which they are found.
Project Properties The Project Properties dialog box contains a General tab in wh ich you can specify System Datum and Elevation.
System Datum
The System Datum represents absolute zero. It is the surface depth datum from which all Well depths are measured, and all Well depths are stored in the database relative to this datum. Usually the System Datum is Mean Sea Level, Mean Ground Level, or Lowest Astronomical Tide, but it can also be the wellhead, rig floor, RKB, and so on.
Elevation
The Elevation represents the elevation above Mean Sea Level. (If Mean Sea Level is selected as the System datum, Elevation is grayed out.)
Well Properties The Well Properties Depth Reference tab is used to specify and define Wellborc datums.
3-12
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM"' and the Well Explorer
Depth Reference Datum(s) The Depth Reference Datum represents zero MD. It is sometimes known as the local datum, and it is measured as an elevation from the System Datum. You can define one or more Depth Reference Datums for a Well in the Depth Reference tab (in the Well Properties dialog box). For each Depth Reference Datum, you must specify the elevation above or below the System Datum. IE]
W..tl Properties
r r
..., Offftn Wai.to.pfi
Coetrador
E.w.1t.on 1ft 1•00
j:ioo.o
II
1>6.CO~
r
So.boea
\\~~et.on ~ II !romMtanSUlc'el)
0.•• °"""'Elr;•l>Cln:
Sln'Cilt ~ OFe 150.011
···1..
G.111> "4!1.) Mt..,Se.lne
150.0 f\
... _Dic>Cti1>151.
JOO.Oft
~Tot>:
~50011
I
I
I
~---~.====::;-~~-:---
()I(
I ~_J __ _ I
JI
H$
Elevations above, Depths below: [System Datum] This read-only label identifi es the current System Datum. It also states that all elevations are measured ABOVE the System datum and all depths are measured BELOW the System datum. (The System datum is specified on the General tab (Project Properties). A pull-down list below the label contains all defined Depth Reference datums. Select the Depth Reference datum you want to use to view and calculate data. If you do not specify a Depth Reference datum here, a " Default Datum" with zero elevation above System datum will be used.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-13
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Information about each datum includes: •
Datum - Type, edit, or view the name of the datum.
•
Default - When selected, this check box indicates that this is the default datum. All Designs created below this Well inherit the default datum. Elevation - Type, edit, or view the elevation above the System Datum (this must be a positive number). If you have a Design associated with this datum, you cannot edit this field. If no Design is associated with this datum, you can edit the elevation.
•
Rig Name - Type, edit, or view the name of the rig.
•
Date - Type the date on which the datum was created. The program uses the date field to determine which is the newest datum, and then uses that datum as the default for new Wellbores.
Configuration •
For a Land Well - If the Well is a land Well, type the value for the Ground Elevation above the System Datum (must be a positive number). Leave the Offshore check box deselected.
•
For an Offshore Well - If the Well is an offshore Well:
•
3-14
-
Select the Offshore check box to indicate it is an offshore Well.
-
Type the Water Depth (MSL to mudline). This is the column of water.
-
Type the Wellhead Elevation (positive above the System Datum).
For an Offshore Well that is Subsea - If the Well is an offshore Well subsea: -
Select the Offshore check box.
-
Select the Subsea check box. (The Offshore check box must be selected before this option becomes available.)
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
-
Type the Water Depth (MSL to mudlinc). This is the column of water.
-
Type the Wellhead Depth (positive below the System Datum specified on the General Tab (Project Properties)).
Summary In the Summary area, a graphi c depicts the selected configuration (onsho re, offshore, or offshore subsea), and displays current values. The following values are calculated and/or displayed: Datum - This is the default datum se lected in the Well Properties/ Depth Reference dialog box. •
Datum Elevation - Th is is the e levation of the default datum above the System Datum. Air Gap - This is the distance from ground level/sea level to the rig floor. It is used in some calculations for hydrostatic head. Air Gap is always positive. The application calculates Air Gap as follows: (Air Gap, offshore Wells) = Datum Elevation - Elevation (of the System Datum relative to Mean Sea Level) (Air Gap, land Wells)= Datum Elevation - Ground Level (relative to the System Datum) Elevation is set in the Proj ect Properties > General dialog box. Ground Level is set in the Well Properties > Depth Reference dialog box. Datum Elevation is the elevation fo r the Depth Reference Datum. Datum Elevation is always positive. If you change the datum selection, the Air Gap updates automatically. If you change the datum and it causes a negative air gap to be ca lculated, a warning message appears to inform you that you cannot select this datum.
[System DatumJ - Display the current System Datum.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3- 15
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
•
Mudline Depth (MSL) - (Offshore only) Display the distance from MSL to the sea bed, which is Water Depth - Elevation (System Datum offset from MSL, which is set in the Project Properties dialog box).
•
Mudline TVD - (Offshore only) Display the distance from the Depth Reference Datum to the sea bed (datum Elevation + Water Depth).
Design Properties The Design Properties dialog box is used to specify the Well name, UWI, and other descriptive properties of the Design. You can also set tight group security, activate the unit system for the Design, and specify and define Depth Reference datums .
General Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) Use this tab to specify a unique Design name that identifies the Design, and to provide additional information related to the Design. This tab is also used to lock the Design and/or associated data to protect against undesired changes to the data associated with the Design. A Design name is required. Additional information on this dialog box is used for informational and reporting purposes and is not required.
[8J
Design Properties
I
Genor-al Audot Info Changie HsbJrV
I
De~
Qes91:
Pll
~:
!Proto~
iJ
G
!;ffec~ o..ie:: Depth Rrfl!rortt lnformabon
IDFE c
...l
111.B ft (Scorpion)
Dab.In S.,vatlan:
lli.8 ft
A.I" Wp (I-a):
U~.Sft
1 · · ~an S!!a ~;el ""'*1e Depth q.tSt) :
.. Mudtt l\'O:
328. ! ft
-442.9 ft
OK
3-16
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMn" and the Well Explorer
The follow ing fields are present: In the Details section: Design - Type the name that will be used to identify the Design. The name must be unique. Note If the " Design is locked" check box is selected, you caru1ot edit any of the fields.
•
Version - Type the version of the Design.
•
Phase - Select the phase of the Design from the pull-down list (Prototype, Planned, or Actual). The list of phases that appears in the combo box is filtered; you can only have one Design marked as "Planned" and one marked as "Actual." The Planned or Actual option is removed from the pull-down list if another Design for the same Wellbore already has it set. You can have as many Prototype (the default) Designs as desired.
•
Effective Date - Select the date from the drop-down list box. A calendar dialog box will open. Use the arrow buttons on the calendar dialog box to move to the desired month, then click the day. The date you select populates the field.
... a
Click arrows to change to desired month.
Click on the desired day
I
a
August 2010
Mon Tue Wed ~ Fri Sat Sun
2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 ---r,~-r
7 14 21 is
1 8 15 22 29
Depth Reference Information From the pull-down list of defined Depth Reference datums, select the datum you want to reference for this Design. After you select a datum, the Datum Elevation, Air Gap, current System Datum, Mudline Depth, and Mudline TVD are all recalculated and display the updated values adj acent to the rig elevation drawing on the Design Properties dialog box.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-17
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Workflow-How to Set Up Datums for a Design 1. Access the Project Properties> General tab and select the System Datum you want to use. 2. Access the Project Properties > General tab. In the Elevation field, enter the value the System Datum is above Mean Sea Level. If your System Datum is below Mean Sea Level, th is number is negative. If your System Datum is Mean Sea Level, Elevation is grayed out. 3. Access the Well Properties> Depth Reference tab.
•
If the Well is offshore, select the Offshore check box and enter the Water Depth below the System Datum.
•
If the Well is subsea, select the Subsea check box and enter the Wellhead Depth below the System Datum.
4. Access the Well Properties> Depth Reference tab. If the Well is a land Well, make sure the Offshore check box is unchecked and enter the Ground Level elevation above the System Datum. 5. Access the Well Properties> Depth Reference tab. Define the Depth Reference Datum(s) you want to use, such as RKB or Rig floor. Type the elevation above the System Datum in the Elevation field and specify the effective Date for the datum. 6. Import or create a Design for this Well. 7. In the Design Properties> General tab, select the Depth Reference Datum you want to use for this Design from the pull-down list of datums you defined in Step 5.
3-18
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EOM™ and the Well Explorer
Changing the Datum When you create a Design and save it for the first time, the EDM database keeps track of the Depth Reference Datum that was set at the time. This "original" Depth Reference Datum is not displayed; however, if you or someone else changes the Depth Reference Datum in the Well Properties dialog box, and you then attempt to open that Design, a warning message appears. You are warned that you are trying to change to a datum that is different from the datum in which you originally saved the data, and any calculations will be invalid unless you change your inputs (details provided below). You are given the choice to open the Design in the original datum, or to convert to the new datum. If you choose to convert your data, the data is adjusted. However, the change is not saved to the database until you save the Design, at which time the new datum becomes the "original" datum.
How This Works
If datum is the same as the original datum If you open a Design in which the Depth Reference Datum (set at the Design level) is the same as the datum in which the data was originally saved, the Design will open normally.
If datum is different than the original datum If you open a Design in which the Depth Reference Datum (set at the Design level) is different from the original datum, the following occurs:
The application checks to see if the Well is a slant hole. If positive inclination exists in wellpaths whose depths would become negative after the datum shift, the program cannot make the adjustments and a message pops up to inform you of this. Click Open to open the Design in the original datum. If you click Cancel, the Design will not open. For Wells other than slant holes, the program issues this message: "The currently selected Design datum is different to the datum with which the Design was created. The application will then attempt to adjust the data, but some data might be shifted or removed. If you open the Design, we strongly suggest that you review your input data; any changes will not be saved to the database until you explicitly save your data. Please select "Open" to review the Design using the datum with which it was created."
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-19
Chapter 3: EDMrn and the Well Explorer
If you want to open the Design with the original elevation, select Open. If you want to convert the data to the new elevation, select Adjust. Open is the default. -
If you select Open, data is loaded to the original Design datum, but the Depth Reference Datum set in the Design does not change to match the original datum.
-
If you select Adjust, the Well Explorer loads the data to the new Wellbore datum and attempts to adjust the data; however, some data may be shifted or removed. The program resolves the deltas in the first depths of column data (strings, wellpaths, columns, and so on) to adjust for the new gap and read zero depth on the first line. Note A fter you open the Design, you should review your input data. Remember that the changes are not saved to the database until you explicitly save your data.
3-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Concurrency and Multi-user Support EDM supports full concurrency for multiple applications that are using the same data set. The SAM (Simultaneous Activity Monitor) server moderates the activity. This messaging server notifies a user of all data items currently open by other applications and users sharing the same database.
SAM in the Application Status Bar The SAM icon appears in the application Status Bar as follows: Message
Description A green SAM icon in the status bar indicates that the Messenger Service is active. If a tooltip is ava ilable, the message "SAM-Connected" displays. A green SAM icon with a red X in the status bar indicates that the Messenger Service is not currently acti ve. If a tooltip is available, the message "SAM-Disconnected" displays. A red SAM icon in the status bar indicates the SAM service is enabled but has lost connectivity. Hover over the icon to display the tooltip "SAM - No longer responding".
No icon
When no icon appears in the application status bar, this indicates that the Simultaneous Activity Monitor has not been configured for the application.
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-21
Chapter 3: EOM™ and the Well Explorer
SAM in the Well Explorer If a data item is open, one of the following icons appears on the node icon. Icon
I!!I~~
Description A red SAM icon indicates that one or more users on other PCs have this item open, and the current user is restricted to rea d-only access.
A blue SAM icon indicates that one or more users on the current database have this item open, but the current user still has full read-write access. A user must be careful when making changes to the data, though this method enables data to automatically flow between applications. Intentional updates to other live applications should be anticipated before saving changes.
The first user to open a data item becomes the data item 's owner. When another user opens the data item through an EDM application, that user can see that the data item is currently being accessed by the first user, who is the owner. Hover the mouse over the item to display a data listing tooltip as seen below.
- fl Class - i? Kananga -
/( Echo
- .t E3 - lo.
E3SO (25/03/2008)
!t E350P1
hb27174, CCM'ASS, EU·2335{RW) hb27174, waJ.PlAN 5000.1, EU·2335 {RW) hb27174, Wei Cost, EU·2.335 {RW) hb27174, WEUCAT, EU-2.335 {RW) hb27174, Gasr195e.,t 5000.1, EIJ-2335 {RW)
RW indicates that the current user has read-write access. RO indicates that the current user has read-only access.
3-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMn;, and the Well Explorer
Reload Notification A reload notification dialog box appears when the owner of the active data item saves changes to the database. SAM then notifies any other EDM applications of the changes. The change notifi cation dialog box is then offered to the user to reload or ignore the data owner's changes, or cancel the dialog box. The dialog box di splays the user name for the owner and the application in which the changes were made. This enables the user to identify the sou rce of the change that has been posted.
[g)
Well Explorer ~ Strl!Ssehedc 5000.1 user,
hb27174 hasmodfted the~. E3SOPL Do you Wl5tl
to reload this Ocsql) W¥fW1Q: tfyou choose to reload, you Wll ~ l!lf'I'( t.r<Sa.ed chl!lfloes made ., lt-.s appkabon.
r~notasltthe~ e,eload
I _[glOI"~
Caned
Reload T he Reload option results in the owner's changes be ing uploaded into the current application.
Ignore The Ignore option gives you the ability to ignore the owner's changes and continue working with the current data item. You may choose to ignore the updates if you own the data item in another application. In this instance, you may choose to save later and overwrite changed data in the other application as a result. The user with read-on ly access to the data item may choose to ignore the owner's changes in order to continue looking at the previous state of the data. The user may also perform a Save As operation to save the current
data before reloading the changes. The WELLPLAN software does not support Save As functionality for read-only access.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-23
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Select the Do not ask the question again check box to avoid receiving any other reload notifications. This check box option is not remembered between sessions. If you restart an application, you must select the check box the first time it appears in order to stop the appearance of the reload notifications.
Cancel The Cancel option gives you the opportunity to cancel the dialog box. If this option is selected, the Do not ask the question again check box is ignored. Complete details about SAM settings can be found in EDM Administration Utility Help.
3-24
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMn.. and the Well Explorer
Working With Catalogs Catalogs are used as a selection list to design a casing, tubing, liner, or drillstring. Catalogs are editable and can be customized by using Start> Programs> Landmark Engineer's Desktop 5000.1 > Tools> Catalog Editor or by right-clicking the catalog node and selecting Open from the drop-down menu. For more information, see the Catalog Editor Help.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-25
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
3-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter
II
Getting Started When you first enter the StressCheck™software, a blank application window displays beneath the menu bar and toolbars. Normally at this point, you would either create a new Design or open an existing Design. However, particularly in multi-user environments, you may want to specify different data files (for example, report format files, default bit sizes, default design factors, default cost factors, or template files) to be used during this StressCheck session.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-1
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Workflow The workflow in the StressCheck software is broken up into three stages, which are outlined below.
Enter General Data
4-2
0
Open the Design with which you want to work or create a Design using the Instant Design feature. ("Instant Design" on page 3-7)
0
Enter general information, including the well name , description, and total depth. (Wellbore > General) ("Enter General Data" on page 4-2)
0
Enter wellpath deviation (well path) data. (Wellbore > Wellpath Editor) ("Entering Wellpath Data" on page 5-14)
0
Enter dogleg overrides (imposed doglegs independent of deviation). (Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides) ("Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet" on page 5-16)
0
Defi ne the pore pressure regime. (Wellbore > Pore Pressure) ("Entering Pore Pressure Data" on page 5-8)
0
Define the fracture pressure regime. (Wellbore > Fracture Gradient) ("Entering Fracture Gradient Data" on page 5-10)
0
Optional: Define any squeezing sa lt or shale sections for collapse design. (Wellbore >Squeezing Salt/Shale) (" Defining a Squeezing Salt/Shale Zone" on page 5- 12)
0
Specify the formation temperatures. (Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient) ("Defi ning the Geothermal Gradi ent" on page 5- 19)
0
Define the Casing Scheme, including casing name, type, pipe ODs, hole size, shoe, hanger and TOC depths, and the mud weight at the shoe. (Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme) (" Define the Casing and Tubing Scheme" on page 5-22)
0
Enter completion and production data. (Wellbore > P roduction Data) ("Defining Production Data" on page 5-28)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Specify Design Parameters for a Casing String 0
Specify the design factors and other design parameters to use fo r the casing design. (Tubular > Design Parameters) ("Entering Design Parameters" on page 6-2)
0
Specify the maximum tool length for a specified tool OD that can freely pass through the casing. (Tubular> Tool Passage) ("Specify Tool Passage Requirements" on page 6-11)
0
Describe the cement and landing forces. (Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab) ("Specifying the Initial Conditions" on page 6-3)
0
Specify the temperature profile for the current string. (Tubular> Initial Conditions> Temperature tab) ("Specifying the Initial Conditions" on page 6-3)
0
Select standard load cases for burst, collapse and axial loads. (Tubular > Burst Loads, Tubular> Collapse Loads, Tubular > Axial Loads) ("Defining Burst Loads" on page 6-13, "Specifying Collapse Loads" on page 6-19, and "Specifying Axial Loads Details" on page 6-25)
0
Optional: Design additional custom loads. (Tubular> Custom Loads) ("Defining Custom Loads" on page 6-26)
View Graphical Results and Perform Design 0
Review formation plots including pore pressure, fracture gradient, pore/fracture/mud weight, and geothermal gradient. (View > Formation Plots)
0
Review and analyze internal pressures and differential pressure plots for burst and collapse loads. (View> Formation Plots)
0
Review and analyze design load line, graphical interactive weight, and grade selection, including design review, graphical design, and minimum cost design. (View> Design Plots) ("Checking Burst Design Using the Burst Design Plot" on page 7-2, "Checking Collapse Design Using the Collapse Design Plot" on page 7-8, and "Checking Axial and Triaxial Design" on page 7-15)
D Review and analyze advanced results, including triaxial design limit plot, and maximum allowable wear tables. (View> Triaxial Check and View > Tabular Results) ("Tabular Results" on page 83, "Checking Axial and Triaxial Design" on page 7- 15)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-3
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Getting Started Starting the Stress Check TM Software
Title Bar
Work Area
Menu Bar - - - -Toolbars Filter Recent Bar
EllH 5000_1 s.ngie~ Cb(B'.»4 5000.t.7.0~.0l.OS.228)) "'
- .!l FU! 1'«11.n Cl co. N NfN - ·- ~ • .t Al
Hierarchical "Tree"
• .\ A2
-t
e2
- ... 82.SO
~ !ml
. ... 82-51
. ... 82-52
• t. 83 • .i Cl • .t cs
• N IM!IOt-Plotfoml • ~ RogCor>~O
< IWne
Associated Data Viewe_r_ _ _ _..
@c.._,...
126 ......... II> 2,937. IM
Et Po<ePr-... 'ii'Ft..:G'-
o. .....
0 ~0--1 ~~Casrog
B T..tini......,_
Well Configuration
Reference Datum Diagram
4-4
Ov..,_. llol--0.0'f
oca.io OTt.big
r - - - -....;_!-•1:$ : ··1:-
Dahm:
DoU.Eh411on: AIG.ap l)!Slj: ,....,,,..,,.. ... d f>\.dne llop"1~):
91.-Mm
~ l\'D:
U7.16m
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Starled
You can start the StressCheck software in two ways: Select the Windows menu path Start> Programs > Landmark Engineer's Desktop 5000.1 > StressCheck. •
Double-click the StressCheck desktop shortcut.
The first window to appear when you start the StressCheck software looks similar to the one in the previous graphic. At this time, few menu options are available and most of the toolbar icons are not available for use. You can select an item from the menu by using the mo use or the keyboard quick keys. To use the quick keys to select an item, press and hold the Alt key while pressing the underlined character in the menu item. For exampl e, to open the File menu, press Alt-F. You must open an existing Design or create a new Design to expand the menu bar options or to activate additional toolbar buttons.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-5
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Files and Templates What Type of Files Does the Stress Check TM Software Use?
File Extension
File Type Purpose
*.DXT
Data exchange (DEX) template file
*.DXD
Data exchange (DEX) import/export fi les
*.SCK
Well fi les created using the StressCheck software. Also called "flat files".
*.SCT
Template fi les created using the StressCheck software
*.TXT
Data files for importing directional data
*.XML
Extensible Markup Language (XML) file used to transfer data
What is a Template File? Templates contain common data that can be used and reused as defaults for future casing designs. You can use templates as the basis for creating Designs. Default data can be entered and saved in the template to a file or to the EDM rn database. A template typically contains no specific well data or data that is dependent on depth. Templates are used to describe generic practices and parameters for general cases. For example, templates can be used to set up default load cases for specific casing string types typically used by an operating company. A special group of default data already exists, which is the definition of
casing strings by name and type as speci fied in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. T his information provides you with a selection of design limits, load cases (burst, collapse, and axial), as well as other tubular data. All combinations of casing strings can be defined in this manner and saved in the template.
4-6
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Some menu items and parameters are disabled when a template is defined. In template mode, no calculations are performed, so some results are displayed as "NIA". Furthermore, some restrictions on accessing various dialog boxes and entering data do not apply in template mode. For example, you do not need to create pore pressure data and fracture gradient data to access Tubular > Burst Loads.
Opening an Existing Template File Templates can be opened from the EDM database or as a file from a local or network drive. Templates are applied only once, when initially creating or opening a Design, and cannot be reapplied. A company may provide templates to users to set policy for certain materials, inventories, casing schemes, and so on. Select File> Template> Open From File or File> Template> Open From Database to open an existing template file.
t1Jfg]
Import Templdte file
When opening a template file, navigate to the location and select from a list of existing templates
look ..
Ju o.n
.:J
~ (!;)
c1 Im·
-.)Y«
My Recert
Clocu'nert•
™
~nonnal-blaXl•l.sct
~
Dellctop
-1
MyDocuneru
_:., My Cc•l~l•.ct•
J
My Ndwork
Aaceo
-
When opening a template from the EDM database, select from the pull-down list.
Fie name
!Namial.act
::J
()pen
Flesdtype
l!:iret$(heck T~ Ales\octl
..:.]
Cancel
-~----
rg)
Open Template
Tempja~:
!Normal (System)
:m::J
~= -· ·-=- ·-- ~Sys~tem~)----~'
I
OK
Cancel
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
_J
~1
4-7
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Saving a Template File
After you have opened and perhaps changed a template, you can save it with the same name or with a new name. By saving the template with a new name, you can create different templates to meet various requirements. All templates are saved to the EDM database. Select one of the follow ing commands: •
File > Template > Save to save the template with the same name. No dialog box appears. The template is saved to the database. File > Template > Save As to save the template with a different name as shown below.
•
File > Template > Save As System Template to save the template as a System Template that is available to all StressCheck users. The dialog box is the same one that appears for the File > Template > Save As command shown below. The Save As System Template command may not be available due to Company policy.
Save Template
~ c~ Specify the name of the ------~ template file.
4-8
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
He\:>
IBJ I I J
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Main Window Layout The StressCheck main window is shown below. In this window, the well schematic is currently displayed. The main window is used to display data entry dialog boxes and spreadsheets. It is also used to display results. The main wi ndow has several distinct areas, as shown below. Most of these options do not become available until after you open a template fi le or Design. Menu Bar
Plot
Main Toolbar
Name of open Design
Template Toolbar (custom loads)
Wizard Toolbar
."
-rrrm
-
,,,. •. _ ,_
Well Explorer Hierarchical "Tree"
-
.
~SN UMl(l2S..Olt) ~1.11* (43),0 ft) .xr~!.tt.t'IQ
Associated Data Viewer
Well Configuration Diagram Reference Datum Diagram __J.u
• '-'ri:•-'I
Work area with Tabs
Well Schematic
r
Status Bar
displayed
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-9
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Title Bar The Title Bar is located at the top of the main window. The Title Bar displays the name of the active Design and the name of the active spreadsheet, table, plot, or schematic (if the active window is maximized).
Menu Bar After a Design has been opened or created, the menu bar has a number of options available.
r;J F~e
Edit
Wellbore
Tubular
View
Composer
Tools
Window Help
File Menu The File menu has commands to manage tiles and templates, import Wellpath .txt files, import or export StressCheck .sck and Transfer .xml files, access DEX data transfer, send StressCheck .sck fi les via email, print documents, and exit the StressCheck software.
Edit Menu The Edit menu has commands used to undo changes; cut, copy, and paste information; manipulate OLE objects; view/ed it spreadsheet properties; and find data in the Well Explorer tree.
Wellbore Menu The Well bore menu is used to define data not related to a specific casing string, such as well depth ; wcllborc deviation; and pore pressure, fractu re pressure, and geothermal gradients.
Tubular Menu The Tubular menu is used to define data related to a specific casing string, such as design parameters, cementing and landing data, string-section descriptions, connections, and load cases. Th is menu also manages inventory items used wi th the current Des ign, such as pipe inventory, special connections, and pipe grade properties.
4-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
View Menu The View menu is used to display/hide the Well Explorer; display wellbore, load case, and design plots; and display tabular reports.
Composer Menu The Composer menu is used to add, edit, and configure Wall Plot objects. The commands are only available when a Wall Plot is active in the work area.
Tools Menu The Options menu is used to customize the StressCheck software (set up toolbars, status bars, tabs, defaults, options), and configure the unit system.
Window Menu The Window menu has commands to arrange and select windows.
Help Menu The Help menu has commands to access online Help and obtain information about the StressCheck software.
Wizard Too/bar The Wizard tool bar provides easy access to common data selection and form selection commands. It is used to select the current casing string. The Wizard provides you with a predetermined sequence of entry forms to help ensure that all necessary information is specified. Go to the previous form in the Wizard list of entry. forms. Current data _ . , General entry form.
'
I13 318'' Surface Casing
Go to the next form in the Wizard list.
All entry fonns access ible using the Wizard can also be selected from the Wellbore and Tubular menus.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-11
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Data Entry Forms The dialog box and spreadsheet are the two types of entry forms available in the StressCheck software. They may all be accessed from the Wellbore and Tubular menus, and most from the Wizard, depending on how you are entering the well data.
Dialog Box The first type of entry form is a dialog box, as seen in the example below. When selected, the dialog box opens over the current window contents. Dialog boxes are used to enter data such as design parameters and load cases that cannot be conveniently presented in a spreadsheet. All dialog boxes in the StressCheck software are modal, which means you cannot access any other spreadsheets or dialog boxes until the current dialog box is closed.
r8]
General
ICom!lents I ~bon: fj<..:;.1
0p11ons
~'Seci>on Defntlon
0ngri N: ~o_. o
Ongri E:
___
0.0
Wei Depth {M)) : ft ft
(TVO) :
Azm.rth: 133.00
OK
4-12
_J _ __,
Calcel
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
116330.0
ft ft
Chapter 4: Ge tting Started
The following control buttons may be found on dialog boxes: To
Select
I
OK
I
Update the well with the current changes a nd close the dialog box .
Cara!
I
Disregard any changes made since the last update and close the dialog box.
Apply
]
Update the wel I with the current changes and keep the dialog box open.
H~
I
Display Help for the dialog box.
Spreadsheets The second type of entry fo rm is the spreadsheet, as seen in the example below. When selected, it fills the current StressCheck window pane. Spreadsheets are used to enter depth and inventory data. Spreadsheets remain in view until they are replaced by another spreadsheet or view. Data is automatically applied when a further action occurs.
4
1476.0 1804.0 1969.0
Pore Pressure/EMW (pp (psi 6.37 142 3 8.21 629.5 782.5 8.35 860.2 8.41
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
No
No No No
4-13
Chapter 4: Getting Started
He I pfu I F ea tu res Online Help The context-sensitive Help system can be accessed in several ways:
4-14
•
Pressing Fl to view Help on the active spreadsheet, plot, table, or dialog box.
•
Selecting Contents from the Help menu.
•
Clicking the
•
Clicking the context-sensitive Help icon cl ~'l b and then clicking on the portion of the window for which you desire Help (such as a toolbar icon or menu item). This feature is not available if a dialog box is open.
H~
I button on an open dialog box.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
The Help Contents is shown in the following graphic. Click Back to go to the previous help topic.
Click Print to print the current help topic.
Select the tabs to view the Index and Glossary, Search the entire help system, or bookmark topics as Favorites.
Click Hide or Show to
__
~~leonandofft~· Table of Contents. _ -~~~.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ,.... .:;] ¢' di .,,...., v:i-
~
IJ--... · . Goomo-
r....,..
~
Click a book to view the help topics : i =.~associated with that _ ____ ,: . Tho ~' °"""" item. Then click a ·. EONw.. i;.,mw help topic to view it. · -wew:.m••,......
;:::..sc..ia.-..
~ f.IQo :i!~'r. ~llwd.P...,,,_
C1)c.......--
I
HALLIBURTON
----•
•
Welcome to StressCheck 111 Sortware
Woh Lll>dmorle• S.msCMck~ - · casing •tmgl c111bedH>gMd10 mfft « onHd al Nit boctom Tho S.msChock oppli pnncipln lhll n Wiii occtplod "'
onduttty Sophdbcatld de"ll" met- c.an be """1ntly etn!>loyld to dMiop .......,nKost hog!Hr ~ ,,,.,.,,..,, txpll1Cillll9 at twna and llor1 StmsCIMlck • - • con yltld "9fldlt.,.. saw>gs ., If
•
Pr~1~atout.,,,,.odlormui.,t0Mlorspeerfyo>g....,stocbum ~
andoJOOI
wortt-c.an mlXll"l'IUm load pni6tn • F_.,,flll opConozot..., Cltlho numbof ond ' - " ol CaMf1!1 Sl1V19 HCl"""
In"'""' eases "much .. con bo . - " ' · - -•• <..ong doS'V"f d""'oped by<"""' Cullom lood1 footu11 Ille ll'l'li<*""' lllo pt<Mdn an 1uy41M1St sprudshHl laolCy lo< speaty.n Al)lo
-...i pranu11 oldomal po11u11 ~ ,.,.,..,...,.,. Ffoliln -
m«0 -
loock:-lormut«I<
C1icJ< on a oul>Jecl IO gll 11111td
• Gewno Slatted
· ~ • u..ng Str~~".#1!! • Pf!fommq 0...,..
°"""'"
Setting Options Options are not stored as part of the active Design and affect all Designs analyzed with the StrcssChcck software until the options are changed. To access the Options dialog box, select the Tools> Options menu command.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-15
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Control the appearance of printed documents.
Control the appearance of the graphical views-. --~ p Markers
Font... Lnes ••
v
~~sand
P• r;; f;;
Foottrs
tU"nb!!rng
Margm
p
Legend
Font. ..
Depths
• MO
Control the appearance of spreadsheets and tables.
(". T\-0
Spreadsheets and T!lbles
r.7 God 11 T~
c-•
~I
Pmbng Font •..
-
Select MD or TVD to determine how depths are displayed in plots, spreadsheets, and - -1-tables.
Safety Fl!CtorS
J C.
Absolite
f' ~
Other
v
Oetlliled Wizard List
v
Class1C: S
\ - Tiiie Font. ..
Specify how safety factors display.
Plots Group Box
Grid Se lect the Grid check box to display grid lines on a ll plots. These lines are used only as cues to help guide the eye when visually analyzing data.
Font Button Click the Font button to display the Font dialog box so you can change the font, style, and text size used along the axes of all plots.
Markers Select the Markers check box to display individual symbols to denote each set of data displayed on all plots. Markers are usually drawn at known or well-defined points, while the envelope lines connecting these markers arc generally interpolated.
Lines Button Click the Lines button to display the Lines dialog box so you can set the color and thickness fo r each line marking each set of data on every plot.
4-16
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Legend Select the Legend check box for the appropriate legend to appear in all plots. When the legend obscures a relevant portion of the plot, click the legend and drag it elsewhere.
Font Button Click the Font button to d isplay the Font dialog box so you can change the font, style, and size of text used in all plot legends.
Spreadsheets and Tables Group Box
Grid in Tables Select the Grid in Tables check box to draw grid lines and row labe ls on all results tables, such as the Well Summary tabl e.
Font Button Click the Font button to display the Font dialog box so you can change the font, style, and size of text used in all spreadsheets and tables. Fonts for plots are customized by clicking the View T itle Font button in the Other group box.
Printing Font Button Click the Printing Font button to display the Font dialog box to specify the font used when printing spreadsheets and tables. It is useful for printing a small font on wide spreadsheets and tables.
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-17
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Print Layout Group Box
Headers and Footers Select the Headers and Footers check box to display headers and footers when a document is displayed by using the Print or Print Preview commands. •
The file name displays in the upper left comer. The date and time at which the document was displayed and the page number displays in the upper right corner.
•
The software version displays in the lower right comer.
•
The well's description displays in the lower left comer.
Page numbers do not display when the Page Numbering check box is not selected.
Page Numbering Select the Page Numbering check box to display page numbers in the upper right corner of each page when a document is displayed by using the Print or Print Preview commands. This check box is disabled if the Headers and Footers check box is not selected.
Margins Select the Margins check box to add margins to the top, bottom, left, and right sides of each page when a document is displayed by using the Print or Print Preview commands. [f this check box is not selected, the document is drawn out to the edges of every page.
Depths Group Box
MDandTVD MD and TVD are a pair of mutually exclusive option buttons that determine whether depths in applicable plots, spreadsheets, and tables are displayed by using measured (MD) or true vertical depth (TVD).
4-18
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Alternatively, you can switch between depths by clicking the MD/TVD icon (jig) on the Engineering toolbar.
Safety Factors Group Box
Absolute and Normalized Safety Factors Absolute and Normalized are a pair of mutually exclusive option buttons that determine whether the safety factors reported in the various tabular results are absolute or normalized to the appropri ate design factor. In essence, the normal ized safety factor is the absolute safety factor divided by the design factor that is specified on the Design Parameters dialog box, or the design factor that is specified on the Options tab of the Axial , Burst, and Collapse Loads dialog boxes. Alternatively, you can switch between safety factors by clicking the Normalized >Absolute Safety Factors icon ([RI) on the Engineering toolbar.
Other Group Box
Detailed Wizard List Select the Detailed Wizard List check box to add several dialog boxes, spreadsheets, and design plots to the standard Wizard list. When this check box is selected, the follow ing items are added to the Wizard: • • •
Dogleg Severity Overrides Squeezing Sal t/Shale Geothermal Gradi ent
View Title Font Button C lick the View T itle Font button to access the Font dialog box so you can change the title 's font, style, and size displayed in plot legends.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-19
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Configuring Units Using the Unit System Dialog Box Select the Tools> Unit System dialog box to add, remove, edit, and switch unit systems. You can also import and export custom unit systems. The unit system for the Design you are working on is stored at the Well level. All unit systems are stored in the database. The API , SI, API - US Survey Fleet, and Mixed API unit systems are included with the StressCheck installation.
(8J
Unit Systems Editor Active V1ew1ng I.ht System:
I AP! . us St.rvey F~t I ~~ AP!
I SI
AP!
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
~-~ ·
~~
- - -- -----1-
I
~t
I .mlm------~A I1• Area, lFA Cement (Seid) Density
il 1
Cement SlwTy Density
bn/f\l ppg
Cost per uit mass
S/trlo
Cost Costft_ength
s
Cost/T"rne
S/day %/day ft
s/ft
Daly Percentage
Depth, Distances, Heghts Diameters Dogleg Severity Enthalpy
EQliValentMJdWeiglt AowRate(Cement) Fil.id Corr4lressiiity Force
bf
~~_:e~~!'__
L
Click Import to import a unit .,__ _ ___,,_system.
In 0 / lOOft Btuibn ppgbbl"-
OK
Select the unit system you want to use in the analysis from the pull-down list.
~
.~-·
410-
Import _]
1 I
New... .,__ _ _ _..... Click
l
I____
----~~____v__
New to create a unit system.
1 The Unit System dialog box always contains three or more tabs arranged along its upper left comer- one for each available unit system stored in the database. The three left-most tabs are always API, SI, and API - US Survey Fleet The Mixed API unit set is shipped with the StressCheck software, but it can be deleted. Jf you create custom unit systems, they
are also present as tabs. When this dialog box is opened, the tab contain ing the unit system associated with the active Design opens. Most numerical dialog box fields and spreadsheet cells are associated with a physical parameter such as depth, stress, or temperature, and each physical parameter is expressed in a unit.
4-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
To look at the values for a different unit system, select another tab and click OK. To switch to another unit system, select the desired unit system from the Active Viewing Unit System pull-down list, and click OK. All open Designs are presented in this unit system. The Status Bar at the bottom of the main screen displays the name of the unit system that is currently in use. Unit system is set at the Well level and affects all Wellbores and Designs below it. For more information, refer to Unit System Help. CAUTION Be careful when you delete. Other users may want to use the unit system you are planning to delete.
Creating a Unit System To create a unit system: 1. Open the Unit System dialog box by selecting Tools> Unit System.
2. Click New. 3. Enter a name for the unit system. New Umt System
Name:
INorth easri
Descnption: Template:
IAPI ·US Su'Vey Feet AP! SI
o:J - --
Select the basis for the unit system from the pull -down list.
Moced AP!
4. Click OK. You can now choose from a large variety of unit options
for all physical parameters used in the StressCheck software.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-21
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Using the Convert Unit Dialog Box With a spreadsheet cell selected, press F4 or select Tools> Convert Unit to enter or view data in any equivalent unit without changing the unit systems currently in use. Only the value in the active cell/field is affected. When you close this dialog box, any new numerical value chosen is written to the field, but the value is displayed in the unit system already in use. If you want a new unit system used, you must use Tools> Unit Systems, which changes the unit systems for all fields. To use the Convert Unit dialog box, a spreadsheet cell or a dialog box field that is editable must be selected, and it must have a value associated with a physical parameter (Tools> Unit Systems). For default values, the program displays the value appropriate for the units selected. This dialog box contains the following items:
Value By default, this is the value displayed in the field or cell from which the Convert Unit dialog box was invoked. You can type or paste a new value into this cell, and it will be converted to the current unit system after you click OK.
Unit The Uni t list box has the units in which the value can be expressed. Select the appropriate unit from this list and its value displays in the Value field. Note
Be aware that when this dialog box is invoked, its name varies according to the cell selected. For example, when it is invoked from the Zone Top cell in the Squeeze Salt/Shale spreadsheet, the dialog box is titled Convert Depth Units. When it is invoked from the Overburden Pressure cell, it is titled Convert Pressure Units.
After you click OK, the dialog box closes, and the value is placed in the field or cell from which the Convert Unit dialog box was invoked. Before the value is placed, it is converted back to the units used by the active unit system. If this dialog box was invoked from a field or cell in which the Paste command does not work, the value is ignored. The Undo command can be used if a new value was entered.
4-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Example In the following example, the Mix-Water Density units are changed. Initial Conditions: 9 5/8"" Production Casing
I
CC!rnt!l'llln9 and l.andilo Temperabse
~
Click in the cell or field that you want to convert the units. The Convert Unit dialog box displays. Select the new unit from the Unit list. View the converted value in the Value field .
I
Cemenlln9 Data t-b·'.Vater Density (ppg)
Lead Sltrry Density (ppg)
T.,. S1Lny L.enoth (ft)
I is.60 Isoo.o
Dlsplacenent FUd Density (ppo)
jH.80
Float Colar Depth, p.v (ft)
l14620.0
~ Tai Sltrry Density (ppo)
r r
Appied su-face PresSU'e {psi)
r-
OK
jo.4327
Cancel sg "/kft
Float Fa.led
!:ielp
•
mbar/m p~
Landing Data
I Pida.4) Force {bf) r. Sladcoff Force (bf)
v
Io
OK
1. Click a cell or fie ld that you want to convert the units from the acti ve spreadsheet or dialog box. 2. Select Tools> Convert Unit, or press F4 to display the Convert Unit dialog box. 3. Highlight the desired unit in the Unit list box. 4. View the converted value in the Convert Unit dialog box's Value fie ld.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-23
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Customizing Graphical Views To change the properties of a plot or schematic, right-click the object when the plot or schematic is active. The choices available vary depending on the nature of the object.
Burst Pressure Profiles : -
C>tsplecement lo Gas Losl Returns wllll Water
2000
Ges Kick (50 0 bbl. 0 50 PlllJ)
--
Tublnv Leek Green Cement Pressure Test (Int) G1'99n Cement Pressure lest (Eld)
4000
g
Dnl Meed (BurSI)
600 0
..c:
i
~
8000
f
:I
"'~ 10000
:E
12000
14000
' ' I
'' ' I
'
:
:
:
------~------·---- -JI I I
- -- - -
--·
'
~
' . H---
~
,
1
I
'
I
I
------ - -- -- -- ---- - --- - 1 500
3000
'
'
4500
I
------
6 00
I
o
I
0
----.-1 I
I
I
I
O
'
'
' -- --- - - -- - - - - ------I
7500
9000
10500
Pressure (psi)
Right-click on the plot, then select Properties.
4-24
I
'I 'I
•t
I
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
o
- - -- --•I J I
-:-- - -- --:--- - - - ~ - -\ -·,- - -- -\\ ----~'
16000
-
. I
I
1 2000
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Changing Plot Properties All plots can be modified by rig ht-clicking while a plot is active and then selecting Properties. The StressCheck software uses two plot engines. Each plot engine displays different Properties dialog boxes, as seen below. Burst O!!s1gn Ptop..,rll..,s
Older plot engine Properties dialog box
Title for Current Plot
P°
Show Title
r
specfy Title
Axes Labels for Current Plot
[ j X Axis Label [j Y AxJS label
CllllCel
~
Properties BadlgOUld
Newer plot engine Properties dialog box
Graph
I
I
Fonts LC9'fld Backgou-d
Shawl~
I
I
I
Grid L.nes Scale J Aids l Gnd
AXIS Isles
I
Pict1.n
'
r;;
Location
r.
Anchorl!d To:
Floatng
Top
r r- r. ,- RJ
Left I
,-
r
r
Bottom
I I I
OK
cancel
~
. I
For details about configuring plot display, sec StressCheck Help.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-25
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Zooming The older plot engine right-click menu features a Zoom facility. You can zoom in as many as 10 times to investigate specific features. A Restore feature allows the view to be restored to its last setup. Select the desired Zoomx 1 magnification. - ) > Zoomx5 Zoomx10
Select Restore to return to the previous magnification .
Configuring the Well Schematic On the Well Schematic, the right-click menu Properties command allows the display of various markers on the schematic, including Cement, Tapered String, Reference Depths, Fluid, Casing Float Shoe, TOC for Liners and Casing Strings, TOL, and a Non-Deviated schematic view.
[8J
Well Schematic Properties Title ror c...1ent View P Stiov.i Hie P Specly Hie StressCheck Training
I
View Options
p Cement P Tapeied String P Reference Depths
r
Fluid
P
\iliji Casing Float Shoe
OK
4-26
~ TOC for Liners
P P P
TOC for C4smg Strings
TOL Non-Deviated
Apply
J
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Help
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Accessing and Managing Pipe Inventory When the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet is accessed for the first time, it displays an inventory of casing for the OD corresponding to the OD designation in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet for the string that is currently selected. The pipe inventory for a different OD can be selected using the Select OD pull-down list on the Template toolbar. The entire pipe inventory for all sizes can be displayed by selecting All at the top of this list box. Select the OD that you want to view data for using this selection list.
8 00 (or) 13625 13625
13625 13625 13625 13625
13625
Weoghl
Grade or Name C-75 00200 ea 200 L-00 (pp~
00200
ea 200 Ill 200 lll:Dl Ill 200
C-00
10
(on) 12375 12375
Yield (psi)
Int Ord! (on) 75£DJ 12250 IOJ)J 12250
12375 mil C-95 12375 9500) T-95 12375 9SOOJ P.110 12375 1100'.D 0.125 12375 125LUI
12250 12250 122iD 12250 12250
Ppe BUf\t Typt (p1ij Standard 60~6 Stand9rd 64:?2 0 Standard Stan~rd
r12•a
7626 1 Sl andanf 7626 1 Sl•ndanf IJBl'.)3 Sl•ndard 11Xl34 4
Anal Ob~
9
:W59 41336 42576 42576 45738 4002 1
1914400 21J.o12035
2297290 242"917 2424917 28l7798
ll!Om
95CXXl
Walltock olNom) 87.50 87 50
lOOXll 10500'.l '0500'.l 1251XD 1351'.XXl
8750 87 50 8750 8750 8750
UTS (psi) 9500)
(~
Plan End ln lrwen. (ft) Cost ($111) 4229 4353 076
4692 4939 4538 4939
T he pipe inventory is automatically sorted on the basis of the three keys specified in the Sorting dialog box. The default key settings are OD (primary), weight (secondary) , and grade (tertiary). The Pipe Inventory Catalog (accessed by using the Edit> Import from Catalog and Edit> Export to Catalog commands when the current view is the Pipe Inventory spreadsheet) contains a bui lt-in API catalog that contains all APT casing, as listed in Table 1 o f API Bulletin 5C2, as well as API line-pipe in the range of 22-42 inches OD.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-27
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Default performance properties for API line pipe are calculated on the basis of API Bulletin 5C3 formulations for interna l yie ld pressure (burst), pipe body yield strength (axial), and collapse pressure. For collapse pressure ratings determined by this method, be aware that the API Bulletin 5C3 collapse pressure formulations are, in large part, empirically derived from testing on materials of greater minimum yield strength and tubes of lesser D/t (diameter-to-wall thickness) ratio than are typical of API casing. API does not recommend using the 5C3 col lapse formulations for line pipe, but it docs state in § 2.4 of 5C3 that "For line pipe having a yield strength and D/t fa lling within the limits of the sizes and thickness listed in API Specification 5CT, application of the formu las in 2.2 (the API collapse formu las) should yield reasonable estimates of minimum collapse pressure." Sound engineering judgement is recommended when using these line pipe ratings. Each valid entry (or row) in the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet defines a pipe that is available for manual, graphical, or minimum-cost design. To be cons idered a valid entry, every cell in a row, except "In Inven.", must contain a legitimate value. By default, the initial contents of the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for a given Design are identical to the contents of the API catalog in the Pipe Inventory spreadsheet. However, immediately after the Design is created, supplemental entries can be made to the Pipe Inventory as required. Pipe Inventory entries that you want excluded from consideration in the Design can, and shou ld, be deleted from the inventory. These inventory changes only affect avai lable casing in the current Design, and the API ca talog in a Design remain unchanged. Note The only Tubula r > Pipe Inventory entries that cannot be modi tied or removed are those that are currently included in the design of one or more strings by virtue of their selection in a Tubula r > Stri ng Sections spreadsheet. If you attempt to modi fy or remove them, the status bar displays the message " This pipe is in use and cannot be modified."
Select the View> Selection dialog box to fac ili tate selecting casings
you want removed from the current pipe inventory, or you want added to that used in a different Design. In the dialog box, specify an OD, one or more weights, and one or more grades, and then click OK. All pipe inventory entries matching the selection criteria are highlighted and can then be deleted or copied.
4-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Selecting and Deleting Pipes The View > Selection dialog box is useful when deleting pipes from an inventory or when selecting multiple entries to be copied from one spreadsheet to another. Pi e lnvento
, 2
3 4
5 6 7 B 9 10
11 12
OD (1n) 7 CDJ 7 CDJ 7 llll 7CDJ 7 (l)J 7 CDJ 7 CDJ 7CDJ Hill 7Clll 7CDJ 7 CDJ
We1gh1
(ppQ 17.000 20 ~ 20.00 2000
Grade or ID Name (1n) H-40 6.533 ..., •CC:
r
Selectmn
20.00 23.00 23.00
23.00 23.00
00
Yield (psi)
400XI
•n "
ln1 Drift (in) 6.413
,,........
Pipe Type S1andard
£1
W"'1!/t
17.000
~::
_
26.000
~::
..:J 23.00 Reset I Reset l 23.00_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -... nnn
..J
23 (DJ
C-90 6.366
90COO
6.250
S1andard
Bursi (psi)
2310 0 27200 3740 0 3740 0 «200 43587 43587 51512 5943 7 63400 6340 0 7132 5
Collapse (psi)
U234 1971 1 2274 2 2274 2 2485 0 3268 6 32686 35429 3751 7 38320 38320 4027 3
Aiu al
UTS
(lbl)
(psi)
196493 ~7
316204 316204 373696 336052 366052 432607 499162 532440 532440 59El995
60Dl 60Dl 75COO 95C.OO 85CD)
75COO 9500)
B5CDJ 9500'.J 9500J 100000 100000
Wall Thick (% ofNom)
87.50 8750 87.60 87.50 8750 67.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50
Plain End In lrwen Cost ($/ft) (ft) 5.95 7 00 700 7.00
12.39 6.05 8.05 14.25 11.03
11 .35 10.14 11 .67
The Selection dialog box is only enabled when the T ubular> Pipe Inventory spreadsheet is active. After specifying an OD, one or more weights, and one or more grades, click OK to highlight all spreadsheet entries that match the selection criteria. Multiple entries can be deleted by first se lecting them from the Selection dialog box located on the View menu. In the preceding example, all the 9-5/8" pipe with the followi ng grades are selected: H-40, L-80, and Q-125. Click OK to close the dialog box. The selected pipe is highlighted on the spreadsheet. Use Edit> Delete Row to delete the se lected items. Note Deleting a string currently being used in a Design removes this pipe section's grade, weight, or both from the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. It must be reentered into the Tubular> Pipe Inventory for it to be used again.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-29
Chapter 4: Getting Slatted
Modifying Existing Pipes If the pipe type is defined as a Standard pipe, the burst, collapse, and axial ratings are calculated by using the standard API fonnula. These ratings can be overwritten by defining this particular pipe as being a Special pipe type.
OD (on) 9625 9625
9625 9625
14
9625
15
962S
J
Weight Grade or (lbmlft) Name H-40 32.:Jl H-40 3600 36.00 J..55 36.00 K-55 40 00 J..55 40.00 K-55 C-75 40.00 40.00 L·OO N-80 4000 4000 C.90 40.00 C.95 40.00 T·95 C.75 43.50 43.50 L·SO 43.50 N-60
ID (in) 9CKl1 8.9'21 8.9'21 69'21 8.835 8.835 8 835 8.835 8.835 8.835 8.835 8.835 8 755 8.755 8.755
Yield Int Drill Pope (hi) (in) T pe Standard 400 8.645 8 765 Standard 400 Standard 550 8 765 Standard 550 8.765 Standard 550 8.750 8.750 Standard 55.0 75.0 8750 Standard 6760 Standard 00.0 8 750 00.0 Standard 8.750 Standard 90.0 8750 S1andard 950 95.0 8 750 Jstandart.:J 75.0 8.625 Stand 80.0 8.625 8.625 Min 80.0
Burst
Conapse
(ps1g)
(psog)
1375 1718 2024 2024 2570 2570
2269 2560 3520
3520 3950 3950 5300 5745 5745 6464 6823 6823 5932 6327 6327
2989
lll7 D37 3256 3326 3326
3731 3610 3610
Ai11al (lbQ
UTS (kso)
~136
410178 563995 563995 629958 629958 859033
916lJ2 916l:l2 10D40 11l38109 11l38109 9419'24 1004719 1004719
C lick in the cell to display the pull-down list. Select
60.0 60.0 75.o 95.0 75.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 100.0 100.0 1050 105.0 95.0 950 100.0
Special
Wall Thick (%of Norn) 8750 87 50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87 50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50
Plain End
In
Cost ($111)
11 lJ 12.60 12 60 1260 14.00 14.00 19.18 19.74 17 64 20.30 21.28 19.60 20.86 21.47 19.16
if you want to
overwrite th e calculated va lues for burst, collapse, and axial strength .
The Standard pipe type uses API Alternate ("special") Drift diameter by default. To specify an API Minimum Drift, select the Min. API Pipe Type. Note If the pipe is being used in a Des ign, the properties cannot be modified until that pipe is temporarily removed from the string sections spreadsheet.
4-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Inserting a New Pipe You can insert a pipe into the spreadsheet by usi ng either the Edit or right-click menu commands. Click the row below where you want to insert a new row. Select Edit> Insert Row (or right-click and select Insert Row from the drop-down menu) to insert the row. Add the information needed to define the pipe.
OD {on)
I 2
9625 9625
Weight Grade or (lbm/11) Name H-40 323J 36.00 H-40
10 (1n) 9 001 8 921
400 400
Int Or1ft (in) 8845 8766
Pipe Typlll S1and1rd Standard
550 550 55.0 550 750 00 0 00.0 00 0 95.0 95 0 750 00 0
8765 8766 8750 8750 8750 8 750 8.750 8 750 B.750 B.750 8625 8.625
Standen! S11ndard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Yield (kil)
Bursi (ps19)
Collapse
Axial
(pflg)
Qb~
~
2560
1375 1718
~135
• 10178
UTS Wall Thie~ (I< 1) (% ofNom 8750 liO.O 87 50 liO.O
Plain End Cost {li11) 11 :JJ 12.liO
In
3 9625 9625 9.625
625 625 9625 10 lt 12 13 14
9 625 9625 9625
9625 9625 9625
7600
36.00 4000 4000 40 00 40.00 40.00 4000 40.00 40.00 43 50 43.50
J.55 K-55
J.55 K·55 C.75 L.aJ
N-00 C.00 C·95 T-95 C.75 Ull
8921 8921 8835 8835 8 835 8 835 8835 8835 8 835 8836 8 755 8 755
3520
~:124
35:i!ll 3950 3950
202•
~
5745 5745
646-4
6823 6823 5932 6327
2570 2570 2909 VJ] nJ7 3256 3326 3326 3731 3110
563995 563995 629958 629958 ~
916332 916332 10Dl40 1008109 HBl109 941924 1()().(719
750 950 75 0 95 0 950 950 100 0 100 0 1050 105.0 950 95 0
8750 8750 8750 87.50 87.50 87 50 87 50 87 50 87.50 87.50 87 50 87 50
12li0 12 liO 1400 14 00 19.18 19.74 t7 64 20 :II 21 28 1960 2086 21 47
Re fresh the spreadsheet for the Standard ratings to be calculated after the data is entered. The pipe type can then be modifi ed to Special, and the customized ratings can be entered.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-31
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Tubular Properties The Tubular Properties node contains items that allow you to define the physical properties of any unusual pipe grades or special materials (such as corrosion resistant alloys), as well as the deration of the material's yield strength as a function of temperature. Tubular Properties is available from the Well Explorer tree. To open a specific spreadsheet, double-click the desired Tubular Properties item, or right-click it and select Edit from the drop-down menu. D~i Tubular Properties 1f Class ti I Temperature Derations Materials ~·~ - .J•i'i" Graw:::s
ni
Tubular Properties spreadsheets are not included in the Wizard list.
Locking Tubular Properties and Password Security All Tubular Properties spreadsheets contain a Locked check box. Select this check box to prevent editing of the tubular properties data. When locked, users can open the respective dialog box in read-only mode, but cannot save any changes. If this check box is selected and a Tubular Properties password has been specified, you are prompted for the password before you can deselect this check box. To change or remove password security applied to locking or unlocking Tubular Properties, right-cl ick the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer and select Change Tubular Properties Password. A security token is available in the EDM Administration utility to enable this command and allow users to initially set and then change the Tubular Properties password. The Old Password field is enabled when changing an existing password. If the old password is entered but the new password field is left blank, password security is removed and Tubular Properties are unlocked without the need for a password. CAUTION Use caution when applying Tubular Property security because EDM Administrators need the old password to reset a forgotten password. Passwords are encrypted and require Database Administrators to use a SQL or Oracle tool to clear.
4-32
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Importing and Exporting Tubular Properties Import and Export right-click menu commands are available from the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer. Custom (user) defined class, material, derations, and grades are exported as a Tubular Transfer (*.tub.xml) file. Once exported, the *.tub.xml file can then be imported into a different EDM database.
s ut;
-t4u.. Class
UI
Temperature (
aA Materials
iii
~~Grades Catalogs
Chanoe Tubular Properties Password
Expand Al Colapse Al
Grades The Grade spreadsheet is used to define the physical properties of all pipe grades or s pecial materials (such as corrosion-resistant alloys) used in the pipe inventory and catalog. The grades you define will be used as a selection list when defining a component using catalogs; for example, when you select a grade in the T ubular > S tring Sections spreadsheet. You must enter a unique name to define the grade. Specify the yield strength, the ultimate tens ile strength, and the underlying materia l behavior (mechanical and thermal properties).
Specify grades on the Tubular Properties > Grade spreadsheet. fOIOOl~pe"U
('!_....,.~ts_..,,Jllf~
CS..,APtSC
C:S_.iJltSC"' CRtl-111_...t CA1l-t!_M111
!! OOCO
I!•• 5! ... t
J..-,.,._.vo .. oeoa
..-·,...ao UOOOt
..... .,,... .....
•••
!'!••
tc.0001 t!CCOC
S! OOI 0
.........
·-·ws••~
'J7
"' ' ..
..... ..... ..... ..... ~~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
_,
4-33
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Notes Material behavior is further defined by the selection ofa Material name leading to two additional spreadsheets (Materials Properties Spreadsheet and Temperature Deration Spreadsheet). Changes made to grade properties affect the current design only (localized change). If the selected grade exists in the Tubular Properties Summary table, this grade will be associated with the string section and used in calculations. Thus, all pipes with the same grade use the same properties. Ifa grade is API, it is read only and cannot be altered or deleted.
Grade Spreadsheet Columns
Grade This cell contains the name of the specified pipe grade. No two grades should have the same name.
Material This cell contains a pull-down list of available material types. The material is defined in a separate spreadsheet (Material Properties) to capture the mechanical and thermal properties of the underlying material from which the pipe grade has been manufactured.
Minimum Yield Strength This editable cell contains the yield strength of the pipe grade. This information is echoed within the pipe invento1y and is used to default the pipe ratings (burst, collapse, and axial). Additionally, triaxial stress analysis is compared to this value for determination of sufficiency in design. Note Analysis for anisotropic materials is not presently implemented in the StressCheck software. All material-strength properties are assumed to be isotropic.
4-34
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Fatigue Endurance Limit Enter the fatigue endurance limit of the pipe. This value is used in the Torque Drag analysis. Fatigue endurance limit is not a constant value that is related to the yield strength of the pipe. The fatigue endurance limit needs to be reduced if the steel is used in a corrosive environment like saline (high chloride) or hydrogen sulfide environment.
UTS This editable cell contains the ultimate tensile strength (UTS) of the pipe grade. This information is also echoed within the pipe inventory, and it is used under special conditions to default the ax ial ratings of APT connections made of thi s g rade.
Materials The Materials spreadsheet is used to define the physical properties of all alloys used in the pipe inventory and catalog. Materials are defined by a unique name. Each material name is then further characterized by several mechanical and thermal properties. The Steel (default) entry can be edited but not deleted. The properties in this entry represent those of low-alloy carbon steel, which is used in nearly all casing applications fo r oil and gas well s. Most of the time, the default option is all you will need when creating new grades and linking to the material choice. However, if you are using CRA materials, such as austenitic alloys (for example, Incoloy 825, Hastelloy G-3, or Sanicro 28), which have significantly different mechan ical and thermal properties than the Steel (default), you should add add itional entries to this spreadsheet characterizing their behavior. f n addition to the typical mechanical and thermal properties characterizing a material's behavior, this spreadsheet a llows for the spec ification of a schedule used to determine how a material's (and ultimately a grade's) minimum yield strength is affected by temperature.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-35
Chapter 4: Getting Started
For the present, the temperature deration schedule only applies to the pipe body and not to the connections employing the material choice.
IAllWlOI
C...~tJon
'oungs l.lodul;o 11>1• Polton ltltJo c..,sty 30 000 000 00 0 lOO :!O 000,000 00 0 100 29 000,000.00 0290
30.000. 000 00
---'c---.,~ bo~ n Sleel c_,__.__ ;: :
:
:
10 e-00 000 cc - - - - - . - - - - . . - - -3000000000 18.!00 CCC 00
0300 0300 03«
cm:
'""'ft' •90 490 •90
EJ
•90 • 90 •90 220
0 JOO OJOC OK
Cancel
~
Material Properties Spreadsheet Columns
Material Name This cell contains the name of the material whose properties are being specified. No two entries should have the same material name. The Steel (default) material may have its properties edited, but the entry cannot be deleted.
Young's Modulus This cell contains Young's modulus for the material from which pipes of this material are made.
Poisson's Ratio This cell contains Poisson's ratio for the material from which pipes of this material are made.
Density This cell contains the density for the material in pounds per cubic foot.
The density of steel (490 lbm/ft1' 3) is the default value. Expansion Coefficient This cell contains the thermal expansion coefficient for the material from which pipes of this material are made.
4-36
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Radial Yield Factor This cell contains the radial yield factor of the material from which pipes of this material are made. For certain pipe materials- notably the corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs)- the minimum yield strength (MYS) may be anisotropic (that is, not be the same in all directions). In this case, the MYS is based on the ax ial MYS, and factors arc used to reduce the MYS in the radial and hoop directions.
Hoop Yield Factor T hi s cell contains the hoop yield fac tor of the materia l fro m which pipes of this material are made. For certain pipe materials- notably the corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs)- the minimum yield strength (MYS) may be anisotropic (that is, not the same in all directions). In this case, the MYS is based on the axial MYS, and factors are used to reduce the MYS in the radial and hoop directions.
Temperature Deration Schedule Name This cell contains a pull-down list of available temperature deration schedules. The schedule is defin ed in a separate spreadsheet (T emperature Deration) to capture the deration of the material's yie ld strength as a function of temperature.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-37
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Class Expand the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer, and then double-click Class to open the Class spreadsheet. You can also right-cl ick Class and select Edit from the drop-down menu to open the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet is used to compile a list of tubular classes and associated properties. This list is used as a selection list while defining a component using catalogs. £!
Class
r
Locked Service aass
4 5
6 7 8
9 10 11 12
90
WtA Thickness(%)
90.00 90.00 93.00
90% 93% A<15 A>15 ARB
90%Wal aass93 OOST A (I <1 Smm) OOST A (t >1 Smm) Testaass 90%Wlll 95%RBM Premium Plus
87.50
90.00 85.00
C2
90.00
DSM2
95.00
I-fl
90.00
...]
Description
90
OK
Cancel
.:.J -
l.:..I Help
Class Spreadsheet Columns
Service Class Enter a unique name to identify the class. The defined classes are used as a selection list for defining the class of some components using catalogs.
Wall Thickness (%) Enter the percentage of the total wall thickness that is associated with the specified service class. The wall thickness percentage is used to calculate the existing outside diameter of the tubular.
Description Type a short description of the class.
4-38
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Temperature Derations Expand the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer, and then double-click Temperature Derations to open the Temperature Deration spreadsheet. This spreadsheet is used to de fin e the schedule used to derate the minimum yield strength of a material as a function of the temperature. Temperature deration schedules are defined by a unique name. Each schedule name is then further characterized by a multi-linear decay of the yield strength versus temperature. The default schedule entry can be edited but not deleted. This default schedule corresponds to a linear reduction in yield strength of 0.03% per ° F. This schedule is used for the Steel (default) material that describes the low-alloy carbon stee ls represented by the typical API pipe grades in the inventory. Any new schedule created should have at least two temperature deration points defined, as shown in the following graphic, to capture the linear decay behavior.
(El
Temperature Oeration Correction
Denmon Name
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
13CR
AAA Chrome Steel Cr-I.to-Cb Fans Hast-100 Hast-125 Hastaloy Schedule I
4
30200 212 00
5
noo
8
..,
.., OK
Caned
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
A
0980 0 890 0920 0 9'0 1000
Help
J
4-39
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Temperature Deration Spreadsheet Columns
Temperature Deration Schedule Name This cell contains the name of the temperature deration schedule whose properties are being speci fied. No two entries should have the same name. You may edit the default schedul.e properties, but you cannot delete the entry.
Temperature Deration Points Up to ten pairs of points can be specified to characterize the deration of the material's yield strength as a function of temperature. Each pair of points consists of a temperature and a correction facto r associated with that temperature. The default schedule corresponds to a linear reduction in yield strength of 0.03% per °F. This pair is entered in the spreadsheet as the following two points: Temperature (°F)
Correction Factor
68
1.00
500
0.87
The default schedule can be modified (edited) if desired but not deleted.
4-40
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter.
Well and Formation Information The first stage of well design is to define the general well configu ration and formation information, which defines the overall parameters governing the well conditions. All the subsequent casing strings will use this global definition of the well.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-1
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Entering Well Data This section shows the process of creating a new Design and entering general well data, pore/frac/~eothennal gradients, pressure and fracture gradient in the StressCheckT software. Next, a simple casing scheme is defined, and then the data can be viewed graph ically in a Well Schematic.
Creating a New Design To create a new design, select a wellborc and right-click, then select New Design. The Design Properties dialog box opens.
{g)
Design Properties
I
I ~ tto:.irv !
Gene-al Audt Info ~tails
""-'
1-type
Effttln·e Date·
i
lDFE 0
125.0 ft
Dab.In fle\abon•
125.0 ft
A6 Gap tMSI.):
125.0 ft
.· I l
a
l:J
Mean ~a level
..
t-\.dne Depth tMSl.l:
305.0 ft
~1\'0:
~JO.O
fl
OK
CM!Cd
Pcfit
'-
~ l
Design Properties Dialog Box The Design Properti es dialog box is used to create a new design and to provide information regarding creation and modification of the design. This dialog box contains two tabs: General and Audit.
5-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
General Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) Use the General tab to specify a unique design name that identifies the design, and to provide additional information related to the design. This tab is also used to lock the design andlor associated data to protect against undesired changes to the data associated with the design. A design name is required. Additional information on this dialog box is used fo r informational and reporting purposes and is not required. The following fie lds are present: [n the Details section: Design - Type the name that will be used to identify the Design. The name must be unique. Note lfthe Design is locked check box is selected, you cannot edit any of the fields.
•
Version - Type the version of the Design.
•
Phase - Select the phase of the Design from the pull-down list (Prototype, Planned, or Actual). The list of phases that appears in the combo box is fil tered; you can only have one Design marked as " Planned" and one marked as "Actual." The Planned or Actual option is removed from the pull-down list if another Design for the same Wellbore already has it set. You can have as many Prototype (the default) Des igns as desired.
•
Effective Date - Select the date from the pull-down list. A calendar dialog box will open. Use the arrow buttons on the calendar dialog box to move to the desired month, and then click the day. The date you select populates the field.
Click arrows to change to desired month. 1
Click on the desired day.
2
3
9 16 23
10 17 24
4
5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27
7
8
14 15 21 22
28 31 C) Today: 30/08/2010
29
-----+ •
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-3
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
In the Depth Reference section: Select the Depth Reference datum you want to use for th is Design from the pull-down list of Depth Reference datums that were defined at the Well level. All other fields are display-only or calculated:
•
Datum Elevation - This shows a read-only display of the elevation entered for the selected Depth Reference datum (set in the Well Properties dialog box).
•
Air Gap (MSL) or (Ground) - Air Gap is calcu lated from MSL and displayed. Air Gap is the distance from ground level/sea level to the rig floor. It is used in some calcu lations for hydrostatic head. The application calculates Air Gap as follows: -
(Air Gap, Offshore Wells)= Datum Elevation - Elevation (of the System Datum relative to Mean Sea Level).
-
(Air Gap, land wells) = Datum Elevation - Ground Level (relative to MSL).
Elevation and Ground Level are set in the Depth Reference tab on the Well Properties dialog box. Datum Elevation is the elevation for the Depth Reference Datum. Datum Elevation is always positive. If you change the datum selection, the Air Gap updates automatically. Note If you change the datum and it causes a negative air gap to be calculated, a warning message appears to infonn you that you cannot select this datum.
[System Datum I - This is the current System Datum.
5-4
•
Mudline Depth (MSL) - (Offshore only) This is the distance from MSL to the sea bed, which is Water Depth - Elevation (System Datum offset from MSL), which is set in the Project Properties dialog box.
•
Mudline TVD - (Offshore only) This is the distance from the Depth Reference Datum to the sea bed (datum Elevation + Water Depth).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Select the Design is locked check box to prevent editing of the Design data. If this check box is se lected and a Locked Data password has been specified, you will be prompted fo r the password before you can deselect this check box. For more information, see " Data Locking" on page 3-9.
Audit Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) The Audit tab displays when the Design was created, the last modification date, and the person who changed the data. Audit tabs are available on all data node properties dialog boxes. You can track modification of data by using the Audit tab on the Properties dialog box for each data type. Using the Well Explorer, right-click on Company, Project, Site, Well, We llbore, or Design, and then click the Audit tab.
Th is information indicates who modified the Company, Project, Site, Well , Wellbore, Design , and so on . Also displayed is the date the item was modified and the application that was used to modify the item .
This information indicates who created the Company, Project, Site, Well, Wellbore, Design , and so on. Also displayed is the date the item was created and the application that was used to create the item.
Last ~ted by
User:
HALAMEIUCA tibl5615(ed'n)
App:
Str~sei-x
Da~ :
'30/08(2010
5000. 1
App:
StressCnedt 5000. 1
Date:
'30/08/'2010
Notes
Type comments as desired to assist with tracking the use of the software. New comments are appended to existing comments. OK
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Apply
5-5
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Change History Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) The Change History tab provides historical audit information related to Wellbores, Designs, and Cases in the associated Properties dialog boxes. The Change History tab is populated by Engineer's Desktop applications whenever additions, deletions, or modifications to design entered data are made. Specifically, changes are recorded when a user TM TM adds to, updates, deletes, runs (WELLPLAN and COMPASS software only), and copies data within EDM™. Note Use ChangeHistoryLogging systems setting in the EDM Administration Utility to enable or disable the recording of Change History. See EDM Administration Utility Help for details.
Entering General Well Information Select the Wellbore >General> Options tab to specify: •
A description of the well
•
Well depth (MD)
•
Vertical section definition and local reference information (when the well is deviated) -
General
Select the Comments tab to enter additional Well information such as location. Comments are optional.
Options
:fm 0rlQll1 N:
OnQnE:
Azmuth:
OK
5-6
IComme1ts I
I
o.o
ft
0.0
ft
Wei Depth (M:>) : 1163.30.0 (TVD):
j 33.00 C4ncel I- -
~
Well Depth is required to access most of the remaining data entry forms. The depth should be greater than or _ ---;_.. ft to the shoe equal ft of the deepest string defined in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. --
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
L8J
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Field and Controls
Description The Description can include general remarks about the Well, such as the name, field, and lease. This description is included on the bottom of all printed documents if the Headers and Footers check box is selected on the Tools > Options dialog box.
Well Depth (MD) The Well Depth is the along-hole measured depth (MD) of the Well. This depth should be greater than or equal to the shoe of the deepest string defined in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. When the well depth is defined as a depth greater than the setting depth for the last casing (or liner) string, the assumption of drill-out in the resulting final open-hole interval is made in the formulation of load cases. This depth is required as a reference point for automatically generating data, such as the undisturbed temperature, pore pressure, fracture pressure, and wellbore deviation profiles. It is also used to determine whether drilling loads will be enabled for a selected string on the Tubular > Burst Loads and Tubular > Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
Origin N The Origin N value describes the North distance from the wellhead to the local origin. The default value for Origin N is 0.0 (the wellhead is positioned at the local origin). Non-zero values for Origin N cause a displacement of the well path origin (wellhead) from the local origin (plot origin) on View> Deviation Plots> Section View and View> Deviation Plots> Plan View deviation plots. It also affects the VSection data in the Survey Ed itor spreadsheet; positive values for Origin N indicate North displacements from wellhead to local origin, while negative values indicate South displacements.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-7
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Origin E The Origin E value describes the East distance from the wellhead to the loca l origin. The default value for Origin Eis 0.0 (the wellhead is positioned at the local origin). Non-zero values for Origin E cause a displacement of the well path origin (wellhead) from the local origin (plot origin) on View> Deviation Plots> Section View and View> Deviation Plots > Plan View deviation plots. It also affects the VSection data in the Wellbore >Deviation> Survey Editor spreadsheet; positive values for Origin E indicate East displacements from wellhead to local origin, while negative values indicate West displacements.
Azimuth The Azimuth value describes the orientation of a vertical plane onto which the wellpath vertical section is projected. The default value for Azimuth is 0.0 (due north).
Entering Pore Pressure Data Select the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet to define the pore pressure or gradient profile as a function of true vertical depth. This data is used to calculate external pressure profiles and to provide default values for load cases specified in the Burst Loads and Collapse Loads dialog boxes. This spreadsheet is always included in the Wizard list. Pressures can only be entered on a TVD basis and can be specified as either a pressure or an equivalent mud weight (EMW). The StressCheck software automatically calculates the other value.
Enter pore pressure data from top down on this spreadsheet.
1
2 3 4
5-8
1476.0 1804.0 1969.0
860.2
8.21 8.35 8.41
No No No
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
You can specify the location of permeable zones on this form. The base of the zone is assumed to be the depth of the next data point. Permeable zone data can be used to calculate external pressure profiles.
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
The pore pressure profile can be viewed graphically by using View > Formation Plots> Pore Pressure or View> Formation Plots> Pore, Frac & MW. In the latter case, pore pressure is characterized as an effective mud weight (EMW) gradient.
Pore Pressure Spreadsheet Columns Abrupt escalations or regressions in the pore pressure profile can be established by entering two depths separated by one depth unit on successive lines, along with respective pore pressure or EMW entries.
Vertical Depth Use the Vertical Depth cell to specify a TVD (true vertical depth) corresponding to a given pore pressure. Between depth entries, the pore pressure profile is constructed by linear interpolation. The Vertical Depth cell for the first line is ini ti aIized to the depth corresponding to MGL (mean ground level) for land wells, or the depth corresponding to ML (mudline) for platform and subsea wells. It reflects the System Datum set in the Project Properties dialog box and elevation specifications set on the General tab of the Well Properties dialog box.
Pore Pressure Use the Pore Pressure cell to specify a pore pressure corresponding to a TVD in the Vertical Depth cel l. When a value is changed in the Pore Pressure cell, the EMW cell value is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
EMW
Use the EMW cell to specify an effective mud weight pore pressure gradient corresponding to a TYO in the Vertical Depth cell. When a value is changed in the EMW cell, the value in the Pore Pressure cell value is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-9
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Permeable Zones The Permeable Zone cell is used in association with the external pressure method for burst or collapse load generation. If the wellbore is exposed to a permeable zone at the specified depth, select Yes for the setting in this cell. When selected, the permeable zone begins at the depth for the entry and continues until the next specified depth in the Wellbore > Pore Pressure spreadsheet.
Entering Fracture Gradient Data Select the Wellbore >Fracture Gradient spreadsheet to define the fracture pressure or gradient profile as a function of true vertical depth. The fracture pressure profile can be viewed graphically using View > Formation Plots > Fracture Gradient or View > Formation Plots > Pore, Frac & MW. In the View> Formation Plots> Pore, Frac & MW, fracture pressure is characterized as an EMW gradient. Pressures can only be entered on a TVD basis and can be specified as either a pressure or an equivalent mud weight (EMW). The StressCheck software automatically calculates the other value.
Enter fracture gradient data from top down on this spreadsheet. 3 4 5
1804.0 1~9.0
2297.o·
1068.3 1182.4 1420.0
11 40 11.56 11.90
Note The data entered on the Fracture Gradient spreadsheet arc used as boundary conditions in the calculation of certain external pressure profiles and to provide default values for load cases specified in the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
Fracture Gradient Spreadsheet Columns Abrupt escalations or regressions in the fracture gradient profile can be established by entry of two depths separated by one depth unit on successive lines, along w ith respective fracture pressure or EMW entries.
5-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Vertical Depth
Use this cell to specify a TVD (true vertical depth) corresponding to a given fracture pressure. Between depth entries, the fracture pressure profile is constructed by linear interpolation. Abrupt escalations or regressions in the fracture pressure profile can be established by entering two depths separated by one depth unit on successive lines, along with respective fracture pressure or EMW entries. The Vertical Depth cell for the first line in this spreadsheet is initialized to the depth corresponding to MGL (mean ground level) for land wells, or the depth corresponding to ML (mudline) for platform and subsea wells. It reflects the System Datum set on the General tab of the Project Properties dialog box and elevation specifications on the General tab of the Well Properties dialog box.
Frac Pressure
Use the Frac Pressure cell to specify a fracture pressure corresponding to a TVD in the Vertical Depth cell. When a value is entered or changed in the Frac Pressure cell, the value in the EMW cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
EMW
Use the EMW cell to specify an effective mud weight fracture pressure gradient corresponding to a TVD in the Vertical Depth cell. When a value is entered or changed in the EMW cell, the value in the Frac Pressure cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-11
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Defining a Squeezing Salt/Shale Zone Select the Wellbore >Squeezing Salt/Shale spreadsheet to define squeezing salt or shale sections for collapse design. This spreadsheet is used to enter collapse loads due to formations, such as sa lt zones that exhibit plastic flow or creep behavior. Over the depth interval(s) for which they are specified, these loads will replace the external pressure profile specified in the Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog box. The external collapse load is normally assumed to be equal to the overburden pressure and this load is applied uniformly to the pipe OD. To define a zone, the Zone TVD and Base TVD values are required. Data is only entered for TVD values, either as a pressure or a pressure gradient/EMW.
If no specific pressures are known, then 1.0 psi/ft is used through the salt zone.
0.01
1 2
0.01
Pressures must be specified at both the top and base of a zone. The pressures at intermediate depths within a zone are determined by linear interpolation.
Squeezing Salt/Shale Spreadsheet Columns
Zone Top Use the Zone Top TYO cell to specify the TYO (true vertical depth) to the top of the salt zone. The portion of the string exposed to this high collapse load is defined by the values specified for Zone Top and Zone Base.
Zone Base Use the Base TYO cell to specify the TYO (true vertical depth) corresponding to the base of the salt zone. The portion of the string exposed to this high collapse load is defined by the values specified for Zone Top and Zone Base.
5-12
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Overburden Pressure at Top, (psi) Use the Overburden Pressure at Top (psi) cell to specify the collapse pressure to which the string will be exposed at the top of the zone. When data in this cell is entered or changed, the corresponding value in the (ppg) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
Overburden Pressure at Top, (ppg) Use the Overburden Pressure at Top (ppg) cell to speci fy the collapse effective mud weight gradient to which the string wi11 be exposed at the top of the zone. When data in this cell is entered or c hanged, the corresponding value in the (psi) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
Overburden Pressure at Base, (psi) Use the Overburden Pressure at Base (psi) ce ll to specify the collapse pressure to which the string will be exposed at the base of the zone. When data in this ce ll is entered or changed, the corresponding value in the (ppg) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
Overburden Pressure at Base, (ppg) Use the Overburden Pressure at Base (ppg) cell to spec ify the collapse pressure to which the string will be exposed at the base of the zone. When data in thi s cell is entered or changed, the corresponding value in the (psi) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-13
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Managing Wei/path Data Entering Wellpath Data Select the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet to define a wellbore trajectory description for planar and three-dimensional directional wells. The three preferred methods (MD-INC-AZ, INC-AZ-TVD, and INC-AZ-DLS) can be used in any combination at different depths.
2
3 4
5 6 7
8 9
MO-INC-AZ MO-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ
For all data entry types, a larger dogleg can be specified in the Max Dogleg field for build and drop sections. These Max Doglegs are utilized in bending analysis. Additional doglegs can be specified on the Wellbore > Dogleg Overrides (independent of deviation) spreadsheet. Maximum Dogleg values do not affect the well trajectory.
100.0 200.0 DlO 4000 500 0 600 0 700 0 8000
0 00 0 00 000 0 00 000 0.00 000 000
000 0.00 0.00 0.00 000 0.00 0 00 0 00
DJO 4000 500.0 600.0 700.0 8000
000 000 0.00 000 000 000 000 000
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.0 0.0 0.0 00 0.0 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00
When data values are entered , calculation of those values not entered is performed.
StressCheck versions prior to V3. l used direct linear interpolation between depths in the wellpath trajectory definition in order to map MD and TVD at particular depths that are points-of-interest from a computational point-of-view, a methodology with inherent error (particularly for sparse well traj ectory definitions). With implementation of the Wellbore >Deviation> S urvey Editor , the StressCheck software now uses minimum curvature interpolation for all point-of-interest mapping of MD and TYO, except where the MD-TYO data input format has been used. There are three preferred methods used to specify a well profile. These methods are used in the preceding example. These can be used in any combination at di fferent depths: • • •
5-14
Measured Depth, Inclination, and Azimuth (MD-INC-AZ) Inclination, Azimuth, and True Vertical Depth (INC-AZ-TYO) Inclination, Azimuth, and Dogleg Severity (INC-AZ-DLS)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Note You must use type I (MD-INC-AZ) as the starting type, and not INC-AZ-T YO or INC-AZ-DLS types.
There is a fourth data entry method that cannot be mixed with the previous three: Measured Depth and True Vertical depth pairs. Any attempt to mix this type with the other types will produce a warning message. Note Because the MD-TYO method does not calculate dogleg severity, stress calculations are nol perfonned.
Import Wellpath File Select the File> I mport> Wellpath dialog box to import and load delimited text survey files created by a di ffe rent program (for examp le, the Landmark COMPASS software) into the Wellpath Editor. File format must be ASCII text, and it must be formatted as specified below.
~rg}
Import Wellpath File Lookn
r
~I Weloa!h
for EDM tranio.txt
rN-HOUSE Comection TO. txt
Desk!op
Fte name
!EJSOP1_Welpath for EDM tninng b.t
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Open
5-15
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
The format for survey files to be imported into the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor with this utility command are indicated below. The file must be tabular delimited text, and use any combination of spaces, tabs, or commas as field delimiters. •
Column l is reserved for measured depth, and measured depth values must be in increasing order and positive values.
•
Column 2 is reserved for inclination.
•
Column 3 is reserved for azimuth, and azimuth values must be 0.0°
Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet Select the Wellbore rel="nofollow">Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheet to define intervals of wellbore curvature independent of the deviation profile defined in the Survey Editor. This spreadsheet is used to enter dogleg severity (DLS) data, as a function of measured depth interval, that will be used (if greater) to override DLS or Max DLS data in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet for the purpose of bending stress calculation. Additional tension due to bending is superimposed onto the axial load profile based on the maximum local value of doglegs specified on th is form and the Wellbore > Deviation > Survey Editor spreadsheet.
1
2 3 4
6300.0 10500.0
Base, MD (ft) 5970.0 9689.0 16329.0
1.00 1.00
Dogleg Severity Overrides can be used to include consideration of bending in vertical wells.
5-16
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet Columns
Top
Use the Top cell to specify the measured depth at which the interval for which the dogleg severity override will apply begins.
Base
Use the Base cell to specify the measured depth at whi ch the interval for which the dogleg severity override will apply ends.
Dogleg Severity
Use the DLS cell to specify a dogleg severity override to be used over the measured depth interval defined by Top and Base. Note The DLS intervals specified in Well bore> Dogleg Sever ity Overrides c an overlap intervals for which DLS and Max DLS are defined in the Wellbore > Deviation> Survey Editor spreadsheet. At any depth. the greater of the three will prevail in the detennination of bending stress. Dogleg Severity Overrides will be reflected. where they prevail over other local DLS definitions (DLS or Max DLS in the Survey Editor spreadsheet), in the View > Dogleg Severity Profile plot.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-17
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Viewing the Dogleg Overrides Graphically You can view the dogleg severity overrides using the View > Deviation > Dogleg Severity Profile plot.
Dogleg Severity Profile Profile
-
I
!:.
4000 -----1-1 I
=
c. ~ 8000 - ----LI -
'i...
a 12000
"' :E
16000
5-18
I
I I
I
I I
- -L ----J---- ~ --- --L ----L-J I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I
I
'I
0.0
I
I
------- - - - -
I
I I I I I I I I I - - r----1----~-----~----r-1 I I
I
Cl)
--~-- --~ - -- -~-----~----~-~ I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
0.6
-
I
- - r - - --
I
1 - - - - 1 - - - - - ,- - - - -
1.3 1.9 2.6 3.2 0 Dogleg Severity ( /100ft)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
I
r - ,
3.9
I
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Defining the Geothermal Gradient Select the Well bore > Geothermal Gradient> Standard tab to specify basic formation temperature data. £1
Geothetmdl Gtddoent
I
Standard Addt()MI
The Mud line field displays only when the Offshore check box is selected on the Well Properties dialog box.
Strlace~:
1
rao.o-
"f
Mudlroe. ~ Of Temp at Well TD: 13c><$.Oft 00
r.
Temperature
Cl Gradelt
f2SQ.O" Of
r:-:-- Of/ IOOft Caneet
The default values are 80° F at the surface, 40° F at the mudline, and a 1.5° Fil 00 ft gradient to the well TD. You can add additional intermediate temperature points on the Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient > Additional tab.
Fields and Controls
Surface Ambient The Surface Ambient temperature for an onshore well is the temperature at MOL. For an offshore we ll (select the Offshore check box on the Well Properties dialog box) , the surface ambient temperature represents the air temperature above MSL. The defau lt surface ambient temperature is 80° F.
Mudline The Mudline temperature field displays if the Offshore check box is se lected on the Well Properties dialog box. The water temperature
profile will be linear between the surface ambient temperature at MSL and the specified temperature at the mudline. The default mudline temperature is 40° F.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-19
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Temp at Well TD Fields
Temperature The temperature at the well TD can be explicitly specified or calculated from a gradient specification. To enter the value explicitly, select the Temperature option and enter the temperature at the TYO corresponding to the well TD. The well TD is specified on the Wellbore >General> Options tab as MD, but it is displayed on this tab as TYD for convenient reference. The Temperature and Gradient options are mutually exclusive. The Temperature field is disabled if the Gradient option is selected, and vice versa. The default temperature value at the well TD is computed using a 1.5° Fl 100 ft gradient. If the Temperature option is selected, the calculated gradient changes with variation in temperature at the surface for an onshore well or mudline for an offshore well, a change in TYO at the mudlinc or well TD, or a change in wellbore deviation.
Gradient The temperature at the well TD can be calculated from a gradient or specifi ed explicitly. To calculate the value from a gradient, select the Gradient option and enter the gradient value. The temperature at the well TD is then calculated based on the gradient and the surface ambient temperature at MGL for an onshore well, or the mudline temperature at the mudline depth for an offshore well. The default gradient is 1.5° F/ 100 ft. If the Gradient option is selected, the calculated temperature changes with variation of temperature at the surface for an onshore wel I or mudline for an offshore well, a change in TYO at the mudline or well TD, or a change in wellbore deviation.
What Effect Does Temperature Have on the Analysis? Changing the temperature profi le affects the worst-case temperature profiles calculated for each burst and collapse load case.
5-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Temperatures have the fo llowing effects in the StressCheck software: •
Infl uence axial load distributions for all burst and collapse loads based on an undisturbed initial temperature and a worst-case temperature profi le.
•
Derate yield strength, and therefore, the pipe rating. To include temperature deration, select the Temperature Deration check box on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box.
•
Influence the temperature and dependent gas densi ty profiles in some burst load cases.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-21
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Define the Casing and Tubing Scheme Select the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet to create and modify the preliminary well design. Each row specifies basic information about a single casing string.
Pipes should be entered in the order in which they are The pipe Name and Type run in the well (for example, pull-down lists contain industry-standard terms. Conductor, Surface, Intermediate, and so on).
The default Hanger depths for casing and tieback strings are based on whether the well is an onshore, offshore platform, or subsea well. The hanger depths can be modified.
sured Depths (ft) Shoe TOC
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
30" 24" 18 518" 16" 13 518" 9 518" 7"
1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.063 2 318" 2 718" 3 112· 4· 4 112· 5"
... ,.
Conductor Surface Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate Protective Production
Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Liner
36.000 26.000 .000
.500 .750
.250 .500
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 14323.0
600.0 1141 .2 2975.8 9135.5 12025.4 14623.1 16329.7
The Hole Size pull-down list contains common bit sizes that can be modified or added to by selecting Tools> Defaults > Bit Sizes.
v
430.0 752.0 1632.7 4456.3 8360.2 12500.0 14323.0
8.50 9.22 11.61 13.90 15.13 11 .01
The Mud at Shoe density field contains the density values of the mud in which the casing string was run and cemented .
The OD pull-down list is populated by the ODs in the current Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet.
The data entered on this spreadsheet is used to provide default values when specifying load cases on the Tubular> Burst Loads, Tubular> Collapse Loads, and Tubular> Axial Loads dialog boxes, and when graphically designing casing strings in the View> Design Plots> Burst Design, View > Design Plots > Collapse Design, View > Design Plots > Axial Design, and View > Design Plots > Triaxial Design plots.
5-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
To enter and modify more detailed data about each string, use the commands under the Tubular menu. To view the casing scheme graphically, use View> Well Schematic. Note Production load cases can only be specified for strings whose Name has been designated as Production.
Fields and Controls
OD This cell has a pull-down list that has all ODs found in the pipe inventory. If the required OD is not in this list, at least one pipe with this OD must be added to the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet. Note The StressCheck software permits the entry of tapered (multiple OD) strings. However, tapered strings cannot be specified explicitly on this spreadsheet. To design a tapered string, use the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet to add additional detail to the string design following the entry of the OD of the smallest tapered string on the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Name The Name cell is used for reference and to determine applicable load cases. For this reason, it must be selected from the choices on the pull-down list for the cell. The available choices are Conductor, Surface, Intermediate, Drilling, Protective, and Production. For a particular string, you must select Production to enable most production loads on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
Type Use the Type cell to open a list contain ing casing, liner, and tieback string types. The Type selection dictates default values used on this spreadsheet and when selecting load cases on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular > Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-23
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
When the Casing or Tieback types arc specified, the Hanger cell is immediately assigned a default value. This feature is provided to help ensure data consistency, but the hanger depth default can be subsequently mod ifi ed; the default hanger depth is intended to closely approximate the depth of the wellhead. For onshore wells, the default depth is the depth corresponding to MGL (that is, the elevation value specified on the Project Properties dialog box). The default depth is zero for platform wells and the mudline depth for subsea well s. For strings of type Liner, the hanger depth cell remains undefined until a value is entered. Note If the Type cell contents are modified after data is entered in the Hanger cell, the contents of the Hanger cell may automatically change to maintain data consistency. For example, if a casing or tieback is changed to a liner, the Hanger cell is automatically cleared, and requires the entry of a hanger depth. Similarly, if a liner is changed to a casing or tieback, the previously entered hanger depth is also changed to the default wellhead depth.
Hole Size Use the Hole Size cell to specify an open hole size greater than the diameter specified in the OD ce ll. The Hole Size cell contains a pull-down list having common bit sizes, whi ch are specified on the Tools> Defaults> Bit Sizes dialog box. The list of available hole sizes can be supplemented with entries in the Bit Sizes dialog box. This cell is disabled if Tieback is specifted in the T ype cell for the string, because tiebacks are not run in open hole.
5-24
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Hanger Use the Hanger cell to specify the depth corresponding to the top of the stri ng. When the Casing or Tieback types are specifi ed, the Hanger cell is immediately assigned a default value. This feature is provided to help ensure data consistency, but the hanger depth default may be subsequently mod ified. For casing and tiebacks, the default hanger depth is intended to closely approximate the depth of the wellhead. For onshore wells, the default hanger depth is the depth corresponding to MGL (that is, the elevation value specified on the Project Properties dialog box). The defau lt depth is zero for platform wells and the mud line depth for subsea wells. For strings of type Liner, the Hanger cell remains undefined until a value is entered. Note The contents of the Hanger cell may automatically change to maintain data consistency if the content of the Type cell is altered. For additional infonnation, refer to the discussion on the Type cell.
Shoe Use the Shoe cell to specify the depth corresponding to the base of the casing string. For a tieback , a shoe depth must be specified that corresponds to the hanger depth for a liner.
TOC Use the TOC cell to specify the top of cement (TOC) that will affect the external pressure profi le, the axial load profile for service loads, and the triaxial analysis. For a fully cemented string, set the TOC value equal to the depth specified in the Hanger cell. For a partial ly cemented string, set the TOC value greater (deeper) than the hanger depth. Note For an uncemented string, set the TOC value equal to the string shoe depth. Do not specify a value less than hanger depth for any string.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-25
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Mud at Shoe Use the Mud at Shoe cell to specify the density of the mud in which the casing string was run and cemented. This density is used to calculate a hydrostatic external pressure profile outside the casing above TOC. It is also used in certain burst and collapse load cases as the mud density used during drilling below the prior string. Deteriorated mud densities can be specified on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Options and Tubular> Collapse Loads > Options tabs. Note The mud at the shoe is the mud in which the casing string was run. If a different density fluid is used to displace the cement during the cement job, enter this fluid on the Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab.
5-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Well Schematic Select View> Well Schematic to display a graphical representation that characterizes the casing strings and other information specified on the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. This schematic can also be displayed in any tab by selecting it from the View menu . The Well Schematic can be plotted as a function of either MD or TVD.
81Jl>J
" l" $ m.t:1
MD
I d .d .- !,,,.....,...""' rr fJ. ~ J!IMI r---3 ~:~~
"J H !I r _lli
3
• II: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 185/S'"l~Caono 16" lnlerrne6ole Camg
~13~5/S' ~'m '~ennedate ~ii!iliil. . .L-__-L. 7'Ptock.c:-l#ler Mean Sea Level (125.0 ft) "'-id l.i1e (430.0 ft)
430.0 ft 000.0 ft 7S2.0 ft lH l.2 ft 1632.7 ft
roe
30" ConcU:tor Cdsh;i TOC
For this example, select the 9 518" production casing . You can select it by selecting it from the pull-down list or by highlighting it on the schematic.
. - - _ 24 • s.xt.ice casaio TOC
2975.Sft --~ 4456.J ft
••J1 1.- - -
roe
8300.2 ft
roe
9135.5 ft
16 • lntatmedlate Casn;i
12025.4 ft 12500.0 ft
13 5/8" lnteimedate CASrlQ TOC
1432'3.0 ft
TOC
14523.1 ft
9 5/8" ProtectNe Casi'1Q
16329.7 ft
7" ProdJction Lrler
To display cement, right-click the schematic, and select Properties. On the Well Schematic Properties dialog box, select the Cement check box, then click OK.
The current casing string is highlighted in red. The name, OD, and shoe depth are shown at the shoe of each string. Most commands found under the Tubular menu apply only to the current string. To select a casing string for design or analysis, click the string section. Alternatively, use the Wizard toolbar pull-down list of casing strings, or select Tubular> Current String.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-27
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Defining Production Data Select the Wellbore > Production Data dialog box to specify the packer depth and packer fluid density as well as the perforation depth and properties of the produced fluid. This information is used when defining the internal pressure profiles for production load cases on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes. ~
Production Data Pac~Data
Fluid Oensty:
le.33
PP9
p~ Depth, 1'():
I1s200.o
ft
~ C4ncel Apply
Raset\'Or Data
Perforation Depth,
I16100.0
r. Gas Gravity:
lo.ro
r. Gas/Of Gracflent:
I
~
I I
~
psi/ft
Fields and Controls
Fluid Density Use the Fluid Density fteld to specify the density of the packer fl uid. To facilitate what-if investigations and the construction of worst-case collapse load scenarios, the packer fluid density specified here can be independently overridden for the producti on coll apse load case by selecting the Above/Below Packer check box on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > E dit tab. The default value is 8.60 ppg (seawater density).
Packer Depth Use the Packer Depth field to enter the measured depth the packer will be set in a production casing or liner. The default value is the well depth specified on the Wellbore >General> Options tab.
Perforation Depth, MD Use the Perforation Depth field to enter the measured depth of the perforations. The default value is the well depth specified on the Wellbore >General> Options tab.
5-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Gas Gravity Select Gas Gravity to use it as the means for gas density characterization. When Gas Gravity is used, a temperature-dependent and pressure-dependent compressibility factor is determined based on a simple gas composition for the specified gravity. This compressibi lity factor is used to calculate a gas density profile and surface pressure if the T ubing Leak load case is selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads dialog box. The default value of 0.70 is used for gas gravity.
Gas/Oil Gradient When Gas/Oil Gradient is selected as the means fo r gas density characterization, the specified gradient is used to calculate the surface pressure when the Tubing Leak load case is selected on the Tubular > Burst Loads dialog box. The default value of O. l psi/ft is used for the gas/oil gradient.
Setting Up Tabs Tabs allow you to view text and graphical data in multiple window layers. These results may be organized in logical groups. Tabs
~
Work Schema
Close
Design
Help
str·
Collapse
Axial Triaxial
Up
I ix-i I New
I I
P
Lock Tab
Tabs can be created, deleted, renamed, and ordered from the Tabs dialog box on the View menu. The Lock Tab check box disables the Delete and Rename buttons and places a small lock icon on the tab. After a tab is locked, the contents of the view cannot be changed. Any user can unlock a locked tab.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-29
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Splitting Windows into Panes Each tab can be split into panes. You can change the size of the pane as needed. Plots and spreadsheets can be opened in the panes. Panes are used in the StressCheck software to place input and output data for quick reference and printing.
....-nm---mr.--.--
f!Jllt-. l"""'_Cllo . . . . t.U P. ll,4W A
- . .S..Lllo4(0.0 fl.• M.d!IW (4lll.Oft>
f\ t.lr..lllft'• ~·
W
··/(11 --
t "L osorn,,.,1»1111)
"'''"
t6dt.O ll l0C
Use this bar to split the window horizontally.
l~lD . . . . . ire:
y ,_,.u_.._
• lt i..t............
: ~==--
:1['::......._~_
:::g: :~ t~Olt
= = :h
- -'-If
.,...~- '1 $!$", \Ul,W), U.~ QOtO. HQ, O!m,o;iq.(-q Cl1"N(IXf\ it(. P.UO
Use this bar to split the window vertically.
The maximum number of panes set horizontally or vertically is two.
Splitting the Tab into Vertical Panes •
Double-click the split button located on the far left of the horizontal scroll bar.
•
Alternatively, you can drag the vertical splitter bar into position using the mouse.
By default, the well schematic always appears in a new pane.
5-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Splitting the Tab into Horizontal Panes •
Double-click the split button located on the top right of the vertical scroll bar.
•
Alternatively, you can drag the horizontal splitter bar into position by using the mouse.
Changing the Contents of the Pane To change the contents of the pane, select the pane by clicking inside it. Then, select the spreadsheet, table, or plot you want to display from the menu bar.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-31
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
5-32
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapterlfd
Tubular Load Data Now you have entered all the general and formation information. The Wizard has grown to the maximum size, allowing you to continue to enter the specific tubular and loading information for the casing you wish to design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-1
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Entering Design Parameters Use Tubular> Design Parameters to specify tubular design factors and analysis options. This data is used in the definition of load cases and in the control of design and analysis logic. ~
Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Casing Desit,;n F~s
I Analysis Options I ConnectJon
Pipe6ody
Enter the Pipe Design Factors as specified here.
rm
&rst:
&sst,tteak:
Connection design factors are optional and default to the default pipe body values if left blank.
j i.100
Axial
Axial Tension:
Iuxi
Tension:
j 1.300
I
Compr~SIOl'I: j 1.JOO
Compresslon: L 300
I1.000 ! 1.250
Colapse:
Tnaxial:
OK
Cancel
I_ Apply J _
__J Hep
_J
Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Casing DeSlgl Factors
Analysis Opbons
De5191 Constraiit Mn internal 0rift
Select these options for this section of the - - - 1 - 1 training.
j
I~
~Options
P'
Sngle External Pr~SlXe Profie
P
Temperatixe Deraboo
P' I.mt to FractJse at Shoe
r
r8J Drift diameter defaults based on the next hole OD defined in Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme. No pipe with a drift diameter smaller than the value shown here will be considered in the Design.
Use Bc.rst WaJ Thickness ii Trlaxial
OK
Apply
Design parameters are defined for the current string, and can therefore be specified independently for each string defined in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet. To change the currently selected string, use Tubular> Current String or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar.
6-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specifying the Initial Conditions Select the Tubular > Initial Conditions dialog box to define initial conditions for the current string to be used with load cases selected in the Tubular> Burst Loads, Tubular> Collapse Loads, and Tubular> Axial Loads (service loads only) dialog boxes. You can define: cementing and landing conditions, such as fluid densities, applied surface pressure, whether the float failed, and pickup and slackoff forces •
initial-condition temperature profiles (default or user-defined)
This data is used to define load cases, determine the initial state of the casing, and dictate design and analysis logic. Initial conditions data is defined on a per-string basis; that is, different initial conditions data can be defined for each string in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular> Current String dialog box or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. The Cementing and Landing and Temperature tabs are used to specify these conditions.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-3
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Cementing and Landing Data Cementing and landing data are entered on the Tubular > Initial Conditions > Cement and Landing tab to establish, for the current string, the post-cementing hydrostatic profile for certain burst (for example, Green Cement Pressure Test), collapse (for example, Cementing), and axial (for example, Post-Cement Static) load cases. Also use it to establish hydrostatic and applied loads for cemented and landed casing as an initial condi tion to subsequent loads and displacements that may develop from load cases selected on the T ubular> Burst Loads> Select, T ubular> Collapse Loads> Select, and Tubular > Axial Loads > Select tabs. Initial conditions are entered on a per string basis .
+
Initial Conditions: 9 5/8" Production Casing CementnQ Md Lancing
IT~atia-e ]
The default Mix-water Density is based on fresh water.
Cementing Data
The default slurry densities are based on Class G neat cement.
Mx·Water Density (ppg)
Lead Sbry Density (ppg)
15.20
~ Tai Sbry Density (ppo}
tS.60
Tai Skny l~th (ft}
500.0
Olsplacenent FUd Density {ppo)
H .80
Float Colar Depth, M) (ft}
11620.0
r
~ Slrface Pre:ssu-e (psi)
r
FloatF'*d
landlno Data
r
~
The default Displacement Fluid Density and Float Collar Depth values are based on data entered on the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Pickup Force {bf)
r. Slackoff Force (bf)
lo
OK
This data is defined on a per-string basis. Different Cementing and Landing data can be defined for each string in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular > C urrent String dialog box or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. The Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cement and Landing tab is always accessible from the Wizard by using the Tubular> Initial Conditions dialog box.
6-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Fields
Mix-Water Density Enter the density of the mix-water used to prepare lead and (if selected) tail cement slurries for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. This fluid density is used in the formulation of certain burst- and collapse-load external profiles over cemented intervals (for example, Mud and Cement Mix-Water, and Permeable Zones). The default value for Mix-Water Density is 8.33 ppg.
Lead Slurry Density Enter the density of the lead cement slurry used for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. This fluid density is used in the formulation for determining the initial axial load distribution of the current string after cement placement, but before applying pickup or slackoff landing loads. The length of the cemented interval is established separately by the specification of TOC for the current string in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. The default value for lead slurry density is 15.8 ppg (neat API Class G cement).
Tail Slurry Density Select the Tail Slurry Density check box if both lead and tail slurries are used for single-stage primary ccmentation of the current string, and enter the tail s lurry density. The Tail Slurry Length must also be specified. The length of the lead slurry is established separately by the specification of TOC for the current string in the Well bore> Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. These values, along with the lead slurry density, are used in the formulation for determining the initial axial load distribution of the current string after cement placement, but before application of pick-up or slack-off landing loads. The Tail Slurry Length field is disabled if this check box is not selected.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-5
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Tail Slurry Length Use the Tail Slurry Length to enter the final placement length of the tail slurry column if both lead and tail slurries are used for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. This value is used in the formulation for determining the initial axial load distribution of the current string after cement placement, but before application of pick-up or slack-off landing loads. The Tail Slurry Length field is disabled if the Tail Slurry Density check box is not selected.
Displacement Fluid Density Enter the Displacement Fluid Density used for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. Normally, the fluid used to displace the cement slurry during such a cement job is the drilling mud in which the current string was run. The default value for this field is, therefore, taken from the current-string entry for Mud at Shoe in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. An alternative value can be specified when required. Low-density displacement flu ids, such as seawater, can have a significant effect on the initial axial load distribution (due to the piston force on the float collar) as well as the collapse load imparted to the current string.
Float Collar Depth Enter the MD of the float collar. The default value is the eunent-string shoe depth taken from the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Applied Surface Pressure Select the Applied Surface Pressure check box and enter the required pressure if surface pressure will be applied to the current string after bumping the upper plug and held for the duration of the wait-on-cement (WOC) period. If it is not selected, the corresponding data fie ld is disabled.
6-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The application of surface pressure during the WOC period is used to pretension the string when a pickup forc e cannot be app lied before landing the string in the wellhead. This typically occurs in applications where a mandrel-type casing hanger is used (for example, a subsea well or a production casing string in a high-pressure well). The desired pretensioning is only achieved where wellbore-casing friction forces do not prevent the required axial displacement. For wellbore inclinations where casing will not slide of its own weight (generally, greater than 65 to 70 degrees), the ability to develop the desired axial displacement requires validation. To avoid data compatibility problems, the Float Fai led check box is deselected when Applied Surface Pressure is selected, and vice versa.
Float Failed
If the Float Failed check box is selected, the differential pressure normally developed across the float collar (due to the hydrostatic disequilibrium between fluids inside and outside the casing) will instead be held as a casing back-pressure at the surface in order to prevent U-tubing of cement back inside the casing from the annulus. This option should normally be selected only for sensitivity analysis after an otherwise satisfactory design for the current casing string has been obtained. To avoid data compatibility problems, the Applied Surface Pressure check box is disab led if the Float Fai led check box is selected, and vice versa.
Pickup Force Select the Pickup Force option to enter a pickup force. Pickup fo rce is the incremental upward force (above static string weight) applied to the casing string at the surface before landing the string in a s lip-type casing hanger within the wellhead. Applied after the cement has hardened, the pickup force results in increased tension above the TOC depth, as specified for the current string in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet. The axial load profile below the TOC remains unchanged by a pickup force specification. The force is only considered in axial design when the Service Loads check box is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-7
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
This force is typically applied to prevent thermal or hydrostatic induced buckling while drilling below the current string, or during subsequent production operations. If the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box, buckling results are available in the View> Tabular Results> Triaxial Results table, including the required pickup load to e liminate buckling for the selected individual load case. If buckling is a concern, the indicated pickup load requirement should be evaluated by selecting the Pickup Force option to verify design integrity under the increased axial loading. To specify a pickup force, select the Pickup Force option and enter the required upward force. Note Pickup force, as defined in this dialog box, is only considered in axial design when the Service Loads check box is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab. The pickup force is independent of the Applied Force defined in the Pre-Cement Static Load in the Tubular> Axial Loads > Select tab.
Slackoff Force Select the Slackoff Force option to enter a slackoffforce. Slackoff force is a reduction to the current-string axial load profile, immediately after cementing, by lowering of the casing before landing in the wellhead assembly. This force results in reduced tension both above and below the TOC depth, as specified for the current string in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. Slackoff force is only considered in axial design when Service Loads is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab.
6-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
This fo rce is typically applied to land a tieback string in a liner-top polished bore receptacle (PBR). The additional compression at the PB R can serve several purposes, includ ing: • •
energizing a metal seal. providing sufficient compression to prevent seal movement in the PBR during production or stimulation operations. Note 'l'M
T he StressCheck software does not model the movement of uncemented tiebacks in PBRs. Nevertheless, if the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, the elfect of slacko fT force on buck Iing above the TOC only can be evaluated for a particular load case using the View> Tabular Results> Triaxial Results table . To specify a slacko ff force, select the Slackoff Force option and enter the required reduction in axial force .
Defining the Starting Temperature Profile Select the Tubular > Initial Conditions> Temperature tab to specify the starting temperature profile for the current string. This data is defined on a per-string basis; therefore, different initial-condition temperature data can be defined for each string in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Cementno and Landing
Select the Default temperature to use the temperature profile specified using Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient. Select User-entered to define an alternate temperature profile.
r
User~tered
1
2 3 4
5
40 47. 51.
mo
13 14
15
10lXI 0
175
16 17 18
104000 126760 146200
176 200
12
OK
•f ;.. 80 80
atU1e
1200.0 14000 16000 61000 97000 98000 99000 100Xl 0 10100 0 10200 0
6 7 8 9 10 11
~ ~
MD It 300 125 0 4300
Cancel
Apply
54 57. 119 168 1~
170 1n 173 174
235
v
~
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-9
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The following two temperature profiles are available. •
Select Default to use the temperature profile entered on the Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient dialog box.
•
Select User-entered to define an alternate temperature profile to establish the cemented-and-landed initial condition that serves as the baseline for assessing the effects on axial load profiles of thermal strains. These strains may arise from temperature-profile changes from the initial condition to that associated by default or user entry with a particular burst or collapse load cases, or the axial service-loads case.
This data is defined on a per-string basis; therefore, different initial-condition temperature data can be defined for each string in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use Tubular> Current String or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. Unlike temperature data on the Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient dialog box, user-entered temperature data on the Temperature tab are referenced to either MD or TVD. Note If you are copying temperature data from another source, be sure to verify whether the data is based on MD or TYO. Before you copy the data into this tab, be sure you have selected the correct option for MD or TYD.
6-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specify Tool Passage Requirements Select the Tubular> Tool Passage dialog box to determine the maximum tool length for a specified tool OD, such that the tool (when considered as a rigid body) can freely pass through the casing (based on drift diameter) at the depth of greatest casing curvature. Alternatively, tools of a specified OD and length can be entered to determine whether they will pass through the casing under load conditions described in the design load cases. The severity of bending and buckling can have an effect on the ability of future tubulars to be freely run in the existing casing or liner. Enter the maximum length of the tool.
_ Cancel Apply
j
I
~ rnsert
l I
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-11
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The View> Tabular Results> Tool Passage Summary table displays the tool passage data entered in the Tool Passage dialog box. The results reported in this tabular summary are dynamic when Tool Passage Summary is the current view and then the Tool Passage dialog box is opened and data are entered or edited.
In this example, a 3.5" OD tool that is 100 ft long cannot pass in the well at 10,400 ft. The maximum tool length that can pass through this section is
79.79 ft.
l Cn11cal MO
Force Required To Pan (lb!)
('ft)
Ma11mum Length Tha1 Passes Freely
fool J>cs\'idrJP: q 5
s·· Ptotechvf! (c)\IOQ
)
79 79
104000
El .
The minimum force required for the tool to pass is 13.94 lbf.
Tubular> Tool Passage dialog box.
Results are displayed as they are entered if the View> Tabular Results> Tool Passage Summary window is open before using the Tubular> Tool Passage dialog box.
6-12
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Burst Loads The Tubular> Burst Loads dialog box has several tabs to define burst loads that will serve as the basis for the current string's burst design. The design load line is determined from the aggregate worst-case burst loading as a function of depth, with design factors and temperature deration of minimum yield strength considered for all selected burst loads. Load case data specified in this dialog box are for the current string on ly. Load cases must be selected and specified independently for each string entered in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular> Current String command or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. The Burst Loads dialog box always appears in the Wizard list. The Tubular > Burst Loads dialog box has several tabs for defining these data and viewing pressure profile results.
Selecting the Design Burst Loads and the External Pressure Profile Use the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select tab to select the burst loads you want to use in the design. ~
Burst LOdds: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Drilling loads can be selected if the casing shoe is shallower than the well TD .
Select
IEdt IT~ab.re I Plot I Custom I 0ptJons I Ptoduc1Jon Loads !" T\brlg Leak
r
S!mJabon St.rface Leak
Fracb.re ~Shoe w/Gas Gradocnt Abo e
p
ln)«t>on Down c-.g
Fracb.re # Shoe w/ 1/l BH> at St.rfac.e
r
fv1 Gas IOd Profile
r
r
~..:----++
Production loads can be selected only if the casing name is production.
P
lost Returns v.1th Water St.rface Protecbon {BOP) Pr6si.r:e T6t ~ Green Cement Pressu-e T6t
r r
p Dr• Ahead
All the burst loads
lnle'nill Profie
are discussed in
n: • .
detail in the online help system.
External Pro,.,
(' ...00 .n:I C"""11 Mlx•Wat!r
lo:ot Reb.rns With Water Gas Kid< Profie
r
Pemoeable zones
lnjecbon Down c-.g
r- Mn!un Fcrmabon Pere Pr6SU'e
Grttn Cenent PrCSSU'e T6t Ori Ahead ~t)
r. FUd GradocnlS w/Pore Pressu-e
T\brlgleak
r
+I
l'ofe Pr6SU'e w/ Seav.ater Gradent
I-
I 1
This method will be used for all the burst load cases if a Single External Pressure Profile is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-13
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining the External Pressure Profile For burst design, there are five methods of calculating external pressure profi les. For information about external pressure profiles, refer to "External Pressure Profiles" on page 2-44.
Defining Burst Load Details Use the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit tab to specify or view parameters for each load case and external pressure profile enabled on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Select or Tubular > Burst Loads > Custom tabs. These parameters are used to construct a specific load case or external pressure profile. The parameters available vary depending on the current load case selected. Using the data on this dialog box, the StressCheck software creates an internal pressure profile consisting of the maximum pressure seen by the casing while circulating a gas kick to the surface .
~
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edit
IT~abxe ] Plot I Custom JOpbons I
1~~ii ;. ·~1:1:m·~·~iiiiiiiiiiilllil•••--"-llllll•••lliG ·J
I10330.o-
tnb Depth,""' (ft)
-
H---
rso:o--
Kld<~{bbl)
Klck lnlaisity (ppo)
11).SO
f~ Mud W~t (ppg)
f !LOO
io.;o--
Kick GM Gr.mty
Fradlse at Shoe• 10354.28 psi
lo.co
Frllctlle Margin of Error IPP9)
BHA dimensions - - - a Ort Pipe OD (n) are used to ColarODCin> calculate bubble Colar Length {ft) height as the kick is circulated out of the well.
rs:oooj6.750
j 1000.0
J OK
6-14
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Select desired burst load or pressure profile from the pull-down list.
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Viewing the Associated External Pressure Profile The data used in the remaining load cases or pressure profiles can be accessed by selecting the pull-down list from the Tubular> Burst Loads > Edit tab. (8)
Burst Loads: 9 518" Production Casing
lr-11>..re I Plot
Select Edt
I Custom I Options I
a
Dill:ilacementlDGas l05! Reh.ms With Wall!< Gas IGdt Profile TlilolQ Leak llJjecbon Down ca.or.o Grttn Cenont Pr......, Test
.
Select the desired load case or pressure profile from the pull-down list.
DrlAhead~
.
.
·.. -
Frlcbseat Shoe• 10354. 28 psi
Fracue Moron of Error (ppQ) Ori Pipe 00
rn>
c•oo..,) ~Length(!\)
For every se lected burst load case, an appropriate external pressure profile must be selected so the StressCheck software will correctly calculate the differential pressure. In this example, the Mud & Cement Mix Water profile is used. When the Single External Pressure Profile check box is selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, the selected external pressure will be used for all burst load cases IE)
Bursi I.Odds: 9 518'" Production Casing
View the defining parameters for the external pressure profile on this dialog box. All load cases will use this external pressure profile because the Single External Pressure Profile check box was selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
Selecl Eat
I
• T~•lln f'fot
I CU.tam
Options
roe, MD• 10750.0 fr, Prior Shoe, I'll• IZ020.0 f\ "-d WeQht Ai>ol.o roe (l>po) FUd Grad Bdo>o TIX (ppo)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-15
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specify Burst Load Temperature Select the Tubular Burst Loads> Temperature tab to specify the temperature profile you want to use for the load case selected in the pulldown list at the top of this tab. You can only select load cases enabled on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Select or Tubular > Burst Loads > Custom tabs. Select the Default option to use the temperature profile as defined by the StressCheck software for that particular load case. Select the User-entered option to define an alternate temperature profile. Select the Geothermal option to use the temperature profile defined on the Geothermal Gradient dialog box. You can only edit temperature data if you select User-entered. ~
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Select the Default option to use the temperature profile as defined by the StressCheck software for that particular load case.
I
Select Edt
Tempcrabsc
IPlot I Custom
Opbons
I
Ahrad (lbst)
30.0
Select the User-entered option to ente your own temperature data. This can be in the form of output from the WELLCAT program or text file, either typed in or pasted in from a text or spreadsheet.
1250 4300 ~o
12000
14000 16000 61000
97000 98000
Select the Geothermal option to use temperature profile defined on the Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient dialog box.
9!Ql0
e
lCKmO
__l
10100.0 10200.0 103000 104000
_ _ _1n?S;nn _ _ __
~
Unlike temperature data on the Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient dialog box, the user-entered temperature data on this tab can be referenced to MD or TYO. Note If you are copying temperature data from another source, be sure to verify whether the data is based on MD or TYO. Before you copy the data into this tab, be sure you have selected the correct option for MD or TYO.
6-16
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
View Burst Load Pressure Plots Burst load pressure plots can be graphically viewed. The Burst Load Pressure Plots are accessed by selecting several burst plots available from the View> Burst Plots submenu.
Burst Pressure Proffies
Burst Differential Pressures
- Otspiaeemert to Gas
- Ot51>iac:emert to Ges
Lost Rellrns ,..ltl Waar 1600
Gas Kick (50 o bbl, O 50 POg)
3000
Creen Coment Pressure Test (Int) G<een Cement PresStSe Test (ElCI)
1600
L~ Rtl>Jm!l """ WtMir Gas Kick ('50 o blll o so ppg)
3000
Green Cement Pressure Test (Burst)
Pressure Test
Pressure Test Dpl Mead Bisst
Dnt -'\Mad (Burst)
I
4600
I
I
I
I
• 600
o ,-- ---r----,----,
6000
···- r· ---r----,----, o
I
I
I
I
'I
7600
10600
--·--r---·-rI'
I
9000
I
-----:-----:---f
t I
-~-
. -- -
'' '' '
---
t I
I
- ; -----:- ----- ~ -
I
I
' , 600
'
I
'
I
.J - ...... .t I
t
'
.
'
'
'
..
- ~ - -- -·--- - · - - - I I o I
- r~ t
4600
6000
Preaaur•
7600
9000
10600
I
I
I
12000
16000
I
I
.'
..!. ........ ~ ..... - ~ - .. -- ~---- ~ -- -- ~
13600
'
I
I
' 3000
I
'
t
I
I
' ''
12000
I
13500
--~
'
I
'
..... .... . ........ .. ....' . . I
I
... ____ .. ____ ,J
10600
I
---
I
.. . ---r·--·i·-·-,
- - - ..I\. - - - - I. .. - ..... 1I ....... I
o
-- ~ - - -- -" t I
'
15000
.'
''
I
12000
~
:
I
:I
--- - - ~ ----- t----.. ~ -.......
. ... - '
7600
0
I"
'
o
e: = t
o
I ... ,. • .. • • • • .. • • 1 • - .. • ..... • • • ,........ • .. ,. ... • .. • r • • .. • • "' - .. • 1 • - • • 1 f t I I t I t I I
.
'
-2000 -1000
(psi)
0
.'
'°°°
1000 2000 3000 Oift'orontl1I Burat (psi)
5000 6000 7000
The View> Burst Plots > Pressure Profiles and View > Burst Plots> Differential Pressures plots characterize the interna l and external pressure profiles as a function of either MD or TVD for all selected burst and custom burst load cases.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-1 7
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Burst Design Load Line Burst load data can be graphically viewed by selecting several burst plots available from the View > Burst Plots submenu. Burst Load L.i ne
1500
'
-~----·----...._
Burst Differential Pressures - Design load tine
Ot;pi.clf'lwt to Gas
- Actuel loed lint
Lost R..tl.m• wl!'I W«er Gas Kick (SO 0 bbl. 0 50 PP9l
.
.... _ .. .. _ ...... ~ ....... .. __ _
~----~----~
'
1600
3000
4600
£ t 1...
.. I ::J
I
..
'
'
-~----- ,. ----,-- - -- ,-- - - , - -
'
..
,
- r - - --1 - ---11
'
:S D
'
'
6000
. . . ...
-·r- -- -r- ---,----, I I
I
7600
" ....... • r ... I
.
I
I
O
I
~
~
I
I
I
f
.
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
..
I
I
12000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
.. .. - 4- - - - - _,_ - - - .. .. ................ - .. I I I
I I I I
I
.......................
13600
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-- ' .............. --- ... ----
I
I
...... . ...... .. ............. I
1500
~-
2000
2500
I
3000
3500
olOOO
Bu!'Yt Riling (psi)
-'500
--- ...
~ --
5600
--
~
. I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. .
I
. I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I t
I
I I
l I
I
f
'
' I
I I
I
I
. . I
~- -
t
f
'
I
................ .... ....... .
12000
--·---- .. -I
J
I
..... I I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I .... ..... - ................. .. - - - - .. ............ - - - - -1
13600
16000
C
.. .a.... ,. • ., L ......... L. - - ..... !. .. .... .. .1 .. ...... .J
10600
I •
5000
I
I
.... - -:-- ......... ~ ..... - .. !-- ..... ~ ........ --t
I
~
I
II'
J
I
f
. .----;----·r---.' ----:---· -r---.. ---;-----
-~
.
I. - . . . . . . _ .. - .... ~ ......... ~ ...... - .. I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
'
' -.. ,. . . . -·r·--· r- .. -· i • - · - i
I
I I I I t I I I I ... 1 ........ J . ... • .... .I. ... .... "' .J,.. .. ...... L .. • .... .,J ........ ... 1. ........ .J ....... .J 1 : 1 : : I : I :
10600
15000
t
... --~- ----}-- --~-----~--- -~-- -- ~ t
t
9000
----------r ----, .. •-· i
I
'
I
t
f
I
I
•
.
I '
I I I .. .. .. - ..... ' - - - - ... - - - - "'f• - - - ..,.. - ............. "' ...... ,. .......... , - ......... .,. - - - - ... 1
. I
o
I
I
o
~
I
. f
I
-1000
0
•
I
1
I
'
1000 2000 3000 «XlO 5000 6000 7000 Oi!l'ertntlal Bu!'Yt (p si)
The corrections conventionally applied to the nominal pipe ratings when performing a manual calculation will be applied to the Actual Load Line to create the Des ign Load Line. The Burst Design Load Li ne is corrected for temperature if the Temperature Deration check box is selected in the T ubula r > Design Parameters dialog box.
6-1 8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specifying Collapse Loads Selecting Collapse Loads Use the Select tab to enable and disable applicable collapse load cases, and to select external pressure profiles. Select the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Edit tab to change the default parameters for each load case selected. Drilling loads can be selected if the casing shoe is shallower tha the well TD.
String name.
~~
Production loads - -;+- -- can be selected if the casing name is production.
r,..£.,._
lnt•m•l "'olle
.,
~ • !eiowP.Oer
r
Gotl't'T•-
"'•lie
E>temel Mud.-dC.....,t '4•·0\1ter
r
_
r r.
()
_...1 - - 1
:a.. o,.,..Shoow w.Gro<1or>iAt>o ~ FUdGredmtsw
P
'
j
Five methods of calculating external pressure profiles are included for collapse design.
l ~J ___J _~
When the Single External Pressure Profile option is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameter dialog box, the selected external pressure is used for all collapse load cases.
Most drilling collapse-load cases can only be selected fo r strings in whi ch the setting depth (shoe depth in Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet) is less than the well TD, as defined in the Wellbore >General dialog box. All the collapse loads are discussed in detail in the online help system.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-19
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Most production collapse load cases can only be selected for production strings (those strings in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet for which the Name cell contents are Production). Exceptions to this rule are: •
Cementing drilling collapse load case can be selected for all strings.
•
Gas migration production collapse load case is unavailable for liners. Note The Cementing drilling collapse load case and the Gas Migration production collapse load case have self-described external pressure profi !es, and are unaffected by the Single External Pressure Profile option and external pressure profile selections. The external pressure profile for collapse Custom load cases is entirely user-defined, and is similarly unaffected.
The Internal Profiles 1ist box contains the names of the selected load cases. As load cases are enabled and disabled, this list box updates automatically, and the currently selected load case is highlighted.
Selecting Different External Pressure Profiles for Each Load Case If the Single External Pressure Profile check box is not selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, external pressure profiles can be independently se lected for each load case. Highlight a load case in the Internal Profile list box, and select the corresponding external pressure profile from the External Profile group box. If the Single External Pressure Profile check box is selected, only one external pressure profile can be selected for use with all of the selected load cases.
6-20
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Collapse Load Details Select the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tab to specify or view parameters for each load case and external pressure profile enabled on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Select and Tubular > Collapse Loads > Custom tabs. The tab parameters are used in constructing a specific load case or external pressure profile. The parameters available vary depending on the current selection. Some parameter values are editable, while others are listed for information purposes only.
@
Collap.e Loads: 9 518" Production Casing
~ .... <9it""'9) ~LO\d,
"'«>(ft)
; I :===::::::---~:----:-----;------_J CJ(
""'°"
Ap;Jy
Edit the default parameters for the Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure load case . Set the Fluid Grad ient Above and Below TOC to the same mud weight to model a poor cement job with a continuous column of mud behind the casing.
He\>
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-21
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Viewing Collapse Load Pressure Plots Collapse load data can be graphically viewed by selecting several collapse plots avai lable from the View menu.
Collapse Differential Pressures
Collapse Pressure Profiles
..
: - FulVPa111a1Evacuation : CemerMg (Int) 1500
o
o
... _.. ____ ., ___ I
Cemanbng (Ex!) Lost Returns with Mlld Drop
I
'
I
:
:
. I
6000
I
~
...."
I
I
'
I
::
'' --r-- ---- r--- ·-- 'r- - --- ·ri
7500
I 0
f
I
f
I
I
I
•
I
I
o
I
I
I 0
I
I
t
I
---t-............ ~ ---- .. -~~
9000
'
I
'' 'I '0
- - - - - - r - -- - - - r - - -- - - r - -- -- -r ,
e:
I Q
! :"
6000
10600
.. o
.
12000
I
13500-
I
I
I -~
--- -- -- - --
15000
I -~-
- -- -I
''
l
It -~-I
I
I
-- - -- ; - -- ---: ---- - -;- -- .. --:- ---I
I
I
'' I I I
7500
'
I
~--- --:---
9000
1500
3000
6000 P ressure (psi)
4600
7500
::
ti
I
U
II
t
" If
I
t
If
J
II
~--·- ~-
!
I
I I
I
1
.
I
I
I
I
o
I I
o
.
11
f
I
'
'
13500
16000
'
I
;--- --1- ----t---- ;----..- - - - - ~
12000
............... . ................. ... o
I
'
0
900
. I
I
1000
.
' !
2700 3600
4500
." ... ....
••'"' - H
' I
... ., .. - - · ... ,.. ...... • • ,. .. - - - 1 ,. -
o
' 10500
I
- ~ --- - - : ·· -- ·· - ~ - -- - ~-' '
10600
I
9000
I
I
' 0
~
I
I
I
- ;~
I
I
I
.' ---,----'"'·----,, . .. ....... .. ... . ....... I
I
ti
II
I
I
I I
.. .. - - - _ _ _ ... _ _ _ _ __
I
'I
.. - .. ... r- .. - .. i .. • - .. "I"'·· ... -n
2i
:I!
II
.."" ...... .. ..
.., ... ...... - - .-- - - - r - - - .. .,. ........... .., ... - - - -n
4600
I
I
I
3000
......... ,. ............ r .... _ .. - "' ,. ...... • -- 'r• ·- - - -r ,
.
I
I
'.
:
"" __ .,. ____ ..,. _____ "".... "
1500
:'':
o
Q
I
'' '.
4600
I
I I
f
'. '. I I
3000
e:
I
-- _.. "
'
I
II
-- -1 - - - --n
'
"
6400
6300 7200 8100
Dffft ent laJ Collapse (p si)
In this case, the Lost Returns w/ Mud Drop load case represents the design basis for collapse . In the case of production loads, analysis of the Above/Below Packer load case is beneficial to determine the highest collapse pressure
6-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Collapse Design Load Line The View> Collapse Plots> Load Line plot characterizes the actual and design load lines as a function of either MD or TVD for all selected collapse and custom collapse load cases. Collapse Load Line
Collapse Differential Pressures
!-
: - Design l oed Line
i Actual Load Lme -.... ........................ .. ....... . . --_.,. __ ---1- ---_.., ____ . ., - _.. ,
1500
I
I
t
J
I
I
"
FulVPartlal Evacuation Cementing
I
1500
I
"""
•
II
--~---- ~ - -··-- M I
f
I<
' 3000
I
4500
I
I
I
I
' '
r • • • .. ,. • • .. . .., ..... · - ...--- -- r ---- ~ - - ,
I
3000
""" "
4500
-. -- ... ..,,..... · - r .. .... -.,. .. - .. .. ., . ----n
I
''
£
6000
----r----,---- -.-- - -- r- - - I
I
i"
!:>
.. :
I
''
:
:S 0
I
7500
"' .... '" rI .... '"''"' i I .... "' .. ..,! ...... .... Ii I
:E
I
t
10500
't -- - - ., .. .. - --.- - - -- 'r ... ...... .,' .. ... ., I
I
I
'
t
I
I
• t
€
•
f
'
'
'
'''
-- ~ ---- 1 - - ~
I
I
I
•
'
t
l
I
I
13500
--- -
15000
--- -
I ~- I
I
•
I
•
t
I
I
I
j
I
·----......... -......-.. . . -.... -. . ........ .'. I
-- . . .. .. ............ ............. -- -
I
I
I
t
I
''I
I
o
f
I
I
~--- -
"' - - - - -.- - - - -r- -- -~-- - - .... --- -
-i-
--- -r-
t
I
''
'
-- ..' --..'
' r '-~-+~~f--~-+-~-+~~-+-~-+~~+-~-+-+~+- ~' t f f
900
I
I
I
I I I
I I f
t
I
;..
=
I
--n I I
--~ · -·
""
9000
10600 '
-- - - ~ .. - -.. ; ........ 4- ......... ~ .. .... - ~ ...... .. ~ - .. - - -:- -- -- --- - ~ -- ~ I
I
""
' 12000
""II
I
·-- --r----,--
~
'
t
- - - - ~ - - - - ~ · .. . . .. ~..... - -- ~ - ... •!• .... - ~ · -- - . _:--l
::
7500
0
1
I
6000
t
I
I
""
I
5
'
........ T .. .... .. i
I
:
"
i
I
I
'' ....... -~ ......... ~ -...... -:- --- -~ - --- ~ -- - - ~- -- - -~ I
9000
I
t
f
"
'
t
I
1800 2700 3600 4500 6400 6300 Collapse Ratin g (psi)
f f I
7200
'
8100
I'
' I'
........ ....... .... ..
12000
f
!
Ij
I'
I•
_ + ----~- - --
I
I
' 13600 '
16000
--- ·-i ·---ri
I
I
I
- -- ~-
I
o
I
I
' I
--- -:-----; --__ ! ___ I
I
0
900
1800
I
I
" II
- - ---M
It
"" .. ............" "" "
It
I
~ ---- ~ --
I
2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 Ollferentlal Collapse (psi )
II
---:; II
7200
8100
The collapse load line is corrected for temperature, tension, and internal pressure. The correction for tension constantly updates the load line when different weights of casing are selected .
The design load line on this plot is the same as (and always consistent with) the design load line on the collapse View> Design Plots> Collapse plot. This plot is used for interactive graphical design and visual comparison of current-string API collapse rating with design collapse loads.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-23
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The design load line for collapse represents the maximum design collapse pressure as a function of depth based on consideration of all selected collapse and custom collapse load cases for the current string, and after the following adjustments: •
correcting the applied collapse pressure to an effective collapse pressure based on the effect of internal pressure on collapse resistance
•
applying to each load case the appropriate collapse design factor from the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box (the default) or from a load-case specific alternate design factor specification on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Options tab
•
adjusting the design load line to compensate for the effect of elevated temperature on minimum yield strength (and, hence, collapse rating) when the Temperature Deration check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box for the current string
•
considering the effect of tensile axial loading on collapse resistance
The actual load line for collapse represents the maximum actual differential pressure (effective col lapse pressure due to effect of internal pressure on collapse resistance) as a function of depth based on the load case or cases that dominate in construction of the design load line.
6-24
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specifying Axial Loads Details Select the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab to enable or disable axial loads against which the current string is evaluated. To enable the load case, select the corresponding check boxes. After they arc enabled, the load case variables, such as overpull force or casing running speed, can be edited. Select axial load cases on the Select tab.
~ I Plol
I Options I
¥ Rl.IYW10 11 ~ • A\lll. Spttd ~ O.~FctCI!
v
j 3.0
ft/s
f 100000
bf
I
bf
Pr~<~t Stabc load Appkd Fae~: 0
r;;' Post<:mentStatlC load
_J OK
C«>Cd
Running and cementing loads that can be considered include: •
Running loads that consider shock loads due to instantaneous deceleration from a running speed A required incremental overpull forc e when nmning casing
•
A pressure test performed when bumping the plug while the cement is in its fluid state, creating a large piston force
[n addition, you can include in the axial design all the axial load profiles resulting from the burst and collapse load cases by se lecting the Service Loads check box on the Tubular > Axial Load > Select tab. All of the axial loads arc discussed in detail in the on line help.
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-25
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Custom Loads In addition to the selection of load cases that automatically create internal and externa l pressure, the StressCheck software allows you to customize a load scenario and apply it as a burst or collapse criterion in the design process together with the automated loads.
Displaying the List of Existing Custom Loads Use Tubular> Custom Loads to access the list of defined custom loads contained in the current library, define new custom loads, and display and manage your custom loads spreadsheets. Custom loads: 9 518" Production Uising
IBJ
m.•••••••• I ao-..e I
List of existing _,.. r·!!*l~±:5:!!!ffi!!· custom load cases.
~
Click the buttons on the right side of the ~ dialog box to create, __J ~ delete, or rename custom load cases.
o--'
~
Important! This dialog box has no Cancel button, so any changes made through this dialog box cannot be undone. Pressing Esc instead of clicking C lose writes all your changes to the catalog, but the currently selected custom load is not activated.
The Custom Loads dialog box manages a library of custom loads spreadsheets that are saved w ith the current Design. Each spreadsheet contains a custom load profile consisting of external pressures and internal pressures at given depths. Temperature data for custom loads are recorded as a user-entered temperature profile for the selected custom load on the tab in the Tubular> Bust Loads > Temperature or Tubular> Collapse Loads> Temperature tabs, as appropriate to the nature of the custom load. The default temperature profile is geothermal on the Temperature tab when a custom load is selected as the current load.
6-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Renaming a Custom Load Click Rename on the Tubular> Custom Loads dialog box to change the name of the currently selected custom load. Rename the custom load RTTS.
Ieus1om toad 1 IRTTS
Old~: l~N Nam
Custom LOdds: 9 5/6" Production Cdsing
r;w••••••••• I
[8) e1ose
~
R~
I
l
Click Close to close the dialog box and begin editing load data .
.
Editing Custom Load Data Define the Pressure Profile Select the Tubular> Custom Loads spreadsheet to define custom load internal and external pressure profiles as a function of measured depth. Create a custom load when none of the internal and external pressure profiles automatically generated (for example, the Gas Migration internal profile and the Mud and Cement Mix-Water external profile) satisfy design requirements.
r- . . .oc!Oopth
·~
1 l
P1nsurn 1ps.i:::I
Inc em.-
J_
JO 0
&0n 10
~
125 0 •JO 0
~
900 0 1200 0 1'000
6087 20 6117 69 616468
~
~
h5
619' 55 6214 10
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
E>llf'lli
J J
12 98 5.09 186 07 389•5
s11n 60335
6-27
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Custom load profi les can be selected as burst, collapse, and axial service loads from the Tubular > Burst Loads > Custom and Tubular> Collapse Loads> Custom tabs, respectively. Custom loads are only considered as axial service loads when the Service Loads check box is selected on the Axial Loads > Select tab. They are also taken into account in triaxial and minimum cost design. Loads are defined on a per string basis; therefore, different loads can be defined for each string in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular> Current String command or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. Specify and edit numerous custom loads by using the Se lect Custom Load pull-down list and custom load buttons on the Template toolbar. Depth values on this spreadsheet are always expressed as MD. When data are entered for a deviated well, and hydrostatic pressures are calculated for use in a custom load case, recall that the pressures must be calculated for the TVD corresponding to the MD of interest for the line entry. The relationship between MD and TVD for the current well can be reviewed by using the Deviation Profile table. Even though depths are entered on a MD-basis, the pressure data are interpolated and extrapolated on a TVD-basis (a reasonable convention, because almost all pressure loads applied to casing strings are hydrostatic in nature). If an extrapolated pressure value is less than zero, it is assigned the value zero.
6-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Including the Custom Load in the Analysis Select the Tubular > Burst Loads> Custom tab to specify the custom load pressure profile(s) you want to use as a burst load case for the active string. Bu~t Lo.ad>: 9 S/8" Produ
Select the box to include thispressureprofileasa s.1e
fgl
OK
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-29
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining the Custom Load Temperature Profile Use the Temperature tab to specify the temperature profile you want to use for the load case selected in the pull-down list at the top of this tab. You can only select load cases enabled on the Select and Custom tab in the Burst Loads dialog box. Select the Default option to use the temperature profile as explained in Burst Load Case Methodologies. Select the User-entered option to define an alternate temperature profile. Select the Geothermal option to use the temperature profile defined on the Geothermal Gradient dialog box. You can only edit temperature data if you select User-entered.
I
Seloct edit
Tomper•V•
IPlot I cu.tom I Opbons I
Select the desired burst load case.
El .. ll
Select the temperature profile you want to use.
r- u...~~
0 1250
(" Goothormal
4)01}
'iOOO 12000 14000 16000
61000 97000 99000 9'iOO 0 1IXWO 101000 102000 10Dl0
__ j _J OK
104000 10?ql0
c-e
I
"'1PY
I-
eo 40 47 51 5'
57 119 168
169 170
1n 173
174 175 175
"'" ...
Help '
The temperature profile for a particular load case can also be viewed as a plot using Burst Plots/Temperature Profiles. Unlike temperature data on the Geothermal Gradient dialog box, the temperature data on this tab can be referenced to MD or TVD.
6-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Shut-in Load Cases If the load case selected in the pull-down list is Shut-In:
Displayed next to the Default option will be written either Hot or Cold. The display on this tab is a result of selections made on the Edit tab. If the Hot box is selected on the Edit tab for the Shut-In load, Hot is displayed. Conversely, if the check box is not selected, Cold is displayed.
•
If Hot is displayed, the bottom hole temperature will be continuously applied up to the surface.
•
If Cold is displayed, the surface temperature will be continuously applied to the base of the tubing. Note If you are copying temperarure data from another source, be sure to verify whether the data is based on MD or TVD. Before you copy the data into this tab, be sure you have selected the correct option for MD or TVD.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-31
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Viewing the Pressure Profiles Including the Custom Load You can view the burst load plots including the custom load just as you did the predefined burst loads.
Burst Pressure Profiles
Burst Differential Pressures - DISl)CaC«Tletll to Gas
- Dlsllllleement lo Gas
lost~""'1Wae<
Lost Reuns wttt'I Water ~
3000
1500
Kiel< (SO 0 bbl. 0 50 pPg)
Gas Kick (50 0 bbl 0 50 ppg)
Pregsure Test
Pre~.ure
Green Cement Pressure T.st ( lrt)
Gr. .n Cem"'11 Pressure Tesl (9urst)
Gre~n
Orin Ahead (BIXSI)
Cemert Pressure Test (Ext)
T&st
Onn Ahead (&lrst)
4500
.. I
€
i I a
6000
7500
......................
6000
-- ---~-----
.. ..... €t .....' .. . .' ' i ~ . ..' '
.
......
--- ~--- --~-·- - - ~~ I
I
t
t
a
'
I
7600
'
____ .._0 _____ o ...I
t
.
f
I
I
~---
,..
~
i :I
..
-..---·.---- _..,..____ ... .. --· --·.---.. .,.___ ..,,. ___ .............. . ..
5
:I
..
~
10500
o
o
10500
I
'
12000
t t
.
13600
15000
..
. ..
- r
- - ----,- ....... --r ----
'
3000
olEOO
-2000 -1000
0
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I I t
I
I
f
I
'----1' -'
f
- ~- -- - 1 I I I
I I I
I I --~-- --
I
l
I
,. . . . . -, I
I
'
1000 2000 3000 ~ 5000 6000 7000 Ollrerentlll Bum (psi)
Plots include the custom load (RTTS) profile.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
t t
''
'
I
-;- --- ----r ·---;- -~
1500
6-32
I
I
- - t - - ... - ' ...... "' 1 - - - - -. - - - -<1- ----1 t f t I I J f I t I
Chapter.
Graphical Design You can use the StressCheckTM software in three ways during your casing design process. This section of the course discusses each of these options in the following order. •
Use the StressCheck software to perfonn an automated design using either a full API casing I ist or a user-defined inventory. Use the StressCheck software to verify an existing string weight and grade.
•
Use the minimum cost tool for an automated optimization for uniaxial , biaxial, and triaxial casing design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-1
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Performing an Automated Design Checking Burst Design Using the Burst Design Plot Select the View > Design Plots > Burst plot to perform graphical burst-load casing design, or to check the burst design of a string specified on the Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis and burst pressure (effective burst load) is on the horizontal axis.
The Pipe Rating curve is not displayed on the plot because a pipe section has not yet been created.
..
.
.
..
:
:
:
.
:<m
~ ···r·····1·40.........r··· ....... l...........T...........r············r·· . ....... ····i··········-t.. ······· 1··········1· ····-····t···········( ·········i--- ·········r············i··········· ......... ... ( ·········r···· ·····:·· ········<-···········-r············i············1·············i··········.. t··· ·······
············1············r······· ···:············1············t············f············1·············f············1·············
5@
············1·············( ········ ··1·· · ··· ··· · ·· j········ ·· · · t··· ··· ······ :····· ··· ··· ·1· ········ ··· ·~······ ···· ··1 ··········
u:m
••o ••
•D•~ loa~
Initially, the design load line is constructed from the maximum burst loads based on selected load cases.
P1PTR:at11·1'
+
:
:
:
~r·h·· "· ·····
:
200J ••••• · •
'~ /;ft:
1:H
I r1i: :1::-
......... , ............
1500)
1500
7-2
•f.00
7500
10600
1200)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
IJ&l)
I ml
16500
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Creating a Pipe Section A string section that meets all pipe-body burst design criteria has a p ipe rating line that is at alI points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line.
.'
.l.-------- ______._ _ '
'
' '' ' ' ' ___ _____ ,' __________ _,' _________
~
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
~
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-- - _. ____ . i .. ________
f -
.
t
' f
I I I
f
' ' ''
I
I
I
--------
I I I
f f
t t
I
'
•
•
t
I
I
I
f
-
--~~s~g;a~i~~d Une -
,
I
-
t
~
o~--~.---~ .
'
----------+------ ----1---1-------i----- -----+----------r:-- --------
. . . . . y.. . . .j...........
Cl ick the pipe section . (Notice the cursor has changed.)
r......... : ""· -- .. ..... ../~-l-- ....---..J___ . -...... !.... --- ... -~--- .. -.... ~-- -- -- .. -J...........
.· · ·\T. . . ·r·i · .... .!~ ..........r··i ...···1:·· ........ (
1200)
1
1
--- ---·- ~· :- ----------:----------.. :-----.. --· --:--- -------l:-- --- ----·
1400)
+
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
~f
t
I
I I
I
I
I I
t t
I I I
t
t
o I ··········~---·- -- -- -- , - - ----- - - --,---·· ···· - ·r -- - ---- - - -, -- ---------
16000
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I I t t
I I I
t
I I I I
t I I I
7500
m:m
12500
'
t
I I I
18000 -+-----t----+------11------t-----i----~
0
2500
Burst Rating (psi)
9SW, 53 500, HCVM·125
t Read pipe description here.
I. To specify a casi ng string to begin your Design, double-cl ick anywhere on the design view. A rating line corresponding to the hig hest rated pipe in the inventory for the current OD is displayed . 2. To q uickly view a description of the pipe that the StressCheck so ftware selected, c lick the rating line. The pipe description is displayed on the left corner of the status bar.
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-3
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Since a pipe section has been created, two lines are shown. One line is the burst design load line, and the other line is the burst pipe rating line. Note The Burst Design plot does not reflect the implications for burst design integrity of connection selections for string sections in the current string. After a pipe-body design is performed, the effect of connection selections on design integrity can be assessed directly in the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet.
What is the Burst Design Load Line? T he burst design load line reflects the maximum burst differential pressure experienced by the casing as a function of depth. It is based on the load cases selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads dialog box. This pressure was multiplied by the burst design factor specified for the current string on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, or the burst load case-specific alternate design factors spec ified on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Options tab. When different (that is, alternate) burst design factors are used for different selected burst load cases, the design factor reflected in the design load line may vary with depth as a function of the burst load case having local control over burst design.
Effects of Temperature Deration When the Temperature Deration check box is selected for the current str ing on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, the local minimum yield strength (MYS) of the casing in each string section and the local burst rating are derated as a function of local temperature. This effect is considered in the burst design plot by increasing the local design load line values by the local ratio of original to temperature-derated MYS, and not by decreasing the burst rating line. The default (worst-case) or user-entered temperature profil es specified on the Tubular> Burst Loads > Temperature tab arc used to determine MYS temperature deration for each load case selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select and Tubular> Burst Loads> Custom tabs.
7-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
What is the Pipe Rating Line? The constant burst ratings displayed in this curve correspond to the burst rating values specified in the Tubular> Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for the one or more pipes listed in the current string's Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet. Showing the effect of MYS temperature deration on the design load line allows the burst rating lines to remain constant (that is, vertical), and they can be more easily manipulated with a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body burst design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line. Note The pipe rating line does not appear until you have created a pipe section. Double-click anywhere on the design plot to create a pipe section.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-5
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Modifying a Pipe Section The current string's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) the pipe rating line. Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. String sections can be created, deleted, or modified by clicking, pointing, and dragging the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the line(s) are reflected on the View > Design Plots > Collapse, View > Design Plots> Axial, and View> Design Plots> Triaxial design plots as well as in the current string's Tubular> String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa. f
u1 t (1 ... 1111
2000
.c. ~ 8llJ 0
..,
.. !!!
~m:w
:i;
Click the pipe you
--== -- want to change , and
12000
drag to the left, towards the load line.
1400)
1600)
Trm:l+---...--...---...----~-.,~-~
0
2500
7500
mm
12500
1scoo
Bunn Rating (psi) •
•
hb1 ..{Schemoi
~·--------------'!
95/fJ", 53.500, Q-12S
I. To modify the casing design to economically meet the design criteria, place the mouse pointer over the rating line. The pointer changes shape and becomes two vertical bars with arrows pointing left and right. 2. Click and drag the rating line toward the load line. 3. Release the button when the rating li ne begins to intersect the load line (that is, the safety factor equals the design factor at the intersection point). 4. The StressCheck software adjusts the location of the rating line to correspond with the pipe in the current inventory that has the closest greater burst rating.
7-6
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
The basic premise of graphical design is that pipe with a lower rating is probably more economical. Designs with a rating li ne close to the load line are usually more economical.
0
;
:;-
Pipe ~aling
; --·-----
f+ Design Load Line)
;
:
!
:
!
~
·i--·-------(·-----··:-----··---. .. . ..
2CXXl
--l
4tlXl
·········-~·-· · ·······:·· •• . •• . · : · ···· · · ·· ·-~- --····· ·- ~ -- - ······ · ·
.....
.. ... .
:
:
..
'
''
.
..
• • ·/FI··· ,~• •.• ,• • •
..
I••··· ·····
; : : --- --·- ~- .......... ···~- ........... :...... -..... -·~- --- ···--- ~- - ----- --- -
12COO
The pipe selection was changed and the burst criteria is still met.
. . J.L........L. . . L. . . . L. . . . L. . . .. ~
j ········ \·~---·······1·········x·1·--··· ·····:··········r-··--····· . . . --- . ·- --- --:--. --. --- ·- ... ------...... ;'' . -- .. -......;.....·- ........ .;................ . . .... .... \
14CXXJ
;
t
:
~-
1600)
1 ocoo-+-~~...-~~.--~__,,,__~----..~~-...., ~---1
o
mi
5COJ
7500
ocm
1
12500
15ro:l
Burst Rating (ps~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-7
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Comparing Burst and Collapse Design Checks A side-by-side comparison of Burst and Collapse loads provides a way to quickly determine if the pipe rating line adjustment satisfies collapse criteria for the selected string. Burst Oes1 n o---~~~~~~ . ~~~~~
+ D1119n l..ood 1.Jne . • · Pipt Rot
XO)
~Im) 0
'&:
-------
1((00
:
:
:
:
:
-~---- -- -- - -!---- -- --- -- :---·-· -- ·-~---···· ··-~·-·········
~ -···
IOOlJ 0
2500
S(XXl
-~- -
7500
100Xl
Burst Rating (J'Sl)
12500
'
... .
··· -····· ·-·; ······ ·· ·
1........... ;............;............ ... ' ' .
-~---·· · · ·-- · :··· ······ ··-~---·· · ··· ·· ·
~
:
!
~
:
:
:
:
gmn ············f············1---- ······ 1···········-1···--·--··--
.-· ...........:,. ........... ·---..-:--.--.----·r-----.--· --------.... ..... .
1600)
.
·--!··········..:·········..ii···· ....····1············
6CXJ)
··--···-~r--······1········ .. r·······r·······-r·········
l•OOJ
2CXXl ...... .
g
r: 1 ~ : : ······\ ·t··········1···········r········ ·r········-1------·--·-
1XOl
.
'
../ff: t:r r
600)
€ ,; ~
.
....
- -~ - - - · · -- - -- ~- - - - - · - --- -
... .. .. ' . . ............................................ ·-·········...··-···----..'' ...' .' .. .... . .
'WI
: :E
.. . ------·-·-:-------. .
19JXI
~
!
i
:: er r;
············f············i·-"••••··· . ~-·· · ······ · ·i··········· · ~ ~ ; l
lOOl)
16tXll .. +
Oesogn Load l.lne 1.!............ ~ ............~ ............
1. P•pa R!""g llOXJ
. 0
2500
f1
1
1
-+--- ...·--
• 5aXl 7500 Collop$e Ralang (psij
loo:xl
12500
The collapse criteria are not met in the lower portion of the string.
Checking Collapse Design Using the Collapse Design Plot Use View > Design Plots > Collapse plot to perform graphical collapse-load casing design or to check the collapse design of a string speci tied on the Tubular> String Sectio ns spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis, and collapse pressure (effective co llapse load) is on the horizontal axis. Two lines arc shown: the collapse design load line and the collapse pipe rating line. When the design load line remains to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for collapse is taken to be acceptable based on the current string's collapse design criteria.
7-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
What is the Collapse Design Load Line? The design load line for collapse represents the maximum design collapse pressure as a function of depth based on consideration of all selected collapse and custom collapse load cases for the current string. The design load line also includes: •
correcting the applied collapse pressure to an effective collapse pressure based on the effect of internal pressure on collapse resistance. applying the appropriate collapse design factor to each load case, either from the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box (the default) or from a load case-specific alternate design factor specification on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Options tab adjusting the design load line to compensate for the effect of elevated temperature on minimum yield strength (and, hence, collapse rating) when the Temperature Deration check box is selected on the current string's Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
•
considering the effect of tensile axial loading on collapse resistance.
What is the Pipe Rating Line? The constant collapse ratings shown in this plot correspond to the collapse rating values specified in the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for the one or more pipes listed in the current string's Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. Showing the effect of axial tension loads and MYS temperature deration on the design load line allows the collapse rating lines to remain constant (that is, vertical), and more eas ily manipulated with a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body collapse design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-9
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
To summarize, the effects on collapse resistance of both tension and MYS temperature deration are considered in this plot by calculating a reduced collapse rating for each string section, as a function of depth and local tension and temperature. API Bulletin 5C3 collapse formulation is used with derated yield strength due to tension and temperature (when the Temperature Deration check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box for the current string). The load line (API Bulletin 5C3 effective collapse pressure) is adjusted to reflect the appropriate design factor (possibly as a function of depth, when using alternate design factors), and then multiplied by the ratio of the nominal API collapse rating to the reduced collapse rating as a function of depth. Reduction in collapse rating for tension and MYS temperature deration is shown by increasing the load line and not by decreasing the rating line. The current string's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) the pipe rating line. Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. String sections can be created, deleted, or modified by clicking, pointing, and dragging the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the pipe rating line(s) are reflected on the View> Design Plots> Collapse, View > Design Plots > Axial, and View > Design Plots > Triaxial design plots as well as in the current string's Tubular> String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa.
7-10
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Adding a Section to Satisfy Design Criteria A new section can be added graphically from the Co ll apse Design p lot. Burst Oes' n o~----- ~---- ·-----~
·~Lo..i i.-{
:lDOO ••
~ Rallnq
,
... - ~ & 600J ..........
...... ; .. . . ......; ...... .. . .
.. . .
<------·····
\ ...! .. _.; .......:
olQXl
•• •••
/---------1--··--···--:········ ··r····--··-- j--·------··
J
It·· ·····+·······-+·······1··;···--····+·········
····--···~···········+········
inn
······\·t--···--···1···········1········ ··~·- ········j-··········
1200)
·~
....... . \t··········~···········~····· ··· ~ ··~· ·· ·······i···········
l«lXJ
...
...
...
...
.
---------r --------·1--····---··········--·r···------r·---·----
llDXI
. . .. --------:----------··1· .........t. ·-···· ... . '
0000 ...... ....
1am
1.
..
..
. ....... ·1·. .......... . ...... 1·····
r · r ·r
j':--------:--t ····~········ ·t•""""'( ""''"
1
.
··~ ·· · · · ·· ·· ··· ~·····
.: .
.: .
·j'..·······
.
'
··--~······· .....
..
::::::::::::1::::::::::::1.:.:.:::::·.;·::......... ~......... ..
...
. • Oes1gn Loadl.Jne "°"-~· - ··· · · .. ···~----····· P!f>t R~1111q ! ~
16000
~.
.
:
.
'
18XO-t----.---~~-~--~---<
18CDI
7500
0
100:0
12500
0
15(00
2500
e.111 Roting (pt1)
7500 Collapst Ral •"'J (psi)
12500
Notice the new section. Sections are marked with anXateach end.
l. To create an additional pipe section that will meet design criteria, position the mouse pointer near the depth you want to create a new section (but not directly on the pipe rating line). 2. Double-click to create a new section at the pointer depth. An "X" marker denotes the section change. 3. Move the rating line unti l you satisfy the design criteria as described on " Modifying a Pipe Section" on page 7-6. Burst
0.11
n
o~-~-------- · -~---~
•~Loadllne(
.
:
o~~~~-~-~ , ~----~
:
:r:. ,\···:· 1: ·:·.r .. r.·:.
----------1----------+-1
y.
.
:
:
~
~ · · ··· ·· · ~ - -:· ···· · · · · · ~ · · ··· ··· · ··
... . .. .. . ' . --------·
1
;
~
l
j
~
;
~
:
'
\ 1
······ t .:. ·· · ······ · !· ·· ····· · ··~· · ··· · ·····~·· · ······~····· · ·· ·· ·
UCO)
•~
0
7500
100:0
I:?500
•
-~-
'
.
.
'
'' '
. ..
~ ·-
.' .' '
. . -.... --.. ... --...
-~-- ...... ··· ' 1· .
......... ~ --· ........ .
~i-
~-
.;
l;axl
l
~- .
.. • Otsa;n Load lJnt
P·P1~"'9 15000
•
'
----------r----·--.. 1·····.. ···:·····------r----------r llUXI+---.----.----.~~-.----,~-~
~-
~-
=
12!Xll
•
. .... '......:............. .. .... '... . : .. .: ..... ... ... ........................................... . ' . . . . . ....·-:------------:-----·-·--· :.... -..... .... . .. - - -..-----11-" - ... --..... :·. .... ·- -· --. . ---. -· -·. -- . --- ............ .... . . .
.......... ··--···--r--········r ··--.. --r ........-r·····---·· ·--··1'7········· ...........
_. .LL. . . . L.......L. . . :. ~ _... .. L.......
.
.
........ .:. ......... . ..... ·-... .' ·-·-- ...... . ..........
1·--·-- --r----------1----------·
:
.
• - ~ ••• • •••• ••··:· • • • • • • •• • • - ~-- •• • o•o•• •t tho• 0 0 0 0 0 0
-~
~- ·· · ········~ ·-···· ··· ·· . ............. .
;
;
Notice the two pipe sections. The change is applied to the burst design plot also.
IBX0 +-~-..------,~---.---~~--1
0
Bu•tl Ra11ng (p11)
100:0
Collapse Ra11ng (p11)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-11
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Checking Axial and Service Load Profiles The following example shows a comparison of the Axial Load Profiles and the Service Load Profiles, with consideration for bending. The axial load profile displays an overall view of the axial load profile as a function of either MD or TYO, while the Service Load Profiles plots characterize the axial load with bending-induced pseudo-loads for all burst and collapse load cases (including custom load cases) selected for the current string. Axial load Profiles - Apparent (w/Bending)
Axial Service load Profiles - Apparent (w/Bending) I
~ I
...,,'
,.. _ _ J _ _ _ _ _
2000
2000 I I
I
I
I
I
,.,.,. ,. ,.J,. ... .. -- - L - - .. .... J ...... .. .. .. L I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
__ _,' _____ _.____ _
I
. I
€
6000
= i" 0
- - - - -~ - - -- - -'- - - - - .. .J .. ..
'
8000
! i" :Ii 10000
-
'
!:.
' ''
i
.
0
8000
! i" :Ii 10000 ' 'II
0 I
.. - -
.
- -1- - - -
- - ~ - - -
'
-
- , -
'
- - -
-
- Pr...cement Stabc Load
14000
6000
12000
, - Otsplacement to Gas Lost Reti.rns -..ith Wl!Aer ----~--- ..,-· '-.l~-:t. - Gas Kick (50 Obbl 0 50 ppg) : • Pr9'Ssure Test : Green Cement Pressure Test (Burst) nr:m~~~ :
4-J-.l.lj~=---...1
OnN AAead (Burst) RTTS (BtXst)
d .. ··. t - ~~:R=n~:~:: 0rOP
14000
Post·Cement Stabc Load Green Cement Pressure Test
,
i\ ;
,
:
Cementing
i - Onl Mead (COISOse)
160001-t.::.=-+~ ' -=-= --=-~ · -=-=--~ -·~~SaM::.;,:::; c8~L~ oa~ ds;:..__,..~-.-----' -150000
0
150000 300000 450000 600000 750000 Axial Force (lbt)
The View rel="nofollow"> Axial Plots > Load Profiles > Apparent wlBending plot shows the axial load profile for each axial load case selected for the current string . The aggregate Service Loads Profile is included if the Service Loads check box is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads dialog box.
7-12
-1
0
150000 300000 450000 600000 750000 Axial Forco (!bf)
The View > Axial Plots > Service Load Profiles > Apparent w/Bending plot illustrates how this Service Loads Profile is constructed. It is formed from the absolute maximum values of axial load produced by the pressure effects of the burst and collapse load cases selected for the current string.
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Axial Load Profiles Plot The View > Axial Plots > Load Profiles plot characterizes the axial load profile as plots that display the following axial load profile plots as a function of either MD or TVD, depending on the final selection from the View > Axial Plots > Load Profiles submenu: •
Apparent (with bending-induced pseudo-loads included)
•
Actual (without bending-induced pseudo-loads)
•
All apparent and actual axial load cases are displayed for the current string, including the aggregate service load profile (if Service Loads is a selected axial load case), burst load cases, and collapse load cases
The aggregate service load profile is shown when service loads is a selected axial load case for the current string. The aggregate service load profile includes the effect of: thermal strain due to temperature change •
ballooning due to differences between internal and external pressure profiles
•
piston forces at end areas and cross-section changes
•
pick-up and slack-off loads specified on the Tubular> Initial Conditions > Cementing and Landing tab
•
buckling (if the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box)
•
top of cement (TOC)
Each effect may apply to the individual burst or collapse case specific service load profiles and yield the maximum service load line when adjusted with design factors for temperature deration and taken in the aggregate.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-13
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Axial Service Load Profiles Plots The View> Axial Plots> Service Load Profiles plots characterize the axial load with bending-induced pseudo-loads and without bending-induced pseudo-loads for all burst and collapse load cases (including custom load cases) selected for the current string. The actual load profile displayed depends on the final selection from the View> Axial Plots > Service Load Profiles submenu. The apparent and actual axial load cases include the effects of: •
thermal strain due to temperature change
•
ballooning due to differences between internal and external pressure profiles
•
piston forces at end areas and cross-section changes
•
pick-up and slack-off loads specified in the Tubular> Initial Conditions > Cementing and Landing tab
•
buckling (if the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box)
•
top of cement (TOC)
Each effect may apply to the individual burst or collapse service load case. This plot explicitly traces the concatenation of service load profile segments used to construct this composite profile plot.
Using the Service Load Lines Plot This plot displays when the Service Loads check box is selected as an axial load case for the current string on the Tubular > Axial Loads dialog box. It represents all service load profiles from the View> Axial Plots> Service Load Profiles plot after adjustment with the respective design factors and the effect of elevated temperature on minimum yie ld strength (temperature deration) .
7-14
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 .7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Plot data is derived from either the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box, or from the alternate design factors specified for each respective load case on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Options or Tubular > Collapse Loads > Options tabs. This plot is provided to facilitate user insight into the process by which this Service Loads profile plot is determined. This concatenation of service load profile segments, as a function of depth, corresponds to the service load line segments that define the composite maximum load line that can be traced in the View > Axial Plots > Service Load Profiles plot.
Checking Axial and Triaxial Design The following example shows a comparison of the Axial and Triaxial design plots. The Axial plot allows you to perform graphical axial-load casing design or to check the axial design of a string. The Triaxial plot allows you to perform graphical casing design based on triaxial stress analysis or to check the triaxial design of a string.
Ax,al Des "
.~ ............t........... LL. . . . ..[. . . . . r····-'·~:~~~~:~ . -1-......
am
•OOJ
············f············1···········:·-·········t···· ······t ···········1···········
XlXl
!
/
:
:
: 1• 0es1,911 Loadl.iftt
l ~ Y~d ...... .... . r·········3·····. ··1···········r· ·······i···········r.. ········ ... ........ j...........( .........;........... t'. ·······t····....... j"..........
!. . ..... . (. ········1············:············t··········r···········
:
Pipe
:
;
Stttn91h
:
:n:n ............ lO'.ll)
···········+··········+ ..........;........... +·········· -~·· ·· ······ +·· ··· ······
SCOO······· ····i.........' ....... .., ......... , ... ..... e:
Q))j
t:
·f............f·········.. ·f··········+f............f...........
··~···· ·····~· -· · · · ·· ·· ..
.
t . . . . .L.........
/.
.
.
.
.
: •••••••••••, ••••••.. :••·· ················••!•• -- ,···········,··········· &XXl
........ . ..
~
i··.. ··· ··-,:~ ........... ;..........~ .. .......~·········· ·~···· · · · ·-·· · i
:
~
~
l
~
:
:
;'
i .
: .
:
•••••·•••••I/••l••••••••••• ·•••••••••••l ••••••••t••••••••1••••••:
:: ··:····::x:···.:··::::·:::::::::::t::.:.·.·.-..1.::.:..:.:J:::·:::..:..r:·.·:·::::·
I,
, , , •nn ·····cf··· ····· ··'.········[ .... ... ·f···········.l..·······t·! .. ··· .....
::
lri
,
,
. : : : :
I J..•·.1·:·.··· L :J••······· ··
1scoo+-~-.--~--.~~-.-~-r-~~..-~-.-~--1
2&00)
500)X)
7'i/:1XJJ
10'.lmJ
12!'1Xm
ISOO::OO
17!llXI'.!
:zooml
1 : : •••••••••·•l •••••••
••••·· ·····••\I••••••••••·• ••••••••r•• ••••••••
1mi ;-~-..-~-,.~~.-~.-~-r~-T~--1
noo
•SOC()
Axial Fere• Ob~
600))
751Xl)
900))
105(00
l:;roxJ
IJ!l:Xll
VME S llu t (psi)
Burst and collapse considerations control most Designs . If an adjustment is necessary based on axial or triaxial design, it can be made from the Axial Design plot.
For this string selection, both axial and triaxial design meet the criteria.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-15
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Axial Design Plot Select the View > Desig n Plots > Axial plot to perform graphical axial-load casing design or to check the axial design of a string specified on the T ubular > String Sections spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis and axial force (effective axial load) is on the horizontal axis. The axial design load line and the axial pipe rating line are displayed on this plot. When the design load line remains to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for tension and compression is taken to be acceptable based on the current stri ng's axial design criteria.
What is the Axial Design Load Line? The axial design load line reflects the maximum apparent axial load experienced by the casing as a function of depth, based on the load cases selected on the Tubular > Axia l Loads dialog box. T he line is adjusted by adding an axial pseudo- load to reflect bend ing- induced increases in axial stress. When different (alternate) axi al design fac tors are used fo r different selected axial-l oad and axial service-load cases, the design facto r reflected in the design load line may vary with depth as a function of the axial load case or service-load case having local control over axial design.
Effects of Temperature Deration When the Temperature Deration check box is selected for the current string on the Tubular > Design Parameters dia log box, the local minimum yield strength (MYS) of the casing in each stri ng section (and hence, the local axial rating) is derated as a function of local temperature. T his effect is considered in the axial design plot by increasing the local design load line values by the local ratio of original to temperature-derated MYS, and not by decreasing the axial rating line.
7-16
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Default temperature profiles for the axial running and installation are used to determine MYS deration for each load case selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab. Default or user-entered temperature p rofiles for service loads are determined using the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select, Tubular> Burst Loads> Custom, Tubular> Collapse Loads> Select, or Tubular> Collapse Loads> Custom tabs. For service loads, the temperature profile for each selected burst or collapse load (including custom loads) can be specified and reviewed on the Tubular> Burst Loads >Tempe rature or Tubular> Collapse Loads> Temperature tab, and can be viewed on the burst and collapse temperature profi le plots. In the StressCheck software, the local tension loading for service loads is based on the actual axial load distribution for all selected burst and collapse service load cases (including custom loads). It includes the effect of temperature change, ballooning due to burst pressure or reverse ballooning due to coll apse pressure, piston forces due to end areas, area changes, plugs, well bore deviation, and pickup or slackoff loads spec ified on the Tubular> Initial Conditions > Cementing and Landing tab. TOC depth is speci fi ed in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
What is the Axial Pipe Rating Line? The constant axial ratings shown in this plot correspond to the axial rating values specified in the Tubular> Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for one or more pipes listed in the current string's Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. Showing the effect of MYS temperature derati on on the design load line allows the axial rating lines to remain constant (vertical), and they can be more easily manipulated with a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body axial design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line. Reduction in axial rating for MYS temperature deration is shown by increasing the load line and not by decreasing the rating line.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-17
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
The current string's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) the pipe rating line. Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. String sections can be created, deleted, or modified by clicking, pointing, and dragging the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the pipe rating line(s) are reflected on the burst, collapse, and tr1axial design plots as well as in the current string's Tubular> String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa. Note The Axial Design plot does not reflect the implications for axial design integrity of connection selections for string-sections in the current string. After a pipe-body design is performed, the effect of connection selections on design integrity can be assessed directly in the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet.
Using the Triaxial Design Plot Select the View > Design Plots > Triaxial command to perfonn graphical casing design based on triaxial stress analysis or to check the triaxial design of a string specified on the String Sections spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis and von Mises' equivalent (VME) stress is on the horizontal axis.
: Ir. I . I~t'~~~~~ 6000 .. .......... :. +{·······:·········
i~
ec:ro ..........
··:············:············
l :: ············;··········. ·\.. :• • .••,•••• :·······1···.. ••••••••• .. 16000
. . . ............:......... ····:.............'!.......... ' "'".! ••.••••••• ••
1ec:ro 25(00
I
5COOl
I
7500)
I
1OCXXXl
125(00
VME Stross (ps•)
7-18
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
ISCOOO
Because the design load line is to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for triaxial loading is acceptable.
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Two lines are shown: the triaxial design load line and the triaxial pipe rating line (that is, the minimum yield strength for each string section). When the design load line remains to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for triaxial loading is taken to be acceptable based on the triaxialdesign-criteria for the current string. The triaxial design load line reflects the maximum state of combined loading experienced by the casing as a function of depth, based on the current-string load cases selected on the Burst Loads, Collapse Loads, and Axial Loads dialog boxes. All effects considered in the formulat ion of their respective unfactored load lines- temperature deration, as with the burst, collapse, and axial design plots- is considered as an adjustment to the factored triaxial load line. The triaxial design factor is specified in the Design Parameters dialog box. When different (that is, alternate) triaxial design factors are specified for selected burst, collapse, axial, and axial service-load cases on the Options tab of the load case dialog box, the design factor reflected in the triaxial design load line may vary with depth as a function of the load case having local control over triaxial design. Triaxial analysis does not specifically address design considerations such as buckling and collapse, both of which must be addressed separately. When the Buckling check box is selected in the Design Parameters dialog box for the current string, buckling data is included in the results available in the Triaxial Results. The available data includes the overall buckled length (inclusive of both sinusoidal and helical buckling modes), the overpull required to elim inate buckling, and the buckling-induced bending stress (included with the bending stress inferred on the basis of local well bore curvature). Except for thick-walled pipe, API collapse behavior is an elastic or inelastic instability problem rather than one of precollapse yield. Triaxial analysis should not be used in tracing the collapse integrity of casing strings. The constant ratings shown in this plot correspond to the minimum yield strength values specified in the Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for the one or more pipes listed in the String Sections spreadsheet for the current string. Showing the effect of MYS temperah.Ire deration on the design load line allows the triaxial rating lines to remain constant (that is, vertical), and they can be more easily manipulated w ith a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body triaxial design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line. Again, reduction in effective yield strength for MYS temperature deration is shown by increasing the load line, and not by decreasing the rating line.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-19
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
In this plot, and in contrast to the convention employed in the burst, collapse, and axial design plots, the current string 's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) both the design load and pipe rating lines, respectively. Manipulating the design load line pages through available inventory as a function of weight (for constant grade), while manipulation of the pipe rating line pages through available inventory as a function of grade (for constant weight). Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. Stri ng sections can be created, deleted, or modi fi ed by clicking, po inting, and draggi ng the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the load line and/or the pipe rating line(s) are reflected on the Burst, Collapse, and Axial design plots as well as in the current-string String Sections and Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa. Note This plot does not reflect the implications for design integrity of connection selections for string section in the current string. After a pipe-body design is performed, the effect of connection selections on design integrity can be assessed directly in the Connections spreadsheet.
7-20
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Triaxial Design Limit Plot The View> Triaxial Check> Design Limits plot is a representation of the VME stress with API ratings. The plot shows one stri ng section at a time. In this example, the plot displays data for the active string section.
i Design Limits • Section 1 I I
12600
o
I I
I I
I
I
I
t
I
I
10000
1 I
-:--.. . . . . . . :
I
t I
' I
I I
I I
~---
:
Burst .100
-~·-
'
f I
I
i
I I
I I
I
1
I I
I I
t
I
............
'
I
I
I
I
t I
I
I
f
. . . . . . . . . r·· ........ ·r·----I
~ - -----~-
t
... ...... ..... 'T '"''" ... .. .... -
I
o
t I
'
I
I
-~
I I
· t- · - ...... .. "'1- -
I I
j
t
I
-~-
f - 1- ........... ... ... "' .. ... - ... .... I
I
I
...... -r·---- --...... I
I
7500
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
. .:--.. . . . . ·1-···· . -r-- ··-·t·.... ----t-· -----r-·-···i···--- ·t-.. ·---·:. . . ----- ~ -- --- --r-------:-------i-------r-------:- --1 '
'
t
I
I
I I
I
n-ax1ar1. 50 - . . .... -:- ------
•
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
1
•
t
~--
1 I
.. -- --r ·----- --1 I
to 1.300
I
~-
:
!
'
I
I
- ..., __ . ... - - - • - - - .. - - ...,.. ... .... ...... ... .... • .... .. .. r .... ......... ......, ..... - - - - .. - - ... -
to- - -
I
I
o
I I
I
I
I
I
f
o o
I
I
I
I
------ ~ -------r--... ·-+- ---: -------:------ ~-- . . ---:-------~---- ~- - ~~ --- ~·----- -.. ~ --- . - - ~- --- - ~- -- ~ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
:
:
:
I
I
:
:
I
I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
•
...L........... J...... ---' --- ....... J......... --- ~ .............. ~ ............ J.............. ~ ...............:.. ...... '
'
'
'
•
•
•
•
i
'
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
.
I
''
I
I
'
' I I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
' I
-----r-------:-- -- ---r-· --!
'
I
a
'I
I -- ~
I
I
I
I
•
'
---
. -----.. ,
I
.
I
Disp!!Ceme nt to Gas Lost Returns \ vith Water Gas Kick (50
o bbl, o 50 ppg)
- Lost Returns With Mud Drop CemenCing
I
I
- - -~-
I
Onl Mead (Burst) RTIS(Burst) Full/Partial Evacuation
I
I
I
I
Pressure Test - Green Cement Pressure Test (6'.rstl
'
'
I
I
'
I
-l-J-.. . . . . . ~ .. . . .
: : : ~ --- ---:---- .. -: -- .... ---:-- -----:- .... ---: -.. ---.... t---- .... -:- -.. ~ omp,..ssion 1.30o
----,--·---·,-------1------ - r -- - - - -,.0000 · r
I
I
- Drill Mead (Collapse)
RunrnlllJ 1n HOie
.7500
Overpul Forc e PrE>-Cement stabc Load
·10000
Gree<> Cernent Pressure Test Axial -1400000 -1200000 -1000000
.sooooo
~
-400000
-200000
0
200000
400000
600000
800000
1000000 1200000 1400000
Effective Tension (lbf)
All load cases for the upper stri ng are within the uniaxial design criteria and also the triaxial design envelope. Note Temperature deration is not considered in the Triaxial Design Limit plot.
To view data for another string section, select the string from the Wizard_
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-21
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Modify a Design The Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet allows you to manually modify an existing design or enter a design you would like to check using the StressCheck software. A cost summary is displayed on this spreadsheet.
Top, MD (ft) 1 2
3
r
Base, MD (ft)
310 11200.0
11200.0 14623.1
OD Qn) 9 518" 9 518"
Weight (ppQ
Grade
53.500 53.500
This string has two sections.
C-95 P-110
Cost ($) 412,1 44 317,921 94,223
r
Cost summary.
The current depths, ODs, weights, and grades can be changed from this spreadsheet. Any changes made here are reflected in the design plots and vice versa.
7-22
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Checking a Specific Casing Design You can also analyze a specific string rather than allowing the StressCheck software to suggest a string. First, you must delete any strings that may already exist. Then, you must enter the string you want to analyze. Because the string is defined as a 9 518" Protective Casing , you must first define the string size as 9 5/8".
~
1
Is 518'' Protective eamo
1,.1 , ,_ _ _ __ Weight (ppQ
1
2 3
3JO 11200.0
11200.0 14623.1
9 518" 9 518"
53.500 53.500
C.95 P-110
I. Access the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. 2. Delete any existing rows. 3. Enter the weight, grade, and depth of string section. Double-click on a cell to access the available pipe sections. Enter one line for each pipe section. To create a Tapered String, enter another section, and then enter the depth at which the second section starts. Specify the weight and grade of the new string.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-23
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Compressional Load Check Select the Tubular > C ompression Load C heck dialog box to compute the compressive loads at the wellhead for the conductor and surface casing. E31
Comprl!'ss1on load Cht!'ck
Mode&.Dat"
P P
Apply Load to Cormtor c~ Apply LO-'d to Su-f«e C"Slll9
Wellead (or BOP) Wet#.
j21sooo
TlbnQWeq,t
1315000
TlbnQ St~ (or Settr.g) load
lo
st«ld-df (for shared loads)
13.00)
ResUts Concb:tor casnQ.
30", 309.700
w. x~
Altia!Compr~eforce:
J37SS'lbf
Absolute 5"fety F«tor: 39.71
nf«e casino·
21·, 186.200
w, X-60
AXl!li Compress.ve Force: 452116 lbf Ab:;olute 5"fety F"ctor: 7.26 Tot
Th is calculation is on ly a check. It is not used by the StressCheck software to calculate minimum cost designs. The compressive forces and absolute safety facto rs are displayed as results . Conductor and surface string section data must be entered. If the conductor and surfac e string data is not present, the fo llowing dialog box appears: Strl!'s•Chf'ck
.n
E3
5trlllQ Secbon Data IS not defned
The results are available by using View> Tabula r Results > Compression Load C heck. Note
The compression load check results reflect values for a vertical well even if the well being analyzed is a deviated well. Therefore, the results arc always the maximum values.
7-24
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Minimum Cost Design Use the Tubular > Minimum Cost dialog box to spec ify basic minimum-cost solution constraints.
Minimum Cost: 30" Conductor Casing
(8)
Par~te-s 1Desqi I Constraints Maxm.111 t....roer of~t>ons :
The cost of K-55 Steel is used in MriTuTI Secbon Length: conjunction with cost factors in the Tubular > Pipe Inventory to rank the cost of steel during the cost automated design. Modifying -1--t~·ostofK-sssteel: this value updates all the plain end costs of pipe in the current inventory.
11 l....s-70-.o- ft I100
Fields and Controls Maximum Number of Sections In the Maximum Number of Secti ons field, enter the maximum number of string sections that have different weight and grade that can be tolerated in the minimum-cost casing design.
Minimum Section Length In the Minimum Section Length fi eld, enter the minimum tolerable length to be considered for a particu lar string section in the minimum-cos t casing design solution.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-25
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Cost of K-55 Steel In the Cost of K-55 Steel field, specify the baseline reference cost, per unit mass, for API grade K-55 plain-end casing. This value, in combination with the grade-specific default factors entered in the Cost Factors dialog box, is used to cost all casing in the minimum-cost casing design solution. Note The StressCheck defaults for the cost of K-55 steel and the related grade-specific cost factors are based on information available at the time of release and may not accurately reflect grade-related differences in the cost of plain-end casing. The costs for oil-country tubular goods (OCTGs) are determined, in general, within the context of a commodity- and inventory-driven marketplace. The baseline cost for plain-end K-55 casing, as well as the default cost factors found in the Tools> Defaults> Cost Factor dialog box, should be validated against your understanding of prevailing casing costs within your organization.
Select the Tubular> Minimum Cost> Design tab to select regions of the API design envelope and triaxial design ellipse within which minimum-cost design solutions must res ide. Click an area to include it or remove it from the analysis. All gray areas will be included in the minimum cost design. In this example , the minimum cost design will be governed by these criteria and not take advantage of the increased burst capability with increased tension or fall into undesirable triaxial areas, such as the bottom left quadrant.
IBJ
Minimum Cost: 30" Conductor Casing
r. . . . --
•
'
~./
:- - , •
Tri-axial
·
~l~----··
l.J
1 (ij
r -·-----
0Q)
----- - -- ·- - - -- --- --
>
I~
' ximate ·~;.::,:.::_-='4=--==.-=="-f"-'==-:..::_-+-~~-+-~~-;._~~-l
tf :t:: wQ) ..,.
Axial Force (lbf) Coned
The API design envelope is bounded by the burst limit state at the top; the compression and tension lim it states to left and right, respectively; and the co llapse lim it state at the bottom. The triaxial design ellipse is bounded by the projected von Mises failure surface for the minimum yield limit state.
7-26
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Gray-shaded areas w ithin either the API design envelope or the triaxial design ellipse indicate portions of either or both design regions that you selected as legitimate domain s for evol ution of minimum cost designs. The gray zone (design domain) can be made larger or smaller by clicking various parts of the plot. Clicking a gray area c hanges the area to white, which excludes that area from the design domain . Note The design domain is of a generalized form; that is, no burst, collapse, axial, or triaxial design factors are explicitly stated. Design factors used in association with minimum-cost design within the selected design domai n are specified in the Design Parameters dialog box, or on the Options tab for each selected load case in the Burst Loads, Collapse Loads, or Axial Loads dialog boxes.
Minimum Cost Search Select View > Design Plots > Minimum Cost to open the Minimum Cost Search dialog box. This dialog box automatically finds a minimum-cost design solution for the current string using available inventory, grade-dependent costs per unit mass, all bo undary conditions, load-case constructs, design cri teria and constraints, and minimum-cost search parameters specified by the user.
rEJ
Minimum Cost Search
Status of the _ . IPass J: Finished cost search ~Elapsed --Tlme -: - - - -- .-oo - :oo 00 is displayed. Last Minmun-Cost De$9'1: 00:00:00 Ci.rrent Mninun Cost: OK
531,121
I I Cancel
You can monitor the progress of the minimum-cost search, and cancel or end the search at any ti me.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-27
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Select AP/ and Premium Connections Select the Tubular > Connections spreadsheet to select regular 8 round (STC or LTC) or buttress (BTC) couplings if they are avai lable for the current OD and weight. If a premium connection has been specified on the Tubular> Special Connections spreadsheet for the current OD, weight, and grade, it can also be selected from the pull-down list. The asterisk (*) indicates the connection does not meet design criteria.
T 1 2
3
9 SA3". 47,00) ppf, N.00 LTC 9 SA3". 53 500 ppf, P-1 10 :- __,,,,,,, STC
-·
142,107
NIA
233.969
BTC
Select connection from pull-down list.
When a connection is selected, the corresponding safety factors are displayed so you may evaluate its suitability. A default price of the pipe and connection that determines the total cost of a section is shown. The default price can be changed to reflect the actual cost to your purchasing department. Select the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet to specify, view, and evaluate connections for each string section in the current string. These connections are based on preliminary design information specified on the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
7-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
The Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet is first used to fully define the geometry, unit weight, and strength characteristics for the current string. The Tubular > Connections spreadsheet is the companion that is subsequently used to specify corresponding API or proprietary (premium) connection type, associated properties, and to assess the suitability of the selections face-to-face connection design criteria for burst and axial loads. Connection selection and evaluation should only be perfonned after a satisfactory pipe body design is established. For this reason, entries in the Tubular > Connections spreadsheet cannot be made until at least one string section for the current string is defined in the Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet. After a connection is specified for a string section, connection safety factors based on the current design criteria display so that the connection performance can be immediately evaluated. On the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet, a default value for unit-length cost of the current string section, with connections, is displayed in the Pipe +Conn cell. This value can be modified to match actual costs. Based on the values for Pipe + Conn, the cost for each string section is displayed in the Cost column. The total cost of the current string is displayed directly under the column heading in the Cost column header.
IB)
Ratings ~Body
9 5/8.. 53. 500 ppf, P· llO &.rst c~
Axial Yield Strenglti
.#
-
10900.00
psi
~ ~
J<JSO.OZ psi
1710113 bf
110000.0
psi
ComcctJon BTC, P·llO &sst
Leak Fracti..re
#
--
12066.03
psi
9160.78
psi
1718076 bf
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-29
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Define Premium Connections Premium connections need to be defined in the Tubular> Special Connections spreadsheet and then selected for that particular string section in the Tubular > Connections spreadsheet. Select the desired connection from the pull-down list.
1 2
9 SIB", 47.D'.ll ppf, N-00 BTC 9 5iB", 53.500 ppf, P-110 jNewVAM
3
3
156,476 10625
231
32 48
276,077
STC LTC BTC Name
1
NVSC80
2 3
N~V>Ml
OD in 9 5/B" 9 5,IB"
9709 1
The line defining the premium connection cannot be edited after the connection is selected for use.
Note Minimum Cost or Triaxial Design does not take into account any connections. The suitability of APTand premium connections must be confirmed and checked separately here.
7-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter
Ii
Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports In the previous chapter, you learned which design plots are available in the StressCheckTM software and how resul ts are displayed graphically. The StressCheck software also displays results in tables and reports, which are discussed in this section of the course.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-1
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Input Data Tables The Input Data Tables submenu contains commands for displaying tables summarizing the data found on all dialog boxes on the Wellbore and Tubular menus, and permits the export to other documents, as OLE objects, of dialog box-specific user-entered data.
:;J Fie
Edit Welbol'e Tl.b.kr •
Composer Tools Wl'ldow
~
.; Wei Explorer .; Vrtual Folders Nextfonn
\Vel Schemabc
Formation Plots Deviation Plots
~
bstPlots Colapse Plots
Axial Plots Deslgl Plots T~Oieck
lrfiut Data Tables TabUar Results
~
General Offshore
••--+i
Input Data Tables submenu
Geothermal Graaent Production Datl Design Parameters
!nttial Conditions Mn!unCost
bst loads Colapse Loads
Axial Loads
8-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Tabular Results The View> Input Data Tables submenu items swnmarize, in tabular form, the data found on all dialog boxes on the Wcllbore and Tubular menus. When you select an item from this submenu, the contents of the active window pane are replaced by a table that presents the information described by the submenu item title.
IC!'
Fie
Edit Welbore TlbAar
Id
Composer Tools Wn:lo,..
Ht-Ip - - - -
., WeJ Explorer
., ~Folders l'Oextform
IUstPbts Co&!lc>2 Plots Axial Pbts
Ta!Uw~
•
WelSunmary Strr1Q Sunmary DewstK>n Profile Bu-st loads ColapseLO!lds
Axial Loads O.ffcrenbal Pressures
,,
Mn Safety Factors M4x Alov.able Wetr Max ~able Overpul
___
Tabular Results sub men u
Tnaioal R~ts
~:u:=:JbeS
WeM
Sunmarv
r+IS Report
0es9'0lea
•
The View> Tabular Results submcnu items summarize, in tabular fonn, the data found on all dialog boxes on the Wcllbore and Tubular menus. You can export the data entered in a dialog box as an OLE object and include it in a custom report. When you select an item from this submenu, the contents of the active window pane are replaced by a table that presents the information described by the submenu item title. View> Tabular Results > String S ummary summarizes the string sections and burst, collapse , axial, and triaxial design safety factors.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-3
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Viewing the String Summary The View > Tabular Results > String Summary table displays a summary of the configuration, design factors, and cost summary for the string currently selected and constituent string sections.
Stnng
1
Protectr;e Casing
2
ODIWe1ghtJGrade
Connection
9 SA'!". 47 (DJ ppf, N-00 9 5A3". 53 500 ppf, P· 110
BTC. P·110
NewVAM
MD Interval
Dnft Dia
(ft) :JJ o.s 123 1 6123 1· 14623 1
(1n)
8625A B500A
Minimum Safet Factor (Abs) Burst Colla se Axial Tnax1al
1 29 1 83 c
3
1 03 1 01
1 43 2 31
c
1 42 163 Total= 432,553
4
5 6
C Conn Cnt1c<1t AAlternate Onft
7
This summary is a subset of the View> Tabular Results> Well Summary table. It includes the name of the current string plus the OD, weight, grade, connection type, depth interval, drift diameter, minimum burst, and collapse, axial, and triaxial safety fac tors. It also includes the cost for each string section, and the total cost for the string. When "N/A" displays in place of numerical entries in the burst, collapse, axial, or triaxial safety factor summaries, it indicates that no applicable loads were selected. For example, if no axial loads were selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab, the cells in the column for axial safety factors display "N/A". Safety factors greater than 100 are not reported. Instead, "+I 00" is displayed. Safety factors can be displayed as either absolute (rating divided by applied load) or nonnalized (absolute divided by the appropriate design factor) . Safety factor conventions can be toggled by using the Nonnalized/ Absolute Safety Factors icon ( ~) on the Engineering toolbar, or by specifying either one as a preferred safety factor by using the Tools> Options dialog box. An asterisk displayed before a safety factor indicates that the safety factor does not meet a user-defined design factor criterion for a load of that type (for example, burst). If connections are conside red in the design , a letter code may appear after a safety factor, which indicates that the design is connection-limited at that depth.
8-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Connection ratings for API casing couplings are calcu lated by using the formulations in API Bulletin 5C3. Ratings for proprietary premium connections are specified on the Tubular> Special Connections spreadsheet. Many premium connections commonly used are included in the Special Connections library, and can be exported directly to the Tubular > Special Connections spreadsheet.
What is the Maximum Allowable Wear? The View> Tabular Results> Max Allowable Wear table displays the maximum allowable wear for which the absolute burst and collapse safety factors will remain greater than or equal to the appropriate design factors as a function of depth. Allowable wear is presented both as a percentage of nominal wall thickness and as a wear depth. Additionally, the remaining wall thickness is presented. The OD, weight, and grade of each section defined on the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet is also listed at the depth for the section top.
Depth (MD)
:JlO t250
OD/Weight/Grade 9 5/8°. 47 cm ppl, N-OO
BlO !UJO 10030 12000 I.COO 0 16000 17000 19668 59700 61000 6123 1 61231 EiDJO 600JO 68J1 0 !ODO 96090 97000 900)0
9 Sttl', 53 500 f pf, P-110
99000 100000 101000 102000 103000 104000 105000 109713 120250 120254 12500 0 1'1231 146231 82
lo•I
Rem••n1n Will Th1ckne" 1n) M•• Wear % of Will Th1··k Bun;t Caba Burst Cona •• 0 376 82 OOOJ C4 831 203 729 0 37362 0 128 C• 209 0 :J;5 B2 0 t91 CA 594 226 0353 B2 0 243 CA 25 3 A85 46 7 0350 CL 0 2S2 CA 259 0 267 C4 435 0 352 CL 255 407 0 280CA 251 0 354 CL 0 355 CL 0 291 C4 247 363 0 297 CA 24 5 0 366 CL 37 2 0310 C4 2~ a 34 4 0359 CL 0 400 CL 0 462 Cl 152 20 0 401 CL 0466 Cl 14 9 13 0 467 Cl U9 11 0 402Cl 0 292CL 0443 C1 464 167 0 293 CL 0446 Cl 461 17 6 0297 CL 0463 Cl 45 5 15' 0150 B2 0463 Cl 725 15 1 0111 B2 0 509 Cl 79 7 65 0099 B2 0 51A C1 619 56 0 09EI B2 osu C1 819 56 0097 B2 0515 C1 823 55 0516 Cl 0005 B2 826 53 0517 Cl 0093 B2 829 52 0517 Ct 0092 82 832 5 1 0516 Cl 0090 B2 83 4 50 0518 Cl 837 49 0 fll9 82 46 0007 82 0519 Cl 640 0520 Cl 47 0006 82 64 2 o522 Cl 85 4 42 OCBJB5 DOOJB5 OS28 C1 853 31 OOOJB5 05213 C1 053 31 ocmei; Dill C1 853 27 010305 0539 C1 610 10 O 111 BS 0 542 Cl 79 7 05
•
Mi• Wear 1n Burst
Coif• se
0096
0392
0099 0 107 0119 0122 0120 0 118 0 117 0 116 0113 OCJ72 0071 0070 0253 0252 0248 0395 0434 0446 0447 0448 0450 0 452 0 453 0 455 0 456 0 458 0459
0 344 0281
om 0 220 0205 0 192 0 181 0 175 0162 0010
oco; 0005 0102 0097 0082 0 002 003i 0031 0031
ocm
OU?
0029 0028 0026 0027 0027 0026 0025 0023 0017 0017 0015 0((6
0434
0003
0 .165 0465 0465 0 465
Rl>tom~ wrth
Water ProoS<Jre Test Cl Ful1/P•111>I Evacuo11on C4 lo$1 Re1u1"s ""th MJd D••? Custom Loads CL
BS
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-5
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Depth can be displayed as either MD or TVD by toggling the MD/TVD conversion icon on the Engineering toolbar, or by specifying either one as a preferred depth by using the Tools > Options dialog box. The alpha-numeric symbols following the burst and collapse values indicate the case used to calculate the values for Remaining Wall Thickness at each depth. Note Maximum allowable wear for collapse is based on a determination of the minimum wall thickness that, when using the standard API Bulletin 5C3 collapse fonnulations, preserves the minimum allowable collapse safety factor. No consideration is given to the particular geometry of the wear and the possible resulting influence on collapse resistance. Wear is treated as if it were unifonnly distributed around the casing inner circumference. So-called "high-collapse" casing grades are evaluated by the same methods used for standard API grades of the same minimum yield strength. High-collapse perfonnance, where it can be substantiated, is normally a result of exceptional geometric properties (such as very low eccentricity, ovality, and wall-thickness variation), and improved collapse resistance is therefore assumed to be compromised as a consequence of wear.
8-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Reporting in the StressCheck TM Software and Microsoft Word There are two main ways of creating a casing design re port, including: •
creating and printing a report withi n the StressCheck software . copying and pasting StressCheck input tables and results into a Microsoft Word report
Generating Stress Check TM Software Reports Select Tools> Reports to add, remove, and define custom reports. Custom reports can contain as much or as littl e data as you want displayed. They can consist of one or several spreadsheets, tables, plots, or schematics. These reports can be displayed using the Print Preview command and printed using the Print command. Reports are customized using the three tabs shown below. ~
Reports - Cost
lltles
A list of available reports is displayed.
!Contents I Options I
Detailed Report
New _.. J. _ _ __
Input Report Gr~ Report
..__;,,_j
Delete
TablJar Report
Click New to create a new report.
I
~~~. iii.Ri~ iii............. IRename j
Apply
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-7
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Select the Tools> Reports> Contents tab to add content to the report. Reports lltles
~ ----
j
- --
Contents Opbons
--------
(8)
I Add I
Click Add to add items to the report.
• I
_I
OK
Apply
_ __.
J_~
The Add Contents dialog box opens. Here, you can select the content to include in the report.
Click OK when you have finished your selections.
You can select more than one item at a time by holding Ctrl-Shift down while clicking the desired items.
After all content is selected in the Add Contents dialog box, configure the report as needed by reordering and/or removing items.
8-8
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Selected items display in the Contents tab.
Titles
Con ten ts
I
Opbons
I
....w""""·e1"""Sct.ema....---t1c--------
I
AcXJ
I
1
Inibal Condtions Data
Removej
Mnnun Cost Data Custom Loads Data Sb'Tlg Sections Data Tl.bJar Properties Smmary
Up
1
~~m~ven~b~~. . . . . . . . . . . ___J
J_
Cancel
OK
Apply
Configure the report with the Up, Down, or Remove buttons.
J_ ~
Select the Tools> Reports> Options tab to set options for pagination, display of string data, and the page orientation. ~
Reports - Cost ntles
I Contents
Opbons
I
Pagiiiabon
lo' One Item Per Page
C' MU~ Items Per Page Tt.b.W Data for
lo' Cl.fTent String
r' AIStnnos Orientation
r.
Portrait
('" Landscape
OK
I
_J _
Cane.el
Apply
_J
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-9
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Previewing and Printing StressCheck TM Software Reports Use File> Print Preview to preview an item before printing it. The selected item is viewed from this utility exactly as it will be printed. You may view multiple pages simultaneously, move from one page to the next, and zoom in and out. Click Print to print the selected item .
Select the number of pages of the report that you want to view.
f'rn
11east
3
,.,,,._..,.,.-,-:----=;,
+
t!ex1 Page I
Graphical Repoit .!... TabuW Report landscape Report
Welbae Data
.
-
i
Select the report you want to view from the pull-down list.
8-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Multiple pages of the report can be viewed, and you can c lick any of the pages to zoom in and view a single page. Select 6 Pages to view all six pages of the report at one time.
bd'dalt:il•iitl oll1oil I DlitlZillill·ii
* .:
- - -;::; -:: - ..: - .:: u~
To print the currently selected item, cl ick Print on the tool bar (you may also click Close and then select File> Print).
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-11
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
8-12
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter
I&
Exercises The followin~ exercises are designed to reinforce and challenge your knowledge of the 1 StressCheck software while you participate in this course, and to act as refresher training in the future. This exercise is a continuation of the CasingSeatrn software exercise in which the data hierarchy has already been created. Please review steps 4 through 8 from Exercise I in the CasingSeat training manual and make sure that you have the correct data before you proceed with these StressCheck exercises.
If there is data mismatch, your instructor will assist you by either troubleshooting or providing you with the clean data set. During the course, your instructor will guide you through the exercises and assist with any questions that may arise.
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-1
Chapter 9: Exercises
StressCheck ™ Software Exercise Overview The exercises in this book are designed to familiarize you with the StressCheck software. All of the exercises analyze a single Well.
Exercise 1: Reviewing/Creating the Data Hierarchy fn this exercise you will review the data hierarchy created during the CasingSeat exercise: Company, Project, Site, Well , Wellbore, and Design. If the data hierarchy has not been created yet, please follow Exercise I in the CasingSeat training manual.
Exercise 2: Preferences and Workspace Configuration In this exercise, you wi ll set defaults and configure tabs.
Exercise 3: Reviewing/Specifying General Data This exercise builds on the previous two exercises. Using the data hierarchy created in Exercise l, you will specify additional data that defines the Design you are analyzing. T he purpose of this exercise is to provide you with the opportunity to understand the styles of data input and the content of the Well bore menu.
Exercise 4: The Design Process This exercise helps you understand design load se lection and the design process.
Exercise 5: Minimum Cost In this exercise, you will use the minimum cost fea ture to determine if there is a more economical string selection.
Exercise 6: Analyzing Results This exercise fami liarizes you with the management and presentation of results on the desktop.
9-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 7: Tables and Reports This exercise familiarizes you with the availab le results types and printed reporting. Most of the answers to the questions in the exercise will be found under the View> Tabular Results menu.
Exercise 8: Sensitivity Analysis In this analysis, you w ill perform a design check using: • •
special pipe tubular properties tapered des ign high collapse casing with extreme collapse load ing conditions
Exercise 9: Self Exercise This independent exercise designs a liner string.
Exercise 10: Template Exercise This exercise shows basic steps to build a template.
' StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-3
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 1: Reviewing/Creating the Data Hierarchy l. Launch the StressCheck software (select Start> Programs> Landmark Engineer's Desktop 5000.1 > StressCheck).
2. Enter edm as the User ID and Landmarkl as the Password on the login screen. 3. From the Well Explorer, double-click (or right-click and select Open from the drop-down menu) to open Design E3SOP I. Select the Normal {System) template.
9-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 2: Preferences and Workspace Configuration 1. Create a new unit system called "Oilfield API" based on the API unit system. Change the Oi lfield API mud weight units to psi/ft. Select the API unit system tab. What API unit is used for Force? Select the API unit system as the Active Viewing Unit System.
2. Before proceeding, ensure the desktop preferences are set to show the Detailed Wizard List, and display Depths as MD and Safety Factors as Absolute values. 3. Create ten new tabs, and rename the existing default tab. Name the tabs:work,Schem,Path,Pore and Frac,Design,String and Connection, Min ASF, Burst, Collapse, Ax i a l, and Triaxia l.
Assign views to the following tabs as follows: • Work: Leave as is. • Path: Wellbore > Wellpath Editor. • Pore and Frac: Split the pane vertically, then assign as follows: -
Left pane: Wellbore > Pore Pressure
-
Right pane: Wellbore > Fracture Gradient
You wi ll configure the other tabs later in the exercises. 4. Add additional bit sizes, if they do not already exist: 7'', 8.25", 14.75'', 33'', and 42". 5. Save and close the E3SOP I Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-5
Chapter 9: Exercises
Note Throughout the remainder of the exercises, if a Change History dia log box appears, click Save. Optional: To deactivate the display of the Change History Updates dialog box: Right-click the Database node (
eD
in the Well Explorer.
2
Select Change History > Configure from the drop-down menu.
3
Select the Do not display change history update window check box.
l8J
Change History Configuration
P
~t recently changed data
Data changed n the last
Hghilghtcolor:
Select this check box to disable the display of the _ ___~ Change History dialog box.
P
r
I10
. · I days ..:..J
·~
Show recent history tool~
Do not Qsplay ~history !.¢ate wndow
OK
cancel
J_Help
J
Another way to tum off the Change History Updates dialog box is to select the Do not show this message again check box in the lower left comer of the dialog box. Jfyou want to activate the Change History Updates dialog box late r, perform steps I through 3 above, but deselect the Do not display change history update window check box.
9-6
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 2 Answers 1. To create a new unit system called " Oilfield API" that is based on
the API unit system: a) Select Tools> Unit System to open the Unit Systems Editor.
Adn ~ \~l.htSysll!ln: API
3
IAPI
ISI I AP! ·US 51.f\ ey Fttt I Mixed AP! I
3
T~t~ :
'""''
or:
Flow Fbd Coll1Jr~
Cilncd
I
~~
, ...
l
ljptl
bf bf/ft
Fa-er
.....
Farer~
r _ ____,r _ _
.,
Click New to open the New Unit System dialog box.
b) C lick New to open the New Unit System dia log box. Enter Oilf i eld API as the name of the new unit system. Select API from the Template pick-li st to use the API unit set as the basis for the new unit system, and then click OK to return to the Unit Systems Editor.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-7
Chapter 9: Exercises
c) Select Mud Weight from the Class list. Select psi/ft from the Select Unit list. Do not click OK at this stage.
(g]
Unit Systems Editor AdM! ~MnO lht Sys!=: jOlfield APl
/>Pl
I SI
I AP! • US 51,r;ey Fttt 11'.fxed AP!
Gas.a Ratio
I
Oilfield AP!
scf,W
Heat of fus:lori Hol.rfy cost JT coeJficil!nt
BbJ/bm
JTSper~
jts,h b"s"n'/ft 2
~
"f-/psj
KPnme Length Interval
r
Select psi/ft (psi per foot) from the Select Unit list.
Preasion
lOOOft
l.lqLld arrua11on Ra~ l.lql.ldinJectionRate l.lqLld Production Rate MocillsofBastid
gprn gprn
Select Mud bblft> Weight from the Class -l-~m!Z:".':il•••••••l'l:l·· column . OperationTme:L~ hr/ tOOOft
Expor:_J
rm••
Operation Tme: Smal
_:_rrcxir_:_J
._J Edit... J
hrs/ 100ft
Percent
%
F'ernMJity ~ Spttd (SI.roe)
md
New.•
ft/s
..ft)m _
~Spttd
..,
Delete
d) Select the API unit system tab. The Class unit Force displayed that corresponds to the API unit system is lbf, while the Active Viewing System is "Oilfield APf".
(8)
Unit Systems Editor Active VieM10 l.nt System:
API
lotfield APT
Oass
l.nt
Cement 5UTy DenSlty
PP9
s/too s
Cost per Lnt mass Cost
costitenoth Daily Percenlac)e
S,' day %{day
Depth, Dis1ances, Helltits
ft
Ooame~s
.,.
""•/ 100ft
En~
BbJ/bn
Eqt.ivalent Mud W"lflt flow Ra~ {Cement) FUd eoop'.essbli...!}'._
PP9
Force,iU!noth
bf/ft bf/ft ps;/ IOOft
~
FflctioNj Force
Fficlional loss
pg/ft .... .
GasGr~t
I
9-8
Oo<;ileg Seventy
r--'--•·-·- . ... OK
I
"'
S/ft
Cost/T'rne
Select Foree from the Class column .
3
I AP! · US S...V~y Fttt I Mx~ API I Oifled AP! I
SI
~ ,~-
~
He\:>
l~t
J
New. ..
J
-v
I I
I
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Notice that lbf is the unit assigned
to Force.
Chapter 9: Exercises
e) Select API from the Active Viewing Unit System pick-list, and then click OK.
Adl\le VleWW'IQ Unit SY$1em:
API
~·iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim:::J • - - - - - - --1--
ISI I AP! · US Stn<ey Feet I Mxed AP! I Oilfield AP! I I.ht
Cement Sbry Density Cost per \Tit mass
PPO
S/ton
s S/ft sfday
Cost ~tft.englh
Cos~
Daly Percentage
SelectAPI from the Active Viewing Unit System pick-list, and then click OK.
%{day
Depth, Distances, Heights Dameb!rs Ooole9 Severity Enthalpy EQLivalent ~Weight Flow Rate {C:--.t)
ft In 0
/lOOft
Bb.J,bn PPO
'r*Afrrtn
Import
.
FlJld c
I
~
bf/ft
Force.length Fnction!ll Force
J
... J
bf/ft
FnctJonal bss
I
p$1/100ft
P!Alft
Gas Graden!
v
···-~ tj-
2. Make the required selections in the Tools> Options dialog box.
IBJ
Options Print L4yoot
Plots
W
Select to display depths as MD.
P P" P°
Gnd
f'i leoend
font...
1
Headers and Footers Pi!Qe NLmber119
MMoins
Depths
- -+-- - - - - - - -_.+ r.r-1> Spreadsheets and Tables
W Gnd In Tables Font...
j
Safety Factors
PmbnOFont.J
r.
Absolu~
r
Norm.»zed
Other
Select the Detailed Wizard List check box.
i. p
Dela.led Wizard llst
~..,Title Font...
p ClasSIC Schematic .iew
Select to display Absolute Safety Factors.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-9
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Select Tools> Tabs. Create new tabs, and then rename them as spec ified.
_Close
Path PO!'e and ff"ac
Help
~
Rename Tab Old Name: New Name:
Click New to create tabs, and then click Rename to specify the name of each tab.
J
Work Schem
ITna:xial ftlm!fl RenameJ r
When complete, tabs should appear at the bottom of the main window as specified.
LodcTab
Click and drag this control to view all the tabs (or use the arrows at the left to scroll tabs into view).
Aldo!
l
ATriaxlal A_~Wolplcl---,. )J
4. Select the tabs listed be low, and then assign views. a) The Work tab is a working tab, and the contents will change during the execution of the steps in each exercise. Note By default, the Well Schematic displays in all new tab panes .
b) Select the Path tab, and then se lect Wellbore > Wellpath Editor. MO
D•l•Enuy
t
•
9-10
~hefrl
PMh
1VD (lt)
(l\j
MO'Jt MO.INC-AZ
000
....
DLS
MuDLS
Vaec1100
O.portu,.
("1100ft)
("flillll)
(I)
(ft)
00
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _l!J
(f2!~~l~~~~!i?il!_
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
c) Select the Pore and Frac tab, and then split the tab in vertical panes. •,.,II
't'!r
11
: >:I 'I
f~[_
Double-click the vertical splitter bar located on the left of the tab scroll controls. Alternatively, drag the vertical splitter bar into position using the mouse.
.1ll 10
-----
Click the title bar of each view (the active default view displays as dark blue), and then assign the view with the following menu commands: Left pane: Wellbore > Pore Pressure Right pane: Wellbore > Fracture Gradient
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-11
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select Tools > Defaults > Bit Sizes. The default va lues you supply are used to construct the pull-down list in the Cas ing Scheme spreadsheet's Hole Size cell. In general, you on ly use this feature to add commonly used bit sizes. Click OK to app ly any changes and dismiss the dialog box.
~
Bit Sizes Hole Size
26.100 28.00J 28.500 30.00J 32.00J 33.00J
"
OK
Cancel
Heb
I
Insert
I
'•
42.00J
v
I I
}
I
6. Select F ile> Save to save the E3SOP 1 Design, and then select File > Close to cl ose the Design.
9-12
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 3: Reviewing/Specifying General Data 1. Open the E3SOP I Design.
2. The Well depth is 16,330 ft MD. The Azimuth is 33 degrees. To check the Well depth and azimuth, select Well bore> General. You can also access this dialog box using the Wizard. 3. Review and update the casing scheme by using Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme and the fo llowing data: Note
Values for the Shoe Depth and Mud at Shoe are rounded up. Values fo r the Top of Cement wi II be updated. The 7" Production Casing will become a Production Liner; therefore, the 9 5/ 8" will be changed to Production Casing type.
OD(in) /Type/Name
Hole Size (in)
Hanger (ft)
Shoe (ft)
TOC (ft)
Mud at Shoe (ppg)a
30" Conductor Casing
36
30.0
600
430
8.6
24" Surface Casing
26
30.0
l, 150
500
8.6
18 5/8" Intermediate Casing
22
30.0
3,030
1,660
9.2
I 6" Intermed iate Casing
I 7.5
30.0
9, 185
4,480
I l.6
13 5/8" Protective Casing
14.750
30.0
12,020
8,3 15
14.0
9 5/ 8" Production Casing
12.25
30.0
14,620
10,750
15. J
7" Production Liner
8.5
14.320
16,330
14,320
I 1.0
a. b qu1valcnt Mud Wei gilil
Note
If the CasingSeat exercises have not been previously performed, follow steps 4 through 7 provided below. Otherwise, skip steps 4 though 7. and proceed to step 8.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-13
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Copy the pore pressure data from the Excel spreadsheet titled porefrac.xls. Your instructor will provide this file. Insert the rows above any existing rows in Wellbore >Pore Pressure with the data provided in the Excel spreadsheet. 5. Copy the fracture gradient data from the Excel spreadsheet titled porefrac.xls. Copy over any existing rows in Wellbore >Fracture Gradient with the data provided in the Excel spreadsheet. Note You can input either pressure or EMW and lhe StressCheck s oftware calculates the other. In the porefrac.xls spreadsheet, pressure is blank, and lhe StressCheck software calculates the pore and frac pressure values based on EMW.
9-14
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. Enter geothermal gradient values to specify the Wellbore temperature. The surface ambient temperature is 80 deg F, the mudline temperature is 40 deg F, and the temperature at TD is 250 deg F. Specify additional temperature data as follows: • 200 deg F at 11 , 130 ft TVD • 240 deg F at 12,630 ft TVD 7. Import Wellpath data from the file titled "EJSOPl_Wellpath for EDM training.txt". In what format must the file be prior to importing it?
I Hint See S"'""Check Help.
Review the wellpath data.
8. Specify the following bending dogleg in addition to any planned dogleg severity. Enter I 0 / I 00 ft between l, 700 and 5,970 ft MD, between 6,300 and 9,690 ft MD, and between 10,500 and 16,330 ft TD. a) How can you specify this? b) What is the Well bore > Dogleg Severity Overrides data used for?
9. Select Wellbore >Production Data, and specify packer fluid and placement. The Well is perforated at 16, I 00 ft MD with a packer at 15,200 ft MD. The completion fluid is water with a density of 8.6 ppg. Assume the Well will produce gas with a gradient of 0. I000 psi/ft. What is the fluid gradient specific gravity? I 0. Save the EJSOPJ Design .
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-15
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 3 Answers I. [n the We ll Explorer, navigate to the E3SO Well, and then double-click on the E3SOP 1 Design to open it.
2. Select Wellbore > General to specify the Well depth and azimuth. The Well depth is 16,330 ft MD. The Azimuth is 33 degrees. Note T hroughout the remainder of the exercises, click O K to apply changes and dismiss the current dialog box.
Opbons
Comments I
IE3SOP 1
~bon :
VSectloo Defnbon Origin N:
Orion E: Azm.Jth:
....__ OK _
I0.0 ft .-----
I
0.0 33.00
__. _ _ canc_e1_
Wei Depth (TVD) : 116330.0 (t<>):
ft ft
ft
°
_, _ _ ____.I _Help
J
3. Select Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme and enter the following :
OD ~n)
1 2
3 4
5 6 7
9- 16
30· 24" 18 518" 16" 13 518" 9 518"
r
Mud at Shoe (ppg) 8.60 8.60
Name Conductor Surface Intermediate Interm ediate Protective Production Production
Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Liner
26.000
1150.0
22000 17 500 14 750 12 250 8.500
3030.0 30.0 30 0 30.0 14320.0
9185.0 12020.0 14620.0 16330.0
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9.20 4480.0 8315.0 10750.0 14320.0
11.60 14.00 15.10 11 .00
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. In the Excel spreadsheet, highl ight the rows you want to copy and press Ctrl-C. Select Wellbore > Pore Pressure, place the cursor in the first row left cell, and then press Ctrl-V to paste the rows.
Click the upper left cell, and then press Ctrl-V to paste the pore pressure data.
6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36
1004.0 1969 0 2297.0 3181.0 3279.0 3344 0 3764.0 4505.0 4624.0 4712.0 5100 0 5344.0 54000 56EKl 0 5001 0 6475 0 7355.0 7796.0 8281 0 8767 0 9259.0 9756.0 10254.0 10504.0 10753.0 11253.0 11753.0 12253.0 12503.0 12753 0 13253 0 13753 0 14253.0 14753 0
782 5 8602 1013.1 1455 8 1502.4 1532 2 1734 4 Dl7 .5 2231 5 2342 5 2571 2 28233 3J289 3278 2 2793 5 3124 8 3667.9 4131 9 4641 7 5005.2 5430.3 5868.8 5252 2 5456.6 8172.3 8002.8 8547 6 8274 7 64951 65521 6478 5
nsso 841 1 1 92350
8.21 8.35 8 41 8 49 8.81 8.82 8 82 8 87 8.92 9.29 9 57 969 '10.17 1064 11 11 9 27 929 9 60 10 20 10 79 10.99 11 29 11.58 986 10.00 14.63 13 69 14.00 13 00 1000 9.89 9 41 1087 11.35 12 05
No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-17
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. In the Excel spreadsheet, highlight the rows you want to copy and press Ctrl-C. Select Wellbore > Fracture Gradient, place the cursor in the first row left cell, and then press Ctrl- V to paste the rows.
Click the upper left cell, and then press Ctrl-V to paste the fracture gradient data.
6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34
35 33
9-18
1476.0 1804 0 1969.0 2297 0 3181.0 3279.0 3344.0 3764.0 4505.0 4624.0 4712.0 5100.0 5344.0 5480.0 5680.0 5801 .0 6475.0 7355.0 7798.0 8281 .0 8767.0 9259.0 9756.0 10254.0 10504.0 10753.0 11253.0 11 753.0 12253.0 12503.0 12753.0 13253.0 13753.0 14253.0 14753.0
Fracture Pressure/EMW (p ) (psO 214 4 9.60 861 .8 11 .24 11 40 1068.3 11.56 1182.4 11 .90 1420.0 2032.5 12.30 2120.7 12.45 2188.8 12.60 2493.0 12.75 3030.6 12.95 13.25 3182.8 13.42 3284.9 3584.9 13.51 3844.9 13.85 14.19 4039.5 4287.3 14.53 13.22 3983.9 13.24 4453.5 5146.6 13.47 13.90 5630.8 14.41 6198.9 14.46 6585.5 14.67 7056.1 14.88 7541.3 17.00 9055.5 9276.3 17.00 9954.2 17.82 10113.1 17.30 15.95 9738.2 10184.3 16.00 10392.1 16.00 9937 4 15.00 13.85 9535.3 14.38 10273.7 10906.3 14.73 11656.8 15.21
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. Select Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient. -. Geothermal Gradient
Specify basic formation temperature data.
I
Standard Addrbonal Surface Ambient: Mudline:
-
--
-
--
-
-
-
- -
(EJ
I
r~
"F
140.00
"F
Temp at Wei TD: 1362S.2 ft l\t>
r.
I2so.oo
Temperabse
f': Gradeit
OK
"f "F/ lOOft
Cancel
J_ ___.I_
Help
~
Geothermal Gradient
Specify additional formation temperature data. These additional temperatures can be used to characterize a more complex formation temperature profile or seawater temperature profile.
Standard Adcibonal
I
Veitical
Depth (ft) 1
1113QO
2 3
12630.0
OK
J
J
Cancel
Tempeiature ('F)
200.00 240.00
j_
I 1nser1 I I
_.I _
Help
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
J
9-19
Chapter 9: Exercises
7. Select Wellbore > Wellpath Editor, and then select File > Import> Wellpath to open the Import Wellpath File dialog box. Navigate to the location of the " E3SOP I_Wellpath for EDM training.txt" file, select it, and then click Open. Review the imported wellpath data. Alternatively, you can copy and paste data into the Wellpath Editor. The following rules associated with copy/paste of well path data can be found in the "Wellpath (Import)" topic of StressCheck Help: • The file must be tabular delimited text that uses using any combination of spaces, tabs, or commas as field delimiters. • Column 1 is reserved for measured depth, and measured depth values must be in increasing order and positive values. • Column 2 is reserved for inclination. • Column 3 is reserved for azimuth, and azimuth values must be 0.0° ~AZ~ 360.0°. Note EDM Data Transfer File imports are not supported from paths or file names that contain apostrophes. Make sure you do not use apostrophes in file names or directory names.
8. Select Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides to define intervals of wellpath curvature independent of the deviation profile defined in Wellbore > Wellpath Editor.
1
2
3
10500.D
16330.D
1.00 1.00
a) Dogleg overrides can be accomplished in two ways. One method uses the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor, and the other method uses the WeUbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheet. Do not enter the override in both places. To use the Wellpath Editor, enter the override in the Max DLS column. Do not enter the additi onal dogleg in the DLS column because the DLS va lues describe the trajectory.
9-20
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) This data is used in calculating bending stress as long as this dogleg is greater than the dogleg due to bending indicated in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor and the calculated dogleg due to buckling. 9. Select Wellbore >Production Data.
rg)
Production Data Packer Data
QK
lm3 I1s200.o
FUd DenSlty: P""'er Depth, MJ:
ppg
J
Reservoir Data
r
J
tfelp
Pcrfurabon Depth,
j 16100.0
ft
I0.1000
psi/ft
I
~ance1
ft
Gas ~ravity:
C:- Gas/Qil Gradient:
To determine the gas/oil gradient s.g., click the Gas/Oil Gradient field and press F4 to access the Convert Gas Gradient Units dialog box.
IBJ
Convert Gas Gradient Units Highlight the unit that you want to momentarily convert the unit value displayed. Click OK to close the dialog box.
Y'.alue·
.!.!nit: ~m>
10.2307 ~
I
psi/ft ppg
bar/m kPa/m kg/crdm
,1""
F
,.__
OK
I
Cancel
I
J::!.elp
J
v
10. Press Ctr l-S to save the EJSOP I Design.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-21
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 4: The Design Process I. Select the 9 5/8" Production C asing to design. 2. Select Tubular> Design Parameters and specify the fo llowing for each tab: Design Factors Tab Pipe Body
Connection
Burst
1.100
Burst/Leak
Axial
1.100 Axial
Tension
l .3 00
Tension
1.300
Compression
1.300
Compression
1.300
Collapse
1.000
Triaxial
1.250
Analysis Options Tab
9-22
M in Internal Drift
8.500
Single External Pressure Profile
Check box selected.
Temperature Deration
C heck box selected .
Limit to Fracture at Shoe
Check box selected.
Buckling
Check box selected.
Use Burst Wall Thickness in Triaxial
Check box not selected .
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Select the Tubular > Initial C onditions > C ementing and Landing tab, and specify post-cementing hydrostatic profiles for certain burst, collapse, and axial loads to include: Mix-Wate r Density
8.33
Lead Slurry Density
I 5.20
Tail Slurry
C heck box selected.
Tail Slurry Density
15.60
Tail Slurry Length
500
Displacement Fluid Density
( t)
14.80
Float Collar Depth, M D
14,620
Applied S u r fa ce Pressure
Check box not selected.
F loat Failed
Check box not selected.
Landing Da ta (P ickup a nd Slackoff For ce) <2>
0
14.8 ppg is used so the ECO docs not exceed the fracture gradient while displacing cement slurry. 2 ( ) Do not apply pickup or slackoff forces.
(I)
What is the initial Temperature Profi le assumed for this string?
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-23
' Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select tab, and specify the following burst loads for the 9 5/8" string. Then, select the Edit tab to specify the burst loads details (the pick-list in the Edit tab controls which parameters are displayed). Use the default values unless otherwise specified. Internal Profile Displacement to Gas
Influx Depth at section TD, 16,330 ft, Gas/Oil Gradient, 0.1000 psi/ft, Fracture Margin of Error, 0.00 ppg, Mud/Gas Interface estimated at surface, Mud Weight, I I .00 ppg
Gas Kick Profile
Influx depth at section TD, 50 bbl influx, with 0.5 ppg kick intensity, I 1.0 ppg maximum mud weight, 0.7 kick gas gravity, 0 ppg fracture margin of error, 5" drill pipe, and 1,000 ft of6.75" collars
Lost Returns with Water
Leave as default
Green Cement Pressure (Bump Plug) Test
1,000 psi
Drill Ahead
Hanger Depth, 30 ft, TOC Depth, MD, 10,750 ft, Shoe Depth, MD, 14,620 ft, MW Next Hole Section, 11 .0 ppg, ECO, 0.30 ppg Note: Cl ick Yes if prompted to copy Drill Ahead data from Burst to Collapse load.
Tubing Leak
Leave it as default
Injection Down Casing
Injection Pressure, 5000.0 psi, Injection Density, 8.33 ppg
External Profile Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure (External Profile)
9-24
Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure, 8.33 ppg above TOC (to analyze worst case) and 8.33 ppg below TOC, Pore Pressure In Open Hole Below TOC check box not selected.
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Select tab, and specify the following collapse loads for the 9 5/8" string. Then, select the Edit tab to specify the collapse loads details (the pick-list in the Edit tab controls which parameters are displayed). Use the default values unless otherwise specified. Internal Profile Full/Partial Evacuation
Default mud weight, and 9,000 ft mud level
Cementing
Use defaults
Lost Returns with Mud Drop
Lost Returns Depth, 15,784.9 ft, Mud Weight, 11 ppg
Above/Below Packer
Pore Pressure at Perforation Depth, 3000 psi, Density Above Packer, 8.60 ppg, Density Below Packer, 2.0 ppg, Fluid Drop Above Packer check box selected
Drill Ahead (Collapse)
Hanger Depth, 30 ft, TOC Depth, MD, I 0,750 ft, Shoe Depth, MD, 14,620 ft, MW Next Hole Section, 11 .0 ppg, ECO, 0.30 ppg
External Profile Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure
Fluid Gradient Above TOC, 15.10 ppg, Fluid Gradient Below TOC, 15. I 0 ppg, Pore Pressure In Open Hole Below TOC check box not selected.
6. Select Tubular> Axial Loads, and then specify the following axial loads: Running in Hole - Avg Speed
3.00 ft/sec
Overpull Force
100,000 !bf
Pre-Cement Static Load Applied Force
0 lbf
Post Cement Static Load
Check box selected
Green Cement Pressure Test
1,000 psi
Service Loads
Check box selected
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-25
Chapter 9: Exercises
7. Save and close the E3SOP l Design. What is the wellhead pressure for each load?
I
Hint
Seieot the View menu options.
What is the expected mud level (during Lost Return with Mud Drop scenario)? 8. Perform a Graphical Design. Assume you want to use the same casing weight and grade along the length of the entire string. Hint Display the Design Plots in the Design tab.
a) What pipe is initially selected? b) Which Design mode (burst, collapse, axial, triaxial) is more critical to the Design? c) If you have some pipe inventories of l 0,000 ft of 9 5/8", 53.5 ppf, L80 casing, LTC connection, could it be used for this Well in combination with the in itial solution? How many feet of this pipe would you use otherwise? Does the LTC connector satisfy the design criteria (Design Factors)? 9. Select a YAM TOP fro m the Special Connection Inventory (catalog). Does the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, L-80 YAM TOP string connection satisfy the design criteria (Design Factors)? I 0. Save the E3SOP I Design.
9-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 4 Answers I. Select Tubular > C urrent String to select the casing string to design. Alternatively, select the string from the Wizard.
r8J
Current String 30· Conductor casno 24" Su-face Ca$Wl9 18 5/8" Intermediate Casno 16" Intennedate Casino 13 5 • Prob!cbve
Select Tubular> Current String, and then select 9 5/8" Production Casing .
Close H~
r Production Liner
- or -
Select 9 5/8" Production Casing from the Wizard Select String pull-down list.
Is 518'' Production Casing
:::::J
30'' Conductor Casing 24" Surface Casing
18 518'' lntenneciate Casing 16" lntermedate Cas1ng 13 518'' Protective Cas"
2. Review Design parameters Design Factors and Analysis Options. Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Cclsing
Coupling Design factors use pipe body Design factors if coupling Design factor fields are empty.
~ Factors
IAnalySls Opbons J
Pipe Body
Connection
Bu"St;
11
Axial
T~:
~
Bu"stft.4!ak:
1 1.100
Axial 1 1.300
Tension:
I
Compr4!SSIOn: 1. 300
Compressoon: 1. 300 Colapse:
ri:ooo-
Triaxial:
j 1. 2.50
1 1.300
I
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-27
Chapter 9: Exercises
cg)
Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Casing
~ F~tors
Analysis Opbons
I
~Conslralit
Mr1 Internal Onft
Jm'Z!I
In
Analys15 Options
P ~ External PresSl.l'e Profie P !cmperabse Oer"abon P I.mt to Fradi.f'e al Shoe P' litJddin9
r
!J.se Blrst ',Val Thidcness In Tnaiaal
~
OK
J
3. Select Tubular> Initial Conditions. This data is specified on a per string basis.
CemenbnQ and L~ J Temperah.l'e
I
Cemenbng Data
Select the Tail Slurry Density check box to allow entry of tail _ _ _ __ slurry data.
Hx-Water Density (ppQ)
8. 33
Lead Skrry Density (ppg}
15. 20
P Iai Skrry Density (ppo)
15.60
Tail SUry Length {ft)
500.0
0.~t FUd Density (ppQ)
14.80
Float ColN Depth, t"O (ft)
H620.0
r
~ Stxrace Presst.l'e (psi)
r
float Failed
Lan
r
~Force (bf)
r.
~ff Force {bf)
OK
9-28
Cancel
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
lo
Chapter 9: Exercises
rg)
Initial Conditions: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Select the Temperature tab to view the initial Temperature Profile of the string .
Cementrog and Lancing
Temperah.r~
r. OefaUt
r
User-entered
The default values correspond to the undisturbed Temperature Profile .
_J
I
MD fl 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
~o
125.0 4~0
900.0 12000 14000 1600.0 6100.0 97000 !BXl.O 99000 10000.0 10100 0 102000 10Dl0 104000 12676 0 14620.0
.!ll1.1e •
;..
0000 0000 4000 4703 51 50
5442 57 26 119 47 168 21 169 55 17085 17212 173 34 17452 17566 176 75 20000
23540
..,
_J OK
Cancel
I-
APPfy _j
Help
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-29
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select Tubular > Burst Loads to designate burst loads for the 9 5/8" string. - - -- - -- -- -Burst Loads: 9 518" Production Casing
A check box is associated with each load case you want to use. Details of each load case are specified by using the Edit tab.
0rq Loads
rv Gas Kick Profie
Fractl.re ~Shoe w/ Gas Gradient Above Fractixe
-
--
(8)
Q T~Leak
r
Stmkbon Su'face Leak
P
In.)edlon Do~ CasnQ
c Shoe w/ 1/3 81-f> at 54.rface
rv
Lost Reh.ms ~ith Water
r
Pressue Test
r
-
Procb:bon Loads
Q Otsplacernent to Gas
r
-
IT~atlxe I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
Select Edit
r
-
Su-face Protection (BOP)
W Green Cement Pressu-e Test
p
Dnl Ahead
External Profie
Internal Profie t
· ·X - -
~
Lost Reh.ms Mlh Wate' Gas Kidc Profie Tubiig Leak Injection OoMl Casing
Grttn Cement Presst.re Test Ori Ahead (!Ust)
OK
Cancel
r
Mud and Cement Mix-Water
r
Permeable Zones
r
Mlnm..m Formation Pore Pr~e
(". Pore Pressu-e w/ Seawater Gradient
<-' Flud Gradients w/ Pore PresSU'e
#J
The selected External Profile will be used for all burst loads because the Single External Pres sure Profile check box is selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box.
9-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Burst Loads: 9 518" Production Casing Select Edrt
Select the Displacement to Gas load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
Temperabse
-
I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
m· ··- -
f 16330.0
InfuxOepth, M) (ft) Pore Pr~e· 7436.91 psi
IGas/Oil Gracient 6;$/ft) ::::J
I0.1000
Fracbse at Shoe• 10354.28 psi
jo.oo
Fracb.re Margin of Error {ppg) Mud/Gas Interface, I'>() (ft)
Io.o
Mud W~t (ppo)
j tLOO
_j _AWIY J
OK
eaoce!
___~ _ __. (8J
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edit
Select the Lost Returns with Water load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
r8J
I
Temperabse
I Plot I custom I Opbons I
Fracbse at Shoe• 10354. 28 psi
Mud/Nater Interface, MJ (ft)
jo.oo j 1'1620.0
Mud weqit (ppg)
I tt.00
Fractu'e Margn of Error (ppg)
OK
Cancel
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-31
Chapter 9: Exercises
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Select the Gas Kick Profile load from the pull-down list. and enter data as specified to define the load case.
lr~ab..re I Plot
seect Edt
a
-
-- -
rg)
I Custom I Options I
Li
Influx Depth, M:> (ft)
I 16330.0
Kick Vclt.me (bbl)
t so.o
Kick Intensity (ppg)
jo.so
Mllxl1ll.m Mud We!Qht (ppg)
111.00
Kick Gas Gra'llty
lo.10
FrllCb..re at Shoe• 1035-l. 2.8 psi
10.00
Fractl.l'e Margin of Error (ppg)
MPipeOO(n)
j s.ooo
ColarOO (n)
,6.750
Colar Lenglh (ft)
I 1000.0
!_cancel_J_
OK
~y
'-
H~
j rg)
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing select
Edit
IT~atu"e I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
fiii
Select the Tubing Leak load from the pull-down list, and review the load case values.
I Tlbnaleak
Packer FUd Density• 8.60 PP9 Packer Depth, rvD s 15200.0 ft Perfurabon Depth, I>{) .. 16100.0 ft Gas/Qi GraOents 0.1000 psi/ft ReservOlr Pressue.. 7032.48 psi
OK
9-32
Cancel
1_~Y
J_
~ _J
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
~ -
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing select
Edit
- (8)
ITemperab.xe I Plot I CUstom I Options
.. ..
3
Select the Injection Down Casing load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
Isooo.oo Ia.33
OK
I_ ~Y J __~ _ _..
Cancel
r8J
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Ecit
I
lremperatae Plot
I Custom I Opbons
ra Select the Green Cement Pressure Test load from the pull-down list, enter 1 ooo psi Test Pressure, and then review the other load case values.
-~EJ
j 1000.00
Test Pre.ssu-e (psi)
Mud We1!1it at Shoe• 15. 10 ppg TOC, fl.'Oa 10750.0 ft Lead SUry Density• tS.20 PPO
TM Skxry Density= 15.60 PP9 T~ Skxry
Length= 500.0 ft
Dlsplacement FUd Density= 14.80 PPO
Float Colar Depth, t-0 .. 1-1620.0 ft
OK
Cancel
J __~_v
_ _. --~--.....
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-33
Chapter 9: Exercises
r8)
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select
Select the Drill Ahead (Burst) load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case .
Edit
IT!mpefah.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
G
Ahead t!Ust)
Mud t;le, ,,., - 430.0 ft
j JO.O
Hanger Depth, ""' (ft)
I 101so.o
TOC Depth, l'1> {fl)
Shoe Depth, ,.., (ft)
j 1'1620.0
M'N tlext Hole Section (ppg)
111.00
ECO(ppg)
10.30
'x
StressCheck
Do you want to copy Oril Ahead data from 8u'st load to Colapse load~
Click Yes if prompted to copy Drill Ahead data from Burst load to Collapse load.
Yes
No
~
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing SelKt Edt
Select the Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure load from the pull-down list, and review the load case values.
Click OK to apply changes and close the dialog box.
9-34
Tef11lerabse
I Plot I Custom I Options
GradenIS w/ Pore Press11e TOC, MJ• 10750.0 ft, Pl'oor Shot!, />'D• 12020.0 ft
la. 33 ja.33
Mud We¢t Above TOC (ppg) rud Grad Below TOC (ppg)
r
Pore Premre In Open Hole
OK
Apply
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select Tubular> Collapse Loads to designate collapse loads for the 9 518" string.
(R}
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
I
Select Ecit
Select the check box associated with each load case you want to use. Details of each load case are specified using the Edit tab.
I Terr.,er111l.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
Drilr1o loads p Ft.lft>arllal EVZIO.labon P" Lost Reb..rns with "l.d Drop
Production loads Ful Evaruabon
r
P
Above,.aeio.. Pl!Cker
r
f;'" Cemenq
Gas Mqr'11bon
~ 0r•Ahead
fnternal Profie
Extem!ll Profile
I Mud !Ind Cement 11-\x·Wate-
,,_Ital EvllOJllbon
Cementr.o
I Permeable Zones
~P!ldcer
(" Mud !Ind Cement SUry
lost Reb.rns with Mud Drop
Orf Ahead {Colapse)
I Fract.re # Pnor Shoe w/ Ga!l Gr!ldent Above
r.
FUd Gradients w/ Pore Presst.re
Cancel
['8J
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Sele
Select the Full/Partial Evacuation load case from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
I
Terrc>er&b..re Plot
I CusbJm I Options I
/Pl!lbal EVll
ii1i3
Mud Weight {J:Ji>9)
I 1s.10
Mud level, Kl (ft)
19000.0
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-35
Chapter 9: Exercises
Collapse Loads: 9- S/8" Production Casing Select Edit
Select the Cementing load from the pull-down list and review the default data for this load case.
- -
-
~
- --
ITemperab..re I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
r>\Jd W~tatShoe~ 15.10 PPO TOC, 1-'D• 10750.0 ft Lead Slrry Density• 15.20 PP9
Tail Slrry Density• 15.60 PPO Tail Slrry Leno th• 500.0 ft DlspQcement Flud Oeoslty • 14.80 PPO
Float Colar Depth, 14'.l• H620.0 ft
OK
Cancel
I_
&iPY
J (gJ
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing ~ Edit
Select the Lost Returns with Mud Drop load from the pull-down list and enter data as specified to define the load case.
I Plot I Custom I Clpbons I
G
ost Rell.ms Nth 1'lJCI Crop Lost Reti.ms Depth, f"D (ft)
1 15784.9
jPore Pressu-e C Lost Reh.ms Depth (psi)
Iws.47
r>\Jd Weight (ppg)
j 1t.00
r>\Jd Drop level, I>{) • 1958.0 ft
OK
9-36
Temperab..re
Cancel
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
l8J
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edit
Select the Above/Below Packer load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
ITeJll)Cl'ab.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
l'Ds: Packet-• 15200.0 ft, Peri.• 16100.0 ft
Po<e Pressure at Periorabon Depth {psi) Density Above Packer (ppg) Density Below P~ (ppg)
rv A.Id Drop Abo~e Pad:er
OK
l:mo.oo
le.60 12.00
Cancel
~
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edt
Select the Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure load from the pull-down list and enter data as specified to define the load case.
jT~atu-e I Plot
I Custom I Options I
~ Gradil!r'lts w/ Pore PresgJr e
TOC, !>'()• 10750.0 ft, P,.l()( Shoe, MJ• 12020.0 ft Rud Gradent Abo\-e TOC (ppg)
Fbd Gradient Below TOC (ppo}
r
j 1s. 10
l 1s. 10
Pore Pressure In Open Hole Below TOC
OK
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-37
Chapter 9: Exercises
~
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
~
Select the Drill Ahead (Collapse) load from the pull-down list and enter data as specified to define the load case.
Click OK to apply changes and close the dialog box.
Ecit
IT~alU'e I Plot I Custom I Options I
Ah!!ad (Colapse)
Mud lroe, f>D - 430.0 ft
130.0
Han9e' Depth, l-0 (ft)
I10750.0 I1'1620.0
TOC Depth, 1-t> {ft)
Sl10I! Oeplh, l-0 (ft) MN ~xt Hole Sl!c1Jon (ppg)
j u.oo
ECO (ppo)
lo.JO
OK
6. Specify the axial loads using Tubular > Axial Loads.
['8J
Axial Loads: 9 5/8.. Produc tion Casing
I
~t Plot 1 Opbons I On the Select tab, select the axial loads, and specify values as shown.
W Rlrlnr1Q In Hole -Avg. Speed
13.0
ft/s
w OVerpUI Force
j 100000
bf
I0
bf
I 1000.00
!>SI
rv Pre-Ct!mef'lt Static Load
Applted Force:
W Post-Cement Stabc Load
W Green Cement Pressll'e Test
Click OK to apply changes and close the dialog box.
OK
Cancel
_
_..l_~ _J
7. Press Ctrl-S and then select File> Close to save and close the
E3SOP I Design.
9-38
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select File> Open, select the E3SOP I Design, and click OK. Wellhead Pressures (psi) can be viewed using View > Tabular Results> Burst Loads.
Depth (MD)
(ft) 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
26 27 28
29 3J
300 1250 AlJO 9000 9000 1200 0 1200 0 14000 1600 0 1600 0 61000 61000 97000 97000 9f0)0 9EDlO 99000 100000 101000 10100 0 102000 10Dl0 10300 0 104000 10400 0 10750 0 12020 0 141200 146200
Displacement To Gas Lost Returns (psi) (psi)
oon7 6007 2 6117 7 6164 7 616.4 7 6194 5 6194 6 6214 1 62331 62331 6649.0 66490 6974 9 6974 9 69e38 69838 69926 70010 70092 70092 7017 I 7024 7 7024 7 70320 70320 70560 7142 7 72860 73202
49766 5017 7 5149 7 53530 53530 54823 54823 55669 56492 56492 7449 4 7449 4 88600 88600 El39e 6 8891l 6 8936 3 89729 OC03 4 OC03 4 90426 9075.5 90755 910) 9 9100 9 92107 95860 10200 5 10354 3
Gas Kick (pS1) 1631 5 1662 3 1761 3 19139 19139 2021 3 2021 3 20953 2171 0 2171 0 41895 41895 59535 59535 &Xl.45 6004 5 6054 3 61026 61495 61495 6194 7 62380 62381 6279 5 6279 5 6416 2 6911 9 7731 6 79268
Green Cement Green Cement Dnll Ahead Flu1d Gradients Tubmg Leak Casing Injection Pres Test (Int) Pres Test (E •t) (Burst) w/ Pore Press (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) 56000 5731 ..
:H,77 &J776 &J77.7 6211 I 6211 1 62965 63834 63834 8241.9 82420 9696 3 96963 9738 1
9738 2 9777 1 9814.9 9851 5 9851 5 98868
9920.7 99207 99532 99532 10060 4 10447.8 11088.5 11241 0
50130 5054 1 51E6 1 5389 4 53139 5 55187 5518 7 5603 4 56856 56856 74858 74858 8896 4 8896 4 89350 89350 8972.7 90093 90« 8 9044 B 9079 0 9111 9 9111 9 91433 9143 3 9247 1 96224 102.429 10390 7
10231 1096 I 133)6 1691 9 1692 0 19216 19217 2072.0 22182 2218 2 54165 54166 79227 79228 7991 4
79914 0058 4 81234 81864 81865 8247 2 8l'.l5 6 Bl'.l5 6 8~14
8361 5 05459 92127 103152 10577 7
235 96 I 337 3 7000 7000 940 3 9403 1093 7 1242 8 12429 450> 1 45001 7063 1 70631 71331 71331 7201 4 7267 .8 7332 1 73321 7394 I 7453 7 7453 7 7510.7 7510 7 76969 83837 95160 97927
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
17 6 73 4 2524 5263 5263 703 7 703 7 8185 93J 1 930 1 33721 3372.1 5285 6 52856 53380 53380 53892 54388 5487 0 5487 0
55334 55779 5577 9 56206 56206 5761 4 62705 71123 7312 7
130
5A 1 1861
3139 4 3895 518 7 518 7 603 4 6856 6856 24858 24858
3896 4 3896 4 39350 39350 3972 7 40093 4044 8 4044 40790 4111 9 4111 9 4143 3 4143 3 4247 1
a
~24
5242 9 53917
9-39
Chapter 9: Exercises
To determine the mud level, refer to the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tab for Lost Returns with Mud Drop load case (see page 9-36). The Mud Drop Level is 1,958.0 ft MD. This is the measured depth level of mud required to balance the formation pore pressure. (This mud drop is calculated by assuming the hydrostatic column of mud in the hole equilibrates with a specified pore pressure at a specified depth.)
['8J
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edt
ITernperabe I Plot I Custom I Opbons I I 15784.9
Lost Reb..rns Depth,,.., (ft)
!Pore Presue C Lost Reb.ms Depth (psi)
:::J
I-bl 'Iieijlt (ppo' I-bl Drop Le> e l"D - 1958.0 ft
The Lost Returns with Mud Drop load displays 1958 ft as the calculated mud drop.
9-40
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
16178.47
j tLOO
Chapter 9: Exercises
8. To perform the Graphical Design, divide the Design tab into four panes (select Window> Split), and enable a simultaneous view of multiple plots. Starting with top left to top right, then lower left to lower right, select View > Design Plots > Burst, View> Design Plots > Collapse, View > Design Plots > Axial, and View > Design Plots > Triaxial. (Close the Well Explorer to maximize the view area.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .~~~~~:!!!~ ..~~~!!!9!!.. ·=------------------~~ 0
:
:
:
:
·~
:
'
;
f.~ :· :1: ~ i~±-\I 1:
12500
!2&D
15000
·•• • •• •· · ]·· · •·· · ·•·•
15(XX}
mm+---<-- --+---1-------t-----1-----1 6600
6690
6720
679)
•• ••• •• • • • ••
I:
t·-·... ... ·t··---·-·····r· ·······"t~-·········1·---·····--·
i•• •• ••• ••••..:.•••• •• •••• ·••· ••••·-•••••~••• •••• •••• •.. •,t,
i
l+ Ots1on LNi Lint ~~~
i
1
;
l
u • o•••
j ·•••• ••• • •••
;
17fAIJ ~--t------t---r~--r----t---t----i
6810
0
1500
l.!lll Collapu Rating (pa•)
-~ .. -- :-··:······ ;······r- : --jmmm ·:~_., I Eo- ~= ...··.·.·..· .· ·:..~·.·..·.··..·.·.·.. :._· ·~-~..l, .·-~-·s·. ~·-.·, ~-:o· -~:.· ",::.·_l. ··. ·. .••.•.•.•
:I: :1 A!mJ
rr
.. .•.••.• ..·.··,·.•.••.·..·.··.. ..··..··..··.·..·.•·:·,; ·..-..·.--.·..··••·•·
__. .. i
IT
2000
m>mm
l!ml ·········--+ ·····--···.L··········j·············1············<·········--··(·........
f:" _ .·:_:_._·_ .·_
·_ : · ··i,·' .. .: _:·_.._ · _::_:_:.__-_ .· :_:_:::. ._ ·:__::_·.-_··.-..i'lo :. .: ..
0
·-----·---+---····--+--······+ ····----+--········i···········i···········
1 7 I b~A!'!!iX""*E• >...._..(<Wik" "A •
€
'. . .m • •mrm••··r
·5000
~ ~ ~IF~co~ ~ ~ 1~ ~o
~.· ~.-·~: '.·~: _-·_,:~.·: ._:':.!:_"'."_ . .. :
. .
.
.
~_- :_ ·. ·_
_·:._· ·.. :.:_.::_._-_1:·_ :_·_·_ ._ · :_:_.·_:_·__: ..·_::,·: _· :_:_·._ :__
.
···-·----···'- ····· ····---1·····--·····l ··········r ·---·--···1·············:····· 150
600
700
90J
WE S lrH1(psc)
JLI •
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-41
Chapter 9: Exercises
Double-click any Design Plot pane background. A red line is drawn in all plots. This red line represents the strongest 9 518" pipe in the pipe inventory that satisfies the loading conditions.
To view the pipe rating and grade, place the cursor over the Pipe Rating line, and click the left mouse button. The pipe size, weight, and grade is displayed in the status bar.
""'
.
.,,,,, ,...., '"""
0
ri......
..., -
-
·e
.. •·
j.....--
.,
"""
+---+--i--...---t-··l(QXQ,l
t~
--~
t'SDlXIJ
t1".(I 1:sxoo
BllXQ)
.JJll)
em
--tIQlf)
1so:o
t-~
--~ - - - - - - - - - - -1- 1.
*"'....-r=<"""7""""'<"i-.i,('l'\.. X•"TXL• X: ..... J:-J·
1Q!5(.Ul
12«1'»
1m»
J.:J •
·..a-- ---~
To change the pipe weight, grade, or size, right-click the pipe rating line you want to change. Drag the pipe rating line to the desired position. When a pipe is changed in one plot, the change is applied to the other plots.
9-42
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
a) Select the String and Connection tab, and spl it the tab into two horizontal panes. Hint Double-click the horizontal splitter in the upper right comer of the main view area, or drag the horizontal splitter bar to the desired location to adjust the viewing area.
On the top pane, select Tubular > String Sections. On the bottom pane, select Tubular > Connections.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-43
Chapter 9: Exercises
The top pane (String Sections table) displays the default pipe selected, 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, Q-1 2 5 grade, with a cost of $43 7, 116. Double-click the small bar in the upper right comer to split the pane horizontally.
-
~
x
The Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet is automatically entered.
Sinn Sections Base, MD (ft)
Top. MD (ft) ~o
1
146200
Grade
9 s.e·
53 500
Q.125
Cost ($) 437,116 437,116
9518",53500ppf,Q.125
2
From the bottom pane (Connections table), select BTC (Buttress Connection) as the pipe connection Type, and then tab out of the field. Notice that the total casing and connection cost increased to $515,786. The total cost of casing and tubing increased by $78,670when BTC type connectors are used.
Strin Sections Base, MD (ft)
Top, MD (ft) ~o
14620 0
OD (in) 9 s,e·
Weight (PPO 53500
Grade Q.125
b) The Collapse load contro ls the Des ign.
9-44
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Cost($)
515,7ffi 515,786
Chapter 9: Exercises
c) From the String and Connection tab, edit the String Sections and Connections tables as follows: Update the Tubular > String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets.
1CXXXl.O
14620 a
9 518"
53.500
Notice that the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg , L-80, LTC connection is under designed for the specified design criteria. Connection Safety Factor (Abs)= *1.25 (the asterisk indicates the Connection Safety Factor (Abs) is less than the minimum Allowable Safety Factor (Design Factor).
1 2
9 5.13", 53 500 ppf, L-00 9518",53.500ppf,Q.125
OD (In) 10625
BTC
10625
3
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-45
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Design tab. Notice that changes made in the String and Connection tab are automatically applied to all Design plots. Notice that the 9 518", 53.50 ppf, L-80 string section is under designed for both Collapse and Triaxial loads.
Col
~ . ........L...... LL. . . ~ . .......L. ......L . ·.~~~~M~~-1!-~• !
€
500J
j ~
+ Ott19" lotd l..ltlt I
l·· · ··········-:···········(·········1·······..·· j
···········i···········j·..
t
j
····;· ··········1····· · ·· ····~·-·· · ···-··-r··----- ·--............... i----·· ··---~ ............~ . ...•.... . ~---·1 f ~
f.: ·•·•
i•=···•·t1•·· · r••·••• r =r• +••••••• : ···: •••i•· · · · ••1t••r= .1· · · · ••1•l·· · ·1 :···· 17500
:!
150CI)
17500
:zooo
l(XXl(l Burst R.wig (p'SI)
l :ZOOO
UOOJ
Pip• R•M Q
......., ...............
i
l
FI L). 1 1
1500
0
1600'.l
····---~- ...........:....•.......
1500
10600
Tna11&MD111 n
·
· L
:
:
:
:
_/
+
<
:
•
: +\......: :
.
0Ul9" l.o•d Line Pipt Y1•1dStten 1h
······ .. ····;·········· ..r·· ..... -·~ ········ ·~·· ·· . ······r·········.. ·~········· ··· 500J
!
75CXJ
~
! UXOJ 12500 15000
!·········
:
17500 ~
:
:·:·::·:: ::r:::·::·:·:-r...·:··:_·:·:_ . .:.: ::~-~---. -i------~JT:··: .
~
5ro'.ID
79JDl
11DDD
12!llm
1500'.DJ
119JDl
mxm
·+ . ··---r~. .. ...!... .. +·· . . -~-· . . .... :
:
:
17 0 0 0 + - - - . . - - - 1 - - - t - - - - 1 - - - - . - - - - . - ---l nm 7500J 1llXlOO 1361)))
Ai~ Force Obi)
....
r:r.~c--n:t=i"IC:T11::::-1:=-. ......,~~~x ~xi;;;;xc:;o;;:. x~~·-------------------~~~---~
9-46
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Min ASF tab. Select View > Tabular Results> Min Safety Factors. Oep1h (MOJ (II) J)
Notice that both connections (LTC) Axial, jump out failure, and pipebody (9-5/8", 53.50 ppg. L-80) Collapse, Triaxial under design conditions are flagged. The legend at the bottom of the table states that values flagged with an asterisk indicate the Safety Factor is below the Design Factor. The lowest Absolute Safety Factor after comparing connection and pipebody absolute safety factors is reported for any depth of interest. 9-9~nectior) a b~o!Y~e safety factors are recognized by the letter attached indicating ri:>~~bie failure mode (for) example, L, F, J).
00/Woighll\"lrade
ConNC-tfOn
9 510", 53 500 pp{ L.00
LTC L-00
Burit 1 :1181
125 ll OJ 90'.J 90'.J 1153 1200 1000 1600
1100 1100 1958 5910 5970 ~1
6051 6100 6173 6187 f;300
6300 7213
7401 lfir> ~
9m 928J ~11
9420 96'()
9700 9!IJO 9900 990'.J IOCOl IOCOl 10100 1()20() 10300
L F J 81 66 Bil Cl C6
9 S113·. 53 500 pP4 0.1.25
6TC, 0.125
1 ll Eli 1 29 Eli 1 "29 B6 1 29 Eli I Zl Eli 1 2986 I 29 Ell 1 29 EE 1 2'I 86 12986 12986 12986 158EllL 158Elll 15886L 158B6L ISSEliL IS886L t5886L 158136L 15B86L 15866L 157B6L 15786L 15786l t57Elll
Mn1momS1re1 fac1or(Ab•) CohpS8 Axial • 100 00 (6 133!l8J 65 11 C6 1 3Hl8J 1 35 El8J 2662C6 18"3 C6 136fllJ 904C6 I 41 B0 J ·125B0J 904 C6 ·12188J 707 C6 ·12788J 679Cfl ·1.29El8J 584 C6 5UC6 H!5C6 I 49 B8J 485C6 143fll.i I 45 88J 193 ..I J 193 ..1 J 194111 J I 92AI J 1EllB8J I !f3 .. IJ I 96A1 J I 98AI J Al J 21 .., J 2 14 J 218 .. I (191)C6J (178)C6J (118)C6J (I 72) (.6 J (1 72) C6 J (161)C6J
()98CI 098Ct 098CI 125CI 125CI 125CI 125CI 125C1 125C1 I 25CI 125CI I 25CI 121 C6 112 c;; t tOC6 I 10C6
(1 6]) C6 J (1 61J C6J (1 59) C6 J (159) LtiJ (15B)C6J 7BJC6 (276)C6 (2 74) C6 (273)C6 (2 73) C6 (2 71) C6 (3 IS) Cb (298) C& (2 94) C6 l49fllF 351HIBF 328El8F HI B8F 3 21 B0 F
a
Tnaxl1I 15281 15361 154 61 15581 15980 t 48 BS 15088 I SOBEi • 51 B8 1 57 B8 161 86 1 59 fll 160E6 1 42E6 I U Iii 140 B6 139~ 136~
I J9 E'6 I 3986 1 HB6 14066 1 ~66 13566 1 31 Eli 12766 I :.'386 12386 I 21 86 I 21 B6 I 17 B6 117 86 1 1186 1160£. I 1866 I 18 Eli 18366 18386 I 8286 18393 18286 I 93 E6 199 E6 I 88 Iii 2 10 Cl
211 Cl 203C6
I 99C6 199C6
SF BelowD F Coonec.tron Leak Conn1c11on fraature Cor.neL1torl Jiimp Ous 01Spf•c1men1 lo G11 Tubing L..k lnjtctlOn CO
AbM Betow ?•eke•
Al
Ruoning m Hot•Awg Speed
()
Compr11S1on
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-47
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Design tab. On the Triaxial Design plot, drag the horizontal line of the Pipe Yield Strength line upward until the Design Load Line is to the left of the Pipe Yield Strength line as shown below. Drag the horizontal line of the Triaxial plot Pipe Yield Strength Line. Notice that the Collapse Design plot adjusts automatically with the change. You can drag any vertical/horizontal pipe rating I yield strength lines.
: : I : :. t: h, ;:::r 1·r
• Ots:iigrt Load Unt
o...go Ulad llnt
.
.
.
. .
-
.
1
1
.
17500 + - -- + - --+-- - - < - - - + -ml 100XI 200J Bur.i R" mg (pS<)
--<>---
1.~ : r<~r: ~
i17m ...........l......... 1!lm ... . .......
i
-+----I
1200J
1400)
i
·~-~
. , Vt'
. . . r . ...
150l1
llillXl
.........1·····.. ···-1-..····················l·······l · j . ..... . ...
l.. . . . .l. .. . . .
12SOO
17&1)+-71lXlXl
11XQllJ
10500
I
1
r···········r···....···r··.........
smm
1500
0
1
17500 ~
: : ··1············1············ 12500 ........_··1·· ········t......... ..( ····-···:····· ... :···· ..·r····i············ .............~······ u••·t··--..···-··r·······-··· 1-······-·····t!...........~---····--· ·· ~ ~ . ~ ; 17500+-- - - , t - - -++- --t-- -- + - - -+-- - ;f--- --l .........
'
:::.j:::t .•· · ·1· =1=·····1·1·······1•:••······ 1
P ipe R•hn
- -·-- ··r ··- -·- ·-·--~--- · ···· -,.-·
151X1l · ·· · ·· · ···· i · -··· ··· -- - <- ·· ·~--- --- .:. - - --- ----- ·> · ·· ·-····· ·; ..( ...... ... • ... ...... ..
[
. ···r·· ····t··· ··· ····j··:: ~:::::·:!:::::::::::J.::::::::::
•251lXXJ
1saxm
11&ro:1
20C0000
:nm
-
t-----1'-
Nial Force (lb~
- - --
....-.-- + -- - t - - ---l
7500) ""'1ES1< tH(ps~
...,..A~~x~~ XiiiX""""" X~~~·-----------------------'-'-'
9-48
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the String and Connection tab.
About 8,900 ft of L-80 pipe can be used.
Top, MD (ft)
89))0 U6..1) 0
2 3
9~·
53500
L-00 Q.125
Notice that the 9 5/8", 53 .50 ppg, L-80, LTC connection is still flagged as under designed for the specified design criteria. Connection Safety Factor (Abs)= *1 .25, which is less than the Axial Tensio Design Factor of 1.30.
1
2
9 ~·. 53 500 ppf, L..aJ 9 Slti". 53 500 ppf , Q.125
BTC
Q.125
10625
1 57
3
9. Select the Work tab. Select Tubular> Special Connections Inventory. Select Edit> Import from Catalog, and then select VAM TOP from the list of catalogs on the left side of the dialog box. With the VAM TOP cata log selected, highlight (select) the YAM TOP, 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, L-80 connector.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-49
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click Append to add it to the Special Connections table. -
-
-
-
Import From Special Connection Catalog
Select VAM TO P special connection inventory catalog.
VAMACESC90 VAM Big Omega VAMDINO VAM VAMFl. VAMHWST VAM HW ST SC70 VAM H'N ST SC80 VAMNEW VAM VAMNEW VAMMS NEWVAMSC V PRO VAM -tl
Select (highlight) the VAM TOP 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, L-80 connection. ---ttllDiliTl".ll:rm-----;--;:~~• VAMTOPSC80 VAMl' SC90
ImportJ
dose
J
~
J
Click Append to add the connection to the Special Connections Inventory table.
S/Jo1n1 19957
Note The red shading of lhc Special Connections listings indicates that there is no pipe of the same size, weight, and grade in the Pipe Inventory.
Select the String and Connection tab. Replace the LTC connection Type with VAM TOP. Notice the Connection Safety Factor (Abs) now satisfies the design loading conditions.
Pipe + Conn
2
9 5/0", 53 5'JJ ppf, L-00 9 5.18"' 53 500 ppf, 0-125
0-125
10 625
($/ft) 31 .15 35.35
Cost ($) 478 ,528
276,315 202,213
3
10. Click the Save icon ( r;I ) to save the E3SOPJ Design.
9-50
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 5: Minimum Cost I . Set the Minimum Cost search parameters to look at the most conservative constraints, where both Triaxial Design criteria and the API Burst, Collapse, and Axial limits are not exceeded. Select one casing section that has a minimum section length of 1,000 ft.
2. Change the Cost Factor fo r T-95 grade material to 1.60. 3. Execute the Minimum Cost search. a) What pipes are selected by the minimum cost search? b) Are these likely to be appropriate for your Design? c) Select BTC connections. Is there any problem using the BTC connection? d) How would you verify in-house connection test data? 4. How much was saved on the cost compared to the in itial Q-125 , BTC solution? 5. Save the E3SOP 1 Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-51
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 5 Answers I. In the Minimum Cost dialog box, enter parameters as seen below,
and then click OK. Refer to online help for further information.
(g)
Minimum Cost: 9 5/8" P.-oduction Casing Parameters
Select the Tubular > Minimum Cost > Parameters tab and enter the following.
ID!!sQ:l I
Cons trMlts
Maxm.rn Nlsnber of Secbons:
j1
~ Stttion Length:
,,....1000-.0- ft
Cost
Cost of K·SS Steel:
I700
S/ton
~
Minimum Cost: 9 5/8" Production Casing Parameters
Select the Tubular> Minimum Cost > Design tab, and select areas (gray) as seen here.
f~ ~ Tri-axial
ro ~ ~
Q)
lt::
0Q)
- • • ••••• • • • ••• • ••• •
> ~ Q) lt::
w
' -i-:-:.::..:..:::....=:..::+;:...=~=-:i=:..::.::..:..:::__+-~~-+-~~-1' ~~--1
Axial Force (lbf)
9-52
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
2. Select Tools > Default> Cost Factors. Change the T-95 grade cost factor to i . 60, and then click OK. --
-
-
-
~
Cost Factors Click the T-95 Cost Factor field and change the default to 1 . 6 o.
Cost
Grade Of Name
A
OK
FactOf
C-90 C-95 T-95 . 5 P-110 Q-125 V-150
Cancel
1.45 1.52
1.60 1.47 1.47
I I
~
1.60 Insert
1.77 v
3. Select View> Design Plots> Minimum Cost. Minimum Cost Search
l8J
~ass 3: Fll'llshed_ _ _ _ _ __. Elapsed Tune: 00:00:02 Last Minm..m-Cost Design: 00:00:02 Cooent 1'1inlmum Cost: $401,601
___ I I _,
QK
r···~ance1·11
•..... ····--.....J
a) Pipe selected is: 9 5/8" OD, 53.50 weight, P-110 grade. Therefore, the minimum cost is obtained using P-1 10 grade pipe for the 9 5/8" OD string. Notice that the connector table inputs are reset to undefined after executing Minimum Cost. Strin Sections Top, MD (ft) 1 2
Base, MD (ft)
300
14620.0
Pipe Section 1 2
OD On)
9 518", 53.500 ppf, P-110
9 5/8"
T pe
Weight (ppQ
Grade
53.500
OD
in
P-110
Cost (S) 401,601 401,601
Burst
NIA
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-53
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) Yes, based on the Design plots, all design load lines are to the left of the p ipe rating lines.
o~------------- ~ Ots!Qr'LO ~
···········:-··········r
:1: l5(D)
······r·········:····
· ··+·····~:~~~~~--
··
J:1:r::r 1:1:
,~ :::,: +·. ·r-ift~
i:: . r· ;r
··········-r·····-···-r···~······r·----·····:· ··--:......r--·-··----·i-·-·--·----
···········-i·-··········t············i·······--···j···········--r':··········i············
ISIXO
17500
I • .:· ·rr•• f
175XI l ml
DX)
1&00
1400)
0
1500
7500
~A> == "~ I O~•·~·~•-------------------------~T~·•~•= ••l~O~tt~1~n----------------------~
:
:
: -! · ··# €
17500 ~
~ICOXI
~
12500
: . . : :• • t
4-+
: 1
: j
:
1• Dwgnl.oodl.d>t
P.,.R~
j
.... .."
9-54
:
:
:
:
:
o
+ DH19n lo.d line
~eYteldS1ref191l>
€
J:::•·······:······· ·•:•:::•:: :1:::::-•:
r:•::
1cn:n:D l;&W) Axu t f'cwce \lbl)
151X1Xll
1750COO
12500
········r-········1-.......... r~---·-·-··t"·-----·---1-·--~--------~---·---·--·-
,7soo...-- ---t---__,f-----t-----t---__,f---------1
:lllUIXI
~~..,,X§IL/(41 •
! 75CO "¥ i 1CXIXI i 1500J· --·
·1soo+-- --t----t------- --- ---- ---- --i 7~
_I
2!ll'.l
·t ·····r ·-----··-1-·---·---·l ··----·--·i---------'·1···------·fADXll
;
5IXO
:•.:..:..•..:.•.:~..::·•-::•:.:..1.·::· r :::
:l5QXXl
: L+
nm
•!OOJ
60COJ
' !OOJ 9llXIO VME s...n(p")
•OSOOJ
1ioni
13llXJl
' · '~·--------------------------~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Work tab, and then open the View> Triaxial Check > Design Limits plot. Notice that all loads are within the unibiaxial/triaxial limits. Design Limits • Section 1 f
-----J·-----L _____ I
I
I
I
J _ _____ I
I I
I I
I
I
I I
I I
1______L____ _
J ___ _ __ I
L_____ I
I I
. . I
J _ _ _ _ __ l--- I
I
I I
!
1
I
I
I I
--~--- -- J-- ----L---J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
----- ~ ---- - - ~- - --- ~ - - - - --·-- -- - -~- --- - ~------ ~ ---4· -~ --- - - - · - -----~----- ~ ------~--- -
Trt-ax1a1 1.250 :
t
I
I
1
I
I
I
t I
I
..,.. -- .. - - r .... ..... - .., .. - - -- i
- -- -
t
' I
I
I
' ~
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
t I
I
I
l
I
I
'
... ......... , ..... ...... ... Ir --- - - ,t - - - --·f'I ··I
I
o
I
I
--J--.:::.....1..---1-
-3000 - ~-
I
I
I
I
:
-~·-_-:r-:---.;·~-_;t
.
.
~
•
I
0
I
'
' ' I
......... L ......... J
I
I
:
I
'
. I
' ''' --,' ---r-
I
'' 'I ' I
.
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
..
I I
o
0
I
I
I
' '
......' ............... -- .. . .
.
t
o
~-----~- - - -- -~ -----~------·--
'
.
o I
... -.. ,'. . . . . . ·+.'' ------:''---
---~- - --~------·------~-·---~-·----~' I I I f
'
I
......... .. ....L .. -
~ -----,•• • •-• f ••-··-~ --
I
~~~~:.::.;~i;~~~~==~=--
•'
I
•--- ~ ----- -~
......... ,I ............ 'I
t
1
'
I
I
I
.......... -~ ...... ,. _ _ . . . . . _ _________~- •
I
Green Cement Pressure Test AXial
I
I
'
0
............
'
--r - - - -- -,- - - -- -r-- -- --,--
I
'
0
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
•
l
-,' ----- r--r---- --r--- --, ------r-' -- -,'' ------r--·- . . ..,''........ - .. ' l,,....~:.--,._,,.,.:,.._ _ ~---:.-~--!---~--~:.-~~7-~:::::i::.;;.: : Collapse 1.0CX> , '' - -'-------- -~------f------~---·- ~ ------ ~ ----- ~------ ~ ----- - ~ - ----- ~ -----~------}------~--- -- ~ ------ ~- - - ~
.
..
I ' I
1
1
,
I
o
1
,
I
I
1
I
O
'I -12000
t
I
I I
l
I I
I
I I
I
- - r- - ----1-~--- , -----·r---, t I i I I I I I
I
:
1
,
,
1
,
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- ~ ---- --r - - - -- ~ - - - - - -T -- -- - -r - - - -- ~ ----- - ~ - - - --~·- ---- ~·- ---·~----- ~ ------ ~-- --- 1· · - -- -T ·-- ~ --r - - - - - ,- - --- - r--- , I I I I t I t I I I
-1600000.140000012000001000000-800000 -600000 -400000 -200000
0
200000 400000 600000 900000 1000000120000014000001600000
c) Select the String and Connection tab. From the Connections table Type pick-list, select BTC. Strin Sections Top, MD (ft) 1 2
Base, MD (ft)
30.0
14620 0
Pipe Section 95/8",53.500ppf, P / -110
T pe BTC
Weight (ppQ
OD On) 9 5/8"
Grade
53.500
P-110
Cost ($) 473,878 473,878
OD On) 10.625
Select BTC as the connection type.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-55
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Min ASF tab. Although the design satisfies the design criteria, using BTC connections weakens the design because the burst safety factor is connection critical, and the possibility of a connection leak increases.
OD.IWeighVGrade
BTC, P-110
1 2
125 313 430
3 4 5 6
9'.JO 9'.JO 1150 1200 1400 1600 1700 1700 1958 5970 5970
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
''--·· _i:;o.&j.,...,."'v" "" :' ."I
r~ -...
45'
... ~.,,_,~20
46 47 48 49 50 51 52
14120 14619 14620 L 81 86
53
88
54 55 56 57
C1 C6 A1 ()
9-56
Connection
/ .'
·_,....-.,~
....... -IF
.....
I
.....- '\ ......,,..,;
-. ••
/"
Minimum Safet Factor (Abs) Burst Collapse Axial 1 51 81 L + 100.00 c 216 88 1.52 81 L 78 76 C6 2.17 88 1 53 81 L 31 50 C6 2.20 88 1.54 81 L 22.9'.J C6 222 88 23) 88 1.59 81 L 10.94 C6 1 59 81 L 10.94 C6 203 88 1 61 86 L 8.57 C6 2.00 88 1 61 86 L 8 21 C6 2.07 88 1 61 86 L 700 C6 209 88 1 61 86 L 6.21 C6 212 88 1.61 86 L 587 C6 2.43 88 1.6186L 587 C6 2.32 88 1 61 86 L 514 C6 237 88 1 59 86 L 1.75 C6 310 A1 15986L 1.75C6 3.10A1
..........,.., .1 i;a.cc..i... ,. . .Jt.:z;p-!· ' ···-· ·~\'.(~l.... , ·"'
,..._
-" "<"',./'r57 :{€{ "••Ar~3 c~-- '~fr5sa 1 57 86 L 1 57 86 L 1.57 86 L
1 05 C6 1 03 C6 1.03 C6
Connection Leak Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak Injection Casing FulVPart1al Evacuation Above Below Packer Runmng in Hole-Avg Spee Compression
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2 96 88 2.90 88 2.90 88
Tri axial 2.09 81 210 81 212 81 2.14 81 2.18 88 204 88 206 88 206 88 208 88 209 88 2.22 86 219 88 219 86 19586 1.9886 ~ · ~Jr'
,
A'"f:nefct-• 1 79 C6 1 75 C6 1 75 C6
Chapter 9: Exercises
d) Select the Work tab, then select the View > Triaxial Check > Design Limits plot. Right-click the plot and select In-House Connection Test Data to open the Maximize dialog box. ~
In-House Connection Test Data
I
~tal Seal R~t Seal I
..,.__J____.~:f_.._ . ___.I. ____P-'ri:'_r..._Je_ _ __,]
_Pa~
J
l!-J
CMCel
'----'
--~ ---'
Open the "IN-HOUSE Connection TD.txt" file. Press Ctrl-A to select all the text, then press Ctrl-C to copy the content into the Windows clipboard (see StressCheck Help for more information).
I Press Ctrl-A, then press Ctrl-C to copy the contents of the text file into the Windows clipboard.
~(QJIBJ
IN-HOUSE Connection TO.bet · Notepad
File Edrl Format View
~
s1ze we1Q t Gra e T rea
oes1
n co
9.625 53.50 Q-125 UUllll-125 T reao 001
co
001
tM CUE Data POlnt 9 KIPS PSI
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-57
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the top left editable table cell on the Maximize dialog box, then click Paste.
~
ln·Houw ConneI Dow
I
~Ills.• R....t Soal I Nome
JMe111W · 9.62SlnSJ.50b/f\Q-12S
Pi...... {pti)
1CKXXllXI 1250000 12!i0000
10'.Xl0.00 sal\00
soom
·2500.00 -8000.00
.5(XIDJ
.imo.oo
·ICKXXllXI ·11JOODJ ·75000l
.5IXXJ 00 &OJ.DO 100XIOO lo:xJ0.00
100)XI)
9-58
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Click Paste to add the contents of the Windows clipboard into the dialog box.
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the test data to the Design plot. You can then compare the load distribution against the connection test envelope. Design Limits - Section 1 Dt~plecemert
15000
12000
..
9000
....e
6000
S:
L
Lost Rebsns wll'I Wal¥
I
I
I
- - - - __,_ ____ _ J ___ - .... I
I
I
I
f
I
I
t
I
I
.-- ..... -- -------- .. -- ..... I
t
L---· _J __ _ -- _ 1 __ - 1 • I
I I t
t
GM Kiele t 50 Obbl. 0 50 PP9) Tutllngleel< 1119'bon Oort«1 Casing GrHn Cemert Pressure T9'1 (Burst) Onl Mead (Burst) Fu111Part1al Evacuabon
I I I
.'
f
-- - - -~- -
: Tr14.Xll l 1.250 ;
'' '' .. ---· ..,' .....-.. ·- ---·,------,
f
I
I
f
I I I
.. ....... . . . -..
~~
3000
ii
E
°'8r'PUll Force
•.. .. =
0
!!:
I
--~ I
--
I
J
t
I I I
.
·-~·
-- .. ...... -----.... -..... ....
... . . . .
!'-~~--~~--~~--~~
- -,- - ,
--·-----·.! ----
~~
''' '' ' --,----··r···i ' ' ' ' '' '' :' l'
-t--i.'~ ·
--- I..- --~
c.m.rcmg DnlAheed (C~l Abol.~ Peel«
RITnng In Hole
.
.''
-- -r - --,
'
- ~Cemenl Static LOacl
Post-Cemer1 Staflc Load
D
>
I
I
I
- Lost Reti.ims will'I Mud Drop
:I
... ...t:•
I
to Gas
-3000
~000
t
I
-9000
!
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
'
.. ,. .... · ••.... "• .... -r---- --t· - - - - "., .. • ......... ,. .. __ -- .,--- - - I
-12000
I
I
I
I
t
'
..
I
I
. .'
........ .J .. .......... .. 1. .... - .. ....l.. ........ .... J ............... - - "
I
I
I
I f' - - - - -
I
I
t
I
'
'' I
"'!"'• - ...... ., .... - - - - .- - - - ,
I
I
' 200000 •00000 6110000 800000 10000001200000 U000001600000 A.rial Force ( bf)
-Notice that Metal Seal is added to the Design plot.
Note
In-I-louse Connection Test data is not retained after a Design is closed.
4. The cost savings is $515, 786 - $473,878 == $4 1,908.
5. Click the Save icon ( ri;I ) to save the E3SOP/ Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-59
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 6: Analyzing Results 1. Select the Sc hem tab, and split the tab into two horizontal panes. On the top pane, select Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme. On the bottom pane, select View > Well Schematic. Configure the Well schematic to show the title, cement, tapered string, reference depths, fluid, casing fl oat shoes, the TOC fo r liners and casing strings, top of the liner, and non-deviated. Change the title of the schematic to StressChe ck Training.
I
Hint Use the ,;ght mouse button.
2. Split the Burst and Collapse tabs into four equa l panes each. Populate these panes (starting with top left to top right, then lower left to lower right) with the View > Burst Plots and View > Collapse Plots plots as follows: Differential Pressures, Load Line, Pressure Profiles, and Temperature Profiles, respectively. a) Which burst loads contribute to the burst load line? What is the string temperature profile during the Displacement to Gas scenario? b) Which collapse loads contribute to the collapse load line? 3. Select the Axial tab and split the view into fou r panes (starting wi th top left to top right, then lower left to lower right) with the View> Axial Plots plots as fo llows: Load Profiles - Apparent (w/Bending), Load Line, Service Load Profiles - Apparent w/ Bending, and Service Load Lines. a) Which load cases and axial force directions (tension/compression) contribute to the service load line throughout the Well ? 4. Split the Triaxial tab into four equal panes. Populate these panes (starting with top left to top right, then lower left to lower right) with the View > Triaxial C heck plots as fo llows: Load Line, Safety Factors, Design Limits, and Von Misses Equivalent Plot.
9-60
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Momentarily, do not include the effect of temperature on yield strength, and the effect of buckling, in your Design. Hint Apply these changes while viewing the Design plots.
a) Do you need to change your Design? b) C heck both temperature deration and buckling prior to saving the Design. 6. Save the E3SOP 1 Design.
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-61
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 6 Answers I. Spl it the pane and apply views as seen below. Right-cl ick on the Well Schematic to access the Well Schematic Properties dialog box. On the Well Schematic Properties dialog box, select the items to display on the schematic, then click OK.
N•mt
Typo
Conductor Surt'ace Intermediate lntermtdlltt Protect,... Production Production
..
! _.,
1•
.._ .-: '
I
CH1ng CH1n9 Casing Cuing Ces1ng CH1ng Lintr
Hai. S.zt (tr )
'"d De
M11s
Han er
36 (0) 26 rm
22 llll 17 500 I( 750 12250 6 500
3:10 :I) 0
3)0 lJO lJO lJO IC200
Mud at
thS
5hoe 6000 11500
f \_ll
Shoe (pp'l)
aio
BW BW
5000
~o
16000
9tB50
( 48) 0
120200 146200 163l'.l 0
83150
,. 00
107500 1433)0
1510 II 00
920 11 60
0
43'.l.O ft TOC SOO.O ft TOC 600.0 ft uso.o ft 1660.0 ft TOC :mo.a ft
~S&UM!I ~
(125.0 ft)
Li'le (43'.l.O ft)
3J" ConO.Jctor 0sroo 24. Stsface Casrog 1B 5/8" Intermaiite casl'10
4480.0 ft TOC
Right-click the Schematic, and then select P roperties.
8315 0 ft TOC 9!85.0 ft 107'50 0 ft TOC
12020.0 ft
14320.0 ft Tot 14320.0 ft TOC 14620.0 ft
16330.0 ft
13 5/8" Protective Casng
9 5/8", (12 l/4"). 53.500 ool. P-110, P!oduc1Dl casno COl'l'leCtion: BTC. P·llO 7' Pl'OlilclO'l LJW
£f
Well Schematic Propertie~
Change the Title name , then select the check boxes associated with the items you want displayed on the Well Schematic. This dialog box is also accessible via the Edit > Properties menu path.
TIlle IOI Cureri Vrew
P' ShowTitle P' Specly Title I SueisCheck Traat'Wlg v-Optiom P Cement
P' T<'!Peled Stmg P' Aelefence QeplN P' FUd
P' roe f0t L11e1t P' TDC fot C.,mg St1W19$ P' TOL P'
~~on-Oe'Mied
P' With C&WlO Floal Shoe OK
9-62
Fcrt
H~
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Click OK to view the changes to the schematic.
Chapter 9: Exercises
2. On the Burst and Collapse tabs, split the panes and apply views as seen below. Refer to the plots on the Burst and Col lapse tabs to determine the loads that defi ne the burst and coll apse load lines. Note If a plot legend covers most of the viewing area, right-click an empty area on each graph, and then select Properties from the drop-down menu. On the Graph tab of the dialog box, deselect the Show Legend check box to see all plot data.
a) The Burst Load Line plot is based on the Displacement to Gas and Tubing Leak burst loads. rhe Burst Load Line plot is a compilation of burst lifferential pressure curves. In this case, the burst oad line is a compilation of the Displacement to 3as and Tubing Leak load lines.
Burst Differential Pressures
Lost Rtilums W'lllh ...._.,
.' .'
Ges kl<'.k !50 0 l>CI. 0 50 ppgJ
'
- [)splat...... to Geo.
-
3000
£
' '
Ttbng Lffl<
t
• l
6000
lnj&CtJcn ()ow1
9000
Green Cermwt Pressure Test (9'ntJ ; OnU Mead Bi.nt
Q
....
c...
lflQ
:I
-..1-----·----""----..1 '
15000
- - -- ~- - -.. ~- - .. -~ .. -.. 700
i
I
I
,
Q
---;--~
...
,
·:- ...... ~- ...... -:- -- - ~-- --
6000
.' .. .. -:- --:--
.
•
~
15000
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
t
t
5800
6000
6200
6400
6600
''
:E 14000
.. .....
.
1500
~
'
3000
..........
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. II
11
"" 6800
7000
7200
...
~·\---:~
'
9000
_ ...,..
106~
.
12000,
...
t
t
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
'
•
~ 7000
:E 14000 ...
I
i
'
'
' --,' ..,.......... , .........,-.... -.. t·--- ,--
3600
'
•
I
I
t
.. ..
200
226
250
.. t
• ......... ••y • • • • T •
:; 10500
..
-- ~--- •-1-.f
-- -- t .. - --- ~ -.. -- ·:- - - --~. -... -~ ........ -:-.
:S
'. i.. . .... :: .
4600 6000 7600 Pre11ure (pal)
.. ... ..
'
g
''
. . .. .... ............... . -- ..... -·-
11 II -
t
Burst Temperature Profiles
.
7000
i
t
I
r.::::o==-.- .....--,-~-.-~...,.-~..-~..-~..,-~-.~,
.... -: .. ---- l · --- - T- -- - -i-i
:; 10500
'
I
I
6600
''
i
t
t I
I
I
'
... = •
•
""
I
Burst Rating (psi)
Burst Pressure Profiles
Q
• I
Dltftrentlat Burst (psi)
:::.
I
I I I - - - - - . - - - - - - . ........... . . . . . . . -
---- · -----
1400 2100 2800 3500 4200 4900 6600 6300
3600
I
f
I
'
.
r - -- ·...,... --- .. .,. .. -- "'•r • - · ... ,_ ...
I
'
--
I
I
;1 12000
..
A...bJdl loed Line
''' ·-· - T·-•
:;
' '
'
- °'""lll" Loed Lioe
....... .; .....
~ 9000
----1- .. - ----~
..
3000
&:
I
i··---: --- :·
;112000
g
'
Burst Load Line
.... ,
t
' . .................. .' ................................... ' '
50
75
100
125
'
150
176
Temperature (' F )
.....
·~·~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The assumed string temperature profile during Displacement to Gas scenario shows a typical temperature profil e, with lower temperature at the mid/lower casing section, and higher temperature in the mid/upper cas ing section, compared to the undisturbed temperature profile.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-63
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) The Collapse Load Line plot is based on the Lost Returns with Mud Drop, Full/Partial Evacuation, and Above/Below Packer collapse loads.
The Collapse Load Line plot is a compilation of collapse differential pressure curves. In this case, the collapse load line is a compilation of the Lost Returns with Mud Drop, Full/Partial Evacuation, and Above/Below Packer load lines.
Collapse load line ,
:
I
3000
g 3000
i
6000
CD Q
=
15000
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15000
I
I
I
,,
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I I
I I
I I
I I
f
I
I I
I I
I
I J
'
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I f
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I I
J
I
I
...... ... ... L ...... ...... l ......... ... J ... ... J I
I
I
I
Ful/PM!el Evacuation - Cemert1ng I I
7000
CD
=10500 " ::E
..
~ 10500
Ill
I
- - J _____
I I
I I
I t
I I
I I
I
J
14000
,'', 9000
10500
I
I
--,-----r- - ---i----~-----, I
I
I I
CD
::E
Lost Returns wlh Mud Drop
I
L---- - '- - ---
1 I
"
CD
9-64
I
I
I
.c
iQ
!
6000 7500 Prm ure (psi)
I
I
E 3500
,,
4500
I
- lrnbal Condlbons
Lost Returns l'ftth Mud Drop
3000
I
Collapse Temperature Profiles
Cemertmg (lrt)
1500
I
800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6600 6400 7200 8000 Collapse Rating (psi)
7000 Q
0
I
I
- Full/Partial Evacuabon
.c
f
L ...... ... ... L ... ... -- L- -- -L-- - -l - - J
I
Collapse Pressure Profiles
..~
I
- - ........t ...........1............t........ .. ...•............. L ..... ... ... L ...... ... ... t I I I I I I t
900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 7200
g 3500- --
I I
I I I
I
I
- - _ _ 1 ___ - J _ -- --'-- - - -'-- - - - '-- -- -'- - - - - L - -- - -- -- J
I
____ J _ __ _ _, _ _ ... --'- ... ...... -'- - ...... ... L ......... ... L .. ......... !.. ............L.
I I
Actual Load Ltne
I
9000 -- -- JI. . ........ Jl ...... ... ... ~I............ ~r...............IL ... . ...... IL ... ... ... . IL... ......... I
i 12000 ::E
12000
- Design Load ltne
t
I
I
... .. - ... J - ... ... . J ... _ - - -'- - - - _._ ... ... ...... L _ I t I I I I
-e
9000
, I
I I
'
I
I
J___ __L____L____t__ -
I
I
6000
I
1 _ __
14(XX)
I
I I
'
I
'
75
100
125
- - .,. _ - - - - · - - - - -~ - - -- ~ --- - - -1 - - - I I I I I
60
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
--- - -~- - --
150 176 200 Temperaturt ('F)
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
I
I
----4----4
225
250
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. On the Axial tab, sp lit the panes, and apply views as seen below. Tensile/Compressive axial loads display
Axial load Profil
- Apparent (w!Bending)
Axial load line
,..__, I
I
I
_..
I I
I I
.... ___ .. ,.. .... -....... .............................. . . .. I
I
I
I
5Q. ct
a eooo i
.
:I
I
···--·1··--·1
..
•: 12000
:E
'I
I
I
"'-...
' ' -----L------J---t I
' I
I
I
I
'
.000000 -260000
'
'' \
0
I
I
I
I
I
3000
..... L .. .... .. L .........L ......... L ........ l ........ l ......... J ..
i
6000
.. ..L. ....... -L ........ L ........ L ........ L ........ L ....
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
'I '0
ct
I
I
I
a
..
f
I
t
i
I
I
e
9000 --··- _...____.__
I
I
I
I
I
I
II I I
_,_____.....__._._
:I
' '
' 'I I
-- .. -··· ~ .. --- .. ! .............. J I I
I
-
£
~
. . I I
•
I
: 12000
:E
15000
260000 600000 750000
I
I
I
I
I
1 .....1.. .... .. .. ...........
t.. ......... l ........ L .. ...... L....
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
11
..l .. .... ... ! ...... ... JJ
I
I
I
11
I I
I I
II 11
I
I
1 1
.... L .......... !.. .. .. ..... •... .. .. .. ... L .. ... .. .. t. .... ..... L .. ....... l ......... ! ........ .J .......... J J I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 1
-600000IOOOXl100000 0 200000looooa;()()00Ql00000000Xlm00000
Axial Force (lbf)
Axial Force (bf)
Axial Service load Profiles -Apparent (w/Bending)
Axial Service load Lines .......
,.-~...,-~~.--,,,....,.-,,..,.......-~ ~
,.......,~-.-~~,---,
I
I
--1-·---, ' '
4000
. I
I
I
I
. _:J _----~ ---__ j I
I
\
'
'
The Service Load line draws over the Lost Returns with Water and the Above/Below Packer loads.
I
I
I
I
I
'
4000
t
,,a
8000
12000
£ 5
..
8000
ct :I
•: 12000
:E
All axial service loads are displayed in absolute values to facilitate identification of the maximum loads, including Lost Returns with Water, Injection Down Casing , and Above/Below Packer.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-65
Chapter 9: Exercises
a) The service load line is positive (Tension), down to approximately 7,000 ft MD due to the Lost Returns with Water and Inj ection Down Casing axial load component. The Service Load line becomes negative (Compression) down to approximately 10,500 ft MD due to the Above/Below Packer axial load component, and finally it shifts back to positive down to TD due to Lost Return with Water and Inj ection Down Casing axial load component. Service Loads line
Axial Service Load Profiles • Apparent (w/Bending) - Otsplacement to Gas Lost R9b.KnS "'lh ~ 1500 - Gas Kick (SO 0 bbl. 0 SO ppg) Tubing Leak I
3000
111ecbon Down Casing · Green Cement Pressure Test (Bur&t),
I
I
Dnll Aheed (Burst)
.. •
:
,
I
I
I
I
f
•
''
Cemerong
... '
t
'
I
I
'o
o
. . .
S-ce L oads
I
. I
.
I
I
'
II
'I
. I
'0
--- ·I -----~I - ---·-----·---·-·-----~-----~ I I I - --~f 0
I
. . ___
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f
--·I - - - - - ~ -----·-----J---- 4I --- -- Jt -- - -- '----~I ---~t I I I I
:IE
. .
. .
I
I
I
J
:~----~-----J·---- ~ -- -- ~;-·--- ~ -----~---~
10500
.
_._____
I
I
'
o
I
I
!
.
I
'
'
I
. . •
I
'
'' ' ' ' ----- 1 ----- t -----1 ---- - ~ - --~
' ' . .. . .''' . . --t-----+-----+ -----1-----t-----r-. ... ... . -----r-----r-----r-----r---- -r-----r·--·-r· ----r----- r··-·-r-----T····-T··---T·----1---- -,-----,--- --1-- ---,---, I
12000 -- -
f
I
I
'
I
' '
_____ 1 _ __ __ 1 _ ____ 1 _ ___ _
-+ --- + -- +--. +-·· +-
I I I
'
I
I
I
o o I
I
0
I
I
I
f
. I
I
I
>
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
i
•
I
I
I
I
t
t
f
I
I I
'
'
'
I
I
I
i
'
I
t
---~-----1-----1----- 1- --~
--~----·r·····r·
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-630000.0400~000-360000~70000-180000 ~000
9-66
'
I
I
•
15000
I
I
f
~ --;·----~-----~--- --1-- -~
9000
13500
I
I
I
-~ Packer
7500
''
.,---·-,-----, -----, ---,
Or1IAheao (~I
~
i0 ...• ~
I
f
Lost Returns Wlltl Mud Oroc
e:
f
r----- r---- -r-----r ----
4500 - FulllPartJal Ewcuebon
~o
I
-- - -- :r- ----•-----~-----f--;
0
90000 180000 270000 360000 450000 540000 630000 720000 810000 900000 Axial Force (bf)
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
I
I
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Split the Triaxial tab into four panes, and p lace one plot in each pane as shown below.
Triaxial Load Line
Triaxial Safety Fact ors
1- Pipe Yield Strength
g s t
3000 6000
0
i
..
;;
- Birst
~Load Profile ~
Loedl1ne
...' - . ''
''
9000
'
(wlBencingl
.
~----J-----L-0
'
Aloal
''
'
.'
''
'
I
- I.. --- -'
'
'
- I.. - - - ..I
'' ' ''
: 12000
' ''
_ 1,,_ - · "'
:E
1
I
' I
'I
t 1
..
9000
: 12000
:E
'
..
. .... ~ .. ...... IL ........ J ........ .. 'L ........ ~ .. .. .. ..
e
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
' t
t I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. -~-· - ... ~ ·- · .. ~ -- .. . . - ~ -- .... ~ - .. -.. ~
16000 - --- -~ - - - - ,- - --~-----~---- ~- ---~- - -- -~ - - - - } -- - -~ 0.0
0 .7
1 .4
2. 1
2.9
3.5
4.2
4.9
5.6
Von Mises Equivalent Stress • Section 1
Design Limits • Section 1 15000
•
7500
I
- - J ...... .. ....L .... .. .... L .......... J .... I
---~~- -- - ~ -----J I I I
t
I
I
1
~
! Trt-axlll 1.260 !
. .... .. ..
'=0 450000 900000 1350000
I
7500
'' .. ,'' ''
~
I
J
:
L
0
..I
I
I
__ .. __.... _..
t
•;;
ll ci:
' •-•••L •-
t
62500 60000 67500 75000 82600 9000097500105000112500 VME stron (psl)
;; .2: 15000
Tna10a! F111lre Cnteoa
6000
0
--- ~--- - ~ - - - - -~ - - - - ~- --~
16000
Collapse
3000
'
-7500
-120000().800000-400000
0
.aoooo eooooo 1200000
Effectlv• XIII Foret (lbf)
In the Design plot, the Von Mises and the API failure criteria plot together. The Von Mises plot envelope in this case is approximate. Consequently, sometimes failure points plot inside the envelope.
The Von Mises Equivalent Stress plot is totally pressure independent; that is, the strength of steel does not depend on the hydrostatic pressure.
Note: Always validate your visual interpretations with tabular results, as well as with the Von Mises equivalent stress.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-67
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Se lect the Tubular > Design Parameters> Analysis O ptions tab, and deselect the Temperature Deration and Buckling check boxes. Hint You can select and deselect the temperature deration and buckling check boxes, click Ap ply, and then observe the effect on the plots.
When finished, verify Temperature Deration and Buckl ing options are selected in the Design Parameters dialog box, and then click OK. Design Parnmeters: 9 5/8" Production
[El
I
Des.on ConsIri51'1l Mn Int~nal Dnft a. 500
I
n
Analysis Opbons
Deselect the l'1 Single External Pressu-e Profle T em peratu r""""'=: - - - --t--P r Temperatlre Derabon De ration and ~ t.mt to ffactise at Shoe Buckling analysis r Buddno Options· r Use 81.nt Wal Tudcness tn Tnaxial
OK
Cancel
a) No, deselecting temperature deration and buck ling makes the design criteria less critical.
9-68
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Notice that Collapse Load shifts slightly away from the design limit (Triaxial Safety Factors). Similarly, the Above/Below Packer Load shifts slightly upward on the Von Mises plot. Collapse load shifts slightly right, away from the design limit (Failure Criteria).
TriaxiaJ Load Line
g
t
Apperent Load Profile (w/Bel'\d1ng)
3000
Desi n Load Line I f
1
Q
I
..
f
I
9000
--- L--I
! I
I
: 12000
:E
15000
- - - IL - -
I
I I
t I
I I
I
I
-J----~I I
3000 - --- - · - -
fj
6000
t
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
Q
L---- IL -••••-••• ~I ----- I~ -- -~---~ I I I
!
I !
I
g
I
I
J ----~--I
I I
::I
I I
- ---~---f IL - - -- ~ I ---- ~I -----~ I -- -L I --- ~I
6000
I
t I I
I
--~----~ I I
... .
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
JI • • •• ~I - -- - ·L -I
. IL. . . JI
..
: 12000
'' -----~ -·
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
t
!
I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
I
Failure Cntarla
'
'
'
I I
I
I •
I I
I I
I I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I I ! --L----L·---J-••••L-••• L •••• ~ I
I
-
f
I
I
I
- -~ ........ L -·--j--•••~--~- L- -- -)
I
t
I
I
I
I
!
t
I
I
t
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
15000 - ---- r- - ··, ----~- ----~ - - --t----~---~-r - - --~ --- -~ 0.0
0.7
1.4
2.1 2.8 3.6 4 .2 Normalized Safety Factor
4.9
5.6
Von Mises Equivalent Stress - Section 1
Design Limits - Section 1
=-
Tna)(Jal
1
t
-- -L .... J ----~-----~----L----l- -- - ~-- - --L - ---L-- . J
Axial
' -----L--I
:E
Collapse
.
::I
52600 60000 67600 75000 82500 90000 97500 105000112500 VME Stress (psf)
..
9000
- BlZSI
- -- -L-1
I
I
Triaxial Safety Factors
..
- Pipe Yield Slrengltl
.!:15000
;;;
15000
- - · J ......... --1.. - - - - - L . -- _ _ .J __ - f
f
.!:
. l I l
I I I
l (
--L ---- . I I
Tri-axial 1.250 •
1. . - - _ _ J __ _ • • ..J I I f I f I
I
-1200000-800000-400000 0 400000 9000001200000 Effective Axial Force (lbf)
Axial Foree (lbf)
....;.:.-1
Above/Below Packer shifts slightly upward (within the envelope), away from the unibiaxial collapse limit.
Note It is always recommended to support any graphical interpretation with tabular results. It is also recommended to verify Design Parameter settings prior to reaching design conclusions.
6. Select the String and Connection tab, then click the Save icon ( r;I ) to save the E3SOP1 Design.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-69
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 7: Tables and Reports I. Using the Print Preview feature (available if you have printer drivers set up on your PC), investigate the options for printing results from the desktop. 2. What is the minimum burst absolute safety factor for the 9 5/8" casing? Be sure to select cas ing 9 5/8" 53.50 ppf, P-110. Verify the BTC Connection Type (P- 110 Grade) is specified in the Connections table. 3. What is the minimum triaxial absolute safety factor for 9 5/8" casing, and what is the minimum triaxial normalized safety factor? What is the ratio (Abs/Norm) between these values? Why? 4. What are the four min imum absolute safety factors at the top of cement? Hint Look at both free and cemented pipe at the TOC. Determine the TOC using Wellbore rel="nofollow">Casing and Tubing Scheme and/or View> Well Schematic.)
5. At what depth is wear most critical for burst and collapse? What is the maximum allowable wear at this depth? 6. What overpull could you pull if the casing became stuck at 14,000 ft MD while running in? What would be the axial absolute safety factor if thi s overpull was applied? 7. What is the axial force at the wellhead when the casing is cemented? 8. Which load case resu lts in the minimum collapse absolute safety factor? At what depth docs this occur? 9. Which load case(s) indicate buckling conditions? How can reported buckling conditions be prevented in the design? I0. What are the pipe ratings for the casing?
9-70
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
11. Set up a new report, and name the report Wellbore Data. Select the Portrait format with multiple items on each page. Select Print Preview (if available) to display the report on your screen. Include the following items in the order presented: • • • • • • • •
General Data Well Schematic Casing and Tubing Scheme Data Pore Pressure Data Fracture Gradient Data Pore, Fracture & MW Plot Deviation Data Geothermal Gradient Data
12. Save and close Design E3SOP1.
l
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-71
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 7 Answers 1. Select File> Print Preview. When finished, click C lose. Select what you want to print from the pull-down list.
00.
.......
...._ cw.-
---·....
T)M
e-. e-. c._
en~ c...,
.....,
._
.,
- ., -=- .,
....
•ooo
JOO
JeOOQ
...
n,,,;
"lol
U'-'O
__-
JO!
»:
lO' •m o
E3SO
eaoo
I
1
TOC
"!e)
ElOO
!"!~ ~
·=o ·~o
·eu:o
0110 '°00 IC5)0 .. IOD
u·,. ,,.'°. Ollllt
StressCheck5000 17OBulld11180
t I
9-72
Date Se ember 02 2010 P
OFE
s 12s.oo 11 rn ,..,
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
> 1•
Chapter 9: Exercises
2. On the String and Connection tab, verify BTC is specified in the Type pull-down list in the Connections table. Verify the connection type BTC is specified as the connection Type. Sinn Sections Cost($)
Weight (ppQ
Top, MO (ft)
473,878 473,878
53.500
473,878
9 518", 53 500 ppf, P-110
Select the Work tab, and then select View > Tabular Results > String Summary. The minimum absolute burst safety factor for the top section is 1.51 L (that is, the "L" denotes that the design is connection (leak) critical).
St~ng
OOM'eoght!Grade
Connection
Produtl!On Cung 9 5.e", 53 500 ppf. P- 110
BTC, P-110
The absolute Triaxial safety factor is 1.60.
Tnaw;r
.Jl 0. 1'1620 0
8 500 A
160
O.S.gn Cost ($) 473,878
Total: 473,878
L Conn Luk A Alitrnalt Dnft
3. Click the Normalized SF icon (
Y.1)-
Notice that the minimum Triaxial Normalized safety factor is 1 .28.
S1nng
00/Wei;tt/Grade
COll!leciion
95'6.,53500ppl,P-110
BTC,P-110
t.!OlnteMl (I)
3)0.140200
Ona 0.. n)
8500A
M.nimum Safer Factor !Norml I Butst Colla H Aral Tmulal 137L 103 156 125
Deg gn Cost
l)
473878 Total: 473$78
The ratio between the absolute and normalized safety factors is 1.25 because the Normalized SF = Absolute SF/Design Factor ( 1.60/1.28). You can veri fy that I .25 is the specified Design factor (Tubular> Design Parameters).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-73
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select the Scbem tab and view the Casing and Tubing Scheme table or the Schematic. Notice that TOC = 10,750 ft MD. TOC for 9 5/8" Production Casing is 10,750 ft.
\
10750.0 ft TOC 12020.0 ft
13 5/8" Protective Casng
14320.0 ft TOL 14320.0 ft TOC 14620.0 ft
9 5/8", (12 1/ 4"), 53.500 ppf, P-110, Prodoctk:ln Casing Correction: BTC, P-110
16330.0 ft
7" Productk:ln Liner
Select the Work tab, and then select View> Tabular Results> Min Safety Factors. Make sure you view absolute safety factors. Make sure you view the absolute safety factors. Click the Normalized SF icon again (_Kl) before selecting the Minimum Safety Factor table.
Depth (MO) (ft)
g_ 43
J
OD1We1ght/Grade
J
J
Connection
Minimum Saf~Faclor (Ab& l Cofl!J!.Se Axial Tnax1al l 1581ll l 1 17 Cl (262) C6 1 66 Ill Bursi
J
J
10500 10750
l 5886L
1 17 Ct
(259) C6
165 ffi j
12020
.., 136 L
4J 3C6
14120
1 ~ 86L
105C6
3 1!iffB 200 88
lil]
44
~ 6
Burst minimum absolute safety factor is 1.58.
Collapse minimum absolute safety factor is 1.17. Axial minimum absolute safety factor is 3.15.
Triaxial minimum absolute safety factor is 1.85.
9-74
J
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
1-
179 P,
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. From the Work tab, select View> Tabular Results> Max Allowable Wear table.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32
33 34
9 518". 53 500 ppf, P-110 1250 3048 430 0 oo:i o 1200 o 1400 o 16000 1700 0 19580 59700 6100.0 63000 72133 9CXXJ 0 96900 9700.0 9800 0 900.l 0 10000 0 10100 0 10200 o 10300 0 10400 0 10500 0 107500 12020 o 14120.0 146200 Bt
136 Cl C6
0 333 81 033) 86 0 33) 86 0 331 86 0 331 86 0.331 86 0 331 86 0 331 86 0 332 86 0335 86 0 335 86 0 335 86 0336 86 0 337 86 0 337 86 0 337 86 0 337 86 0 338 86 0 .338 86 0 338 86 0 338 86 0 338 86 0338136 0 .338136 0 338 136 0339136 o 340 86 0 340 86
0.123 C6 0.165 C6 0 .185 C6 0236 C6 0.259 C6 0 .272 CG 0284 C6 0 .289 C6 0302 C6 0 440 C6 0.444 C6 0 451 C6 0.476 C6 0.509 C1 0 511 Cl 0 .511 Cl 0 .511 C1 0 511 C1 0 511 Cl 0 512 C1 0 .512 C1 0 .512 C1 0.512 C1 0.512 C1 0.513 C1 0.520 cs 0.535 C6
388 394 39 4 39 3 39 3 39.2 39 2 392 391 386 386 385 38 4 382 38 1 38 1 38 1 38 1 38 0 38 0 380 38 0 38.0 380 380 37 8 37.6 37 .6
77 4 69 7 660 56 7 52 4 50.0 47 9 469 446 192 185 17.3 12.6 66 6 .3 6 .3 6 .2 62 6 .2 61 61 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 47 1.8 11
0 212 0 215 o 215 0 214 o214 0 214 0 214 0214 0 213 0 210 0 210 0 210 0209 0208 0208 0_208 0 208 0207 0 207 0207 0 207 0 207 0 207 0207 0 .207 0206 0.205 0 205
0 422 0 300 0 .360 0339 0286 0273 0 261 0 256 0243 0 105 0 101 0 094 0069 0036 0034 0 034 0 034 0 034 0 .034 0033 0.033 0033 0.033 0033 0032 0025 0 010 0006
01splacemenl to Gas Tubing Leak FulVPart1al Evacuation Above Below Packer
35
The max allowable wear is most critical for burst at TD, with a rating of 37 .6% maximum wear (%of wall thickness).
The max allowable wear is most critical for collapse at TD, with a rating of 1 .1 % maximum wear (% of wall thickness).
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-75
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. From the Work tab, select View > Tabular Results > Max Allowable Ovcrpull. The axial SF is the Design safety facto r of l .3. The Axial Design safety factor is specified on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
Mar OYerpull
ObO n;rsJ
102 103
10A
1:B34
764949
14 116 14368 14590
757839
105 1(J)
14620
107
• Based on Casing Strength Only Running Stnng not Included
100
109
The maximum overpull at 14,000 ft MO is 761 ,107 lbf.
7'!:lJ7~
744465 • 743619
7. From the Work tab, select View> Tabular Results > Axial Loads. The axial force at the wellhead when the casing is cemented is approximately 500 kips.
p,..c._,,. $1..., lead Dtp\• (111
'.JlO 1250 OJQ 9000 l.Ul 0 f2a:J 0 12000 400 0
9- 76
App orem
(>o'Stodlng)
628357 615100 69;1 1"' 6817lS 681134 6761'193
t.:£E.J9
L13711
Sl2a54
51:rJ54
~
flll)JJ EOlU:l
9'.)7871
507871
4'<1554
491S!o.4
466409 $A;>li9
466409 4ffi4CS
5AS2136
4504~
S«'!l5
,451M,4 4:l0;4
h.•HS7 blSIOO 61'100 £OOi3e
!ie9m u;.t;>f,9
6$00ll
ro;f;'Jj
6Wlll
lill!)9"
ero!~
6070) 5119174 '1!9173 500712 581'1 I 575071
53:'825
51JlJJI 4'!5;?48 41ro:)I 45378;
S61f.47 5J$04 53!,8ij
525.."02
4Sl786 453785
43700:' 078)1 427341
Ai>po
~"9l
Acl~·
{WO 8tndongt
557544
!615A4
ri'P£17
71fjjll
SS2.o2
~.IQ
5~144
!'33144
5111)))
51100'.l
f.lQliQ
<,)009:)
59:!1111
495016 4 '5015
7B>A% 767m 742033 830093 823910
'BJ.t95 7fi7117 7':.mJ l42lll2 72@19
!SSlS !18:'41o
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
At! .. (Wo e.nd"'llJ
484554
llll009
l~
81J.U9
71'll!EI
Chapter 9: Exercises
8. From the Work tab, select View> Tabular Results> Minimum
Safety Factors.
Aiual
32 33
34 JS :E 37
30 39 40 41 42
43 44 45 46
51 52 53 54 55 56 57
15886 15886 15886 15886 15886
9900 9900 100Xl 10100
10200 10Dl
15886 15886 15886 15886 15886 15886 15886 1 57 86
10400 10500 10500 10750 10750 12020
L 81 86
88 Cl
C6 Al ()
1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1.18Cl 1 18 Cl t 17 Cl 117 Cl 1 17 Cl 1 17 Cl 113 C6
(2 50) C6 (2 .48) C6 (2 46) cs (2 46) C6 (2 45) C6 (2 43) C6
(2 41) C6 (2 40) C6 (2 39) C6 (2 77) C6 (2 62) C6 (2.59) C6 3 15 88
Triax1al 1 61 86 16086 16086 16286 16286 1 61 86 1 61 86 1 61 86 16086 17086 16686 16586 1 85 Cl 186 Cl
Connection Leak Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak Injection Casing FulVPart1al Evacuation Above Below Packer Running m Hole-Avg Speed Compression
58
r Use this key to determine which codes are associated with each load case .
The minimum absolute collapse safety factor results from the Above/ Below Packer load ca se and is 1.03 at 14,620 ft TD .
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-77
Chapter 9: Exercises
9. From the Work tab, se lect View> Tabular Results>
Triaxial Results.
Depth (MD) (ft)
1
])
2 3 4
125 4])
OOJ
5 6
tXKI
7
~
.
...__,,~
Absolute Safet F aclOr Axial Force (lbQ Bending Stress Apparent Actual at OD (ps~ Tnaxoal Burst Collapse Ali!tat (wl8end1ng) (w/o Bending) 632120 632120 00 151 L 209 NIA 269 627037 00 210 1 52 L NIA 2 71 627037 610720 610720 00 214 154L NIA 278 1 59 L 565575 585575 00 220 NIA 290 683435 6294 2 11 159 L NIA 2.49
Addt1 Pickup To Temperature Prevent Buck
("F) 84 0
Qb~
Buckled Length (ft)
0
0
847 B7 0
e
667453 667451
254
. -..#--
From the Load pick-list, check all loads. (This pick-list is only available when the Triaxial Results table or a custom load is displayed and active.)
Depth (MD)
(ft) 1
2
Displacement to Gas Gas Kick Prol'lle Axial Force Loit Returns W«h Wates D1il Ahead Bur't Apparent
(w/8end1ng)
3l 125 43)
-oo:u> -~
5 6 7
~
-110967 -135596 .233459
1200 1200
·249114 -243766
R
1d.OO
~1
3 4
~
.:J
( l~ection Down Camg Green Cement Pressure Test Ful/Partial Evacuation Lost Reb.mt wilh Mud Drop Cementing Ori Ahead(~) Above/Below Packes Ri.miig in Hole Ovesid Force Pre-Cement Static Load PO$t·Cement Static Load Gteen Ceme.it Pressure Test
With the Triaxial Result table in view, select from the Load pick-list to check all loads.
9-78
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Depth (MD)
lij)
ll 125 4ll
1 2 3 4
9))
5
9))
Axial Force lb!) Absolute Safet Factor Bending Stress Apparent Actual at OD (psi) Tnutal BUfSt Collapse Axial (w/Bend ng) t«fo Bend ng) 292148 277811 9222 225 161 L NIA 554
283A52 27f£H/
25£002 347640
'1l'ITZ3 25641 I 231267
325862
....
1011 4 1297 7 17390 7"85 5 7114 1
225
224 223 218 217
!:!];
1 61 1 61 1 61 1 61
L L L L
NIA NIA NIA NIA
4 65
161 L
NIA
4$
Temper;iture ("F)
Addl1 Pie kup To Prevent Buck (lbf)
Buckled Length (ft)
321957
!ll84
2A8 4 2484
561
585 6 26
161L ~
The Tubing Leak load triaxial results reports a buckled pipe length of 9,884 ft, and additional pickup to prevent buckling of 321 ,957 lbf.
Axial Fore• I) Bending Siren Apparent Acwa &t 00 (psi) (w!Bend1n9J (wfo Bend111g) .9))06 .f1J277 1333 4 3l
Depth (MO) ('ft)
1 2 3
• 5 6
...._
125 43)
900 900 1200 1200
' ''"'-J ... ~
-84984 ·11CS67 · 135596
•233459 ·249114
,..
43766
-74Y/3
.ra,77 . , 15821 · 115822 · 131005
13:'6 7 13)5 1 12720 7'!H>.7 7545 7
~~6
Absolutt Safe! y Factor Tna<1a
1831 1831 17 16 13 37 8 29 7 88 8 04
'
BurGI
NIA NIA NIA NIA
NIA NIA NIA
Co apse -t
llll.00 7876
2290 1094 1094 e 21
Temperat111• Aual
(17 97) (17 03) (14 57) (11 93) (693) (6 49)
821- ~~..r·
("F)
248• 248. 248 . 248. 248 • 248 4
Addtl Pickup To Buckled Pr-I Buck (lb!) Length ('ft)
68112
7(9!
._J.....
The Above/Below Packer load triaxial results reports buckling conditions as well. High delta temperature is the primary reason that causes the buckling condition in combination with high internal pressure.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Tra ining Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-79
Chapter 9: Exercises
Momentarily, with the Triaxial Results for Tubing Leak displayed, select Tubular > Initial Conditions. Select the Pickup Force option, and then enter a pickup force 2 the reported pickup force to prevent buckling during tubing leak event. Click Apply, then notice the buckling condition for this scenario is removed. With the Triaxial Results table active, select Tubing Leak from the Loads pick-list.
Tempesatur•
101i ..
12111 l'J90 1U6'
724
nJ
111A 1 '5112 '3391 '2!14 8
.,_,,.,. ....
t"'1mtnJ.'1dt..rdng
m;.19
=
"""U4
UIL
56• 15 6 21' '6·
I Ill
''ll
211
Ull
211
1ft L 161 L
•H
2 II
2,,
Ull
S3J
2,,
m.c.r189£!2 222312
°""'I 61L
, 61 l
ff"lllm•U•'
"8:12.l 1M1IO
~"\ldo..lfM
1igs51
~s.staoe P-..-n 11-
C ,.._,,---
1'9l!>< .J1 113 . . . .!>!;
•«S!.6 2'0""31
•1157'
1090 2111091 -
(" sa.ddf'f'Ol'c.c- ~
-
- - - --
;.-1.u 2.. •2 248 42
'!.J
2•1 .t1
19
2'1 '2 24112 2•8 •2 21142 241•1 2'8 •2 2'8 J2 2'8•2
uuz
i.•·~
1503 1119'
2•1A2 2•1•2
11 ll)
2....
12 064 (J64
,,. ..2 24H2 1J8'2
(JU/
[bo1...
..t<S.'O ...U5500
2U11
S SJ
s
R1M1coa.-~~f'I
r_
jl 63 lll)
·"' •2 24t •2 7.sa.-2
1351)
249 •I
•S7Sl2
.am" ~ c-.._j_ .,..
N•
(Bl)
~
~111>0'---~~--~---..........~---'
ti•
il I.II
..f.)163\
·116277
ll?'";t6 1
..1m11
.auma
um 9
f
13'9
24'.,
NA
JT.
2.tl •2
1]06;
tdjJ
!H'I)
21112
.u.2020
22060
une s
..094J ..t<S..19
,; rel="nofollow">206&]
102®
4"'1'39
IOlCO
tOJGb
"3756 "'" r1tl
..m956
T-'015t
15U
lo.&?0
.&5Ul!?6
.J<&J1
t.016&
I SIL
IOAOO
A;o~t)
-1121140
UQ31 I
n•m
0
n.cesJ
U1G.2 • 41163 .,1066
t5H 1 Ul
.:m;;
"JOI•
I SIL
N"
'"
I SIL
It A
,,"". NA
llA 10
36) (361
HO) lJ 61 (J:'I
13 ,,,
llt9!7
20'2 2'1 A2
l..Md!ln~f
1t3&07 1074'2
24U1
Adli:1Pd pTo
-S..:•l!bl)
2'U2
c,.
P T.JSU::1t1e'1111t1~
1;"09tS
,.. .,
s 11
..., .... eer...tr'tPPil
m20
rF
241l2 :rt••~
218U
·'''2 211 ll 2'11•2
.._44 Al 248 '1
From the Tubular> Initial Conditions dialog box, select the Pickup Force option , and then enter a pickup force of 321 9 60 lbf. Click Apply to see the buckling condition removed.
Axial Force b Bending Sttes Actual Apparent at OD (psr) (w/Bending) (w/o Bending) 59-(162 SS.162 .D 00
Depth (MD)
(ft)
125 4'.l)
•
5 6
!Ql !Ql 1200
SIBJ79 572762
5a9079 572762 547617 547616 531633
5.47617
~-
9-80
00 00 00 6294 8 62948
Tnatral
6u111
212 2 12 2 13 2 15
1 61 I 61 \ 61 161 I 61 161
2 (11 2 00
L l l L l L
NIA NI!\ NIA NIA
NIA
Lenglh (ft)
0
0
2484
295 251
--~~~161
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Buckled
Addll Pickup To Prevenl flue~ (lbQ
248 4 248 4
--~·
Chapter 9: Exercises
From the Tubular > Initial Conditions dialog box, reset the Pickup Force too lbf Click OK to dismiss the Initial Conditions dialog box and return to the Triaxial Results table. Initial Conditions: 9 5ts• Production Casing
~
I
c~trio and lancing T~oti.re I Cmlentr.Q Data
ls.33
fotx·Woter Density (ppg}
Illll 5Ury Den&tv (ppo)
I 15.20 I 15.60
Toi SUry Length (ft)
j soo.o
DlspllKement FUd Density (ppo)
f 14.80
Float Colar Oepth, 14) (ft,)
f 1'1620.0
~ Su"facr Presne (psi)
I
Lelld SluTy Density (ppo) ~
r r
Reset the pickup force to 0 lbf.
E.'lollt Fllied
landngData
r.
~Force (bf}
0
I
(" ~ff Force (bf)
OK
I 0. From the String and Connection tab, select either the String
Sections or Connections spreadsheet, and then highlight a row or click in a cell on the row. Click the Ratings icon ( ~) on the toolbar (or select Tubular> Ratings) to open the Ratings dialog box.
@
Ratings ~Body
~
9 5/8·, 53.500ppf,P·ll0
iust Colepse
A>Jal Yield Strength
-
--
10900.00 pg 7950.02
-~ I
psi
1710113 bf 110000.0
p$I
Connecbon BTC, P·llO Bu:st Lellk
Frlldu'e
. .-
12066-03
psi
9160.78
psi
1718076 bf
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-81
Chapter 9: Exercises
11. Select Tools > Reports.
Click New, and then ---- - click Rename to create a report titled Wel l bor e Da ta . ~
Rename Report Old Name: New
IReport 6
ti-: 1,...W_dbcr _ e_Da _ ta _ __
~
Reports - Wellbore Data TI!les
I
Cootents Options
Select the Contents tab, and then click Add to display the Add Contents dialog box. Select the items you want to add to the report. Standard Windows controls for multiple selections are available (mouse select with Shift or Ctr! keys). Click OK when you are finished selecting items. Use the Up and Down buttons to order the contents.
I - _J jI __J
I
i
___J
,..--- -...,
Help
I
_ J
Pore Pr~e Plot Fracil.re Qadient Plot Pore, Fracb.l'e & MW Plot
Geothennal Gradent Plot Geothennal Gr.xlient Tallie Section View Plan View Dogleg Severity Profie !Ust Temperature Profies !Ust Temperature Profies Table !Ust Pressu-e Profies !Ust Diffe'enbal Profies "'rc-t f"li~....,h,2J Or-.car-.c T~
IBJ
Reports - Wellbore Data Titles I eootents Options I Indicate that you want Pagination Multiple Items Per t: ~ I~ Per Page Page, data for the - ---+-.... (' 1-tAbple !tens Per Page Current String only, Ttb.Aar Data fot and Portrait format.
r. C1.n"entSlm9 (' AIStmos Onerltabon
r. Portrlllt
r
Landsaipe
c..ncel
9-82
_J
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Apply
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select File > Print Preview. Select the Wellbore Data report from the pull-down list. In the example below, the second page (Well Schematic) is shown. Familiarize yourself with the report controls.
Fole EJSOP1' ~CHEMATIC
!DEPTH . MDI
--l=l
•1
'"1
~
1150.0 It 1660.0 ltTOC
~:"Li:<~'W·o 1t> JO" Conduc!lar Ct9'g
30JO.O ft +qe0.o
nroe
BlJ.5.0 ft TOC
lll.BS.O It
.oJSO.o It roe U020.0 ft
14120.0 ftTQ.
.4l20.0 ltTOC
9 S/S', (12 1/4"1, 53.500 lll'f, f'.110, l'm
1~20.0ft
IC;JJO.O ft
D
E3SO
p
StressChe<:k 5000 I 7 0 Build 11180
I
.
fl
12. Press Ctrl-S, and then select File > Close to save and close the Design.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-83
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8: Sensitivity Analysis In this exercise, you will perform the following design checks with sensitivity analysis of:
• •
special pipe tubular properties taper string casing configuration high collapse casing exposed to a high collapse loading condition
Special Pipe Tubular Properties In this analysis, you will perfonn a design check using special pipe tubular properties applied to a corrosive environment (C02 service). Corrosion is a major problem in gas fields with C02 for production strings. 13 CR as a stainless steel material is available for these types of conditions. l. Open planned Design E3SOP I . Save the Design as E3SOP l _13CR.
2. Define a temperature deration schedule named 13 CR. Specify the deration of the material's yield strength as foll ows:
9-84
Temperature OF
Correction Factor
77.0
1.00
122.0
0.98
212.0
0.94
302.0
0.92
392.0
0.89
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Define a new material named 13 CR, and then enter the following material mechanical properties for this new material: Material Name
13 CR
Young's Modulus (psi)
29,000,000
Poisson's Ratio
0.29
Density (lbm/rt3)
490
Expansion Coefficient (E-06/F)
6.1
*Temperature Schedule Name: 13 CR
* StressCheck version 5000.x and beyond has modified the association to the Temperature deration schedule. It will be defined at the Grade table instead of the Material table. Also, both anistropic yield columns (ra dial and hoop) will be displayed in the Grade table.
4. Define a new Grade named VM 110 13 CRSS. Enter the following casing/tubing physical properties: Grade or Name
VM 110 13 CRSS
Yield (psi)
110,000
UTS (psi)
110,000
Material
13 CR
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-85
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Define a Pipe using grade VM 110 13 CRSS. Enter the following pipe properties:
9-86
OD (in)
9.625
Weight (ppf)
53.5
Grade
VM 110 13 CRSS
ID (in)
8.535
Int Drift (in)
8.5
Pipe Type
Standard
Burst (psi)
I 0,900 (calculated AP!)
Collapse (psi)
7,950 (calculated AP!)
Axial (lbf)
1,710,000 (calculated AP!)
UTS (psi)
110,000
Wall Thickness (% of Nom.)
87.5
Plain End Cost ($/ft)
Default
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. Define a connection named VAM SLIJ-II. Enter the following connection properties: Pipe Body OD (in)
9.625
Pipe Body Weight (pp0
53.5
Pipe Body Grade
VM 110 13 CRSS
Connection Type
Other
Seal Type
MM
Connection OD (in
9.855
Burst (psi)
10,900
Tension (lbl)
1,275,000
Compression (!bf)
1,045,500
Max bending (degree/100 ft)
30
$/Cost
Default
7. Redefine the string section to use instead a 9 5/8'', 53.50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS casing: Top, MD (ft)
30
Base, MD (ft)
14,620
OD (in)
9 518
Weight (ppf)
53.500
Grade
VM 110 13 CRSS
8. Redefine the connection selected for 9 5/8'', 53 .50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS. Instead, select the YAM SUJ-II connection.
9. Observe: a) Does the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS, YAM SLIJ-II satisfy the design criteria? b) Do buckl ing conditions change as a consequence of applying different tubular properties?
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-87
Chapter 9: Exercises
I 0. How can the new design tubular properties be shared at the Well Explorer Tubular Properties level?
11 . Close the E3SOP l _ J3CR Design.
9-88
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8 Answers: Special Pipe Tubular Properties I. Open Design E3SOP 1. Select File > Save As, and then save the Design with a new name, E3SOPl_ l 3CR. 2. Select the Work tab, select Tubular> Tubular Properties> Temperature Deration, and enter the follow ing temperature deration schedule for 13 CR: Enter five temperature deration points for 13 CR.
Ttmptrllurt Otrilhon
Ttm era1urt Deraioon Po1111 I Tem arat"ra Otra11on Po1n1 2 Tem eraluoe Oeraroon Po nl 3 Tem tralurt Oeralion Pont 4 Tempera1ure Oeraunn Pooni 5 T1mptra1ur1 Correc11on Temperature Corrtchon Ttmper~ruro Corrtthon Ttmpera1Jrt Correwon Tempera1ure Corretl on Schedule N• •• ("F) Fa
1 oo
n
122.0
0 98
2120
o!U
mo
092
39'20
0119
Note StressCheck 2003 .16. l + version series implemented the ability to define tubular properties within the application as an o ption in the Tubular menu. Other versions (2003.16.0, 2003.2 1) only allow definitio n of tubular properties from the Well Explorer. StressCheck version 5000.1 (and later) wi 11 support the 2003. 16. I+ implementation.
3. Select Tubular> Tubular Properties> Materials, and then enter the following 13 CR material mechan ical properties:
Young's Modulus(ps1)
nro:m
rn
Density (lbmffl")
0 :I) 029
Expansion Coeflic1ent(E-OOl°F)
4~CXXJ
400.CXXJ
6.9 61
Anisotropic Yretd Radial
10000 10000
Hoop
Temperature Oerat1on Schedule Name
100 00 Steel (default) 10000 t3CR
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-89
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select Tubular> Tubular Properties> Grades, and then enter the following VM 110 13 CRSS Grade Properties:
5 6 7
8 C-110 C-75 C-9J C-95 H-40 HC-95
6
J-55
9 10 11 12
K-55
4IXm 9500J 5500J 5500J
L-60
00:00
M-65 N-80
6500J
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
P-105 P-110
10500J 111XXXJ 12500J 9500J 1500JO 1300Xl 141XXXJ 4200) 46COJ 5200)
1 2 3
4
Enter the new grade.
Q-125 T-95 V-150 VM-130 VM-140 X-42 X..46 X-52
111XXXJ 7500J
oo:m 9500.)
00:00
56COJ 6COJO 1llXXXJ 26
9-90
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
12500J 9500J 10COlJ 10500) 6CXm 105C00 7500J 9500J
9500J 85CXXl 10COlJ 121J))) 12500J 13500J 10500'.l 160'.XXl 141XDJ 1500JO 6CXm 6DlJ 660Cll 71CDJ 7500J 111XDJ
CS_API 5CT CS _API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS_APl5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT cs_AP15CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT 13 CR
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory, and then enter the following pipe using VM I I0 13 CRSS Grade:
Weight (ppt)
53500 53.500 56 .coo 58 400 58 400
Grade or Name P.1t 0 0.125 C-75
L-8> N-8)
58 .coo
C-90 56 400 C.95 56.400 T·95 P-110 58 400 58 400 0.125 59 400 C-00 59.400 61.100 C·OO 61 too T·95 64000 C.90 T-95 64000 71 IUl C-00 71 Im T·95 53500 VM 11013 CR
r.95
10 (in)
C SJS 8535 8'35 8'35 8 , 35 8,35 8 '35 8 •35 B 435 9 435 8 407 8 407 8375 8375 8281 8261 8 125 8125 8535
Yreld
IP••
1l(XXXl
•:'5llXl 7500)
llXXXl llXXXl
00000 95llll 95000 111XOO 1.'50))
00000 95000 00000 9!DXl 00000 95((1)
11CDll
6 375 6 375 8 375 8375 8375 8 375 8 375 8 375 8 25 1 6251 6219 8219 8 125 8125 7969 7969 8500
Pipt
But\t
Collapu
Alral
Type
(psij
(P~•)
(ltl)
Slandard Sland11d S1....i1rd S11nd1rd Stand11d St1nd1rd Stand11d St1nd11d S1and11d S llndard S tandard S tandard Standard S11ndlrd Standard Sland•rd Standard S11ndatd S11ndard
IJ9!ll 0 12386 ' 6 1136 86&4 5 e;5.4
7893 4 1 l503« 7693 • ,~ ,
s
8566 8 15191:1! 8865 2 160353'
9736' 102n3 10277 3 11:n:JO 13522 7
88652 ·~ 9767 F.i 165672' 10539 0 2109913
99655
69735
155~4 71
1~1q1
9317 0 94:1! 2 9810 4 ICUll 3 11:.'59 7 12933 0 1:E51 5 7!!50 0
1638720 1590431 1678789 1701102
1~73
107955 10096 ' 11607 3 12272 7 12954 5 10900 0
2'?53
7950 0 1710113 605 9 19'3311 7536 1 12659'8
1~
1fll2010 1966666 1710 113
105000 10500l 1250)) 135!XXI 100000
IOSOOJ 100000 105000 100000 105000 100000 105000 110COJ
87 50 8750 87 50 8750 87 50 8750 87 50 87 50 87 50 8750 87 50 8750 8750 8750 8750 8750 8750 87 50
2996 2800
2682 2575 29.64 3107 3270 30 05 32 70 30 15 33.26 3101 3' 22 329-l
3634 36 44 4021 33 14
/
Enter the new pipe with the grade you created in the previous step.
6. Select Tubular > Special Connections Inventory, and then enter che following YAM SLIJ-ll Connection properties:
Name V/AMTOP
V>M SLU-11
i
Enter the new special connection.
StressCh eck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-91
Chapter 9: Exercises
7. Select Tubular> String Sections, and then redefine the casing string as follows:
VM 110 13 CRSS
1 2
i
Assign the new VM 110 13 CRSS grade you created earlier to the string section.
After selecting a new Grade, refresh the material assigned for the grade selected. Select Tubular> Tubular Properties > Grades, and then reselect the 13 CR material from the pick-list.
11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
M-65 N-al P-105 P-110 Q-125 T-95 V·150 VM-130 VM-1 40
x..42 X-46 X-52 X-56
x.ro VM 11013 CRSS
!DID 10500) 110000 125000 9500)
1500JJ 130lXJ 140000 42000 46000 52000
56000 60000
10COlJ 121XOJ 125000 135000 10500) 160000 140000 150000 60000 63000 66000 71000 75000
CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_AP15CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS API 5CT
110000
26
9-92
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Reselect the 13 CR material, then tab out of the cell to refresh the changes made in system memory.
Chapter 9: Exercises
8. Select Tubular> Connections, and then select the YAM SLIJ-ll connector as follows:
1
9 518", 53 500 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS
T pe VAM SUJ.11
Burst
100
Axial 156
r
2
Assign the new connection type to the pipe section, then tab out of the cell.
9. Observe the following: a) Select View> Tabular Results> Min Safety Factors.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Depth (MD) ODM'e19ht/Grade Connechon (ft) '.l:l 9 518", 53 500 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS YAM SLLl-11 125 43)
900
900 1152 1200 1400 1&0 1700 1700 1958 5970 5970 Ei039 6003 ~A....,,.
46
47
../"' rlG1~-,,..,...-.-..,
c
50
81
53 54 55 56
./-..._/·'r_..r ..__,...,,
B6 88 Cl C6 Al ()
,
Minimum Safet Collapse + 100 00 C6 78 14 C6 22 72 C6 10 es cs 10 e5 C6 8 49 C6 8 15 C6 701 C6 6 lS cs 562 C6 582 C6 510 cs 1 74 C6 1 74 C6 I 71 C6 1 71 C6
Factor (Abs) Axial 1 6688C 16788C 1 71 88 c 17788C 15688C 15888C 1 59 BBC 1 61 88 c 16388C 1BBB8C 17900C 18288C 2 35A1 C 2.35A1 C 2 37 A1 C 2.33A1 C
T11ax1al
2 09 Bl 2 10 Bl 2 14 81 2 20 81 2 00 00 2 10 00 2 1088 2 11 88 2 1388 221 86 220BS 2 19BS 200 BS 2 03 BS I 9600 1 94 86
!_~ ::. --~-~
.--""·---i-r74 oo- 1.74 136
14620
48 49 51 52
__ ,_,_ . _,...-
Burst 1 79 B6 179136 1 79 B6 17986 1 79 a:; 1 78 Eli 1 78 a; 1 78B6 1 78 B6 17686 17800 17886 1 7786 1 77 B6 1 7686 17S a:;
,,..f1121·-C6 •.c2 ,... 25f(."6r" c 102C6 (2 25) C6 c
h·i--e1r· I 72 CS
Connecuon Cnt1cal Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak tnJec11on Casuig FulVPar11al Evacual1on Above Below Packer Running in Hole-Avg Speed Compression
61
Notice that the 9 5/8'', 53.50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS, VAM SLIJ-II casing passed the design check. None of the reported absolute safety factors has exceeded the design factors.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-93
Chapter 9: Exercises
Burst safety factors are not connection critical (leak) anymore. However, you need to be cautious because the lowest known YAM SUJ-Il connection burst rating input is 10,900 psi, which is much higher than the initially applied BTC API Leak connection calculated rating of 9, 160.8 psi. The Axial Safety factors are now connection critical (this is expected because of the near flush connection type applied) . b) Select View > Tabular Results > Triaxial Results, Tubing Leak.
Depth (MD)
(ft)
3J 125 430 900
1
2 3 4 5
900
1200 1200
6 7
~
-
..
332993 327911 311593 266449 2ffi448 270465
00 00 2lll 7 6500 62946
223 223
223 222 2 19 216
B325 357864
Absolute Safety Factor Burst
179 1 79 179 179 1 79 1 76 178
50
14120 14620
Collapse NIA NIA NIA NIA NIA NIA
Temperature Addt1 Pickup To ("F) Prevent Buck Qb~
Axial
363C 369 c 4 05 c 4 3J
c
332 c
248 4 248 4 248 4 248 A 248 4 246 4
44374 64663 73226
-~
11753 32042 4ll500
2098.3 20963
2096.3
Buckled Length (ft)
a:m
267226
...
' "'i.....-
401~\1J14 12020
53 54 55
332993 327911 314838 296554 3843)9 388326
F'.
49 51 52
Axial Force lb Bending Stress Apparent Actual at OD (psi) Tnax1al (w/Bending) (w/o Bending)
.........,
••• A
- ' -w;:-- ~- '"t.J-" 2.03 205 2 ())
1 74 1 74
NIA NIA NIA
2073 c 19 72 c 17 41 c
2484 248 4 2484
C Conn Cnllcal () Compression
The Additional Pick up to Prevent buckling and Buckled Length initial values have changed (reduced) because of the different mechanical properties of the VM 110 13 CRSS grade compared to steel. I 0. To share tubular properties at the Well Explorer Catalogs level,
perform the fo llowing: Select the Work tab, and then select Tubular > Tubular Properties > Grades.
9-94
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Edit > Export to Catalog, and then select the VM 110 13 CRSS grade. Click the arrow button ( <=) to add the new grade to the Well Explorer Tubular Properties. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box, and then press Ctrl-S to save the Design and apply the change. 13 j
E><port Grades to Catalog
Select the grade from the inventory, then click the arrow button to transfer the grade to the Catalog.
l ·SS K·SS
.l-55
K·SS L-IJO
L·80
M-65 N-SO P-105 P· llO Q· l 25
M-65 N..SO
5·95
T-95 V· ISO
P· IOS P· llO Q· l 25
T·9S V·ISO VM 11013CRSS VM-130 VM- 140
VM-130 VM-l'IO X-42 X-46 X·S2 X·S6 X-60
X-42 X·46
X·S2 X·56 X·60
When the grade is exported to the Well Explorer Tubular Properties Grade table, the associated material and temperature deration data is transferred to the corresponding Well Explorer tubular properties tables. The ability to export grades to catalogs is dependent on the locked or unlocked status of the grade, material, and/or temperature deration. You cannot export a grade with any associated tubular properties locked. From the Well Explorer, double-click the G rades node ( 1'f.EI ) to view the Grade table. If the Locked check box is selected on the Grade, Material, or
Temperature Deration table, you cannot export Grades to the Catalog. If it is locked, a small lock appears on the Well Explorer tubular property ( ~~) .
B
n~; Tubular Properties ~r class
UI
I
Temperature Deration
11 l> Materials ~~ Grades
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-95
Chapter 9: Exercises
Notice that the Locked check box is not selected. The VM 110 13 CRSS grade has been exported, and the section type has been properly defined. Deselected Locked check box allows export to the catalog.
CS_API SCT SAE 4145 CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT 13CR CS_APISCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5>17
95,000 110,000 95.000 150,000 150,000 110.000 130.000 140,000 95.000
'10,000
105,000 140,DXI 105,000 1,re1 .!IOO ll!0.000 110.000 140,000 150,QAI 105.000
~
I The export grade to catalog operation is also conditioned to User rights (see the "Application Security Tokens" topic in EDM Administration Utility Help). Note
When new pipes defined in the Design pipe inventory table are exported to catalogs, the associated grade, material, and temperature deration are checked against the Well Explorer tubular properties. If the grade, material, or temperature deration exist in the Well Explorer Tubular Properties, only the pipe is exported to avoid duplicate tubular properties. If the grade, material, or temperature dcration do nor exist, then the pipe, grade, material, and temperature deration arc exported.
11. Select File> Close to close the E3SOP I_ I 3 CR Design. Click Yes if prompted, "Save changes to E3SOP 1_ 13 CR* ?"
9-96
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Taper String Design Check In this analysis, you will perform a design check using a taper string casing configuration. Taper string casing configurations are often used in a design (for example, tapered casing configurations can solve clearance issues in the production annulus when running completion tools). 1. Open planned Design E3SOP 1. Save the Design as E3SOP1_Taper. 2. Create a I 0 3/4" casing with a BTC connector, 9 7/8'', 62.80 ppf, P-110, 8.625" fD, YAM TOP taper string. The 10 3/4" casing string section length should be 1,000 ft. a) What is the lowest I 0 3/4" weight and grade A PI pipe that satisfies the initial design criteria (loads analysis options and design factors) for the upper section? b) What design load mode drives the I 0 3/4" casing weight and grade solution? c) Which is the most critical to the solution- the selected 10 3/4" pipe or 10 3/4" BTC connection? 3. Close the E3SOPJ_Taper Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-97
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8 Answers: Taper String Design Check I . Open Design E3SOP I. Select File> Save As, and then save the Design with a new name, E3SOPJ_Taper. 2. From the Work tab, update the contents of the String/Connection, Casing and Tubing configuration and pipe inventory tables as follows: a) Select Tubular> String Sections, then remove current contents (that is, select the data row, and then press Delete to empty the table).
Top, MD (ft)
Cost($)
Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory. Select All from the pipe size pick-list.
Select All from the pipe size pick-list.
. ,. Edit Welbore TubUar 'ftew
1
2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10
9-98
9.625 9625 9.625 9.625 9625 9625 9.625 9625 9625
H-40 H-40
36.000 36.000 36.000 36.000 40.000 40000
J-55 K-55 M-65 J-55 K-55
40.000
M·65
40.000
C-75 L-80
40.000
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the first row, then select Edit> Insert Row. Enter the following: 9 7/8", 62.80 ppf, P-110, 8.625" TD pipe information.
'lO 0
.875 1 ()!'il
1 O&l 1 O&l
W••ghl
Gt~Gf
opf)
Nlme
628))
P-110
1.UO I UO I UO 1 1
H-40
uo uo
J.55 l«l N«l C-90 T-95
ID (ml 8625
Yield
Int Drift
~·I
(1r1)
1100'.Xl
8 5lll
~
8l'.OO 9XOO
0731 0731 0731 073) 073)
95((1)
0 73J
082A 082A 082A 082A
5!ilDl
a:xm
.,,
Ii-AO
Pipe
Type Sl-iallf Slandard Standard Slande1d Standard Stend1rct1 Standatef
Blnt
~llepse
(piQ
(psi)
""'"' ~bl)
1?\83 5
10282.9 1997857
7533'3
1lll5 18295
moo
ID358 3 15CE6 1 15CE6 1 1&950 0 1 'il91 7 75333
26611
urs (pS~
125!D'.l
so:m 7&ro 9SCal
26611
100)))
2$37
100::00
31600
105lll0
Wei Thie• (% olNom) 87 50 87 50 87 50 8750 87 so 87 50 87 so
Plam End COS1 (1'll) 3231
lnltwen (Ill
0.40 0.0 056 0 5ll
058 06-4
Select Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme. Select 9 7/8" production Casing OD instead of current 9 5/8".
Han er
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
24" 18 518" 16" 13 518" 9 518" 7 314· 8518" 9 518"
Intermediate Intermediate Protective • Produdion • Produd1on
Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Castng Liner
26 cm 22.00J
17.500 14 750 12250 8500
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30 0 14320 0
1150.0 3030.0 9185.0 12020.0 14620 0 16330 0
1660 0 44800 83150 10750 0 143200
8.60 920 11.60 14.00 15 10 11 00
10 314• 11 314• 11 716" 13 3/B" 13 112· 13 518" 14"
Select Tubular > Special Connections Inventory. Select Edit > Import from Catalog, and then se lect VAM TOP from the list of catalogs on the left side of the dialog box. With the YAM TOP catalog selected, highlight (select) the YAM TOP, 9 7/8'', 62.80 ppg, P- 110 connector.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-99
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click Append to add it to the Special Connections table. El
Import From Special Connection• Inventory Catalog VAM ACESC90 VAM Big Omega VAM OINO YAM VAM FA. VAM HW ST YAM HW ST SC70 YAM HW ST scao Yfll'IN8N YAM VAM l£W VAM MS VAM N8N VAM SC
Select VAM TOP special connections inventory catalog.
VAMPRO AM Sl.O·ll
Select (highlight) the VAM TOP 9 718", 62.80 ppg, P-110 connection.
Click Append to add the connection to the Special Connections Inventory table.
62 Em
P-110
Other
12180.0
1997900
1198740
~00
199 57 26309
Select the String and Connection tab, and then define the upper section of 10 3/4" pipe OD, 1,000 ft length. Initially pick the highest weight and grade, and then assign a BTC connector. Select the 9 7/8", 62.8 ppf, P-110, pipe for the bottom section, and then assign a YAM TOP connector. Change the weight and grade for the 10 3/4" pipe section until the lowest safety factor is obtained for this section. After these steps are complete, select View > Min Safety Factors, View > Design Plots and View > Triaxial Check > Triaxial Plots to review the effect of the change. Note The StressCheck software does not perform minimum cost design of Tapered Strings.
9-100
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Compare your selection with the selection shown below ( 10 3/4", 5 1.0 ppf, C-95, BTC). Sinn Sections Top. MD (ft) Base, MD (ft) 1
2
1
2 3
3)0 100J.O
1CXXJ.O 146200
10 3/4", 51 OOJ ppf. C-95 9 718', 62 800 ppf, P-110
OD ~n)
Weight (ppQ
10 3/4' 9 718"
Grade
51 .00J 62.800
C-95 P-110
Cost($) 557,988 32,601 525,387
32.601 10.007
VAMTOP
38.57
525,387
Select the Min ASF tab to view the minimum safety factors (absolute) table.
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10 11 12 13
Depth(MD) (ft) :l:l 125
O[)N.'e19ht/Grade 10 3/4", 51
[DJ
Connection
ppf, C-95
BTC, C-95
3)5
4:1:1 00) 00)
ICDJ 1000 1152 1200 1400 1600 1700 1700
9 718", 62 00J ppf, P-110
VAMTOP
,_.
Bursi 114 81 115 81 l 16 Eli , 16 86 1 16 El> 1 16 El> 116 86 203 Eli 202 86 202 86 202 86 202 86 202 86 2 02 Eli 202 86
··- ~ .,r*'...,,. _,.,,......__..,."'" ~.. .. ,,/'"-.. .A 10500'-/ ,,... _ _.._~
40 41
42 43 44 45
Tnax1al 1~81
1~81
I 38 Bl 1 3981 1 4281 1 3588 136 BB 214 BB 215 BB 2 16 BB 210 88 219 BB 238 BB 232 88
~~
'ii_..,·-15~... 1 (1 ~'CS't'"""i'-!SflG-
,..,,.,...
39
Minimum Safet Factor (Abs) Colla se Axial + 10000 C6 139138F 3.4 70 C6 1 40 BIH 14 23 C6 1 41 88 F 10 09 C6 1 42138 F 482 C6 146BBF 482 cs 1 31 BB F 4 3.4 C6 132BBF 1264 C6 20980 1098 C6 2 11 88 1054 CG 2 1288 906 C6 21588 798 C6 218 BB 7 54 C6 252 88 7 54 C6 240 BB 6,~ ~~· 8)1. ,..-
10500 10750 10750 1203) 14120 14619 14620
198 86 196 86 196 86 , 96 86 197 86 197 86 197 a;
>
1 51 C1 151 C1 151 Cl 145 C6 1JA C6 t 31 C6 1 31 C6
(1 75) C6 (1 nics (2 24) C6 (2 17) C6 (2 25) C6 (2 29) C6 (2
c c c c c c
29) C6 c
1 82 Eli 1 81 Bi 204 Cl 205 Ct 199 C6 195 C6 195 C6
46 f
47 48 49 50
81 86
51
00
c
52
C1
53
C6 A1 ()
54 55
Connection fracture Connection Crrt1cal Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak ln1ec11on Casmg Full1Part1al EvatuallOn Above Below Packer Running in Hole-Avg Speed Compressron
56
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-101
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Design tab to view the design plots.
o ~------- · i
:
,.. _______ ''
: ---- ·----- --
o ~--:
. --. ----. -- . -.. ---. ---.-----. . --- .' . -------. -.--- -.. --. . ... --. ---. --'
......
.,
'
.. !
..
..
. . -- . . . • • • .,'. . . . .. . • . . . , ·-· · · . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . • . .
'
!
r ·1:·
!
· ··· ·t
.c
7500
~
2500
·
.! 7500 "'~~ 10COJ
:!!;
:!!;
'
17500 +-- -+--0
..
....
.''
'
....
17500 + - --
1500'.I
0
Bursi Rating (ps~ Triaxial Desi
~! , .
:: r; · 0
:
~
j
;
i
0
.. ··· .............
12500 .............:--.. ·· \
~
1ocro:xJ 1500XXJ Aiual Force ObO
...,....,..,...,.,.,....,....,..,,..,.--,...,,___,.,,,...-,
200JCXll
,.-:--..,-,.,,COmodJon-..,..;?jJ-.,..,Min~I
n
...............
-+-- -- + - - - - -' + - - - - + - - - l 120Xl 600l Collapse Rating (psi)
'tt!j. ' ~
1
1500J · ······ ·· ····:· ........ ..~ . i ···· ·
... '
.
...
.. ···· ·+···: ... .... +........... . . '
1 7500 +-----+---~~----t-----+----I
2500)))
•
'
12500 .............
- . - - - . .. - . - .
0
'
'' '
f........\ ·]·············[....
·· :· ········ ·· .. : ············ •••••• ••• ••••
·l·.... --.. !". •• ~ - - · . -•• --- •• - ~ •• ..•• -· .• . - ~- •• ••. ---•• ·.' ... .' ..' '' . ' . . 17500 + - - --+-- ----if---- - + - - --+-- - - - ! 15((()
' ' '
f.: •::•I·•·~~··••r·•t••· rt ; ·······t············
············t·······F~······· ..···[.........................
10m
.
": l >L ..I•••::t
•• · •••
· · · · ··· · ·· · · t- · · ··~ ( ··· · · · · · · ··: · ··· ·· ·
···· ·· ··· ~ ·-···
·············r············ .:·······-!....1-----=·-····· '' .. ... '
1500J
' --+----<
Axial Design
.
'
'
12500
'
'
.. ..... . . ....... ... ....,............ ..................... ,.............................. . . '
12500
..'
' - -'! -- - +--+-7500 10000
'
'
............;............•....... ~...~ ............ { .......... :.~ ---···· · ·· ' ' . .
1500:l
. '
..
· • ••••.•I••l•.···•.1I··.··.·1••······ 1•········•
12500
'
. . ....... -.. .. .,. ............ ................. . ,................ .. ... ........ . . ...................... ············ ·r·········-··;··
.c
~
.. u:xro
~
' ' '
-------·-···-,... -· .........,''............... ,........................... .... .
.
· r · · · . .. . . . .
!
•
:
-
' ''
'
~
11
'
.
~
:
... .--------. - .--. . -- .. ------..---- . . -----.- -. -., .. -.. --... --...... -...-- ... -. ... .. .... .. ... . ........ -.... . ... . .. ..
'
250'.Xl
IOCOll VME Siren (psi)
12:5000
1500)()
I >I,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___.._,
Select the Triaxial tab to view the triaxia l plots. To view the second string section design limits plot, right-click the "Design Limits - Section I" plot and select Load/Section Selection from the drop-down menu. Select the Sections tab on the Properties dialog box that displays. Click OK to view Section 2. You may need to right-click on the plot again, and select Resize to view the plot in the reduced spl it-screen viewing area.
9-102
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
-
Design Limits - Section 1
'iii a. -15000
2!
----J------L----· I I
I I
:::J
Loads
Ill
~
L
Seclians
I
I
8000
I
-----: ----- -~~ I I
'ii
=c Right-click on the "Design Limits - Section 1" plot, and select Load/ Section Selection from the drop-down menu. Click the Sections tab on the Properties dialog box that displays.
Ei
Prop~thes
~
a
OK
Concel
Axial Force (lbf)
Repeat the string section selection process on the Von Mises Equivalent Stress plot, and select Section 2.
Von Mises Equivalent Stress - Section 1 :::-10000 Ill
.!:
-- ___ f ___ _ _ t _ _ I
I
I
I
...
£i
l'roper hes Loads
Q)
Secbons
I
Sectlotl I
~ 5000
...~ L .... ...:::J Ill
m Q)
~ -0000
~
w
OK
Concel
I
f>Wf
Het>
-900000-600000-300000 0 300000 600000 9000001200000 Effective Tension (lbf)
You may need to right-click on the plot again, and select Resize to view the plot in the reduced split-screen viewing area .
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-103
Chapter 9: Exercises
Triaxial Load Line
e:
Triaxial Safety Factors
-r---,
3000
..
ii 6000
t
a
i
...
I
9000
: I
~ 12000
I
: I
f
----L- - - L --- - IL---- I~ -I I I I
16000
I
t
I
I
I
I
'
'
. . .: '
-t" - - - ...
I
t
- ~ ---- t~ ---- I~ --- -~ -- - -~-I I
l;
I
'
: I
.. L.. I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
-~-- ~I I f
I
I
I
- ~ ---J
3000
-r'I - - - - r'I -- -.1'
ii 6000
_,,..__..~.o,~----~----r-- - - ~ ---- ~ --- - ~- - 1
e: It a
I
=
I
I
15000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
II
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
!'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
! I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
t
I I
I
I
I
I l I
I
I
I
- - ___.__ - - - - - - - -'- · · - - 1... -- "' ...\. ...... ,._!,.. ... .. .. -t.. . ........ \.. ......... L .... .J
0.0
I
I
I
0.6
1.3
!
I
I
f
1 .9 2.6 3 ..2 3.9 4 .5 Normalized Safety Factor
I
I
I
5.2
5.8
Von Mises Equivalent Stress • Section 2
0.
ii' 16000
-16000
.e
..
!
..
::i
!
'
I
-~- ---L ----L----L- -- L - - -- L ----L - -~! I I I
Design Limits • Section 2
...
'
-~ --- I~ ---- I~ ---- I~ - --- I~ --- -~ I --- -~I I -- ~I
~ 12000
46000 62600 60000 67600 75000 82600 90000 9760010600012600 VME Streu (psi)
CL
I
9000
l;
~----~----~ - -- tl ---- IL -- - -L I ! ----LI I - - - - IL - - - -L I - -- - IL- - - J I
I
.
'
' ' '
'
'
t
i
I
'
... A.=.. l;
.. -· l
8000
.
----... I
----+-----'{ . --.......:. . .... . . . - ~ -...... ·+---.. -i· · .. - - ·:.. ....... · ·H :
:
: Trt...xi., 1.260 :
•
. :
::
8000
~ ::i
ID
II>
> :;:
~ w
.sooo ""-'~'F"""";;,_~-=""-'r+-' x~ in~•~t~e~·~~-+~~-+~~--J~~
600000 100000015000002000000 Axial Foree (lbf)
-1 350000000000-450000 0 450000 900000 13500001800000 Effective Tenslon (lbf)
b) Apparently the Axial load design mode. c) Select the Work tab, and then select the View> Tabular Results> String Summary table.
String 1
Production Casing
OOIWe1ght/Grade
Connecuon
10 3/4·.s1 cm ppr, C-95
BTC , C-95 VN/oTOP
9 718", 62 OOJ ppf, P-110
2
MO Interval
01111 Ota
(ft)
(1n)
3J0-1CllJ O
9 694
10010-14&'0 0
8500A
Design Cosl Bursi I IA 1 97
($)
32,601 525,367 Total = 557,988
3 4
5
F Conn Fracture
6
C Conn Cntical
7
A Alternile Onft () Compression
The 10 3/4" BTC connection Axial Safety Factor (Abs) is the most critical condition to the taper design.
3. Select File > Close to close the E3 SOP I_ Taper Design. Click Yes when prompted to "Save changes to E3SOP1 _Taper*?"
9-104
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
High Collapse Casing In this analysis, you will perform a design check using a high collapse casing exposed to a high collapse loading condition. 1. Open planned Design E3SOP I. Save the Design as E3SOP1_HC.
2. Define a new pipe 9 5/8'', 53.50 ppf, P-11 OHC, and enter the following properties: OD (in)
9.625
Weight (ppf)
53.5
Grade
P-l IOHC
ID (in)
8.535
Int Drift (in)
8.5
Pipe Type
Special
Burst (psi)
10900 (Calculated API)
Collapse (psi)
10550 (Special, high collapse)
Axial (lbf)
1710113 (calculated API)
UTS
125,000
Wall T hickness (% of Norn.)
87.5
Plain End Cost ($/ft)
Default
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-105
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Define the following YAM SLIJ-II connection for the high collapse pipe: Pipe Body OD (in)
9.625
Pipe Body Weight (ppt)
53.5
Pipe Body Grade
P-ILOHC
Connection Type
Other
Seal Type
MM
Connection OD (in)
9.855
Burst (psi)
10,900
Tension (lbt)
1,275,000
Compression (lbt)
1,045,500
Max bending (degree/JOO ft)
30
$/Cost
Default
4. Apply the new high collapse casing and connection associated to the design. 5. Does the new design tolerate a Full Evacuation scenario during production under Geothermal temperature conditions? 6. Close the E3SOP I _I-IC Design.
9-106
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8 Answers: High Collapse Casing 1. Open Design E3SOP1, select File > Save As, and save the Design with a new name, E3SOP J_HC. 2. In the Work tab, perform the fo llowing. a) Select Tubular> Tubular Properties > Grades, and then enter the following grade:
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 10 19
Create a new Grade named P - llOHC.
20
C-110 C-75
1100XJ 7500) 900Xl
e-ro C-95 H-40 HC-95
9500)
J.55 K·55
5500)
125000 95ail 100XXJ 10500l 600Xl 10500) 7500) 95ail 95llXl 85CXXl 100XXJ 12CXXXJ 125000 13500l 10500) 1600XJ 141lDJ 151lDJ 600XJ 6llXJ 66CXXl 7100'.J 7500) 125000
400XJ 9500) 5500)
IDDJ
L.00 M-65
6500J
IDDJ
N-00 P-105 P-110 Q-125 T-95 V-150 VM-131 VM-140 X·42
105llXl l100XJ 125000 9500)
1500XJ
1300XJ 1400XJ 42000 46CXXl 52000
5600'.l 600XJ 1100XJ
CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT cs_API 5CT CS_API SCT
26
b) Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory and enter the following high collapse pipe information: Notice after entering th e special pipe, the StressCheck software sorts the new row according to its weight, grade, and ID.
Wegl1 (pp~
&4!W &4!W 71 ID) 71 ID) 53500
Grade or Name
ID 1')
Yreld
9'.l'.OJ
C-00 T-95
e 201 e 201 e 125 e 125
P·llOHC
6535
C.00 T·95
(p~~ 9500)
!lllXl 950CXl 1100))
In•
Of~
(•n) e 125 B 125 7969 7.969 8500
Ppe T1pe S1andard S1andard S1andard S1andard Special
Bursi
CollapH
Ax~I
UTS
W5!1Ttli
(psi)
(pt1)
Obfl
(psi}
(% ofNnm'
10996 • 11607 3 122727 12954 5
IO!Ul 0
1701102 112597 179$07 12'333 (I 1'l32Cl10 1H.i1 5 19(1;'..bb 105600 1710113
1(8)33
1cnm 10500) 1CIXOO 10500) 12!.C.00
87 50 87 50 87 50 67 50 87 50
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Pl• n End Cos1 (S'ft)
lnlnwn (II)
32 9.(
3634 36 44 4021 33 14
9-107
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Select Tubular> Special Connections Inventory and enter the following connection information:
S1Jo1in1
VAMTOP VAMSUJ.11
95.ti"
53 500 P· 1IOHC
MM
199.57 25053
9fl55
4. Perform the following: a) Select Tubular> String Sections and apply the high collapse pipe.
OD Qn)
14620 0
1 2
Weight (ppQ
9 SA3"
Grade
53.500
Select P-110HC as the new grade for the string section.
P-110HC
Cost($)
570,588 570,588
I
b) Select Tubular> Connections and apply the YAM SLIJ connection to the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppf, P- 1 lOHC pipe.
T e 9 SA3", 53.500 ppf, P-110HC
YAM SW-II
Conn Safety Factor (Abs) Bursi Axial 100 152
Select VAM SLIJ-11 as lhe new / connection for the pipe section.
5. Yes, the new Design tolerates a Full Evacuation scenario during production under geothermal temperature conditions.
9-108
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
a) Select Tubular> Collapse Loads, and then select the Full Evacuation Production loads check box. f3
Collapse loads: 9 S.'8" Production Casing Select
IEdt I Temperatu-e J Plot I Custom I Ollbons I
DrillnQ Loads
Production Lo.!lds
P Ft.A/Partoa EvacuatlOll P lost Returns ...th Mud Dr p Cementing p Dr1'
P
Ful Evacu«ion
P"
Above/Below Packer
r~~ation
ExterNI Profile Mud and Cement Mx·Wllter
r,
Select the Full Evacuation check box.
Cementing
lost Retl.rns with Mud Drop Ful Evacuation
G P!!rmeaile Zones G Mud and Cement Slrry
Above/Below Pack« Ori Ahead (Coftapse)
<'
Fractu-e El> Pnor Shoe w/ Gas Grac:lent Above
r. Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure
Coneel
Select the Temperature tab, select Full Evacuation, and then select the Geothermal temperature option. f3
Collap•e lodds: 9 5 •8" Production Casmg
From the Temperature tab, select Full Evacuation.
Select the Geothermal option .
I
Select Edt
I
Temperattre Plot
I Custom I Opbons I
.:J
jFul Evacuation
r
Default
r
User·entered
r.
Geothermal
Te 300 125.0 4300
BC 4( 4; 51
!DJO 12000 14000 1600 0 6100.0 97000
~ ~ OK
Si 5i
m 1
98000
1~
s:nJO 100000 10100 0
17(
17'
~::::J
r. Cancel
Apply
f"O
(' TVO
Help
Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-109
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) Select View> Tabular Results> Minimum Safety Factors. Notice that all safety factors (including collapse safety factors) satisfy the design criteria. The full evacuation load case is critical at the bottom of the hi gh collapse 9 5/8" casing.
OOIWltglX/Grade ~
!l SAl" SJ 5D ppl
p 11CJ1C
Comec!ion WMSUJ.l
125 181 86 11!100 1 fl1 a; 18186 I 81136 181 86 1 Bl Iii I 81 Bil
3)5
HJ !ICll !ICll 1152 12(() 1.al !6(L 17lll 17lll 1958 $70
I Bl B6 18111> I 81 BS I l9B6 119B6 17986 17900 17986
5970 Woll 6051 6100 6173 6187 6DJ
I 7906 I 7966 I 7986 11986 I 7986 17986 1 7886 I 7886 17886 I 7866 I 7886 17886 17886 178136 17886 17886 177 86 177 86 177 B6 177 B6 177$ 17786 17186 1 ;7 EE 17686 17686
6DJ 7213 7<401
9COl 'i!lll
9:w 9lillCl 970C
9lll: !l!Dl
am 1ilXll 10100 ICDXI
10XXJ 1()(00 10500 109]) 10l50 10'50 12020 139(3 1'13) 1'619 1'62()
c
C-1o0nC14 al
0.sl)l•ctmtOI lo Gas
C6 Al
()
T
cs
ro
cs cs
cs
I OOC6
a
7600
IC6C5
12" C6 (2 15) C6 (1 9'3) cs
1 76 ll6
I 05C5
(199)
I
Bl EE BB C5
• 1000'.lC 163 BBC 1.li6BBC •2 ll1 lKl.38 C6 166EllC "S2 C6 1 7Hl3 C "S2 C6 162EllC 11 35 Cb 1S•BBC 10 a; 16SOOC 937 C6 157BllC 825C6 15900C 779C6 182BBC 779C6 17Hl3C 682C6 177BBC 232C6 235A1 C 232C6 23SA1 C 2 lKI C6 2!6A1 C 229C6 2S(A1 C 227 C6 220EBC 225C6 235,.l c 27H6 2.39A1 C 22C C6 2•1A1 C '2me& 2 •I A1 ~ I 9)C6 (1<6)C6 I A9C6 (1Z!J C6 159CS (191)C6 1 5-' C5 (178)C6 1 5" C5 (178) C6 I •7 C5 (162)C6 1 '7C5 (162)C6 I '6C5 (160) C6 1 "C6 (1.59) C6 1UCS (1.59: C6 IOCS (1Sl) C6 1 •2CS (1 57) C6 1 (() C5 ( 56) C6 (I !i5) C6 139 I ~CS (15') C6 (1 7g) C6 137 1 37 ~ (1 70) C6 I 35C5 (I 67) C6 I 35C5 15) cs (100 cs 12• 100C5
cs
Tne• if 20961 ~ 1081 212 Bl 21• Bl 21803 2()( B8 2~B8
• lli 88 2 oo ea 2 OCl BB 2l211i 2 19 Ell 2 19 Iii 1951E 1 9ll 86 I 92Eli 19286 1 8800 l 9186 191 IE 196 86 19366 I 87 El6 185 86 1,. Eli 16986 16966 161 E6 161 86 16086 I 60 86 1.61 cs 160C5 1 511 C5 l 57 C5 156C5 155C5 160(5 158(5 156 cs 162C5 150 cs 13' (5 1 33 cs 129(5 I :19(5
b1f11! Luk
!nitC11vn Coq Fu I f,-~rua on Producc1on Abov.BelowPotktr R""""'9 on Hol•.t.1 Sp.. d Corrpm110n
6. Select File> Close to close the E3SOPJ_HC Design. Cl ick Yes when prompted to " Save changes to E3SO P I_ HC*?"
9-110
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 9: Self Exercise I. Design the T' Production Liner. Use the same applicable loads (burst, collapse, axial) as applied to the associated production casing for the E3SOP1 Design. 2. What is the grade, weight, and connection recommended for the liner that satisfies the design criteria (default design factors)?
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-111
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 10: Template Exercise StressCheck Templates allow users to load recurring common data when creating Designs. Templates contain a combination of views, design criteria, and inventories settings. Once a template is assigned to a new Design, the assigned initial template cannot be replaced with another template. I. Create a new template document called My Template from the Normal (System) Template in the StressCheck software.
a) Add a new 9 7/8" OD pipe, 62.80 ppf, P-1I0, 8 5/8" ID to the default API pipe inventory. b) Increase the Legend default font size to 12. c) Rename the default "tab I" tab to work, and add a new tab named Well Schemat ic .
d) Predefine a Production casing string, design parameters. Use all default design factors for pipe and connection, except the pipe burst design fac tor. Instead, enter 1.2 rather than the 1. 1 default value. Apply temperature deration and buckling as additional analysis options. Define the fo ll owing Loads: for burst (Tubing Leak internal profile, and Fluids Gradient w/Pore pressure external profile; for Collapse, Gas Migration internal profile and Mud and Cement Mix Water external profile and for Axial , Overpull with I 00,000 lbf and Service Loads). Define one section, 1,000 ft minimum section length, and apply default uni-biaxial boundaries except for the burst compression combine load (apply triaxial boundary) for the minimum cost Analysi s. e) Save the template as a users template.
f) Apply the My Template document to a new instant Design. How can you confirm the template settings are currently appl ied to the new Design?
9-112
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 10 Answers l. Launch the StressCheck software, and then select File> Template > Open From Database.
From the File menu, select Template> Open From Database.
Now Ctrl+O
Open .. .
· 1 Open from File
Data File Locations ..•
Prrt Setup ••• Import
Export Exit
[8}
Open Template
Open the Normal (System) template.
Tempjate:
!lm~Ciiiiiiiiiiiiiii33 · ~'-~ --cancel
a) Select Tubular> Pipe Inventory. Select All from the pipe size pick-list, and then enter a new pipe OD.
Right-click the first row to highlight, and then select Insert Row to add a new row.
C'O
Gr~dt or
10
1jn\
Namt
(n)
Y1old (p..)
lnl 0.1ft
Pope
(in)
Ti~
s....
(P"J~
lM>
J-55 0824 l-00 0824
Ct.t
"""
N.00 C.!IO T-95 tt.40 J.55 l.W
0 82A 0 824 0824 0824 0824 0 824 N-8) 0 824 c.!;lJ 0 824 UIS 0824
Oolota•SOleaAIRows
1 31s
55IJl)
wm flDXI
mXl l5CDl «ml 55llll 'llOO 8llD
9:IIXJ 95CIXl
073) 073J 0.730 0730 0 730 0 730 0 730 0 73J 0730 0730 0 730
StandaJd l { Standard 1
St•ndard I Stondard l ~ Sl•ndard 7 Standard I~ Standord I;::,(. Standard 1 Slandard 169" Standard 1789Jl
1 700 . ..... .1-j:.40-..J.A4~ 4Cf0l..,~- ~~·.•~d..
"'~ -~-·-....,,.,..
Enter 9 718" OD pipe, 62 .80 ppf, P-110, 8 5/8" ID.
St•ndard I03
!S'
Colfap~
()J•I"
621Dl
''°
I 050
11 140 1 140 1 1
l-00 lll8l C.!IO r .95
0824 0 824 0 824 0 824 0 824
ElOll ~
95ilXJ
S1.andard S1andard S1andard 0 7:11 S1andard 15006 7 0 7:11 Standard 169!0 0 0 730 Sianda.rd 17891 7
~- ~-.,,...!:~--·-- -~~.A5U' ~£~~·«L 7s:;_3
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-113
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) Select Tools > Options, and then select the Legend check box. Click the legend Font button, and then update the font size to 12. Click OK, then click OK to apply the changes and close the Options dialog box. ~
Options Plots
r.>
Select Tools> Options, and then select the Legend check box.
Gnd
PrmL•l'OUt .:; Hieediers and Footitrs
"""'·
'"'-'"
~
Q' ,_..,
I
~ I
"-
DLl
"'··~
Caoce!J
..,.., I _H!ll?_J
Oooltd
r. ~
rr.a
s.r.,.,,...,..,.
Click the Font button.
" - ... <;
"""""-'«!
Ohr
Yew Tidt Fant..
... 0.to.ted'M:sdl.ln
r.>a.--oc....,
f.ii®
font
Enter 1 2, then click OK to apply the change.
AaBbYyZz
n. ....
°""'r,..,.....
..:.l
n.-fort"4be..-odontdhJ
Pl'tler and)'Ol.llCMli
c) Select Tools> Tabs. Rename Tab I to work .
,_Name:
IWork
Click Rename, then enter the new tab name, wor k .
r
9-114
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
LodcTab
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click New to add another tab, and then click Rename to name the new tab Well schemat ic . Click Close to dismiss the dialog box.
rE)
T~bs Work
0ose
I
~ ~
_J
Click New to create another tab.
Ne.!....!
I IRename I D*te
r
LoO:Tab
Click Rename, and then enter !:..I the new tab name, ~-+-+-~~~~~~_. Rename ! We ll Sch e mat i c .
r
Lodt Tab
d) Select Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme. Notice that only two columns arc available: Name and Type. You can define all strings and string type combinations typically used in fie ld operations. After the string(s) are define d, you can define design parameters and loads per each string type according to your Company Des ign Criteria po li cy. For example, de fine a string Production Casing.
Select Production from the Name pick-list, and Casing from the Type pick-list.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-115
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Tubular> Design Parameters, and then redefine the burst safety factor as 1 . 2 instead of 1.1. Apply default values for all other design factors, and select Temperature Deration and Buckling as Analysis Options. Click OK to apply the changes.
[g)
Design Parameters: Production Casing
~ Fact«s
IAnalysis ~bons I
~Boch
Comectoo
Enter 1 . 2 as the Burst t: 1. 200 safety factor. ---1-~ili!.:.---l~
&.rst,teak:
lu io CompresSIOll: l t. 300 Colapse: 11.000 Tnaioal: 1uso
I u oo CompresSlOO: 11. 300 Tension:
Tension:
OK
j 1.100
Axial
.AAlal
Cancel
l
_J I-
tlWY
J
~
~
Design Parameters: Production Casing e>esq, Factors Analysis ~bons
l
Design Constraint
Mn Internal Drift
In
Select the Temperature AnalVSIS ~boos "':::---.i_~P ~ ~ Ext!m!ll Pr~e Profile Deration and Buckling r~atl.l'e Derabon Analysis Options ~ 1..m t to Fracue at snoe check boxes. w~
r
!.!Se &.rst W~ lhicl
OK
!_ cancel
i!Wv_J_
~
Select Tubular> Burst Loads. Select Tubing Leak as the burst internal profile, and select Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure as the external profile.
9-116
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box. -
-
[8J
Bm·st Loods: Production CAsing
I
I T~aue I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
Sel«t Edt ~ loads
Select the Tubing Leak internal profile check box.
ProO..dlon loads Q Ti.brlg Leak
r
r
r r r r r r
r
Gas li:l(j( Profle
c st- w/ Gas Gracient Abo~e
r
Fractlle ~ st- w/ I/ 3 Btf' at 51.rface
r
Fractlle
Sll"Uabon 51.rOO Lellk
InJ«tion DooMi
casno
lost Reh.ms with Water
Su-face Pro~bon (BOP) PresSU'e Test
Green Cement Pressure Test
ertAhead
Internal Prof'ie
External Profle
<' Mud and Ceml!nt 1"1c·Wat:er r ~z~
("r .................... -~ I w/
Select the Fluid Gradient w/ Pore Pressure external profile option.
Pore Pressue
Sell'o\ater Gradent
<- FUd Gradients w/ Pore Pressu-e ~---~-~-------
OK
Cancd
I_
Apply
J ~-_J
Select Tubular > Collapse Loads. Select Gas Migration as the production load internal profile, and select Mud and Cement Mix-Water as the external profile. Click OK to save and close the dialog box.
(8)
Colldpse Loads: Production Casing
I
Select Edt
I T~ab.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
~ loads
Select the Gas Migration production load internal profile check box.
Select the Mud and Cement Mix-Water external profile option.
r r
fl.f~artlale.acuabon
Lost Retllns
1th Mud Orq>
Pro6.icbon loads N f,vacuabon
r r
Abo•-e~ Ped-er
mn: ,,.,'Vr - - - -- --+•!V Gas M9"abon
----+-+ r--.;;ci -&.1,1e1 ~..
r
~Ahead
lnlemill Profle
----t--f!~~~·····•-l+~
Exte-NI Profile
r.
r r
~and ~ementMlx·Wat:erl Pl.'l1Tleable
zones
Mud and Cement ~ry
c PrlOr Shoe w/ Gas Gradent Abo-.e
r
Er~e
r
FUd Ii!adent:s w/
Het>
"°'' Pressu-e
I
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-117
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Tubular> Axial Loads, and then select Overpull Force. Apply I 00,000 !bf as the default axial force, and then select Service Loads. Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.
r8J
Axial -loads: Production Gising
I
Select Plot
Select the Overpull check box, and then enter - - - -• 100000 lbf.
r
1Clpbons I l'ti'S
RUTWIO l'l Hole - Avo . Speed
bf
r.1' Overpul Fora:
r r
Post-Cl!mellt Static Load
r
Green CementPressu-e Test
Pre<ement St.abc Load
Appjied Force:
I
bf
P° Ser·llCe Loads Select the Service Loads check box. OK
Cancel
I
Apply
'-
~
J
Se lect Tubular> Minimum Cost, and define minimum cost constraints as follows: "Maximum Number of Sections" = I, "Minimum Section Length" = 1,000 ft. Select the Design tab on the dialog box, and then apply the following design envelope criteria.
9-118
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.
[g)
Minimum Cost: Production Casing 1er_s...;..j_ Enter 1 as the Maxi;..;. m"""'u;;.;.m.;..;.___ _-+-_Par _ame __ 0esqi __I_~ Number of Sections. constraints
Maxm.mNL.l!berofSecbons~t
Enter 1000 ft as the Minimum Section Length.
MnnunSecbon L~lh:
---
ft
1100
s ton
1000.0
Cost
Cost of K-55 Sitt!:
OK
rE)
Minimum Cost: Production Casing Parameters De5iOn
Select the Design tab, and then apply the design envelope criteria as shown.
I Tri-axial
L..
:J Cl) Cl)
Q)
rl: ro
r·---····
~
Q)
L..
Q)
:t::
0
............ ...... . ........ . ~
Q)
>
ti Q)
iTI
Note
.
Lim~s are a Axial Force (lbf)
OK
Cancel
I_
Appl!._J __~_ _.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-119
Chapter 9: Exercises
While in Template mode, check the contents of the Wellbore and Tubular menus. Grayed out menu commands, and Well specific data (for example, pore and frac pressure data), are not accessible in Template mode. Welbore Ti.tul« View Comp(
Tib.il«
General •.. Casino and Tibrg Scheme
VW!W
C~
Tools
Ct6rent strno... Desql P11remete<s ...
lnll:ial Condibons ... Tool Passao;ie .. .
Mmul\Cost .. .
W~hEdlor
OoQleo ~rity Overrides
Blxst Loads ... Colapse l..c005" , Ami l oads ... Custom Loads ...
Compression L~ Check..,
Grayed out menu commands .___________._ are not available in Template mode.
Pipe Inventory
5peo
9-120
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Wi
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Work tab, and then select View > Well Schematic.
Work
A Wei SchetnallC
/
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-121
Chapter 9: Exercises
e) Select File> Template> Save As. Enter My Temp l ate in the Template Name field, and then click OK. Save Template
- -
Enter My Templat e as the new template name.
(g)
OK
Cancel Help
Notice the recently created template was added as a "User Defined Template" in the Well Explorer. 0 Rig Contractors - CJ Templates +
The newly created template _ (}) lJsef" Defined Templates now exists in the Well - - - - - -• (JI My Template Explorer tree under the "User + G!J system Templates Defined Templates" node. • Cl w orkspaces +
lfti
+
j'# catatoos
Tubular Properties
Select File > Close to close the template. t) Select File> New> Instant Design, accept the defaults, and then click OK to create an instant Design.
rg)
Instant-Design Names:
,ompany: n.=.:.Ll.ii!i . ~.~ - ~r-------;i
eroiect:
IProiect ,.
~te:
1Site ~1
~el:
lwe1 =1
1
w-·et>ore -=1- - - - - - - - -
w~e: -I
~:
IDesigl =1
Dab..m elevation abo•·e: Mean Sea Level
~fault Datun Elevabon:
r
Qffshore
!irOU'ld Elevation:
ro.o--
ro.o-
ft
ft
r OK
When the Open Template dialog box appears, select My Template as the template to apply to the Design.
9-122
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the template to the instant Design.
OK
I
Cancel
1
" I
T~te:
~
J
Observe that the newly created Design with "My Template" applied includes all changes that you made in template.
698
699 700
•
By default, the new Design displays both the currently displayed Work tab and the Well Schematic tab.
•
Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory. The pipe inventory includes the 9 7/8" casing created in " My Template".
71.800 62.800
9.625 9.875 10.750 10.750
32.750 40.500 '
•
9500) T-95 8 125 7.969 p.110 8.625 110000 8.500 H-40 10.192 40000 10.036 H-40 10.050 40000 9.894 J-55 9.8941 · _ __ ..,. __10.050 ......._,._,,,..... -55000 _ __,,,...... ~
Standard 12954 5 Standard 12183 5 Standard 18167 Standard 22791 Standard 3133 7
a 13E
..,J
.~·····~-- ----~~_,. • .Ji
Select Wellbore > General, and then enter a well depth MD. For example, enter 10,000 ft.
(g]
General Opbons J Comments J Oescripbon : ~'Section
INew Wei
Definibon
I
Onoin N: 0.0
onoin E: Azm.ltti:
OK
o-.o---
; I -
Wei Depth (l>'O) :
ft ft
{T'ID) :
J 10000 ft ;---ft
Io.oo ~y
I__ ~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-123
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme, and enter a "Production" casing string.
1
Measured Depths (fl) Shoe TOC 400l.O 4600.0
9 7/d"
2
Select Tubular> Design Parameters, Tubular> Burst Loads, Tubular > Collapse Loads, Tubular> Axial Loads, and Tubular > Minimum Cost. Notice that all changes made in "My Template" are assigned to the current instant Design. The example below shows the burst safety factor of 1.2 entered previously in "My Template". Design Parameters: 9 7l 8"
Productio~ Casing
I
Design Factors Analysis Opbons Pipe Body
ant:
Com«bon
l£Ei3
Axial Tension:
9-124
I Ltoo
Axial
I1.:m
j 1. 300
Tension:
I
CompresSlon: j i.:m
(011'4lRSSlOl'I: L JOO
Colapse:
j 1.000
Tr.axial:
1 1.250
OK
EUstft.eak:
Cancel
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
IBJ
HALLIBURTON
I
Landmark So ~ware & Servic es
Part Number 16177 8 Revision E
Apri l 201 1
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
© 20 10 Halliburton A ll Rights Reserved
This publication has been provided pursuant to an agreement contai ning restrictions on its use. The publication is also protected by Federal copyright law. No part of this publication may be copied or distributed, transmitted, transcribed. stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any human or computer language, in any form or by any means, electronic, magnetic, manual, or otherwise, or disclosed to third parties without the express written permission of:
Halliburton I Landmark Software & Services 2107 CityWest Blvd, Building 2, Houston, Texas 77042-3051, USA P.O. Box 42806, Houston, Texas 77242, USA Phone:7 I 3-839-2000 FAX: 7 13-839-2015 Internet: www.halliburton.com/landmark Trademark Notice 3D Drill View, 3D Drill View KM, 3D Surveillance, 3DFS, 3DVicw, Active Fie ld Surveillance, Act ive Reservoir Surveillance, Adaptive Mesh Refining, ADC, Advanced Data Transfer, Analys is Model Layering, ARIES, AR IES DecisionSuite, Asset Data Mining. Asset Decision Solutions, Asset Development Center, Asset Development Centre, Asset Journal , _Asset Performance, AssetConnect, Asset Connect Enterprise, AssetConnect Enterprise Express. AssetConnect Expert, AssctDirector, AssetJoumal, AssetLink, Assct Link Advisor, AssctLink Director, AssctLink Observer, AssctObsc1vcr, AssctObserver Advisor, AssctOpt imizcr, Asset Planner, AssetPrcdictor, AssetSolvcr, AssetSolvcr Online. AssctVicw. AssctVicw 2D. Asset View JD, BLITZPAK, CasingLifo, CasingSeat, CDS Connect, Channel Trim, COMPASS, Contract Generation, Corporate Data Arch iver, Corporate Data Store. Data Analyzer, DataManager, DataStar, DBPlot, Decision Management System, DecisionSpacc, DecisionSpace 30 Drill View KM, DecisionSpace AssetLink, DccisionSpacc AssetPlanner. DecisionSpace AssetSolver, DccisionSpace Atom ic Meshing, DecisionSpace Nexus. DecisionSpace Reservoir, DccisionSuite, Deeper Know ledge. Broader Understanding .. Depth Team. Depth Team Explorer, Depth Team Express, Depth Team Extreme, Depth Team Interpreter. DepthTeam, DepthTeam Explorer, DcpthTeam Express, DepthTeam Ex treme, Depth Team Interpreter, Desktop Navigator, DESKTOP-PVT, DESKTOP-VIP, DEX, DIMS, Discovery, Discovery Asset, Discovery Framebuilder. Discovery PowerStation, DMS, Drillability Sui te, Drilling Desktop, DrillModel, Drill-to-the-Earth-Model , Drill works, Dri ll works ConnectML,DSS, Dynamic Reservoir Management, Dynamic Surveillance System, EarthCube, EDM, EDM AutoSync, EDT, eLandmark, Engineer 's Data Model, Engineer's Desktop, Engineer's Link, ESP. Event Similarity Prediction, ezFault, ezMode l, czSurfacc, ezTracker, ezTracker2D, FastTrack, Field Scenario Planner, Fie ldPlan, For Production, FZAP!. GeoA tlas, GeoDataLoad, GeoGraphix, GeoGraphix Exploration System. GeoLink, Geometric Kernel , GeoProbc, GcoProbe GF DataServer, GeoSmith, GES, GES97, GESXplorer, GMAplus, GM! Imager, Grid3D, GRIDGENR, H. Clean, Handheld Fie ld Operator, HHFO, High Science Simplified, Horizon Generation, i WcllFile, 12 Enterprise, iDIMS, Infrastructure, !so Core. IsoMap. iWellFi le, KnowledgeSource, Landmark (as a service), Landmark (as sojiware}, Landmark Decision Ccnccr, Landmark Logo and Design, Landscape, Large Model, Lattix, LcascMap, LogEd it, LogM, LogPrep, Magic Earth, Make Great Decisions, MathPack, MDS Connect, MicroTopology. MIMIC, MIMIC+, Model Builder, Nexus (as a sen1ice), Nexus (as software) . Nexus View, Object MP, OpenBooks. OpenJouma l, OpenSGM, Open Vision. Open Wells, Open Wire, Open Wire Clienc, Open Wire Direct, Open Wire Server, Open Works, Open Works Development Kit, Open Works Product ion, Open Works Well Fi le, PAL, Parallel-VIP, Parametric Modeling, PecroBank, PetroBank Explorer. PetroBank Master Data Store, PetroStor, Petro Works, Petro Works Asset, Petro Works Pro, Petro Works ULTRA , PlotVicw, Point Gridding Plus, Pointing Dispatcher, PostStack, PostStack ESP, PostS tack Family, Power Interpretation, PowerCalcu lator, PowerExplorcr, PowcrExp lorcr Connect, PowcrGrid, PowerHub, PowerModel, PowerView, PrecisionTarget, Presgraf. Pressworks, PRIZM. Production, Production Asset Manager, PROFILE, Project Administrator, ProMAGIC, ProMAGIC Connec t, ProMAG IC Server, ProMAX , ProMAX 20, ProMax 30, ProMAX 3DPSOM, ProMAX 40, ProMAX ram ily, ProMAX MVA, ProMAX VSP, pSTAx. Query Builder. Quick, Quick+, QUICKDIF, Quickwell, Quickwell+, QUI KRAY, QUIKSHOT, QU IKVSP, RAVE. RAYMAP, RAYMAP+, Real Freedom, Real Time Asset Management Center, Real Time Decision Center, Real Time Operations Center, Real Time Production Surveillance, Rea l Time Surveillance, Real -time View, Reference Data Manager. Reservoir. Reservoir Framework Builder, RESev, ResMap, RTOC. SCAN. SeisCube, SeisMap. SeisModel. SeisSpace, ScisVision, SeisWell, ScisWorks, SeisWorks 20, SeisWorks 3D, SeisWorks PowerCalculator, SeisWo rks PowerJoumal, SeisWorks PowerSection, ScisWorks PowerView, SeisXchange, Semblance Computation and Anal ysis, Sierra Fami ly, Sigma View, SimConnect, S imConvert, SimDataStudio, SimResults, SimResults+, SimResults+3D, SIVA+, SLAM, SmartFlow, smartSECTION, Spatiali zer, SpecDecomp, StrataAmp, StrataMap, StrataModcl, StrataSim, StratWorks, StratWorks JD, StreamCalc, StrcssChcck. STRUCT, Structure Cube, Surf & Connect. SynTool, System Start for Servers, SystemStart, SystemStart for Clients, SystemStart for Servers, SystemStart for Storage, Tanks & Tubes, TDQ, Team Workspace, TERAS, T-Grid, The Engineer 's DeskTop, Total Drilling Performance, TOW/cs, TOW/cs Revenue Interface, TracPianner, TracPianner Xprcss, Trend Form G ridding, Tri mmed Grid, Tu rbo Synthetics, VESPA, VESPA+, VIP, VIPCOMP, VIP-CORE. VIPDataStudio, VIP-DUAL, VIP-ENCORE, VIP- EXECUTIV E. VIP- Local Grid Refinement, VIP-THERM. WavX , Web Ed itor, Well Cost, Well H. Clean, Well Seismic Fusion, We llbase, Wellbore Planner, Wellbore Planner Connect. WELLCAT, WELLPLAN, WellSolver, WellXchange, WOW, Xsection, You ' re in Control. Experience the difference , ZAP! , and Z-MAP Plus are trademarks registered trademarks or service marks of Halliburton. All other trademarks, service marks and product or serv ice names are the trademarks or names of their respective owners.
Note The information contained in this document is su bject to change without notice and should not be construed as a conunitment by Halliburton. Halliburton assumes no responsibi lity for any error that may appear in this manual. Some states or j urisdictions do not allow disclaimer of expressed or implied warranties in certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Halliburton acknowledges that certain third party code has been bundled with, or embedded in, its software. The licensors of this third party code, and the terms and conditions of their respective licenses, may be found in a document called Third_ Party.pdf. This document is included in the installation directory of each application from Landmark® software. The path name of the file is similar to the follow ing:
App/icationlnstallationDirectory I d ocs/T h ird _ Par ty . p d f
or ApplicationlnstallationDirectory\ he lp \ Third _ Par ty . pd f
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
I
)
)
) )
) http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
)
TM
StressCheck Software Training Manual Introduction ......... ...... ........ . .. . .... ........................... . 1-1 What is StressCheck™ Software? . . . . . .... .. . ... . .... ............ . ...... Course Objectives. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Training Course and Manual Overview ......... .. .... . ... .. ........... .. Licensing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-3
Theory, Calculations, and References .. .. . ... . ...... .. ... . .......
2-1
Casing Design Methodology ...................... . .. ... . .. . ... .. . .. .. 2-2 Wellbore Temperatures and Casing Design . . ....... . . ...... . ... .. ...... 2-4 Temperature Deration . ... . . . ...... . . .... ......... ..... ...... .. .. . . ... Drilling Temperatures . ... . . .... .- ............ . .... . ................... Production Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Initial Conditions . . . . ... . . ..........................................
2-4 2-5 2-6
2-7
Basic Material Properties ............. . ...... . ... ..................... 2-9 Stress ... ..... .. . . . . ... . . . . .. ..... ... .. . .......... . ... . . . .......... 2-9 Strain ..... ........... .. ........................................... 2-9 Modulus of Elasticity (Young's Modulus) .. .. ...... . . . . ... ..... ... .. . . . . . 2-9 Yield Strength (Tensile) ..................... , .. . ............. ....... 2-10
Pipe Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11 Axial . . . . ............. ........................................... Burst ............ . ........... .... . .............. ... . .... ..... . ... Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yield Strength Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plastic Collapse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transition Collapse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elastic Collapse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diameter to Wall Thickness Regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Effect of Tension on Collapse . ... ... .. ..... . .. .. . .. . ... . ....... . .. Effect of Internal Pressure on Collapse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-11 2-12 2-1 2 2- 13 2- 13 2-14 2-14 2-15 2- 16 2- 16
Contents
Reduced Wall vs. Nominal Dimensions ............. ........... ......... 2-18 Tension Due to Bending ........................ ....... .............. 2- 19
Triaxi al Stress Analysis ...... .. .. ....................... ............ 2-20 Von Mises Equation . .. . ... . ..... . ... .................. .. . ...... . ... 2-20 Triax ial Design Ellipse ............................... ....... ........ 2-21
Buckling ........................................................... 2-23 Casing Buckling in Oil Field Operations ...... ..... .... .... ............. 2-24
AP I Connection Ratings . ..... ... ..... . ..... . ... . . . ........ ... . ...... 2-25 Preliminary Design ... . .. . . .. ......... ...... ......... . ........ . . .. .. 2-26 Why Should You Do A Preliminary Design? ........ . ............. . . . . . .. What Data is Needed to Perfonn a Preliminary Des ign? ..... . ....... . ... Minimum Casing Diameter ..... ... ... . . .... . ............ . ........ ... Minimum Casing Shoe Setting Depth .. ................. .... . ..........
2-26 2-26 2-26 2-27
Detailed Mechanical Design ......................................... 2-28 Burst Loads .... ................ . . .......................... ....... Drilling Loads .... . ...... .................... ... .. .......... . . .. Production Loads . . .... .. ... . ... ..... .. . .............. ...... . ... Co llapse Loads ..... . . . . . . .. ....................................... Drill ing Loads . .. .. ............................................. Production Loads ..... . ... . ... .. .. . .... .. .... . . . ......... . . . .. .. Axial Loads . ... . ......... ..... .. ... .. .... ... ...... . . . . ............ Runn ing and Cementing ..................................... .. ... Service Loads ... ..... . . . . . . . .. , .. , . , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Load Lines .. . ..... . . . . . .... ................ . ..... . . . .. .... .... . . . Automatic Load Generation .............................. . ........ Design Factors ......... .. .. ....... . ... ............ ... . .. .. .... .. . . Design Factor Selection ....... ........ ... .. ...................... Graphical Design .. . ...................................... . .. . .. ... Load Line Corrections ........... .............. . ..... ............
2-28 2-28 2-32 2-34 2-34 2-37 2-38 2-38 2-40 2-40 2-41 2-41 2-41 2-42 2-43
External Pressure Profiles ..... . ... .................... ....... . . . ... . 2-44 Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile ................. .. .. Permeable Zones ..... . . . . . . ...... .............. . .. .... . .... . ... .... Poor Cement Disabled .. . ... . . . . ... ..... ................... ..... . Poo r Cement Enabled - High Pressure Zone .. ....... . .......... . .. ... Poor Cement Enabled- Low Pressure Zone ..........................
ii
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-44 2-45 2-45 2-46 2-47
Contents
Minimum Formation Poor Pressure .. . ....... . .. . . ... .. . ..... . . ...... .. TOC Inside Previous Shoe .. . ... . .. .. . . . . ....... .. .... . ... . . ... ... TOC in Open Hole (With and Without Mud Drop Enabled) . . . ... . . . . . . .. Pore Pressure with Seawater Gradient . . .......... . .... . .. . . ... . ..... . .. Fluid Gradients (with Pore Pressure) ...... ......... .. . ........... . . ... . Mud and Cement Slurry .... . ... .... . .... . .. . ........................ Frac@ Prior Shoe with Gas Gradient Above . ..... .. . . . .. .. . . .. .. ..... . ..
2-48 2-48 2-49 2-50 2-51 2-52 2-53
EDMM and the Well Explorer .... . .. .... .. .... ... .. . ... .. ... ...... 3-1 Overview ..... .. .. ...................... . ....... .... .. ..... .. ..... . . 3-2 Describing the Data Structure ... . . .. ... . . ... .. .. ... .. .. . . . ... ... . . . ... 3-3 We ll Explorer Components . . ... . . .. .. .. . ... .. ... . ............. ....... 3-5
Working with the Well Explorer . . . . .... . .. . .. . .. . ........... ... .. ..... 3-6 Drag-and-drop Rules ... . . . . . .. . ......... . .... . . . .. .. . ................ 3-6 Instant Design . ... ..... . ................ . . .. .. . . . .................. . 3-7 Import . .. . ... . . . . . ... . .. . . . . ................. ........... .......... 3-7 Export ........ .. . . ... . .... . . .. .. .. .. . . . . .. .. . . . ............. ...... 3-7 Attachments ......... . ... . ........ .. ... . ... .... . .. .. ... . ........... 3-8 Well Explorer Node Properties . . .. . .. . .............. ............ .... ... 3-9 Data Locking . ................ . . ....... .. . .. . .. .. ....... .. ..... .. 3-9 General Tab. .............................. ......... . ... .. ...... 3- 11 Audit Tabs . ... . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .. .. . . . . .... .. ... .. .. . . . .... . .. .... 3-1 1
Datums .................. . . ... ... . ....... ........ . ..... . . .. ..... ... 3- 12 Project Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . System Datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Elevation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Well Properties .... .. .. . .. . . . .. . .. . ....... .. .. . . . ....... . .......... Depth Reference Datum(s) ............ .. .. . .... . .. . .......... . .... Design Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) . .. .. . . . .. .... . .. ...... . .. Depth Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Workflow-How to Set Up Datums for a Design .. .. . . .. . ........ . . ...... Changing the Datum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . How This Works ... ... .. . .... .... ... .......... . . .... . ........ . ..
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-12 3- 12 3- 12 3- 12 3- 13 3- 16 3-16 3- 17 3- 18 3- 19 3-19
iii
Contents
Concurrency and Multi-user Support ... ...... .. . ... ............... .. . 3-21 SAM in the Application Status Bar .. ... ..... . ... . . .. .. .. .......... . . .. SAM in the Well Explorer .... ....... ................. ... ......... ... Reload Notifi cation ...... . .. . ....................................... Reload ............ . ................... .. ................... .. . Ignore ............ . .................... . . . .................... Cancel ....... .............. .......... ............ .............
3-21 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-23 3-24
Working With Catalogs . . . . .............. . . ..... . ... ........ ........ 3-25
Getting Started ...... ............ ....... . ............... .......... .....
4- 1
Workflow ...................................................... . .... 4-2 Enter General Data ..... .. .................. .. .................. ..... 4-2 Specify Design Parameters for a Casing String . . .. .. . . .................... 4-3 View Graphical Results and Perform Design ....... . . . ... ... ........ ...... 4-3
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 Starting the StressCheck™ Software ......... .. . . ....................... 4-4
Files and Templates .................................................. 4-6 What Type of Files Does the StressCheck™ Software Use? .................. What is a Template File? .... ............... ....... .............. ..... Opening an Existing Template File ......................... . . . .. .. . . Saving a T emplate File .. ....... ... ......... .... ................. . .
4-6 4-6 4-7 4-8
Main Window Layout ......... ........... ............ ............... . 4-9 Title Bar ......................................................... Menu Bar ............. ... . .... ........ .......... ................. File Menu ..................................................... Ed it Menu ... .. .. ... .. . .. . ............ . . . . . .. . ................. Wellbore Menu . . .... . ..... ..... ....... . . . . ..... .......... ...... Tubular Menu ............ . .................................. ... View Menu ...... . . ... . .. .............. ... . .. .................. Composer Menu ..... . ................ . .. .. ..................... Tools Menu ........... ........ .............................. . .. W indow Menu ...... .. ................... . ..................... Help Menu ......... . ............... .. . ... .................. . .. Wizard Toolbar ... ................. ........ ... .... .. ...............
iv
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10 4-10
4- l0 4- 11 4-11 4- 11 4-11 4-1 1 4- 11
Contents
Data Entry Forms . .. .. .. ..... . .. . ... ............ .. .................. 4- 12 Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Spreadsheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Helpful Features ........... . .. ....... . ...... . . ... . ........ . . . ... . ... 4-14 Online Help . ..................... .. .... ....... .... ............. . . . Setting Options . .... . . .. .......... . .. . . ... ... ......... . ............ Plots Group Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Spreadsheets and Tables Group Box .. ... ....... .. . . . ... .... . ... .. . . Print Layout Group Box . . ..... . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... ... ... . .... . . ...... Depths Group Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Safety Factors Group Box .. . . .... ..... ...... .......... .. . ...... . .. Other Group Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Configuring Units ....... .. . . ........... . ...... . ..... . ...... . ....... Using the Unit System Dialog Box .. ............... .. ............... Using the Convert Unit Dialog Box . ........ . . .... . . . . . . ...... . .. . .. Customizing Graphical Views . . .. . .. . . .. .. .. . . . .. . . ...... . .. ......... Changing Plot Properties . ................... . ......... .. ... ... . . . Zooming ........ . ...... ... ...... ... .. . . . ........ .............. Configuring the Well Schematic ... ...... .. .... . . .. ... .. ............
4-14 4-15 4-16 4- 17 4- 18 4-18 4- l 9 4- 19 4-20 4-20 4-22 4-24 4-2 5 4-26 4-26
Accessing and Managing Pipe Inventory .............................. 4-27 Selecting and Deleting Pipes ............... ... ........ .. . . . .......... Modifying Existing Pipes ................ .......... . . . ... .. . . . . . . .... Inserting a New Pipe . . . . .. . . . . . . ....... ........ .. .. . . . .. ... .... . ... . Tubular Properties . . . . .... .. ..... ................................... Locking Tubular Properties and Password Security .................. . . . Importing and Exporting Tubular Properties ......... . ....... ... . ..... Grades .......... .. ....... ................ ..... ....... . . ....... Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Class .. . .... .. . . . . .. .. ... .. . ......... . . . .... . ... . .. . ... ... .... Temperature Derations ... . ..... . . ... . ............. . .. ... .........
4-29 4-30 4-31 4-32 4-32 4-33 4-33 4-3 5 4-38 4-39
Well and Formation Information ... ..... .. ............ ......... .. . 5-1 Entering Well Data .. ... . . ..... ........ ... ........ . .. . ...... . . . . ...... 5-2 Creating a New Design ............ ...... . . .. ......... ... .... . . ....... 5-2 Design Properties Dialog Box .. .. ...................... .. . . . . . .. . . . 5-2
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
v
Contents
Entering General Well Information . . .. . . .. .. . .... . . . .. .. . . .... ......... 5-6 Field and Controls .... .. ...... .. . ... .... . . . . .... ... . ......... . .... 5-7 Entering Pore Pressure Data ...... ......... . . . . . .. . . . ... . . . . . ... . ... .. . 5-8 Pore Pressure Spreadsheet Columns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9 Entering Fracture Gradient Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Fracture Gradient Spreadsheet Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Defining a Squeezing Salt/Shale Zone .......... . ... . . ....... . ..... . . . .. 5-12 Squeezing Salt/Shale Spreadsheet Columns . .. . ..... .. . . .............. 5- 12 Managing Wellpath Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Entering Well path Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 14 Import Wellpath File ....... . ... . . .. .. . ............... . . . . ........ 5- 15 Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5- 16 Defining the Geothermal Gradient .. . .. ... . . .... . .. . .............. . . . .. 5- 19 Fields and Controls . .. . . . .. .. . .. . ... .... . .. . . ...... . .... .. . ...... 5-19 What Effect Does Temperature Have on the Analysis? ........... .. ... .. 5-20 Define the Casing and Tubing Scheme . . .. .. .. . . . . .. . . ......... ... . . . . .. 5-22 Fields and Controls . .......... .. . ................................ 5-23 Well Schematic ............................ . . . . ... .. .. . ......... 5-27 Defining Production Data ...... . .. .. . . ........ . ......... . ... ......... 5-28 Fields and Controls ..... . . . ... ................................... 5-28 Setting Up Tabs ... .................... .. . ... . .. . . . ....... . ........ 5-29 Splitting Windows into Panes . . ........ . .. . ... .. . ....... ...... ........ 5-30 Splitting the Tab into Vertical Panes ........... .... ..... ............ 5-30 Splitting the Tab into Horizontal Panes .. .. . . . . . .. . .. . .... .. .... . . . .. 5-31 Changing the Contents of the Pane ........... . .... .......... .. ...... 5-31
Tubular Load Data . . .. . ... . ..... ................................... . . 6-I Entering Design Parameters . . .... .. ............. .... . .. . . .. .......... 6-2 Specifying the Initial Conditions .. ... ... . ...... . .. . .. . .. . . . ..... . . . ... 6-3 Defining Cementing and Landing Data ............. . .. . ......... .. . . . ... 6-4 Fields .. .. .. .. ................ ........ . ... . ........... . ....... .. 6-5 Defining the Starting Temperature Profile ........... . ....... . . .. .... . .. . . 6-9
Specify Tool Passage Requirements .. . ..... ... . .................. ... .
vi
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6- 11
Contents
Defining Burst Loads ... .. . . ............ . ... . ................. ...... 6-13 Selecting the Des ign Burst Loads and the External Pressure Profile .. ... ...... Defining the External Pressure Profile ... ............. ............... Defining Burst Load Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Viewing the Associated External Pressure Profi le ...................... Specify Burst Load Temperature .......... ... ...................... View Burst Load Pressure Plots .............................. . . .... Burst Design Load Line .... ...... ................... ...... .......
6-13 6-1 4 6- 14 6-15 6- 16 6- 17 6-18
Specifying Collapse Loads .... .... . ... ......... . .... .......... . . .... 6- 19 Selecting Co llapse Loads ...... ...... ....... ....... .................. Selecting Di ffercnt External Pressure Profiles for Each Load Case. . . . . . . . . . . . Defining Collapse Load Details ........... . . .. ........................ Viewing Collapse Load Pressure Plots ......... ...... ............... . ... Collapse Design Load Line . .................... . ............... . .. ...
6- 19 6-20 6-2 1 6-22 6-23
Specifying Ax ial Loads Details .... . ................................. 6-25 Defining Custom Loads .. . . . .... .......................... .......... 6-26 Displaying the List of Existing Custom Loads .......... ...... . .. ......... Renaming a Custom Load .................... .. ...................... Editing Custom Load Data ........ ........ ............... ........ .. .. Define the Pressure Profile ..................... ....... . . .......... Including the Custom Load in the Analysis .. .... ..................... Defining the Custom Load Temperature Profile ... .. . .... .......... ... Viewing the Pressure Profiles Including the Custom Load .... . .. . . ......
6-26 6-27 6-27 6-27 6-29 6-30 6-32
Graphical Design ............................................... ... .. . 7-1 Performing an Automated Design ....................... . . ............ 7-2 Checking Burst Design Using the Burst Design Plot ............ .......... .. 7-2 Creating a Pipe Section .... ........... ....... .. . . .. ..... . .. .. .. .. .. 7-3 Modifying a Pipe Section .......... .... . .. . ... . . . . ............. .. .. 7-6 Comparing Burst and Collapse Design Checks ..... .. ............... .. . ... 7-8 Checking Collapse Design Using the Collapse Design Plot. .................. 7-8 What is the Collapse Design Load Line? ..... . ........................ 7-9 What is the Pipe Rating Line? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9 Adding a Section to Satisfy Design Cri teria . . ...... . . ................. 7-11
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
vii
) ) Contents
Checking Ax ial and Service Load Profil es . . . .. . ... . . .. . .. . . . . ..... . ..... Using the Axial Load Profiles Plot .......... . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . .. ..... Using the Axial Service Load Profil es Plots .. . . . ... .. . . ..... . ... ... .. Using the Service Load Lines Plot .................... . ......... . ... C hecking Axial and Triaxial Design .... . .. . ... . ..... . .. . . . .. .. ... . .... Usi ng the Axial Design Plot .... . ..... . ........ .. .... . ..... . . . ... .. Using the Triaxial Design Plot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Using the Triaxial Des ign Limit Plot . . . ... .. ... . ........ .. ......... . Modi fy a Design .. . .. . ....... .. .................................
7- 12 7- 13 7-14 7- 14 7-15 7-16 7-18 7-2 l 7-22
Checking a Specific Casing Design .... . ..... ... . . . .... . . . . . .. . . .. ... 7-23 Compressional Load Check ............... . ........... . ...... . ....... 7-24
Minimum Cost Design .......... . . . ... . ... . ......................... 7-25 Fields and Controls .. .... . .......... . .............. . ..... . .......... Maximum Number of Sections .. ... . ... ..... . . .. .. .. . . . . ... . .. . .. .. M ini mum Section Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Costof K-55 Steel. ... . ........ . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . ....... .. .... Minimum Cost Search . ......... .. . . . .. . . ...... . .. . . . ..... . . . .... Select APT and Premium Connections . . .. . . ...... . . .. .. . .. . .. ... . . . . . .. Define Premium Connections ............................ . ............
7-25 7-25 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-3 0
Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports .. .... . ...... .. .... . .... .. 8- I Input Data Tables .... ....... .. ..................................... . . 8-2 Tabular Results . . . .... . ....... . ......... . . ... ..... . .... . .. .. . . . . . . ... 8-3 Viewing the String Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4 What is the Maximum Allowable Wear? . . . . .. . .. ........ . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . 8-5
Reporting in the StressCheck™ Software and Microsoft Word ... . . . ..... 8-7 Generating StressCheck™ Software Reports . ..... . . .. ..... . . .. .. . . . ... .. . 8-7 Previewing and Printing StressCheck™ Software Reports ..... ... . .. . . ... . . 8-10
viii
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Contents
Exercises .. .. . ........... .. .... .. ......... . .. ... ........ ......... .. .... . 9- I StressCheck™ Software Exercise Overview .. ... . ......... ... . . ....... 9-2 Exercise I: Review ing/Creating the Data Hierarchy ................ . ... 9-4 Exercise 2: Preferences and Workspace Configurati on .... ........ . ..... 9-5 Exerc ise 2 Answers . . .. ......... .. . ... . . ..... . .. ........... .. . . .... .. 9-7
Exercise 3: Rev iewing/Specifying General Data .. . .. . ....... .......... 9- 13 Exercise 3 Answers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9- 16
Exercise 4: The Design Process .......... .... ................... .. . .. 9-22 Exe rcise 4 Answers ... . ...... ......... ........... ........... ........ 9-27
Exercise 5: Minimum Cost ......... . ........ ............ . ... . .. .. ... 9-51 Exercise 5 Answers . . .. .. .. .. . .......... .... ............... .. .. . .. .. 9-52
Exercise 6: Analyzing Results ...... . . . . . .. .... ............... .. . .... 9-60 Exercise 6 Answers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Exercise 7: Tables and Reports ....................................... 9-70 Exe rcise 7 Answers ............... . ............... ...... ............ 9-72
Exercise 8: Sensitivity Analysis ....... ......... ........... ........... 9-84 Special Pipe Tubular Properties .. .. ... . .. . .......... ......... ....... . . 9-84 Exerci se 8 Answers: Special Pipe Tubular Properties .... . ....... ....... 9-89
Taper String Design Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-97 Exercise 8 Answers: Taper String Design Check ............... ....... . 9-98 High Collapse Casing .............................................. 9-105 Exercise 8 Answers: High Collapse Casing ... . ... .......... . . ....... 9-107
Exercise 9: Self Exercise .... ....... ...... . .... . ... .... .... . ......... 9-1 l l Exercise 10: Template Exercise . .. ......... ....... .. ... ........... .. 9- 11 2 Exercise I 0 Answers .. .. ....... .. ......... .. ....................... 9-113
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
ix
Contents
x
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter.
Introduction What is StressCheckrM Software? The Landmark® StressCheck™ software is an extraordinarily powerful and easy-to-use engineering tool for the design and analysis of casing strings. The StressCheck software was developed in cooperation with several major oil and gas exploration and production companies as one component of a next-generation system for well engineering. It is based on casing design principles that are well accepted and broadly employed in the industry. With the StressCheck software, sophisticated design methods can be routinely employed to develop minimum-cost, high-integrity casing design solutions with minimum expenditure of time and effort. The StressCheck software can be used to design casing strings that meet or exceed all relevant design criteria from top to bottom. The StressCheck software can yield significant savings in total casing costs by providing a variety of automated formulations for specifying realistic burst, collapse, and axial loads, rather than traditional worst-case maximum load profiles, and by optimizing the number and length of casing string sections. In some cases, as much as 40% can be saved in comparison to casing designs developed by conventional methods. With the Custom Loads feature, the StressCheck software also provides an easy-to-use spreadsheet facility for specifying, in exact detail, user-defined internal pressure, external pressure, and temperature profiles when more unique load-case fonnulations are required. Experienced engineers who understand the requirements of casing design developed the StressCheck software with features that facilitate thorough consideration of more sophisticated design issues. These issues include: Running, installation, and service loads, for more comprehensive axial design
•
Gas kick loads
•
External pressure profiles for good and poor cement
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
1-1
Chapter 1: Introduction
•
Permeable zones
•
Mud density deterioration
•
Annulus mud drop
•
Worst-case or user-entered temperature profiles
•
Temperature-dependant and pressure-dependant gas-density profiles
•
Overpull limits Allowable wear
•
Pressure testing
•
Automated minimum-cost API or triaxial design
The StressCheck software offers OLE to Microsoft™ Office applications such as Word, Excel, and PowerPoint, as well as other OLE-compliant products. The StressCheck software includes powerful and flexible unit systems, both standard (API and SI) and user-defined, which make it easy to customize input and output unit conventions to suit virtually any international need. The StressCheck software can be used in combination with the powerful Landmark WELLCAT™ package to solve the toughest design problems.
Course Objectives During this course you should become familiar with:
1-2
0
Fundamental casing design principles
0
Equations used to calculate casing ratings
0
Design criteria and data entry
0
Casing design and design checks
0
Documenting and analyzing results
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 1: Introduction
Training Course and Manual Overview The purpose of this manual is to provide you a reference for entering data and performing an analysis during the class. Perhaps more importantly, you can refer to it after the class is over to refresh your memory concerning analysis steps. This manual contains technical inforn1ation concerning the methodology and calculations used to develop the StressCheck software. If you require more technical information than what is presented in this manual, please ask your instructor. The training course begi ns with a quick introduction. Following the introduction, time is spent covering the theory, concepts, and features used in the StressCheck software.
Licensing FLEXlm is a licensing method common to all Landmark products. It provides a single licensing system that integrates across PC and network environments. FLEXlm Licensing files and FLEXlm Bitlocks are supported for Landmark Drilling and Well Services applications. For more details, please refer to the LAM 2003.0-Windows Release Notes (LAMReleaseNotes.pdf), located in the \Products\EDT\lnstall\LAM folder on CD 5.
. .... .
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
1-3
Chapter 1: Introduction
1-4
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter B
Theory, Calculations, and References This section covers the fundamental theory basis for StressCheckTM software calculations and includes the design methodologies consid ered for workflows.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-1
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Casing Design Methodology The following displays a list of StrcssChcck features in a basic workflow that follows a casing design methodology .
.......
....... Esbmate fonnati or: properties
• Port prtrn:re
•
Fracture pressure
•
Ur.-ilst11rbei:! ttmp~r•;rc profile
•
Loc.&bon of squee%Jng sd!!s md s!".ll!e ::one1
•
Locabon of p~eable i:: e>r:ts
•
Shal.l ow gu
•
L ocabon of fresh water sar."Cls
•
Pm~ce of
"
~
Design wellpAlh
ItS and CO:
.......
•
Surface loca:ion
•
Gcologiul l.ar~et
•
Wrll 1r.•:rfm-ncr
•
Muunurn doalea de1ennmat1 on
.......
.......
~
Prclunm.ry Des111n
•
D1rcc:ion.U Wrll Plan
•
Shoe 10d Han.g.i: Dcptl-.i
•
N·:mbtf of C'.a:ing S tnngs
•
H ~!"
•
Mud Pr.,liram and ,...ementTops
.........
2-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
and F1p" D11meters
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
........
..........
Mccharuca! Drngn
•
Bunt L oads
•
Ccll~sc
•
Axi.U Loads
•
Load Lines
•
Dcngn Factors
•
Graphi cal
L oads
........
_:oo,,.
Wci~e1 1.ed Grade Jd cch on
D ~ sian
.........
•
7ubular Properties
•
Pipe Inventoiy
•
Cor.r.c chons s preadsheet
•
Spec: al Ccnnecuons spreadsheet
•
Stnr;.; secb oos sprcads~ccl -.......
~
Spct11l ConsidcrahO:'I ~ Connecti ons
Stuck pipe C a:r.ng Wear Burkl1na Temperature
Ccmbuicd loading llrlaxill 3t\Aly11 s) Cerroni;, mv1r,.,nrr.'n:J Squccung $.i!t a:.d .hale
Ar.r.•1!ar pressure bu1I d-up Mulb
stn~.g
iwal 41nJlysis
.......
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-3
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Wellbore Temperatures and Casing Design Temperatures affect casing design in the following ways: •
Influence pressure loads (PVT properties of gas)
•
Decrease the pipe rating (the yield strength is a function of temperature)
•
Result in axial thermal growth, which can lead to buckling in uncemented sections and may require triaxial analysis to determine combined loading effects
•
Affect cement slurry design
•
Result in annular pressure build-up
•
fnfluence corrosion
Temperature Deration A default schedule is provided in the StressCheck software that is based on a linear deration of 0.03% per deg F. Temperature
Yield Strength
Fahrenheit
Celsius
Correction Factor
68
20
1.00
122
50
0.983
212
100
0.956
302
150
0.929
392
200
0.902
Wellbore temperatures during drilling, completion, production, and workover operations can vary considerably from the undisturbed profile. The StressCheck software uses worst-case estimates by default. To accurately predict wellbore temperatures, a thermal simulator such as the WELLCATTM software is required.
2-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Drilling Temperatures For drilling load cases such as a gas kick or lost returns with mud drop, the profile used to correct the design load line is based on the calculated API c irculating temperature and a straight line drawn through the midpoint of the user-entered undisturbed temperature profile .
•
.- -
Undisturbed Temperature Profile
Drilling Temperature Profile
.c
a.
Mid-point of Undisturbed Profile
Q)
0
API Circulating - -• • Temperature Temperature
The calculation of the API circulating temperature is generally overconservative. If a more accurate profi le is necessary, thermal simulation using WELLCAT - Drill should be used.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-5
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Production Temperatures For production load cases such as a tubing leak, the profile used to correct the design load line is based on maximum undisturbed reservoir temperature at the perforation depth from TD to the surface.
Production Temperature Profile
.c
a. Q)
~
Undisturbed Temperature - - - -•\. Profile
0
Temperature
This profile is generally overconservative depending on reservoir fluid, flow rates, and time after initial production. If a more accurate profile is necessary, thermal simulation using WELLCAT - Prod should be used.
2-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Initial Conditions The temperature used in the StressCheck software does not necessarily lead to more conservative design. This data is used to define load cases, determine the initial state of the casing, and dictate design and analysis logic. Surface Ambient dT UNCONSERVATIV SCK
StressCheck Actual
~duction temp
injection temp
~
/
-
.c
aQ.).
0 Actual Stressefieck
Temperature
fnitial conditions data is defined on a per-string basis; that is, different initial conditions data can be defined for each string in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-7
Chapter 2: Theory. Calculations, and References
Surface Ambient
• Well Cat Stress Check
injection temp
TOC ..c
a. Q)
0 WellCat StressCheck
• Temperature
The WELLCAT software can simulate a more accurate temperature profile for both production and injection, which can lead to a less
conservative design criteria.
2-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Basic Material Properties To define a material, the Young's Modulus, Poisson 's Ratio, and density must be specified. Young's Modulus (ratio of stress and strain) and Poisson's Ratio (ratio of lateral contraction to elongation) are the two independent parameters that describe the mechanical behavior of an e lastic material.
Stress • •
The symbol for stress is: cr Stress is defined as: Load I Cross-sectional area You can compare stress with: Pressure = Force/Area
•
The symbol fo r strain is: £
•
Strain is defined as: Change in Length I Initial Length
Strain
or •
You can define True Strain as: Ln (Final Length I Initial Length) . True strain accounts for the material volume.
Modulus of Elasticity (Young's Modulus) The symbol for Modulus of Elasticity is
E
For any material, E is a constant which relates stress and strain as long as they are proportiona l. (that is, a straight line graph).
E=
cr/£
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-9
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Yield Strength (Tensile) Yield strength is the stress above which irreversible plastic deformation occurs. CJ Yield Slrength
Stress which will cause a 0.005
elongation I unit length 0.005
2-10
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory. Calculations, and References
Pipe Ratings Axial, Burst, and Collapse loads are factors that directly affect the performance ratings fo r the selected pipe or connection. Other factors that affect pipe ratings include reduced wall thickness and tension due to bending.
Axial The axial strength of the pipe body is determined by the pipe body yield strength formula found in APT Bulletin 5C3. Axial strength is the product of the cross-sectional area and the yield strength. Nominal dimensions are used.
Where: FY= pipe body axial strength, lb YP
=minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/ in 2
D = nominal outside diameter, inches d = nominal inside diameter, inches
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-11
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Burst The following equation is commonly called the Barlow Equation and is applicable to thin wall pipes. It assumes that burst is imminent when the pipe begins to yield. The factor 0.875 appearing in the equation allows for minimum acceptable wall thickness due to piercing operations as per API specification 5CT.
2Y t p
0.875[
=
£J
Where: P = minimum internal yield pressure, lb/in2 YP = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/in2 t = nominal wall thickness, inches D
=
nominal outside diameter, inches
Collapse
fil ID
Theoretical Elastic
~
YR ________ ...,______ Material Yield
Yi eld Collapse
·.
Actual Collapse Behavior
Plasti c Collapse
Transition Collapse Elastic
15±
25± Slenderness Ratio, Dlt
As per API Bulletin 5C3, collapse criteria consists of four collapse regimes. These regimes are determined by yield strength and D/t. Most oil field tubulars experience collapse in the p lastic and transition regimes. Nominal dimensions are used in the collapse equations. Collapse strength is primarily a function of the material's yield strength and the D/t ratio. Collapse strength as a function of D/t is shown in the preceding graphic.
2-12
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Yield Strength Collapse Yield strength collapse is based on yield at the inner wall using the Lame thick wall elastic solution.
(D/t) - 1
(~)2 Where: t = nominal wall thickness, inches D =nominal outside diameter, inches YP = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/ in 2
Plastic Collapse Plastic collapse is based on empirical data from 2,488 tests.
P. P
= 5
rP [~ Dlt - s]-c
A
=
B
= 0.026233 + (0.50609xI 0- 6 ) Yp
2.8762 + (0.1 0679x10-
)
Yp + (0.2130 Ix I 0-
10
)
~ - (0.53 I 32x l 0- )~
C = - 465.93 + 0.030867 Yp + (0. 10483x I 0- ) ~ - (0.36989x l 07
16
13
)
~
Where: t
= nominal wall thickness, inches
D = nominal outside diameter, inches YP =minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/ in 2
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-13
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Transition Collapse Transition collapse is a numerical curve fit between the plastic and elastic regimes.
3
6
46.95xl 0 [ 2+
F
=
~
3
(~)
]
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
[
3(~)
Yp 2 +
3(~) ]]
2
rn -b)
B ][
G =
[
I- 2+
(~)
p}_ A
Where: t = nominal wall thickness, inches D
= nominal outside diameter, inches
Yp = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb!in2 (A and Bare defined in the section on Plastic Collapse.)
Elastic Collapse Elastic collapse is based on theoretical elastic collapse. This criteria is independent of yield strength and applicable to very thin wall pipe.
p
=
E
2-14
46.95 x 10
6
(D/t)((D/t)-1)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Where: t
= nominal wall thickness, inches
D = nominal outside diameter, inches
Diameter to Wall Thickness Regions The four APl collapse regimes depend on the diameter to wall thickness (D/t) ratio of the pipe of interest. Therefore:
Yield Collapse
) < (!l.t ) yp (Q t Plastic Collapse
Transition Collapse
Elastic Collapse
Where:
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Tra ining Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-15
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Yp(A - F)
C + Yp(B - G)
2+~
A
3!!_
A (A, B, C, F, and Gare defined in the sections discussing Transition and Plastic Collapse.)
Effect of Tension on Collapse The biaxial effect of tension is incorporated in design by reducing the design rating of the pipe. The reduced yield strength equation is based on the Hencky-von Mises maximum strain energy of distortion theory of yielding or triaxial analysis. In this case, the radial stress is ignored. This theory only applies to elastic yield failure (the yield collapse regime), but the reduction is applied to all the collapse regimes. T his tends to be a conservative assumption. The collapse rating is not increased with compression.
Where: Ypa = yield strength of axial stress equivalent grade, lb/in Yp = minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/in
2
2
Sa = axial stress, tension is positive, lb/in2
Effect of Internal Pressure on Collapse The biaxial effect of internal pressure (radial stress) is incorporated in design by increasing the design rating of the pipe. The AP! chose to increase the apparent applied collapse pressure instead of including P0 and P 1 in the collapse formulations. (They are only a function of ~P). For all collapse loads, Pe>=
2-16
D~P
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
This relationship can be derived for Hcncky-von Mises and Lame, if higher order terms are ignored.
P
e
= P0
-[1- D2-JP. = llP + (2-)p. lt D/ t 1
1
Where: t = nominal wall thickness, inches
D = nominal outside diameter, inches Pe = equivalent external pressure, lb/ in 2
P0 = external pressure, lb/ in2 Pi = internal pressure, lb/i n2
To provide a more intuitive understanding of this relationship, the equation can be rewritten as: PD = PDP·d C 0 I Where: d = nominal inside d iameter, inches
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Train ing Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-17
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Reduced Wall
vs. Nominal Dimensions
r
87.5% of nominal pipe
b' ..k0 ~~~ L.1£
Pipe cross-sectional are a remai ns constant even when the thickness is non-uniform due to eccentricity.
Axial uses nominal dimensions. The piercing process during manufacture may result i.n non-uniform wall thickness, but the cross-sectional area of the pipe w ill remain constant The equation used in API Bulletin 5C3 to define the axial rating is based on the product of the cross-sectional area and the yield strength. Burst uses minimum section. This represents a permissible 12.5% wall loss due to acceptable tolerances in the piercing and rolling process of manufacturing seamless pipe. (APl Spec. 5CT). Collapse uses nominal dimensions. The API formu la for plastic,
transition, and elastic collapse have been adjusted using regression analysis to account for API tolerances. No adj ustment has been made in the yield strength collapse regime.
2-18
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Tension Due to Bending Bending loads are superimposed onto the axial load distribution as a local effect. The bending load formulation is included in all axial load cases. Bending "force" is a convenient representation for design. Bending stress is a function of the local radius of curvature in the string component. Stress at the pipe's outer diameter due to bending can be expressed as:
ED
cr bending
=
2r
Where: <Jbending =
stress at the pipe's outer surface
E = elastic modulus D =nominal outside diameter r = radius of curvature Expressed as a force in English units, this can be simplifi ed to:
Where: Fbending =
bending force, lb
= dogleg severity (0 / 100 ft) D = nominal outside diameter, inches A5 = cross-sectional area, in2 E =Young's Modulus, lb/in2 For steel pipe where E = 30 x 10·6 lb/in2 , then:
Fbending = 2 l 86D
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-19
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Triaxial Stress Analysis Triaxial stress is not a true stress. It is a way of comparing a generalized three-dimensional stress state to a uniaxial failure criteria (the yield strength). The triaxial stress is often called the von Mises equivalent (VME) stress. If the triaxial stress exceeds the yield strength, a yield failure is indicated. The triaxial safety factor is the ratio of the material's yield strength to the triaxial stress.
Von Mises Equation
Where: YP
= minimum yield strength of the pipe, lb/in2
<>vME = triax ial stress O'z
= axial stress
cre = tangential or hoop stress <>r = radial stress
2-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Triaxial Design Ellipse Plotting the loads on this ellipse allows a direct comparison of the triaxial criteria with the API ratings. Loads that fall within the design envelope meet the design criteria.
Region of non-conservative uniaxial design
,.... -~ .....,
Region of more efficient design
9CllXI
'1)
~~
a. ~
:3
m
-~ !! w
'61JO
0
1j ·'61JO
· 161X1D)
· 13XlOOD
«XUlO
• .axxll)
0
taxlOD
flXIOOO
13XlOOD
l&XXIJO
Effective Tension (lbf)
Triaxial limit not applicable in Collapse region
Combined compression and burst loading corresponds to the upper left quadrant of the design envelope. This region is where triaxial analysis is most critical because reliance on the uniaxial criteria alone would not predict several possible failures.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-21
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Combined tension and burst loading corresponds to the upper right quadrant of the design envelope. This region is where reliance on the uniaxial criteria alone may result in a design which is more conservative than necessary. For most pipes used in the oilfield, collapse is an instability failure independent of material yield. The triaxial criteria is based on elastic behavior and the yield strength of the material and hence, should not be used with collapse loads. The one exception is for thick wall pipes with a low D/t ratio, which have an API rating in the yield strength collapse region. This collapse criteria along with the effects of tension and internal pressure (which are triaxial effects) result in the API criteria being essentially identical to the triaxial method in the lower right quadrant of the triaxial ellipse for thick wall pipes. For high compression and moderate collapse loads experienced in the lower left quadrant of the design envelope, the failure mode is permanent corkscrewing due to helical buckling. It is appropriate to use the triaxial criteria in this case.
2-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Buckling All service loads should be evaluated for changes in the axial load profile, triaxial stress, pipe movement, and the onset and degree of buckling. Buckling will occur if the buckling force, f buckling' is greater than a threshold force, FP' known as the Pas lay buckling force.
Fbuckling =- Fa+ piAi - poAo Where: Fa= actual axial force (tension pos itive)
Pi = internal pressure p0 = external pressure
FP = J4w(sin8)((£/)/r) Where:
w = d istributed buoyed weight of casing
e = hole angle El = pipe bending stiffness r = radial annular clearance
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-23
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Casing Buckling in Oil Field Operations Buckling should be avoided in drilling operations to minimize casing wear. Buckling can be reduced or eliminated by: applying a pickup force after cementation before landing the casing. •
holding pressure while woe to pre-tension the string (subsea wells).
•
raising the top of cement.
•
using centralizers.
•
increasing pipe stiffness.
In production operations, casing buckling is not normally a critical design issue. However, a large amount of buckling can occur due to increased production temperatures in some wells. A check should be made to ensure that plastic deformation or corkscrewing will not occur. This check is possible by using triaxial analysis and including the bending stress due to buckling. In high temperature applications, the intermediate and surface casings should also be checked for possible buckling occurring. Permanent corkscrewing will only occur if the triaxial stress exceeds the yield strength of the material.
2-24
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
API Connection Ratings Connection ratings for 8 round (STC and LTC) and buttress (BTC) casing connections arc based on four failure criteria given in APT Bulletin 5C3: •
Burst (Internal Yield) - The internal pressure which will initiate yield at the root of the coupling based on connection geometry and yield strength. Leak - The internal pressure which exceeds the contact pressure between the connection's seal flanks. Fracture - The axial force which causes either the pin or coupling to fracture based on the ultimate tensile strength. This is not consistent with the pipe body axial strength, which is based on yield strength.
•
Jump Out - The axial force at which an 8 round pin "jumps" or "pulls" out of the box without fracturing. This criteria only applies to STC and LTC connections.
The StressCheck software always reports the minimum safety factor based on pipe body or connection. If th e connection is 1imiting the design, then the criteria with which the API connection fails will be presented. This does not indicate that the connection is failing to meet the fai lure criteria, but purely that it is the limiting part on the tubu lar. An example of a string summary is shown bel ow: Production Casing
Burst
Collapse
Axial
Triaxial
9 518'', 4 7.00, N-80 STC
1.4 7
2.6 1
1.451
1.48
9 5/8", 53.50,
1. 77
1.68
2. 131
1.61
2. 18L
1.28
5.03
1.80
t
-80
LTC 9 5/8", 58.40, P- 110
BTC
L: Leak J: Jump Out
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-25
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Preliminary Design The largest opportunity for cost savings can be achieved during this stage of the well design. Preliminary design includes:
•
data gathering and interpretation. determination of shoe depths and number of casing strings. selection of hole and casing sizes. mud weight and TOC design.
Why Should You Do A Preliminary Design? The Landmark® CasingSeatTMsoftware can offer the drilling engineer a selection of optimal casing ODs and setting depths based on geological, lithologic properties and various drilling operations cond itions. The design can be used as input data for detailed design (cannot yet order casings). •
Maximum savings arc achievable at this stage. Standard designs (received wisdom) can be challenged.
What Data is Needed to Perform a Preliminary Design? • • • •
Number of casing strings Pipe diameters Hole sizes Shoe and hanger depths Cement tops and mud program
Minimum Casing Diameter Driven by well operational requi rements: • • • •
2-26
Required well configuration Reservoir description Completion design Tubing size M inimum production casing/liner
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Minimum Casing Shoe Setting Depth •
Isolate overlying unstable formations
•
Isolate overlying shallow hydrocarbons Isolate overlying lost ci rculation ('thief') zones Isolate overlying fresh water horizons
•
Prevent failure o f formations by induced c irculating pressures during drilling operations
•
Prevent fail ure of formations by induced c irculating pressures during well contro l when closing in and c irculating out an influx
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-27
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Detailed Mechanical Design Design loads represent the worst case loads that a particular casing string could experience during the life of a well.
Burst Loads Drilling Loads
Limited Gas/Oil Kick This driiling load case creates an internal pressure profile that simulates the maximum pressures imposed on the current string while circulating a gas kick to the surface. This " limited kick" burst criterion is less conservative than the full Displacement to Gas load case. It applies only to burst design.
Reduce kick vol ume if pressure profile exceeds the fracture pressure at the shoe.
/_
Envelope of maximum pressures experienced while circulating gas kick out of the hole.
Internal Casing Pressure
'
Influx depth
The internal pressure profile is detennined based on specification of a kick volume and intensity at a kick depth , where kick intensity is the difference between the EMW for the kicking interval and the mud density in the open hole interval from whence the gas kick evolves. It is normally constrained by the fractu re pressure at the shoe above the open hole TD. If you do not want to limit the internal pressure to the fracture pressure at the shoe, deselect the Limit to Frac at Shoe check box on the Design Parameters dialog box.
2-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Full Displacement/Evacuation to Gas This drill ing load case models displacement of the drilling mud in the casing by gas. It applies only to burst design. Gas Gradient
'
\
''
Limit load case by the fracture pressure at the shoe.
\
''
\
''
\ \ \
''
\ \ \
\
Fracture pressure at the shoe.
'' Pore Pressure
Internal Casing Pressure
\
''
-....\ \
'
t Influx depth
By default, the gas column extends from the shoe depth (above open hole TD) to the wellhead, but you can specify the depth of a gas/ mud interface, where the mud column is on top of the gas column. This load case represents a shut-in condition following a large kick. It is commonly used as a worst-case burst criterion for protective (intermediate) and surface casing. It is sometimes described as the "maximum anticipated surface pressure," or MASP. Load and the load-case formulation is consistent with so-called "maximum load" casing design principles. The internal pressure profile is based on a mud density, a gas grad ient, and the pore pressure at the influx depth. It is normally constrained by the fracture pressure at the shoe above the open hole TD. If you do not want to limit the internal pressure to the fracture pressure at the shoe, deselect the Limit to Frac at Shoe check box in the Design Parameters dialog box.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-29
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Lost returns with Water This drilling load case models a condition of partial or full loss of subsurface well control where, fo llowing a kick event and consequential loss of circulation at the shoe above the open hole TD, water is displaced down the casing-drillstring annulus in an attempt to avoid further deterioration of hydrostatic well control, to a condition of frac @ shoe and water to surface, by maintaining the highest-possibl e fluid level in the annulus. It applies only to burst design.
Fresh water --. gradient
Fracture pressure at the shoe
Internal CasinQ Pressure
The internal pressure profile is determined from the fracture pressure at the shoe above the open hole TD, and water in the annulus.
2-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Pressure Test This drilling load case generates an internal pressure profile based on mud density, applied pressure at the wellhead, and an option for specifying a plug depth other than the shoe depth for the current string. If an alternative plug depth is specified, the applied pressure is only seen above that depth. This load case applies only to burst design.
Applied surface pressure e::,· (1
.
Mud gradient-.-
Internal Casing Pressure
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-31
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Production Loads
Tubing Leak This production load case applies only to burst design and models a surface pressure applied to the top of the production annulus as a consequence of a tubing leak near the wellhead. The internal pressure profile is based on produced (reservoir) fluid gravity (gas), or gradient (gas/oil) and reservoir pressure data (that is, pore pressure at the perforation depth specified in the Production Data dialog box). 'i
Completion fluid gradient
\
\
\ ;
i
Produced fluid~\ (gas) gradient 1 ···-··-----······-····.......,....- ..~........- .:,,._ ' ----~ eservoir pressure Internal Casing Pressure
Above the production packer, for which the depth is specified in the Production Data dialog box, the internal pressure profi le is based on a surface pressure equal to the reservoir pressure minus the produced fluid's hydrostatic pressure (from wellhead to perforation depth) applied to a packer fluid density entered in the Production Data dialog box. From the production packer down to the perforation depth, the internal pressure profile corresponds to that which would develop for full displacement of this section to the produced fluid (that is, reservoir pressure minus the produced fluid hydrostatic pressure from packer to perforation depth). From the perforation depth down to the well TD, the internal pressure profile is based on reservoir pressure applied to the selected packer fluid density.
2-32
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Stimulation Surface Leak This production load case applies only to burst design and models an injection pressure applied to the top of the production annulus as a consequence of a tubing leak near the wellhead during injection.
Injection pressure Packer fluid gradient
·. C1 .
~·
.• .
.Ll ~
gradient
Internal Casing Pressure
The internal pressure profile is based on produced (reservoir) fluid gravity (gas) or gradient (gas/oil) and injection pressure data. Above the production packer, for which the depth is specified in the Production Data dialog box, the internal pressure profile is based on a wellhead injection pressure specified on the Burst Loads> Edit tab. It is applied to a packer fluid density entered in the Production Data dialog box. Below the production packer, the internal pressure profile corresponds to that which would develop for the wellhead injection pressure and wellhead-to-shoe displacement to the injection fluid.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-33
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Injection Down Casing This production load case models the internal pressure profil e resulting from an inj ection operation down the casing. Frictional pressure losses are ignored. It applies only to burst design.
Applied surface
Fluid--.-" gradient
Internal Casing Pressure
Collapse Loads Drilling Loads
Full or Partial Evacuation to Air This load case should be considered if drilling with air or foam . It may also be considered for conductor or surface casing where shallow gas is encountered. This load case would represent all of the mud being displaced out of the well bore (through the diverter) before the formation bridged off.
2-34
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Lost Returns with Mud Drop T his drilling load case mode ls evacuation of the casing due to lost circulation. It applies only to collapse design.
' .,_
."
-~Mud gradient
,,,
Mud drop due to hydrostatic column ·....., equilibrating wth ' , pore pressure
1<4-- - -'"'°,-. - - ''-,,
,
'· Pore pressure
·,, ·,_
--··---',
Internal Casing Pressure
,,,
··...
Lost circulation zone
The internal pressure profile corresponds to a mud drop that can occur due to dri lling below the shoe. This mud drop is calculated by assuming the hydrostatic column of mud in the hole equilibrates with a specified pore pressure at a specified depth. T he default depth corresponds to the depth with a pore pressure resulting in the lowest EMW in the open hole section. For prospects where there is uncertai nty about the pore pressure profi le, a seawater or nonnal pressure grad ient is often used to calc ulate the mud drop depth.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-35
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Cementing The external pressure profile for this drilling load case is self-described, model ing the differential pressure due to the higher lead and tail cement slurry densities on the outside of the casing, from the TOC to the shoe, immediately after the cement is displaced. It is unaffected by external pressure profile selections made on the Collapse Loads > Select tab. This load case applies only to collapse des ign.
'·.._~
Mud gradient
··.., ·.,_
.
Displacement fluid gradient
-
··--···-··..- ..._....._......._, '· ..,_,_,........ ' ......... ......
_
,....
_, ' .........
_,...................... ...
•·
................. .....
·,, . . ,~ Slurry gradient
...
~,
. -·------· -- .._ --·-- -· ... ·---::::i.. ..... -- ..... -- _...- ·- .......--
Casing Pressures
Cement slurry
If a displacement fluid is used that has a lesser density than the current-string value for Mud at Shoe in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet (for example, seawater), the addition to collapse loading is considered both above and below the TOC.
2-36
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Production Loads
Full Evacuation to Atmospheric Pressure This production load case models total evacuation of the casing due to the complete loss of workover or packer fluid into the formation, a large drawdown of a low permeability or low pressure production zone, or gas lift operations. It applies only to collapse design.
Gas filled-~ annulus Full evacuation (gas gradient with no surface pressure)
0
Internal Casing Pressure
The internal pressure profile corresponds to an air column whose density profile is calculated with a temperature-dependent and pressure-dependent compressibility factor. Despite the similarity of this load case to the Full/Partial Evacuation drilling collapse load case, it is included to account for worst-case production temperature effects.
Above I Below Packer This production load case represents a combination of internal pressure profiles above and below the packer that can occur during different operations. It applies only to collapse design. Above the packer during production, it is assumed that the casing will never see the fully evacuated pressures that can occur below the packer because the production annulus is never in pressure communication with the open perforations. In this case, the internal pressure profile
consists of a hydrostatic gradient due to the packer fluid density above the packer and a fully evacuated profile below. However, during completion or workover operations where the work over or packer fluid is exposed to a depleted zone, a fluid drop may occur corresponding to the hydrostatic head of the fluid equilibrating with the depleted pressure at the perforations.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-37
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
This second scenario is modeled by specifying a reduced pressure at the perforations and enabling the fluid drop above packer. This load case uses the worst-case collapse pressures from both scenarios (that is, a partial evacuation above the packer and fu ll evacuation below) and represents a less severe alternative to a full evacuation.
Axial Loads Running and Cementing
Running in Hole (Shock Loading) This axial load profile does not represent a load distribution seen by the pipe at one particular time. Instead, it is constructed by calculating the maximum tension seen at each point on the casing string while running the casing in the hole. The maximum tension experienced by a joint of casing is normally the tension when picking up out of the slips immediately after making up the joint. The imputed axial pseudo-load arising from dogleg-induced bending stress can cause the maximum tension to occur at depths where local well curvature (dogleg severity) was defined in either the Survey Editor or Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheets. The following factors are considered:
2-38
•
The buoyed weight of the casing, based on the Mud at Shoe value specified for the current string on the WeUbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
•
The well bore inclination if a valid well trajectory was defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet.
•
Any bending-related axial pseudo-loads due to dogleg severities defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor or Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheets. These loads arc superimposed on the axial load distribution as a local effect.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Overpull Force Selecting this load case and specifying an overpull force generates an axial load profi le that reflects this incremental force above the current hookload when running the casing string in the hole. Like the Running in Hole load profile, this axial load profile does not represent a load distribution seen by the pipe at one particular time while running the pipe (that is, the overpu ll force is not just applied when the casing is on bottom). Instead, the case is considered at each stage of the running operation (that is, with the casing shoe at a range of depths from the surface to the setting depth). The load profile is constructed by using the maximum force seen at each point on the pipe during the entire running operation. If overpull force is not specified, this case is identical to the Running Load case with no shock loads. The following factors are considered:
•
The overpull force is applied at the surface, with the stuck point always assumed to be the bottom of the string.
•
The buoyed weight of the casing, based on the Mud at Shoe value specified for the current string on the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
•
Well bore inclination if a valid well trajectory was defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet. Any bending-related axial pseudo-loads due to dogleg severities defined in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor or Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheets. These loads are superimposed on the axial load distribution as a local effect using the formulation presented in the Running in Hole load case description.
If an alternate axial design factor is specified on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Options tab, this design factor is also used as the criterion for determining the allowable overpull as a function of depth presented in the Maximum Allowable Overpull table.
Buoyed Weight in Mud (Pre-cement Static Load) This load case generates the buoyed axial load distribution with the casing at the current-string shoe depth specified in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet, just prior to performing the cement job. The overpull force is applied with casing shoe at the current string's setting depth.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-39
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Buoyed weight in Cement Slurry (Post-Cement Static Load) This load case generates the buoyed axial load distribution with the casing at the current-string Shoe depth specified in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet, immediately after performing the cement job.
Service Loads
Ballooning I Reverse Ballooning due to burst I collapse loading Service Loads models axial loads caused by in-service drilling and production burst and collapse loads (selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes) that occur after the casing string is cemented in place.
Load Lines A single load line of maximum burst and collapse differential pressures is generated. A burst load line example is shown below. It is formed from two load cases used as burst criteria.
1 3000 . ·---· ···-· ;--· ·--·.
g
·-··· ·---; ·--· ·--· ···r ·--··· ·--·
·--i·--··--·· ·--· ···-··--··- ··--· ·-··~·- ···--· ·+·--· ---·~--· ·--··--1· ·--· --..~···--··-i + i ; · --- ·--· l--· ·--· "/·--· ·--· ·--· ·--· 1 ···--··-I· ·--··---· ;::ur~m:hff~e;h~~ ·-· ·
4500 -· ·---·
s=
~
i
·--- ·--· ·-A ····- ..·--· ·--· :··; .·-r ·--· ···--· t
A load line consisting of the
sooo
•/
"
j
~
f
:
r
formed tom the twi load
'
2r~ :~•· ·~_ :~·.~: ~:•·=i-: : :~ :r: :- :F --1- ·-
i .:: :
·-1 ---· ---
+ Displacement to Oas
!
Tubing Leak
1200 0-1-~-+-~~.--~-.-~-;-~~t--~-;--<-~~~~~-l
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
Oifferertilll Burst (psig)
2-40
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3500
4000
4500
5000
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Automatic Load Generation The StressCheck software calculates internal pressure profiles based on the user input. A common external pressure is also selected and calculated, which provides the StressCheck software with a set of differential pressures. For each load: Internal Pressure - External Pressure = Differential Pressure
In the preceding example, two burst loads have been selected and differential pressure has been calculated. The upper section of the casing design is driven by the Displacement to Gas load and the bottom by the Tubing Leak load. A load line is then compiled of the maximum differential pressure at any depth. In this case, the load line will be made up of both load cases.
Design Factors To make a direct graphical comparison between the load line and the pipe's rating line, the design factor must be considered. Design Factor= Minimum Acceptable Safety Factor.
DF = SF . ~SF = PipeRating mzn AppliedLoad Where: OF = Design fac tor (the minimum acceptable safety factor) SF = Absolute safety factor
Design Factor Selection Design factor selection is inextricably linked to the design method. •
The more conservative the design assumptions, the lower the design factor may be to result in the same level of risk.
•
The higher the load uncertainty, the greater the design factor (for example, all else being equal, exploration wells should be designed using higher design factors than development wells).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-41
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
The three most important aspects of the design method that will have a direct effect on the appropriate design factor value are: Selection of load cases and the assumptions used with the load cases (for example, use of a limited kick criterion vs. a full displacement to gas, the kick volume and intensity used, whether bending due to doglegs or shock loads are considered, and so on). •
The assumptions used to calculate the pipe 's load resistance or rating (for example, whether a nominal or minimum wall section is used and whether yield stress is derated as a function of temperature).
•
How wear and corrosion are considered in the design.
Graphical Design
:-1;-::::· -I
a
T
/r {-
7511
\f2IDJ
z tlll
\
.
-
+1·- -t.1i ~
~
~
~
•v•'"....,.0,.t>
-l [ • 0•"1n
-10-- I.._
~ ~
1\ I
- lllJX I 511
2-42
JCID
-
<SD
.I mm
~
I.«
OJI
l.....,._ . . . ~. . ll'C
-
-
.....-
-
~ I.ft.
Ma~
._
-/
Multiplying the actual load line by the burst design factor results in the design load line.
-
--
-
--
1S:ll !IDJ tQ5al &n I llt>M< ·~I)
Ii I ram
--,.-
1.:J!Ul
The burst rating of 9 518" 40 lbmlft N80 pipe exceeds the burst load line at all depths. Hence, the burst design criteria has been satisfied for the production casing .
l!!IIll
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Load Line Corrections Nonnally, you derate the casing rating by the Design Factor: Maximum Allowable Load = Design Pipe Rating I Design Factor Similarly, you can increase the load, which is how the StressCheck software handles it: Minimum Design Rating = Design Load x Design Factor Apart from the design factor, two other effects which impact the design can be considered in graphical casing design by increasing the load line: The reduction of collapse strength due to tension (a biaxial effect). The load line is increased as a function of depth by the ratio of the uniaxial collapse strength to the reduced strength. •
The deration of material yield strength due to temperature. Like the effect of tension on collapse, the load line is increased by the ratio of the standard rating to the reduced rating.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-43
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
External Pressure Profiles Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile
No Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD t------1 0
0
0
•
•
TOC
•
0
0
MD!-Water Gradient
0
• 0
•
(l>•f•ull v• l ue of 833 PPG)
0 0
0
•
0
0
•
•
0 0 •
0
0 •
•
0 0
•
0
0
•
0 0
0
•
0
•
0
~
The Mud and Cement Mix Water external pressure profile is based on the mud density (current-string Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore > Casing and T ubing Scheme spreadsheet) from the hanger to the TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from current-string Tubular > Initial Conditions> Cementing a nd Landing tab) from the TOC to the shoe.
2-44
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Permeable Zones Poor Cement Disabled
No Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD TOC 0
0
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
Semi-Static Pressure in Cement
0
0
0
0 0
•
•
•
0
•
0
0 •
0 0
0 •
•
0
Formation Pressure
0
•
0
0 •
Cement
0 0
•
0
Mix-Water Gradient
This external pressure profile is based on the permeable zones data in the Well bore> Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density (current-string Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet), TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from the currentstring Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab). To use this profile assuming the cement job is good, do not select the Poor Cement check box on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Edit or the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tabs for external profile). The permeable zones considered in this external pressure profile formulation are those that lie between the shoe depths for the current and prior strings. If, in the Wellbore > Pore Pressure spreadsheet, no permeable zones are specified within this interval, the Permeable Zones profile is identical to the Mud and Cement Mix-Water profile. For a more detailed explanation of this external pressure profile, review the " Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile" on page 2-44.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-45
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Poor Cement Enabled - High Pressure Zone
Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD
TOC 0
0
•
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
Cement Mix-Water Gradient
0
0
0 0
0
•
•
0
•
0 ()
•
0 0
0 .
• 0
•
0
Formation
Pressure
0
• 0
Cement
Mix-Water Gra dient
This external pressure profile is based on the permeable zones data in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density (current-str1ng Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet), TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from the current-string Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab) . To use this profile assuming the cement job is poor, select the Poor Cement check box on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit or the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tabs for external profile). This profile is used when the permeable zones have a higher pressure than the surrounding formations. The permeable zones considered in this external pressure profile formulation are those that lie between the shoe depths for the current and prior strings. If, in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, no permeable zones are specified within this interval, the Permeable Zones profile is identical to the Mud and Cement Mix-Water profile. For a more detailed explanation of this externa l pressure profile, review "Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile" on page 2-44.
2-46
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Poor Cement Enabled-Low Pressure Zone
l
Drop in Mud Level
Mud Gradient
MUD
,___
___, TOC
0
0
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
Cement Mix-Water Gradient
0
0
0
0 0
•
•
•
0
•
0 0 • 0
0 0
•
•
0
0
Formation Pressure
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
•
0
Cement Mix-Water Gradi ent
This external pressure profile is based on the permeable zones data in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density (current-string Mud at Shoe value in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet), TOC, and the cement mix-water density (from the current-string Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab). To use this profile assuming the cement job is poor, select the Poor Cement check box on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit, or the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tabs for external profile). This profile is used when the permeable zones have a lower pressure than the surrounding formations . The permeable zones considered in this external pressure profile formu lation are those that lie between the shoe depths for the current and prior strings. If, in the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, no permeable zones are specified within this interval, the Permeable Zones profile is identical to the Mud and Cement Mix-Water profile. For a more detailed explanation of this external pressure profil e, review "Mud and Cement Mix Water External Pressure Profile" on page 2-44.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-47
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Minimum Formation Poor Pressure TOC Inside Previous Shoe This external pressure profi le is based on the pore pressure profile specified on the Wellbore > Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density, TOC, and cement mix-water density. To use thi s profile, the TOC must be inside the previous casing. This profile is only available as a burst criterion for casing strings (not liners). No Surface Pressure
Mud Gradient
MUD 1---
--1
0
0
MDI-Water Gradient
•
0
•
TOC
•
0
0
0
• 0
•
Dlscontlnu1tv at Previous Shoe
0 0
0 0
•
•0
0
•
0
• 0 0
0 •
•
0
•
0 0
•
0 0
0
•
Gra di ent m op e n h ol e bel ow TOC co rresp ondin g to t h e m ini m um e quivale n t mu d we i g h t (EMW) in the interval
0
•
0
The M inimum Formation Pore Pressure external profile a lways uses a pressure profile reflecting the EMW corresponding to the minimum pore pressure gradient in the open hole interval (that is, the interval below the prior shoe depth).
2-48
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
TOC in Open Hole (With and Without Mud Drop Enabled) This external pressure profile is based on the specified pressure profile defined on the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet, mud density, TOC, and cement mix-water density. This profile assumes the TOC is in open hole. To allow the mud level to drop, check that the Allow Mud Drop check box is selected on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Edit tab for the load case. From the Apply Minimum EMW in Open Hole pull-down list on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Edit tab, select Previous Shoe (default) or Top of Cement. No Sur1ace PresSl.Ke Drop In Mud Level
TOC
With Mud Drop
0
•
•
0 0
0 •
0 0
0
• 0
•
0
0
•
Gra dient i n ope n h ol e below TO C corre sponds to the Min PP equivalent mud weight (EMW) in th e interval.
•
•
Discontinuity at TOC w/o Mud Drop (if TOC selected).
D
0
•
0
~
With Mud Drop enabled, hydrostatic pressure equates to EMW of Minimum Formation Pressure applied to prior shoe or at TOC.
This profile is only available as a burst criterion for casing strings (not liners). The options on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit tab are only available if the TOC is in open hole (that is, the interval below the shoe of the previous string). The Minimum Formation Pore Pressure external profile always uses a pressure profile reflecting the EMW corresponding to the minimum pore pressure gradient in the open hole interval (that is, the interval below the prior shoe depth, either applied from prior shoe depth or current TOC).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-49
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Pore Pressure with Seawater Gradient This burst external pressure profile is based on a seawater gradient from MSL to the mudline and a linear pressure profile from the pressure at the mudline to the pore pressure at the shoe depth for the current string. Seawater gradient
-t--.---1---~--..,.../
lo ML
Linear gradient connecting mud line pressure and pore pressure at shoe of current string.
MUD TOC 0
0
•
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
0
0
0 0
0
•
•0
0
•
0 •
0
0
0
•
•
0 0
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
•
0
Pore pressure at ... ~.....---- casing shoe
ff this profile is selected for an onshore well, the profi le s impli fies to a linear pressure profile from 0 psig at MGL to the pore pressure at the shoe depth for the current string.
This external pressure profile has the greatest applicability for surface and conductor strings in offshore wells.
2-50
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Fluid Gradients (with Pore Pressure) T his external pressure profile is constructed from a mud density above the TOC, a fluid gradient from the TOC to the prior shoe (when applicable), and in open hole, either the fluid gradient be low the TOC or the pore pressure profile. No Surface Pressure
Specified Gra dien1 (Defaults to Mud Gradient)
MUD
TOC 0
0 •
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
0
•
0
0 0 •
0
0
•0
•
0 •
0
h~o:J
0 0
•
0 0
•
0 0
0
•
S p ec i fie d pore pressure u s ed _ with pore pressure In open hole.
Specified Gradient (Defa u l1 value of 8.33 ppg) U s ed w/ o pore press ure In open
0
•
•
D isc o nti n u ity at prevtous shoe wi1h pore p ressu re In open hole.
0
•
0
This is the only external pressure profile available for Tieback strings.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-51
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Mud and Cement Slurry This external pressure profile is based on the mud density from the hanger to the TOC and the cement slurry density from the TOC to the shoe. No surface pressure
Mud gradient to TOC
MUD TOC 0
0
Cement slurry gradient
•
0
•
0
0
0
•
•
0
0
0
0 0
•
•
•
0
•
0
0 • 0
0 0
•
•
0 0
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
• 0
It is identical to the external profile used with the Cementing load case, but it can be used with any of the other load cases. This is the most conservative external pressure pro file and has the most appl icabili ty to operations associated w ith inner-string cementing jobs.
2-52
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
Frac @ Prior Shoe with Gas Gradient Above This external pressure profile is constructed from the fracture pressure at the prior shoe, a gas gradient extending upward from that depth, and a mud gradient extending downward. It represents a worst-case collapse external profile where gas flow has occurred behind the casing. Surface Pressure
Oas Gradient
MUD TOC 0
0
•
•
0
•
Fracture press re at prior shoe .
0
0
0
•
•
0
0
0 0
0
•
•0
0
•
0 •
M d gradient to current sh e.
0
0
0 •
•
0 0
• 0
•
0
0 •
0 0
•
0
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2-53
Chapter 2: Theory, Calculations, and References
2-54
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
TM
EDM
Chapter
Ii
and the Well Explorer
Located by default on the left side of the application window, the Well Explorer functions much like the Microsoft Windows Explorer. Specifically, it is organized as a hierarchical data tree, and you can browse the EDMTM database at seven descending levels, though this varies between app lications. This section fami liarizes you with the basic Well Explorer fu nctionality available in the StressCheck™software.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3- 1
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Overview In this chapter, you will become fami liar with Landmark® software TM
common features- the Engineer 's Data Model (EDM) database, and how the data structure is exposed via the Well Explorer. Currently, CasingSeat™ software, COMPASSTM software, Open Wells® software, . TM StressCheck software, Well Cost software, WELLCAT software, TM and WELLPLAN software use the common database and data structure. T~f
In this section of the course, you will: 0
Learn about the EDM data structure, common data, data locking, and how to import and export data
D Become familiar with the Well Explorer components and how to access data levels
3-2
0
Understand how datums are handled by the database
0
Learn about SAM and concurrent use of data in EDM
0
Learn how to access Catalogs from the StressCheck software
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM"'' and the Well Explorer
Describing the Data Structure Shown below, the EDM database hierarchical data structure supports the different levels of data required by drilling suite applications. Database Company
Hierarchical database structure of the EDM database. Well
Design Case
Note
The Case level applies only to the WELLPLAN software and is not discussed in this manual.
The EDM database structure is exposed through a common Well Explorer, which is shared by drilling applications such as StressChcck (see the following figure).
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-3
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
x
er
Wei
Database 1eve1 (filtered) ---~1e~"~•:il!ll!!l!!l!!!~:IDllll!:l2Df!lJ1 Company level --------11-~ fi Ful Feabse Oil Co. Project level , t'I Kananga Site level ~ N ~ Well level i. Al + +
+ + +
+
i. A2 i. 82 i. 83
.t Cl .t cs
N Ed'w:J
- I( +
Largo North Platform
.i U
- .t
Wellbore level
Design level
LPN-004 --1-------11~1-.. 1 <JI.I' 1
- 1-,. STl - -- - - - - --1- (lll' Pl
- O Rig Contractors .: 0 Al.PIN:
'JJll' PU
- • Scorrioo/
+ ~ Anchors {O) +
til BOPs (0)
+ ~
Boiers (O)
+ ~ Centrifuges (0) + .!2) Degassers (O)
Rig Contractors level
+
&..I Hya'ocydones (O}
+
rg Motors (0)
+ ~ Pits (O) +
+
Templates
0
~ ~ (O)
+ ~ Shakers {O)
Trai'lng Contractor
- - -- -+---- CJ Tempates + CJ Workspaces
Tubular Properties ------1---,u~; Tt.t>Uar Properties Catalogs iii Catalogs
3-4
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Well Explorer Components In addition to the Well Explorer "tree" previously shown, components of the Well Explorer (shown below) include the Filter, Recent Bar, Associated Data Viewer, and the Well Configuration and Reference Datum diagrams. Filter shows currently selected filter (notice the " funnel" on the database node that indicates a filter is applied).
x
Recent Bar shows the last selected data items; it is used to quickly open recently used items.
- t) EllM SOOO_l Si'll;lle User Db~ S000.1.7.0 (09.03.05.22f "
- fl MA Feature Of Co.
- -- /(~ ~ • _t • _t
Al A2 82 . ... 82-50
- .t Hierarchical "Tree"
- I..
The selected node shows the currently open Design.
.
82-S l 82·Sl
6
... 82-52
• .t 83 • .t Cl • .t C5
/( Largo Norlh Platform
•
• l) Rig Cootractors
.,
>
Associated Data Viewer Components "associated with" the selected data item (the Design, in this example). Double-clicking on Pore Pressure, Frac Gradient, or Wellpath opens the respective editor on demand.
De~
t~
@ c~
lB 1 stations to 2,888.0 m
E1Pore Presson
~~ Frac Q-acient
ova-
fl Geothe-mal Q-acknt
Bottom Hole:
~ ~ Casi'lg Assemblies H Tlbroo Assemblies
0 Cast'IO
o.o "F
0 Tl.lbinQ
Well Configuration Diagram shows the current Well configuration for the selected Design, including sidetracks for complex Wellbores.
Reference Datum Diagram
shows the current reference datum information for the selected Design.
Dab.m: Datun Elevabon: Ar G1JP (MSt):
...J
.· I
Sarr1lle ~DA: 45. nm 45. nm
Ml!an Sea Level
..
~Depth {MSI.):
9 1.44 m
~ nt>:
137.16 m
For more information about the specific Well Explorer components and associated features, see the StressCheck Help.
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-5
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Working with the Well Explorer In this section, you will learn some basic operations performed with the Well Explorer. For a detailed list of all features available in the Well Explorer, see the StressCheck Help.
Drag-and-drop Rules "Drag-and-drop" in the Well Explorer functions somewhat like the Microsoft Windows Explorer. You can use drag-and-drop to copy Companies, Projects, Sites, Wells, Wellbores, and Designs, as well as associated data items and attached documents. All drag-and-drop operations copy the data; data is never cut or moved. To copy data, drag-and-drop the item from one location and paste it into another. The item and all of its associated data are copied and pasted. You can drag and drop associated items (Wellpaths, Pore Pressures, Fracture Gradients, Geothermal Gradients, Hole Sections, Assemblies, and so on) into open Designs from the Associated Data Viewer at the base of the Well Explorer. The application automatically updates itself with the copied data. For more information, including the rules associated with drag-and-drop functionality, see the StressCheck Help.
3-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Instant Design To access the Instant Design dialog box, select File> New> Instant Design; or right-click the Database level and select Instant Design from the drop-down menu. This dialog box allows you to quickly and easily create the hierarchy required to start a Design, from the Company to the Design. Instant Design allows you to enter minimal information rather than creating individual nodes for each level of the hierarchy. ~
Instant Design
Select the Company, Project, and Site from the pull-down list of existing Companies, Projects, or Sites. You can also enter a new name for the data level. Enter the name of the Well, Wellbore, and Design.
Wdt!oo'e:
IWelbcre "I
~:
1~#!
oacun do!vabon abo•-e: MbYl Sea L~
~a.It Dab.In ~abon·
Specify datum information .
r
r
Qffihore
ro:o--
~ouid &-.abon:
ro.o-
\'i~ad S.-.abon:
ro.o-
OK
CMCd
j
ft
ft ft
~
Import To access the fmport dialog box, select File> Import> Transfer File (or SCK File); or right-click the Database level, and se lect Import from the drop-down menu. The Import command allows you to import data into the database that was exported using the Export command. The import file contains the entire hierarchy of the Well (Company, Project, and Site, and any child data, such as Wellbore and Design). When you select Import, the Import Well dialog box opens and prompts you for the XML or SCK file name to import. Enter the file name or browse for the file, and then click Open. The Well hierarchical data is then imported into the EDM database
Export The Export command allows you to export the selected node's data in XML format. It includes any ch ild information that is associated with the node. A dialog box opens to allow you to supply a directory and file name for the XML fi le. Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-7
Chapter 3: EDM"• and the Well Explorer
Attachments You can associate a folder or a file, such as a document, picture (Word, Excel, text file, JPG, and so on). Attached files can be of any type with a recognized extension. Folder attachments will open any accessible directory and display the contents of the folder. Enter text that provides detailed descriptive information about the attachment.
r--+-11~
f.i
Click Browse to navigate to the location of the file. If you know the path, you can enter it without using the Browse button.
~ve attachment as link only (lned attachments can not be exported).
r Ea& Attachrnelt (~ aintenl!l can not be vcportrd I ·- - · _ J
I
__ _J
OK
I _eancet_I ___,I -
~
J
Select the Save attachment as a link/shortcut only check box if you want to save the attachment as a link only. If you select this check box, only the link to the disk file is stored in the database. Any edits you make are saved to the original disk file. You can edit the document directly from the Well Explorer, or you can edit the disk file from its disk location; the changes are reflected in both places. In the Associated Data Viewer, the icon representing a Linked document is shown as a paperclip with a small arrow in the lower left corner.
3-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMr" and the Well Explorer
Well Explorer Node Properties Right-click any Well Explorer data node and select Properties from the drop-down m enu to view or edit the selected node's properties in a dialog box, such as the Company Properties dialog box shown below.
fEJ
Compclny Properties
I
lardnao1c
~:
!ir<Jup:
11~! ... I
~
Odcte
I
I
!~:
A brief description of data locking features is provided below. Details of the differences between the properties dialog boxes for each node, such as the specific tabs and content, is discussed in StressCheck Help.
Data Locking You can prevent other people from mak in g changes to data by locking data at various levels and setting passwords. Users can only open the data item in read-on ly mode. To keep changes, they must use Save As or Export.
How Locking Works You can lock Company properties only, or you can lock properties for all levels below Company (Project, Site, Well, Wellbore, Design, and Case). Passwords can be set to prevent unlocking. By default, no passwords are set, and the "locked" check box on all Properties dialog boxes can be toggled on and off with no security to prevent users from doing something they should not.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-9
Chapter 3: EDM
TM
and the Well Explorer
In the Well Explorer, if a data item is locked, a small blue "key" appears in the comer of its icon. When you open a locked data item, you see the message: "This Design is locked and therefore Read-Only. Changes to this Design will not be saved to the database. To keep your changes, use the Save As or Export options."
Locking Company Properties In the Properties dialog box for the company whose data you want to protect, there are two buttons, Company Level and Locked Data, and a check box, Company is locked. When you click the Company Level button, you are prompted to set a password to protect Company properties (and only the Company properties). This password will then be required if a user wants to "unlock" company properties and make changes. After the password is set, select the Company is locked check box to lock the company properties and prevent unauthorized changes to the data.
Locking Levels Below Company When you click the Locked Data button on the Company Properties dialog box, you are prompted to set a password. This password will then be required if a user wants to "unlock" any level below the company (projects, sites, wells, wellbores, designs, and cases). All levels are locked individually- that is, you can lock a Well, but this does not mean that anything below it is locked. After the Locked Data password is set, you can lock properties for any data level below Company and prevent unauthorized changes to the data. Open the Properties dialog box for the data level you want to lock and select the "Locked" check box. (For example, to lock a Wellbore, open the Wellbore Properties dialog box and select Wcllborc is locked.) Note When a design is Jocked, all associated items (Pore Pressure, fracture Gradient, Geothermal Gradient, and Wellpath) are locked with it.
3-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
General Tab On the General tab of the Company Properties dialog box, the Company is locked check box and Locked Data and Company Level password buttons are discussed below. All Well Explorer node Properties dialog boxes, with the exception of the Database level, contain the "[Node Type] is locked" check box.
Company is Locked Check Box Select this check box to prevent editing of the Company data. [f this check box is checked and either a Company Level or Locked Data password has been specified, you will be prompted for the password before you can deselect this check box.
Passwords Locked Data- Click this button to speci fy a password to lock all data associated with the Company, including all Projects, Sites, Wells, Wellbores, and Designs. Company Level-Click this button to specify a password to lock only the Company data. The Company level password is only active if the "Company is locked" check box is checked.
Audit Tabs ln dialog boxes that contain the Audit Tab, information such as when the Company was created and last modified (and by whom) is displayed.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-11
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Datums Datum terms are defined below and are grouped by the Properties dialog box in which they are found.
Project Properties The Project Properties dialog box contains a General tab in wh ich you can specify System Datum and Elevation.
System Datum
The System Datum represents absolute zero. It is the surface depth datum from which all Well depths are measured, and all Well depths are stored in the database relative to this datum. Usually the System Datum is Mean Sea Level, Mean Ground Level, or Lowest Astronomical Tide, but it can also be the wellhead, rig floor, RKB, and so on.
Elevation
The Elevation represents the elevation above Mean Sea Level. (If Mean Sea Level is selected as the System datum, Elevation is grayed out.)
Well Properties The Well Properties Depth Reference tab is used to specify and define Wellborc datums.
3-12
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM"' and the Well Explorer
Depth Reference Datum(s) The Depth Reference Datum represents zero MD. It is sometimes known as the local datum, and it is measured as an elevation from the System Datum. You can define one or more Depth Reference Datums for a Well in the Depth Reference tab (in the Well Properties dialog box). For each Depth Reference Datum, you must specify the elevation above or below the System Datum. IE]
W..tl Properties
r r
..., Offftn Wai.to.pfi
Coetrador
E.w.1t.on 1ft 1•00
j:ioo.o
II
1>6.CO~
r
So.boea
\\~~et.on ~ II !romMtanSUlc'el)
0.•• °"""'Elr;•l>Cln:
Sln'Cilt ~ OFe 150.011
···1..
G.111> "4!1.) Mt..,Se.lne
150.0 f\
... _Dic>Cti1>151.
JOO.Oft
~Tot>:
~50011
I
I
I
~---~.====::;-~~-:---
()I(
I ~_J __ _ I
JI
H$
Elevations above, Depths below: [System Datum] This read-only label identifi es the current System Datum. It also states that all elevations are measured ABOVE the System datum and all depths are measured BELOW the System datum. (The System datum is specified on the General tab (Project Properties). A pull-down list below the label contains all defined Depth Reference datums. Select the Depth Reference datum you want to use to view and calculate data. If you do not specify a Depth Reference datum here, a " Default Datum" with zero elevation above System datum will be used.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-13
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Information about each datum includes: •
Datum - Type, edit, or view the name of the datum.
•
Default - When selected, this check box indicates that this is the default datum. All Designs created below this Well inherit the default datum. Elevation - Type, edit, or view the elevation above the System Datum (this must be a positive number). If you have a Design associated with this datum, you cannot edit this field. If no Design is associated with this datum, you can edit the elevation.
•
Rig Name - Type, edit, or view the name of the rig.
•
Date - Type the date on which the datum was created. The program uses the date field to determine which is the newest datum, and then uses that datum as the default for new Wellbores.
Configuration •
For a Land Well - If the Well is a land Well, type the value for the Ground Elevation above the System Datum (must be a positive number). Leave the Offshore check box deselected.
•
For an Offshore Well - If the Well is an offshore Well:
•
3-14
-
Select the Offshore check box to indicate it is an offshore Well.
-
Type the Water Depth (MSL to mudline). This is the column of water.
-
Type the Wellhead Elevation (positive above the System Datum).
For an Offshore Well that is Subsea - If the Well is an offshore Well subsea: -
Select the Offshore check box.
-
Select the Subsea check box. (The Offshore check box must be selected before this option becomes available.)
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
-
Type the Water Depth (MSL to mudlinc). This is the column of water.
-
Type the Wellhead Depth (positive below the System Datum specified on the General Tab (Project Properties)).
Summary In the Summary area, a graphi c depicts the selected configuration (onsho re, offshore, or offshore subsea), and displays current values. The following values are calculated and/or displayed: Datum - This is the default datum se lected in the Well Properties/ Depth Reference dialog box. •
Datum Elevation - Th is is the e levation of the default datum above the System Datum. Air Gap - This is the distance from ground level/sea level to the rig floor. It is used in some calculations for hydrostatic head. Air Gap is always positive. The application calculates Air Gap as follows: (Air Gap, offshore Wells) = Datum Elevation - Elevation (of the System Datum relative to Mean Sea Level) (Air Gap, land Wells)= Datum Elevation - Ground Level (relative to the System Datum) Elevation is set in the Proj ect Properties > General dialog box. Ground Level is set in the Well Properties > Depth Reference dialog box. Datum Elevation is the elevation fo r the Depth Reference Datum. Datum Elevation is always positive. If you change the datum selection, the Air Gap updates automatically. If you change the datum and it causes a negative air gap to be ca lculated, a warning message appears to inform you that you cannot select this datum.
[System DatumJ - Display the current System Datum.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3- 15
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
•
Mudline Depth (MSL) - (Offshore only) Display the distance from MSL to the sea bed, which is Water Depth - Elevation (System Datum offset from MSL, which is set in the Project Properties dialog box).
•
Mudline TVD - (Offshore only) Display the distance from the Depth Reference Datum to the sea bed (datum Elevation + Water Depth).
Design Properties The Design Properties dialog box is used to specify the Well name, UWI, and other descriptive properties of the Design. You can also set tight group security, activate the unit system for the Design, and specify and define Depth Reference datums .
General Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) Use this tab to specify a unique Design name that identifies the Design, and to provide additional information related to the Design. This tab is also used to lock the Design and/or associated data to protect against undesired changes to the data associated with the Design. A Design name is required. Additional information on this dialog box is used for informational and reporting purposes and is not required.
[8J
Design Properties
I
Genor-al Audot Info Changie HsbJrV
I
De~
Qes91:
Pll
~:
!Proto~
iJ
G
!;ffec~ o..ie:: Depth Rrfl!rortt lnformabon
IDFE c
...l
111.B ft (Scorpion)
Dab.In S.,vatlan:
lli.8 ft
A.I" Wp (I-a):
U~.Sft
1 · · ~an S!!a ~;el ""'*1e Depth q.tSt) :
.. Mudtt l\'O:
328. ! ft
-442.9 ft
OK
3-16
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMn" and the Well Explorer
The follow ing fields are present: In the Details section: Design - Type the name that will be used to identify the Design. The name must be unique. Note If the " Design is locked" check box is selected, you caru1ot edit any of the fields.
•
Version - Type the version of the Design.
•
Phase - Select the phase of the Design from the pull-down list (Prototype, Planned, or Actual). The list of phases that appears in the combo box is filtered; you can only have one Design marked as "Planned" and one marked as "Actual." The Planned or Actual option is removed from the pull-down list if another Design for the same Wellbore already has it set. You can have as many Prototype (the default) Designs as desired.
•
Effective Date - Select the date from the drop-down list box. A calendar dialog box will open. Use the arrow buttons on the calendar dialog box to move to the desired month, then click the day. The date you select populates the field.
... a
Click arrows to change to desired month.
Click on the desired day
I
a
August 2010
Mon Tue Wed ~ Fri Sat Sun
2 3 4 5 6 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 18 19 20 ---r,~-r
7 14 21 is
1 8 15 22 29
Depth Reference Information From the pull-down list of defined Depth Reference datums, select the datum you want to reference for this Design. After you select a datum, the Datum Elevation, Air Gap, current System Datum, Mudline Depth, and Mudline TVD are all recalculated and display the updated values adj acent to the rig elevation drawing on the Design Properties dialog box.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-17
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Workflow-How to Set Up Datums for a Design 1. Access the Project Properties> General tab and select the System Datum you want to use. 2. Access the Project Properties > General tab. In the Elevation field, enter the value the System Datum is above Mean Sea Level. If your System Datum is below Mean Sea Level, th is number is negative. If your System Datum is Mean Sea Level, Elevation is grayed out. 3. Access the Well Properties> Depth Reference tab.
•
If the Well is offshore, select the Offshore check box and enter the Water Depth below the System Datum.
•
If the Well is subsea, select the Subsea check box and enter the Wellhead Depth below the System Datum.
4. Access the Well Properties> Depth Reference tab. If the Well is a land Well, make sure the Offshore check box is unchecked and enter the Ground Level elevation above the System Datum. 5. Access the Well Properties> Depth Reference tab. Define the Depth Reference Datum(s) you want to use, such as RKB or Rig floor. Type the elevation above the System Datum in the Elevation field and specify the effective Date for the datum. 6. Import or create a Design for this Well. 7. In the Design Properties> General tab, select the Depth Reference Datum you want to use for this Design from the pull-down list of datums you defined in Step 5.
3-18
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EOM™ and the Well Explorer
Changing the Datum When you create a Design and save it for the first time, the EDM database keeps track of the Depth Reference Datum that was set at the time. This "original" Depth Reference Datum is not displayed; however, if you or someone else changes the Depth Reference Datum in the Well Properties dialog box, and you then attempt to open that Design, a warning message appears. You are warned that you are trying to change to a datum that is different from the datum in which you originally saved the data, and any calculations will be invalid unless you change your inputs (details provided below). You are given the choice to open the Design in the original datum, or to convert to the new datum. If you choose to convert your data, the data is adjusted. However, the change is not saved to the database until you save the Design, at which time the new datum becomes the "original" datum.
How This Works
If datum is the same as the original datum If you open a Design in which the Depth Reference Datum (set at the Design level) is the same as the datum in which the data was originally saved, the Design will open normally.
If datum is different than the original datum If you open a Design in which the Depth Reference Datum (set at the Design level) is different from the original datum, the following occurs:
The application checks to see if the Well is a slant hole. If positive inclination exists in wellpaths whose depths would become negative after the datum shift, the program cannot make the adjustments and a message pops up to inform you of this. Click Open to open the Design in the original datum. If you click Cancel, the Design will not open. For Wells other than slant holes, the program issues this message: "The currently selected Design datum is different to the datum with which the Design was created. The application will then attempt to adjust the data, but some data might be shifted or removed. If you open the Design, we strongly suggest that you review your input data; any changes will not be saved to the database until you explicitly save your data. Please select "Open" to review the Design using the datum with which it was created."
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-19
Chapter 3: EDMrn and the Well Explorer
If you want to open the Design with the original elevation, select Open. If you want to convert the data to the new elevation, select Adjust. Open is the default. -
If you select Open, data is loaded to the original Design datum, but the Depth Reference Datum set in the Design does not change to match the original datum.
-
If you select Adjust, the Well Explorer loads the data to the new Wellbore datum and attempts to adjust the data; however, some data may be shifted or removed. The program resolves the deltas in the first depths of column data (strings, wellpaths, columns, and so on) to adjust for the new gap and read zero depth on the first line. Note A fter you open the Design, you should review your input data. Remember that the changes are not saved to the database until you explicitly save your data.
3-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Concurrency and Multi-user Support EDM supports full concurrency for multiple applications that are using the same data set. The SAM (Simultaneous Activity Monitor) server moderates the activity. This messaging server notifies a user of all data items currently open by other applications and users sharing the same database.
SAM in the Application Status Bar The SAM icon appears in the application Status Bar as follows: Message
Description A green SAM icon in the status bar indicates that the Messenger Service is active. If a tooltip is ava ilable, the message "SAM-Connected" displays. A green SAM icon with a red X in the status bar indicates that the Messenger Service is not currently acti ve. If a tooltip is available, the message "SAM-Disconnected" displays. A red SAM icon in the status bar indicates the SAM service is enabled but has lost connectivity. Hover over the icon to display the tooltip "SAM - No longer responding".
No icon
When no icon appears in the application status bar, this indicates that the Simultaneous Activity Monitor has not been configured for the application.
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-21
Chapter 3: EOM™ and the Well Explorer
SAM in the Well Explorer If a data item is open, one of the following icons appears on the node icon. Icon
I!!I~~
Description A red SAM icon indicates that one or more users on other PCs have this item open, and the current user is restricted to rea d-only access.
A blue SAM icon indicates that one or more users on the current database have this item open, but the current user still has full read-write access. A user must be careful when making changes to the data, though this method enables data to automatically flow between applications. Intentional updates to other live applications should be anticipated before saving changes.
The first user to open a data item becomes the data item 's owner. When another user opens the data item through an EDM application, that user can see that the data item is currently being accessed by the first user, who is the owner. Hover the mouse over the item to display a data listing tooltip as seen below.
- fl Class - i? Kananga -
/( Echo
- .t E3 - lo.
E3SO (25/03/2008)
!t E350P1
hb27174, CCM'ASS, EU·2335{RW) hb27174, waJ.PlAN 5000.1, EU·2335 {RW) hb27174, Wei Cost, EU·2.335 {RW) hb27174, WEUCAT, EU-2.335 {RW) hb27174, Gasr195e.,t 5000.1, EIJ-2335 {RW)
RW indicates that the current user has read-write access. RO indicates that the current user has read-only access.
3-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMn;, and the Well Explorer
Reload Notification A reload notification dialog box appears when the owner of the active data item saves changes to the database. SAM then notifies any other EDM applications of the changes. The change notifi cation dialog box is then offered to the user to reload or ignore the data owner's changes, or cancel the dialog box. The dialog box di splays the user name for the owner and the application in which the changes were made. This enables the user to identify the sou rce of the change that has been posted.
[g)
Well Explorer ~ Strl!Ssehedc 5000.1 user,
hb27174 hasmodfted the~. E3SOPL Do you Wl5tl
to reload this Ocsql) W¥fW1Q: tfyou choose to reload, you Wll ~ l!lf'I'( t.r<Sa.ed chl!lfloes made ., lt-.s appkabon.
r~notasltthe~ e,eload
I _[glOI"~
Caned
Reload T he Reload option results in the owner's changes be ing uploaded into the current application.
Ignore The Ignore option gives you the ability to ignore the owner's changes and continue working with the current data item. You may choose to ignore the updates if you own the data item in another application. In this instance, you may choose to save later and overwrite changed data in the other application as a result. The user with read-on ly access to the data item may choose to ignore the owner's changes in order to continue looking at the previous state of the data. The user may also perform a Save As operation to save the current
data before reloading the changes. The WELLPLAN software does not support Save As functionality for read-only access.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-23
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
Select the Do not ask the question again check box to avoid receiving any other reload notifications. This check box option is not remembered between sessions. If you restart an application, you must select the check box the first time it appears in order to stop the appearance of the reload notifications.
Cancel The Cancel option gives you the opportunity to cancel the dialog box. If this option is selected, the Do not ask the question again check box is ignored. Complete details about SAM settings can be found in EDM Administration Utility Help.
3-24
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 3: EDMn.. and the Well Explorer
Working With Catalogs Catalogs are used as a selection list to design a casing, tubing, liner, or drillstring. Catalogs are editable and can be customized by using Start> Programs> Landmark Engineer's Desktop 5000.1 > Tools> Catalog Editor or by right-clicking the catalog node and selecting Open from the drop-down menu. For more information, see the Catalog Editor Help.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
3-25
Chapter 3: EDM™ and the Well Explorer
3-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter
II
Getting Started When you first enter the StressCheck™software, a blank application window displays beneath the menu bar and toolbars. Normally at this point, you would either create a new Design or open an existing Design. However, particularly in multi-user environments, you may want to specify different data files (for example, report format files, default bit sizes, default design factors, default cost factors, or template files) to be used during this StressCheck session.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-1
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Workflow The workflow in the StressCheck software is broken up into three stages, which are outlined below.
Enter General Data
4-2
0
Open the Design with which you want to work or create a Design using the Instant Design feature. ("Instant Design" on page 3-7)
0
Enter general information, including the well name , description, and total depth. (Wellbore > General) ("Enter General Data" on page 4-2)
0
Enter wellpath deviation (well path) data. (Wellbore > Wellpath Editor) ("Entering Wellpath Data" on page 5-14)
0
Enter dogleg overrides (imposed doglegs independent of deviation). (Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides) ("Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet" on page 5-16)
0
Defi ne the pore pressure regime. (Wellbore > Pore Pressure) ("Entering Pore Pressure Data" on page 5-8)
0
Define the fracture pressure regime. (Wellbore > Fracture Gradient) ("Entering Fracture Gradient Data" on page 5-10)
0
Optional: Define any squeezing sa lt or shale sections for collapse design. (Wellbore >Squeezing Salt/Shale) (" Defining a Squeezing Salt/Shale Zone" on page 5- 12)
0
Specify the formation temperatures. (Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient) ("Defi ning the Geothermal Gradi ent" on page 5- 19)
0
Define the Casing Scheme, including casing name, type, pipe ODs, hole size, shoe, hanger and TOC depths, and the mud weight at the shoe. (Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme) (" Define the Casing and Tubing Scheme" on page 5-22)
0
Enter completion and production data. (Wellbore > P roduction Data) ("Defining Production Data" on page 5-28)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Specify Design Parameters for a Casing String 0
Specify the design factors and other design parameters to use fo r the casing design. (Tubular > Design Parameters) ("Entering Design Parameters" on page 6-2)
0
Specify the maximum tool length for a specified tool OD that can freely pass through the casing. (Tubular> Tool Passage) ("Specify Tool Passage Requirements" on page 6-11)
0
Describe the cement and landing forces. (Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab) ("Specifying the Initial Conditions" on page 6-3)
0
Specify the temperature profile for the current string. (Tubular> Initial Conditions> Temperature tab) ("Specifying the Initial Conditions" on page 6-3)
0
Select standard load cases for burst, collapse and axial loads. (Tubular > Burst Loads, Tubular> Collapse Loads, Tubular > Axial Loads) ("Defining Burst Loads" on page 6-13, "Specifying Collapse Loads" on page 6-19, and "Specifying Axial Loads Details" on page 6-25)
0
Optional: Design additional custom loads. (Tubular> Custom Loads) ("Defining Custom Loads" on page 6-26)
View Graphical Results and Perform Design 0
Review formation plots including pore pressure, fracture gradient, pore/fracture/mud weight, and geothermal gradient. (View > Formation Plots)
0
Review and analyze internal pressures and differential pressure plots for burst and collapse loads. (View> Formation Plots)
0
Review and analyze design load line, graphical interactive weight, and grade selection, including design review, graphical design, and minimum cost design. (View> Design Plots) ("Checking Burst Design Using the Burst Design Plot" on page 7-2, "Checking Collapse Design Using the Collapse Design Plot" on page 7-8, and "Checking Axial and Triaxial Design" on page 7-15)
D Review and analyze advanced results, including triaxial design limit plot, and maximum allowable wear tables. (View> Triaxial Check and View > Tabular Results) ("Tabular Results" on page 83, "Checking Axial and Triaxial Design" on page 7- 15)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-3
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Getting Started Starting the Stress Check TM Software
Title Bar
Work Area
Menu Bar - - - -Toolbars Filter Recent Bar
EllH 5000_1 s.ngie~ Cb(B'.»4 5000.t.7.0~.0l.OS.228)) "'
- .!l FU! 1'«11.n Cl co. N NfN - ·- ~ • .t Al
Hierarchical "Tree"
• .\ A2
-t
e2
- ... 82.SO
~ !ml
. ... 82-51
. ... 82-52
• t. 83 • .i Cl • .t cs
• N IM!IOt-Plotfoml • ~ RogCor>~O
< IWne
Associated Data Viewe_r_ _ _ _..
@c.._,...
126 ......... II> 2,937. IM
Et Po<ePr-... 'ii'Ft..:G'-
o. .....
0 ~0--1 ~~Casrog
B T..tini......,_
Well Configuration
Reference Datum Diagram
4-4
Ov..,_. llol--0.0'f
oca.io OTt.big
r - - - -....;_!-•1:$ : ··1:-
Dahm:
DoU.Eh411on: AIG.ap l)!Slj: ,....,,,..,,.. ... d f>\.dne llop"1~):
91.-Mm
~ l\'D:
U7.16m
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Starled
You can start the StressCheck software in two ways: Select the Windows menu path Start> Programs > Landmark Engineer's Desktop 5000.1 > StressCheck. •
Double-click the StressCheck desktop shortcut.
The first window to appear when you start the StressCheck software looks similar to the one in the previous graphic. At this time, few menu options are available and most of the toolbar icons are not available for use. You can select an item from the menu by using the mo use or the keyboard quick keys. To use the quick keys to select an item, press and hold the Alt key while pressing the underlined character in the menu item. For exampl e, to open the File menu, press Alt-F. You must open an existing Design or create a new Design to expand the menu bar options or to activate additional toolbar buttons.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-5
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Files and Templates What Type of Files Does the Stress Check TM Software Use?
File Extension
File Type Purpose
*.DXT
Data exchange (DEX) template file
*.DXD
Data exchange (DEX) import/export fi les
*.SCK
Well fi les created using the StressCheck software. Also called "flat files".
*.SCT
Template fi les created using the StressCheck software
*.TXT
Data files for importing directional data
*.XML
Extensible Markup Language (XML) file used to transfer data
What is a Template File? Templates contain common data that can be used and reused as defaults for future casing designs. You can use templates as the basis for creating Designs. Default data can be entered and saved in the template to a file or to the EDM rn database. A template typically contains no specific well data or data that is dependent on depth. Templates are used to describe generic practices and parameters for general cases. For example, templates can be used to set up default load cases for specific casing string types typically used by an operating company. A special group of default data already exists, which is the definition of
casing strings by name and type as speci fied in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. T his information provides you with a selection of design limits, load cases (burst, collapse, and axial), as well as other tubular data. All combinations of casing strings can be defined in this manner and saved in the template.
4-6
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Some menu items and parameters are disabled when a template is defined. In template mode, no calculations are performed, so some results are displayed as "NIA". Furthermore, some restrictions on accessing various dialog boxes and entering data do not apply in template mode. For example, you do not need to create pore pressure data and fracture gradient data to access Tubular > Burst Loads.
Opening an Existing Template File Templates can be opened from the EDM database or as a file from a local or network drive. Templates are applied only once, when initially creating or opening a Design, and cannot be reapplied. A company may provide templates to users to set policy for certain materials, inventories, casing schemes, and so on. Select File> Template> Open From File or File> Template> Open From Database to open an existing template file.
t1Jfg]
Import Templdte file
When opening a template file, navigate to the location and select from a list of existing templates
look ..
Ju o.n
.:J
~ (!;)
c1 Im·
-.)Y«
My Recert
Clocu'nert•
™
~nonnal-blaXl•l.sct
~
Dellctop
-1
MyDocuneru
_:., My Cc•l~l•.ct•
J
My Ndwork
Aaceo
-
When opening a template from the EDM database, select from the pull-down list.
Fie name
!Namial.act
::J
()pen
Flesdtype
l!:iret$(heck T~ Ales\octl
..:.]
Cancel
-~----
rg)
Open Template
Tempja~:
!Normal (System)
:m::J
~= -· ·-=- ·-- ~Sys~tem~)----~'
I
OK
Cancel
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
_J
~1
4-7
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Saving a Template File
After you have opened and perhaps changed a template, you can save it with the same name or with a new name. By saving the template with a new name, you can create different templates to meet various requirements. All templates are saved to the EDM database. Select one of the follow ing commands: •
File > Template > Save to save the template with the same name. No dialog box appears. The template is saved to the database. File > Template > Save As to save the template with a different name as shown below.
•
File > Template > Save As System Template to save the template as a System Template that is available to all StressCheck users. The dialog box is the same one that appears for the File > Template > Save As command shown below. The Save As System Template command may not be available due to Company policy.
Save Template
~ c~ Specify the name of the ------~ template file.
4-8
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
He\:>
IBJ I I J
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Main Window Layout The StressCheck main window is shown below. In this window, the well schematic is currently displayed. The main window is used to display data entry dialog boxes and spreadsheets. It is also used to display results. The main wi ndow has several distinct areas, as shown below. Most of these options do not become available until after you open a template fi le or Design. Menu Bar
Plot
Main Toolbar
Name of open Design
Template Toolbar (custom loads)
Wizard Toolbar
."
-rrrm
-
,,,. •. _ ,_
Well Explorer Hierarchical "Tree"
-
.
~SN UMl(l2S..Olt) ~1.11* (43),0 ft) .xr~!.tt.t'IQ
Associated Data Viewer
Well Configuration Diagram Reference Datum Diagram __J.u
• '-'ri:•-'I
Work area with Tabs
Well Schematic
r
Status Bar
displayed
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-9
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Title Bar The Title Bar is located at the top of the main window. The Title Bar displays the name of the active Design and the name of the active spreadsheet, table, plot, or schematic (if the active window is maximized).
Menu Bar After a Design has been opened or created, the menu bar has a number of options available.
r;J F~e
Edit
Wellbore
Tubular
View
Composer
Tools
Window Help
File Menu The File menu has commands to manage tiles and templates, import Wellpath .txt files, import or export StressCheck .sck and Transfer .xml files, access DEX data transfer, send StressCheck .sck fi les via email, print documents, and exit the StressCheck software.
Edit Menu The Edit menu has commands used to undo changes; cut, copy, and paste information; manipulate OLE objects; view/ed it spreadsheet properties; and find data in the Well Explorer tree.
Wellbore Menu The Well bore menu is used to define data not related to a specific casing string, such as well depth ; wcllborc deviation; and pore pressure, fractu re pressure, and geothermal gradients.
Tubular Menu The Tubular menu is used to define data related to a specific casing string, such as design parameters, cementing and landing data, string-section descriptions, connections, and load cases. Th is menu also manages inventory items used wi th the current Des ign, such as pipe inventory, special connections, and pipe grade properties.
4-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
View Menu The View menu is used to display/hide the Well Explorer; display wellbore, load case, and design plots; and display tabular reports.
Composer Menu The Composer menu is used to add, edit, and configure Wall Plot objects. The commands are only available when a Wall Plot is active in the work area.
Tools Menu The Options menu is used to customize the StressCheck software (set up toolbars, status bars, tabs, defaults, options), and configure the unit system.
Window Menu The Window menu has commands to arrange and select windows.
Help Menu The Help menu has commands to access online Help and obtain information about the StressCheck software.
Wizard Too/bar The Wizard tool bar provides easy access to common data selection and form selection commands. It is used to select the current casing string. The Wizard provides you with a predetermined sequence of entry forms to help ensure that all necessary information is specified. Go to the previous form in the Wizard list of entry. forms. Current data _ . , General entry form.
'
I13 318'' Surface Casing
Go to the next form in the Wizard list.
All entry fonns access ible using the Wizard can also be selected from the Wellbore and Tubular menus.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-11
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Data Entry Forms The dialog box and spreadsheet are the two types of entry forms available in the StressCheck software. They may all be accessed from the Wellbore and Tubular menus, and most from the Wizard, depending on how you are entering the well data.
Dialog Box The first type of entry form is a dialog box, as seen in the example below. When selected, the dialog box opens over the current window contents. Dialog boxes are used to enter data such as design parameters and load cases that cannot be conveniently presented in a spreadsheet. All dialog boxes in the StressCheck software are modal, which means you cannot access any other spreadsheets or dialog boxes until the current dialog box is closed.
r8]
General
ICom!lents I ~bon: fj<..:;.1
0p11ons
~'Seci>on Defntlon
0ngri N: ~o_. o
Ongri E:
___
0.0
Wei Depth {M)) : ft ft
(TVO) :
Azm.rth: 133.00
OK
4-12
_J _ __,
Calcel
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
116330.0
ft ft
Chapter 4: Ge tting Started
The following control buttons may be found on dialog boxes: To
Select
I
OK
I
Update the well with the current changes a nd close the dialog box .
Cara!
I
Disregard any changes made since the last update and close the dialog box.
Apply
]
Update the wel I with the current changes and keep the dialog box open.
H~
I
Display Help for the dialog box.
Spreadsheets The second type of entry fo rm is the spreadsheet, as seen in the example below. When selected, it fills the current StressCheck window pane. Spreadsheets are used to enter depth and inventory data. Spreadsheets remain in view until they are replaced by another spreadsheet or view. Data is automatically applied when a further action occurs.
4
1476.0 1804.0 1969.0
Pore Pressure/EMW (pp (psi 6.37 142 3 8.21 629.5 782.5 8.35 860.2 8.41
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
No
No No No
4-13
Chapter 4: Getting Started
He I pfu I F ea tu res Online Help The context-sensitive Help system can be accessed in several ways:
4-14
•
Pressing Fl to view Help on the active spreadsheet, plot, table, or dialog box.
•
Selecting Contents from the Help menu.
•
Clicking the
•
Clicking the context-sensitive Help icon cl ~'l b and then clicking on the portion of the window for which you desire Help (such as a toolbar icon or menu item). This feature is not available if a dialog box is open.
H~
I button on an open dialog box.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
The Help Contents is shown in the following graphic. Click Back to go to the previous help topic.
Click Print to print the current help topic.
Select the tabs to view the Index and Glossary, Search the entire help system, or bookmark topics as Favorites.
Click Hide or Show to
__
~~leonandofft~· Table of Contents. _ -~~~.~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ,.... .:;] ¢' di .,,...., v:i-
~
IJ--... · . Goomo-
r....,..
~
Click a book to view the help topics : i =.~associated with that _ ____ ,: . Tho ~' °"""" item. Then click a ·. EONw.. i;.,mw help topic to view it. · -wew:.m••,......
;:::..sc..ia.-..
~ f.IQo :i!~'r. ~llwd.P...,,,_
C1)c.......--
I
HALLIBURTON
----•
•
Welcome to StressCheck 111 Sortware
Woh Lll>dmorle• S.msCMck~ - · casing •tmgl c111bedH>gMd10 mfft « onHd al Nit boctom Tho S.msChock oppli
onduttty Sophdbcatld de"ll" met- c.an be """1ntly etn!>loyld to dMiop .......,nKost hog!Hr ~ ,,,.,.,,..,, txpll1Cillll9 at twna and llor1 StmsCIMlck • - • con yltld "9fldlt.,.. saw>gs ., If
•
Pr~1~atout.,,,,.odlormui.,t0Mlorspeerfyo>g....,stocbum ~
andoJOOI
wortt-c.an mlXll"l'IUm load pni6tn • F_.,,flll opConozot..., Cltlho numbof ond ' - " ol CaMf1!1 Sl1V19 HCl"""
In"'""' eases "much .. con bo . - " ' · - -•• <..ong doS'V"f d""'oped by<"""' Cullom lood1 footu11 Ille ll'l'li<*""' lllo pt<Mdn an 1uy41M1St sprudshHl laolCy lo< speaty.n Al)lo
-...i pranu11 oldomal po11u11 ~ ,.,.,..,...,.,. Ffoliln -
m«0 -
loock:-lormut«I<
C1icJ< on a oul>Jecl IO gll 11111td
• Gewno Slatted
· ~ • u..ng Str~~".#1!! • Pf!fommq 0...,..
°"""'"
Setting Options Options are not stored as part of the active Design and affect all Designs analyzed with the StrcssChcck software until the options are changed. To access the Options dialog box, select the Tools> Options menu command.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-15
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Control the appearance of printed documents.
Control the appearance of the graphical views-. --~ p Markers
Font... Lnes ••
v
~~sand
P• r;; f;;
Foottrs
tU"nb!!rng
Margm
p
Legend
Font. ..
Depths
• MO
Control the appearance of spreadsheets and tables.
(". T\-0
Spreadsheets and T!lbles
r.7 God 11 T~
c-•
~I
Pmbng Font •..
-
Select MD or TVD to determine how depths are displayed in plots, spreadsheets, and - -1-tables.
Safety Fl!CtorS
J C.
Absolite
f' ~
Other
v
Oetlliled Wizard List
v
Class1C: S
\ - Tiiie Font. ..
Specify how safety factors display.
Plots Group Box
Grid Se lect the Grid check box to display grid lines on a ll plots. These lines are used only as cues to help guide the eye when visually analyzing data.
Font Button Click the Font button to display the Font dialog box so you can change the font, style, and text size used along the axes of all plots.
Markers Select the Markers check box to display individual symbols to denote each set of data displayed on all plots. Markers are usually drawn at known or well-defined points, while the envelope lines connecting these markers arc generally interpolated.
Lines Button Click the Lines button to display the Lines dialog box so you can set the color and thickness fo r each line marking each set of data on every plot.
4-16
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Legend Select the Legend check box for the appropriate legend to appear in all plots. When the legend obscures a relevant portion of the plot, click the legend and drag it elsewhere.
Font Button Click the Font button to d isplay the Font dialog box so you can change the font, style, and size of text used in all plot legends.
Spreadsheets and Tables Group Box
Grid in Tables Select the Grid in Tables check box to draw grid lines and row labe ls on all results tables, such as the Well Summary tabl e.
Font Button Click the Font button to display the Font dialog box so you can change the font, style, and size of text used in all spreadsheets and tables. Fonts for plots are customized by clicking the View T itle Font button in the Other group box.
Printing Font Button Click the Printing Font button to display the Font dialog box to specify the font used when printing spreadsheets and tables. It is useful for printing a small font on wide spreadsheets and tables.
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-17
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Print Layout Group Box
Headers and Footers Select the Headers and Footers check box to display headers and footers when a document is displayed by using the Print or Print Preview commands. •
The file name displays in the upper left comer. The date and time at which the document was displayed and the page number displays in the upper right corner.
•
The software version displays in the lower right comer.
•
The well's description displays in the lower left comer.
Page numbers do not display when the Page Numbering check box is not selected.
Page Numbering Select the Page Numbering check box to display page numbers in the upper right corner of each page when a document is displayed by using the Print or Print Preview commands. This check box is disabled if the Headers and Footers check box is not selected.
Margins Select the Margins check box to add margins to the top, bottom, left, and right sides of each page when a document is displayed by using the Print or Print Preview commands. [f this check box is not selected, the document is drawn out to the edges of every page.
Depths Group Box
MDandTVD MD and TVD are a pair of mutually exclusive option buttons that determine whether depths in applicable plots, spreadsheets, and tables are displayed by using measured (MD) or true vertical depth (TVD).
4-18
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Alternatively, you can switch between depths by clicking the MD/TVD icon (jig) on the Engineering toolbar.
Safety Factors Group Box
Absolute and Normalized Safety Factors Absolute and Normalized are a pair of mutually exclusive option buttons that determine whether the safety factors reported in the various tabular results are absolute or normalized to the appropri ate design factor. In essence, the normal ized safety factor is the absolute safety factor divided by the design factor that is specified on the Design Parameters dialog box, or the design factor that is specified on the Options tab of the Axial , Burst, and Collapse Loads dialog boxes. Alternatively, you can switch between safety factors by clicking the Normalized >Absolute Safety Factors icon ([RI) on the Engineering toolbar.
Other Group Box
Detailed Wizard List Select the Detailed Wizard List check box to add several dialog boxes, spreadsheets, and design plots to the standard Wizard list. When this check box is selected, the follow ing items are added to the Wizard: • • •
Dogleg Severity Overrides Squeezing Sal t/Shale Geothermal Gradi ent
View Title Font Button C lick the View T itle Font button to access the Font dialog box so you can change the title 's font, style, and size displayed in plot legends.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-19
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Configuring Units Using the Unit System Dialog Box Select the Tools> Unit System dialog box to add, remove, edit, and switch unit systems. You can also import and export custom unit systems. The unit system for the Design you are working on is stored at the Well level. All unit systems are stored in the database. The API , SI, API - US Survey Fleet, and Mixed API unit systems are included with the StressCheck installation.
(8J
Unit Systems Editor Active V1ew1ng I.ht System:
I AP! . us St.rvey F~t I ~~ AP!
I SI
AP!
iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii
~-~ ·
~~
- - -- -----1-
I
~t
I .mlm------~A I1• Area, lFA Cement (Seid) Density
il 1
Cement SlwTy Density
bn/f\l ppg
Cost per uit mass
S/trlo
Cost Costft_ength
s
Cost/T"rne
S/day %/day ft
s/ft
Daly Percentage
Depth, Distances, Heghts Diameters Dogleg Severity Enthalpy
EQliValentMJdWeiglt AowRate(Cement) Fil.id Corr4lressiiity Force
bf
~~_:e~~!'__
L
Click Import to import a unit .,__ _ ___,,_system.
In 0 / lOOft Btuibn ppgbbl"-
OK
Select the unit system you want to use in the analysis from the pull-down list.
~
.~-·
410-
Import _]
1 I
New... .,__ _ _ _..... Click
l
I____
----~~____v__
New to create a unit system.
1 The Unit System dialog box always contains three or more tabs arranged along its upper left comer- one for each available unit system stored in the database. The three left-most tabs are always API, SI, and API - US Survey Fleet The Mixed API unit set is shipped with the StressCheck software, but it can be deleted. Jf you create custom unit systems, they
are also present as tabs. When this dialog box is opened, the tab contain ing the unit system associated with the active Design opens. Most numerical dialog box fields and spreadsheet cells are associated with a physical parameter such as depth, stress, or temperature, and each physical parameter is expressed in a unit.
4-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
To look at the values for a different unit system, select another tab and click OK. To switch to another unit system, select the desired unit system from the Active Viewing Unit System pull-down list, and click OK. All open Designs are presented in this unit system. The Status Bar at the bottom of the main screen displays the name of the unit system that is currently in use. Unit system is set at the Well level and affects all Wellbores and Designs below it. For more information, refer to Unit System Help. CAUTION Be careful when you delete. Other users may want to use the unit system you are planning to delete.
Creating a Unit System To create a unit system: 1. Open the Unit System dialog box by selecting Tools> Unit System.
2. Click New. 3. Enter a name for the unit system. New Umt System
Name:
INorth easri
Descnption: Template:
IAPI ·US Su'Vey Feet AP! SI
o:J - --
Select the basis for the unit system from the pull -down list.
Moced AP!
4. Click OK. You can now choose from a large variety of unit options
for all physical parameters used in the StressCheck software.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-21
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Using the Convert Unit Dialog Box With a spreadsheet cell selected, press F4 or select Tools> Convert Unit to enter or view data in any equivalent unit without changing the unit systems currently in use. Only the value in the active cell/field is affected. When you close this dialog box, any new numerical value chosen is written to the field, but the value is displayed in the unit system already in use. If you want a new unit system used, you must use Tools> Unit Systems, which changes the unit systems for all fields. To use the Convert Unit dialog box, a spreadsheet cell or a dialog box field that is editable must be selected, and it must have a value associated with a physical parameter (Tools> Unit Systems). For default values, the program displays the value appropriate for the units selected. This dialog box contains the following items:
Value By default, this is the value displayed in the field or cell from which the Convert Unit dialog box was invoked. You can type or paste a new value into this cell, and it will be converted to the current unit system after you click OK.
Unit The Uni t list box has the units in which the value can be expressed. Select the appropriate unit from this list and its value displays in the Value field. Note
Be aware that when this dialog box is invoked, its name varies according to the cell selected. For example, when it is invoked from the Zone Top cell in the Squeeze Salt/Shale spreadsheet, the dialog box is titled Convert Depth Units. When it is invoked from the Overburden Pressure cell, it is titled Convert Pressure Units.
After you click OK, the dialog box closes, and the value is placed in the field or cell from which the Convert Unit dialog box was invoked. Before the value is placed, it is converted back to the units used by the active unit system. If this dialog box was invoked from a field or cell in which the Paste command does not work, the value is ignored. The Undo command can be used if a new value was entered.
4-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Example In the following example, the Mix-Water Density units are changed. Initial Conditions: 9 5/8"" Production Casing
I
CC!rnt!l'llln9 and l.andilo Temperabse
~
Click in the cell or field that you want to convert the units. The Convert Unit dialog box displays. Select the new unit from the Unit list. View the converted value in the Value field .
I
Cemenlln9 Data t-b·'.Vater Density (ppg)
Lead Sltrry Density (ppg)
T.,. S1Lny L.enoth (ft)
I is.60 Isoo.o
Dlsplacenent FUd Density (ppo)
jH.80
Float Colar Depth, p.v (ft)
l14620.0
~ Tai Sltrry Density (ppo)
r r
Appied su-face PresSU'e {psi)
r-
OK
jo.4327
Cancel sg "/kft
Float Fa.led
!:ielp
•
mbar/m p~
Landing Data
I Pida.4) Force {bf) r. Sladcoff Force (bf)
v
Io
OK
1. Click a cell or fie ld that you want to convert the units from the acti ve spreadsheet or dialog box. 2. Select Tools> Convert Unit, or press F4 to display the Convert Unit dialog box. 3. Highlight the desired unit in the Unit list box. 4. View the converted value in the Convert Unit dialog box's Value fie ld.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-23
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Customizing Graphical Views To change the properties of a plot or schematic, right-click the object when the plot or schematic is active. The choices available vary depending on the nature of the object.
Burst Pressure Profiles : -
C>tsplecement lo Gas Losl Returns wllll Water
2000
Ges Kick (50 0 bbl. 0 50 PlllJ)
--
Tublnv Leek Green Cement Pressure Test (Int) G1'99n Cement Pressure lest (Eld)
4000
g
Dnl Meed (BurSI)
600 0
..c:
i
~
8000
f
:I
"'~ 10000
:E
12000
14000
' ' I
'' ' I
'
:
:
:
------~------·---- -JI I I
- -- - -
--·
'
~
' . H---
~
,
1
I
'
I
I
------ - -- -- -- ---- - --- - 1 500
3000
'
'
4500
I
------
6 00
I
o
I
0
----.-1 I
I
I
I
O
'
'
' -- --- - - -- - - - - ------I
7500
9000
10500
Pressure (psi)
Right-click on the plot, then select Properties.
4-24
I
'I 'I
•t
I
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
o
- - -- --•I J I
-:-- - -- --:--- - - - ~ - -\ -·,- - -- -\\ ----~'
16000
-
. I
I
1 2000
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Changing Plot Properties All plots can be modified by rig ht-clicking while a plot is active and then selecting Properties. The StressCheck software uses two plot engines. Each plot engine displays different Properties dialog boxes, as seen below. Burst O!!s1gn Ptop..,rll..,s
Older plot engine Properties dialog box
Title for Current Plot
P°
Show Title
r
specfy Title
Axes Labels for Current Plot
[ j X Axis Label [j Y AxJS label
CllllCel
~
Properties BadlgOUld
Newer plot engine Properties dialog box
Graph
I
I
Fonts LC9'fld Backgou-d
Shawl~
I
I
I
Grid L.nes Scale J Aids l Gnd
AXIS Isles
I
Pict1.n
'
r;;
Location
r.
Anchorl!d To:
Floatng
Top
r r- r. ,- RJ
Left I
,-
r
r
Bottom
I I I
OK
cancel
~
. I
For details about configuring plot display, sec StressCheck Help.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-25
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Zooming The older plot engine right-click menu features a Zoom facility. You can zoom in as many as 10 times to investigate specific features. A Restore feature allows the view to be restored to its last setup. Select the desired Zoomx 1 magnification. - ) > Zoomx5 Zoomx10
Select Restore to return to the previous magnification .
Configuring the Well Schematic On the Well Schematic, the right-click menu Properties command allows the display of various markers on the schematic, including Cement, Tapered String, Reference Depths, Fluid, Casing Float Shoe, TOC for Liners and Casing Strings, TOL, and a Non-Deviated schematic view.
[8J
Well Schematic Properties Title ror c...1ent View P Stiov.i Hie P Specly Hie StressCheck Training
I
View Options
p Cement P Tapeied String P Reference Depths
r
Fluid
P
\iliji Casing Float Shoe
OK
4-26
~ TOC for Liners
P P P
TOC for C4smg Strings
TOL Non-Deviated
Apply
J
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Help
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Accessing and Managing Pipe Inventory When the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet is accessed for the first time, it displays an inventory of casing for the OD corresponding to the OD designation in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet for the string that is currently selected. The pipe inventory for a different OD can be selected using the Select OD pull-down list on the Template toolbar. The entire pipe inventory for all sizes can be displayed by selecting All at the top of this list box. Select the OD that you want to view data for using this selection list.
8 00 (or) 13625 13625
13625 13625 13625 13625
13625
Weoghl
Grade or Name C-75 00200 ea 200 L-00 (pp~
00200
ea 200 Ill 200 lll:Dl Ill 200
C-00
10
(on) 12375 12375
Yield (psi)
Int Ord! (on) 75£DJ 12250 IOJ)J 12250
12375 mil C-95 12375 9500) T-95 12375 9SOOJ P.110 12375 1100'.D 0.125 12375 125LUI
12250 12250 122iD 12250 12250
Ppe BUf\t Typt (p1ij Standard 60~6 Stand9rd 64:?2 0 Standard Stan~rd
r12•a
7626 1 Sl andanf 7626 1 Sl•ndanf IJBl'.)3 Sl•ndard 11Xl34 4
Anal Ob~
9
:W59 41336 42576 42576 45738 4002 1
1914400 21J.o12035
2297290 242"917 2424917 28l7798
ll!Om
95CXXl
Walltock olNom) 87.50 87 50
lOOXll 10500'.l '0500'.l 1251XD 1351'.XXl
8750 87 50 8750 8750 8750
UTS (psi) 9500)
(~
Plan End ln lrwen. (ft) Cost ($111) 4229 4353 076
4692 4939 4538 4939
T he pipe inventory is automatically sorted on the basis of the three keys specified in the Sorting dialog box. The default key settings are OD (primary), weight (secondary) , and grade (tertiary). The Pipe Inventory Catalog (accessed by using the Edit> Import from Catalog and Edit> Export to Catalog commands when the current view is the Pipe Inventory spreadsheet) contains a bui lt-in API catalog that contains all APT casing, as listed in Table 1 o f API Bulletin 5C2, as well as API line-pipe in the range of 22-42 inches OD.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-27
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Default performance properties for API line pipe are calculated on the basis of API Bulletin 5C3 formulations for interna l yie ld pressure (burst), pipe body yield strength (axial), and collapse pressure. For collapse pressure ratings determined by this method, be aware that the API Bulletin 5C3 collapse pressure formulations are, in large part, empirically derived from testing on materials of greater minimum yield strength and tubes of lesser D/t (diameter-to-wall thickness) ratio than are typical of API casing. API does not recommend using the 5C3 col lapse formulations for line pipe, but it docs state in § 2.4 of 5C3 that "For line pipe having a yield strength and D/t fa lling within the limits of the sizes and thickness listed in API Specification 5CT, application of the formu las in 2.2 (the API collapse formu las) should yield reasonable estimates of minimum collapse pressure." Sound engineering judgement is recommended when using these line pipe ratings. Each valid entry (or row) in the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet defines a pipe that is available for manual, graphical, or minimum-cost design. To be cons idered a valid entry, every cell in a row, except "In Inven.", must contain a legitimate value. By default, the initial contents of the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for a given Design are identical to the contents of the API catalog in the Pipe Inventory spreadsheet. However, immediately after the Design is created, supplemental entries can be made to the Pipe Inventory as required. Pipe Inventory entries that you want excluded from consideration in the Design can, and shou ld, be deleted from the inventory. These inventory changes only affect avai lable casing in the current Design, and the API ca talog in a Design remain unchanged. Note The only Tubula r > Pipe Inventory entries that cannot be modi tied or removed are those that are currently included in the design of one or more strings by virtue of their selection in a Tubula r > Stri ng Sections spreadsheet. If you attempt to modi fy or remove them, the status bar displays the message " This pipe is in use and cannot be modified."
Select the View> Selection dialog box to fac ili tate selecting casings
you want removed from the current pipe inventory, or you want added to that used in a different Design. In the dialog box, specify an OD, one or more weights, and one or more grades, and then click OK. All pipe inventory entries matching the selection criteria are highlighted and can then be deleted or copied.
4-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Selecting and Deleting Pipes The View > Selection dialog box is useful when deleting pipes from an inventory or when selecting multiple entries to be copied from one spreadsheet to another. Pi e lnvento
, 2
3 4
5 6 7 B 9 10
11 12
OD (1n) 7 CDJ 7 CDJ 7 llll 7CDJ 7 (l)J 7 CDJ 7 CDJ 7CDJ Hill 7Clll 7CDJ 7 CDJ
We1gh1
(ppQ 17.000 20 ~ 20.00 2000
Grade or ID Name (1n) H-40 6.533 ..., •CC:
r
Selectmn
20.00 23.00 23.00
23.00 23.00
00
Yield (psi)
400XI
•n "
ln1 Drift (in) 6.413
,,........
Pipe Type S1andard
£1
W"'1!/t
17.000
~::
_
26.000
~::
..:J 23.00 Reset I Reset l 23.00_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ -... nnn
..J
23 (DJ
C-90 6.366
90COO
6.250
S1andard
Bursi (psi)
2310 0 27200 3740 0 3740 0 «200 43587 43587 51512 5943 7 63400 6340 0 7132 5
Collapse (psi)
U234 1971 1 2274 2 2274 2 2485 0 3268 6 32686 35429 3751 7 38320 38320 4027 3
Aiu al
UTS
(lbl)
(psi)
196493 ~7
316204 316204 373696 336052 366052 432607 499162 532440 532440 59El995
60Dl 60Dl 75COO 95C.OO 85CD)
75COO 9500)
B5CDJ 9500'.J 9500J 100000 100000
Wall Thick (% ofNom)
87.50 8750 87.60 87.50 8750 67.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50
Plain End In lrwen Cost ($/ft) (ft) 5.95 7 00 700 7.00
12.39 6.05 8.05 14.25 11.03
11 .35 10.14 11 .67
The Selection dialog box is only enabled when the T ubular> Pipe Inventory spreadsheet is active. After specifying an OD, one or more weights, and one or more grades, click OK to highlight all spreadsheet entries that match the selection criteria. Multiple entries can be deleted by first se lecting them from the Selection dialog box located on the View menu. In the preceding example, all the 9-5/8" pipe with the followi ng grades are selected: H-40, L-80, and Q-125. Click OK to close the dialog box. The selected pipe is highlighted on the spreadsheet. Use Edit> Delete Row to delete the se lected items. Note Deleting a string currently being used in a Design removes this pipe section's grade, weight, or both from the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. It must be reentered into the Tubular> Pipe Inventory for it to be used again.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-29
Chapter 4: Getting Slatted
Modifying Existing Pipes If the pipe type is defined as a Standard pipe, the burst, collapse, and axial ratings are calculated by using the standard API fonnula. These ratings can be overwritten by defining this particular pipe as being a Special pipe type.
OD (on) 9625 9625
9625 9625
14
9625
15
962S
J
Weight Grade or (lbmlft) Name H-40 32.:Jl H-40 3600 36.00 J..55 36.00 K-55 40 00 J..55 40.00 K-55 C-75 40.00 40.00 L·OO N-80 4000 4000 C.90 40.00 C.95 40.00 T·95 C.75 43.50 43.50 L·SO 43.50 N-60
ID (in) 9CKl1 8.9'21 8.9'21 69'21 8.835 8.835 8 835 8.835 8.835 8.835 8.835 8.835 8 755 8.755 8.755
Yield Int Drill Pope (hi) (in) T pe Standard 400 8.645 8 765 Standard 400 Standard 550 8 765 Standard 550 8.765 Standard 550 8.750 8.750 Standard 55.0 75.0 8750 Standard 6760 Standard 00.0 8 750 00.0 Standard 8.750 Standard 90.0 8750 S1andard 950 95.0 8 750 Jstandart.:J 75.0 8.625 Stand 80.0 8.625 8.625 Min 80.0
Burst
Conapse
(ps1g)
(psog)
1375 1718 2024 2024 2570 2570
2269 2560 3520
3520 3950 3950 5300 5745 5745 6464 6823 6823 5932 6327 6327
2989
lll7 D37 3256 3326 3326
3731 3610 3610
Ai11al (lbQ
UTS (kso)
~136
410178 563995 563995 629958 629958 859033
916lJ2 916l:l2 10D40 11l38109 11l38109 9419'24 1004719 1004719
C lick in the cell to display the pull-down list. Select
60.0 60.0 75.o 95.0 75.0 95.0 95.0 95.0 100.0 100.0 1050 105.0 95.0 950 100.0
Special
Wall Thick (%of Norn) 8750 87 50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87 50 87.50 87.50 87.50 87.50
Plain End
In
Cost ($111)
11 lJ 12.60 12 60 1260 14.00 14.00 19.18 19.74 17 64 20.30 21.28 19.60 20.86 21.47 19.16
if you want to
overwrite th e calculated va lues for burst, collapse, and axial strength .
The Standard pipe type uses API Alternate ("special") Drift diameter by default. To specify an API Minimum Drift, select the Min. API Pipe Type. Note If the pipe is being used in a Des ign, the properties cannot be modified until that pipe is temporarily removed from the string sections spreadsheet.
4-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Inserting a New Pipe You can insert a pipe into the spreadsheet by usi ng either the Edit or right-click menu commands. Click the row below where you want to insert a new row. Select Edit> Insert Row (or right-click and select Insert Row from the drop-down menu) to insert the row. Add the information needed to define the pipe.
OD {on)
I 2
9625 9625
Weight Grade or (lbm/11) Name H-40 323J 36.00 H-40
10 (1n) 9 001 8 921
400 400
Int Or1ft (in) 8845 8766
Pipe Typlll S1and1rd Standard
550 550 55.0 550 750 00 0 00.0 00 0 95.0 95 0 750 00 0
8765 8766 8750 8750 8750 8 750 8.750 8 750 B.750 B.750 8625 8.625
Standen! S11ndard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard
Yield (kil)
Bursi (ps19)
Collapse
Axial
(pflg)
Qb~
~
2560
1375 1718
~135
• 10178
UTS Wall Thie~ (I< 1) (% ofNom 8750 liO.O 87 50 liO.O
Plain End Cost {li11) 11 :JJ 12.liO
In
3 9625 9625 9.625
625 625 9625 10 lt 12 13 14
9 625 9625 9625
9625 9625 9625
7600
36.00 4000 4000 40 00 40.00 40.00 4000 40.00 40.00 43 50 43.50
J.55 K-55
J.55 K·55 C.75 L.aJ
N-00 C.00 C·95 T-95 C.75 Ull
8921 8921 8835 8835 8 835 8 835 8835 8835 8 835 8836 8 755 8 755
3520
~:124
35:i!ll 3950 3950
202•
~
5745 5745
646-4
6823 6823 5932 6327
2570 2570 2909 VJ] nJ7 3256 3326 3326 3731 3110
563995 563995 629958 629958 ~
916332 916332 10Dl40 1008109 HBl109 941924 1()().(719
750 950 75 0 95 0 950 950 100 0 100 0 1050 105.0 950 95 0
8750 8750 8750 87.50 87.50 87 50 87 50 87 50 87.50 87.50 87 50 87 50
12li0 12 liO 1400 14 00 19.18 19.74 t7 64 20 :II 21 28 1960 2086 21 47
Re fresh the spreadsheet for the Standard ratings to be calculated after the data is entered. The pipe type can then be modifi ed to Special, and the customized ratings can be entered.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-31
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Tubular Properties The Tubular Properties node contains items that allow you to define the physical properties of any unusual pipe grades or special materials (such as corrosion resistant alloys), as well as the deration of the material's yield strength as a function of temperature. Tubular Properties is available from the Well Explorer tree. To open a specific spreadsheet, double-click the desired Tubular Properties item, or right-click it and select Edit from the drop-down menu. D~i Tubular Properties 1f Class ti I Temperature Derations Materials ~·~ - .J•i'i" Graw:::s
ni
Tubular Properties spreadsheets are not included in the Wizard list.
Locking Tubular Properties and Password Security All Tubular Properties spreadsheets contain a Locked check box. Select this check box to prevent editing of the tubular properties data. When locked, users can open the respective dialog box in read-only mode, but cannot save any changes. If this check box is selected and a Tubular Properties password has been specified, you are prompted for the password before you can deselect this check box. To change or remove password security applied to locking or unlocking Tubular Properties, right-cl ick the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer and select Change Tubular Properties Password. A security token is available in the EDM Administration utility to enable this command and allow users to initially set and then change the Tubular Properties password. The Old Password field is enabled when changing an existing password. If the old password is entered but the new password field is left blank, password security is removed and Tubular Properties are unlocked without the need for a password. CAUTION Use caution when applying Tubular Property security because EDM Administrators need the old password to reset a forgotten password. Passwords are encrypted and require Database Administrators to use a SQL or Oracle tool to clear.
4-32
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Importing and Exporting Tubular Properties Import and Export right-click menu commands are available from the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer. Custom (user) defined class, material, derations, and grades are exported as a Tubular Transfer (*.tub.xml) file. Once exported, the *.tub.xml file can then be imported into a different EDM database.
s ut;
-t4u.. Class
UI
Temperature (
aA Materials
iii
~~Grades Catalogs
Chanoe Tubular Properties Password
Expand Al Colapse Al
Grades The Grade spreadsheet is used to define the physical properties of all pipe grades or s pecial materials (such as corrosion-resistant alloys) used in the pipe inventory and catalog. The grades you define will be used as a selection list when defining a component using catalogs; for example, when you select a grade in the T ubular > S tring Sections spreadsheet. You must enter a unique name to define the grade. Specify the yield strength, the ultimate tens ile strength, and the underlying materia l behavior (mechanical and thermal properties).
Specify grades on the Tubular Properties > Grade spreadsheet. fOIOOl~pe"U
('!_....,.~ts_..,,Jllf~
CS..,APtSC
C:S_.iJltSC"' CRtl-111_...t CA1l-t!_M111
!! OOCO
I!•• 5! ... t
J..-,.,._.vo .. oeoa
..-·,...ao UOOOt
..... .,,... .....
•••
!'!••
tc.0001 t!CCOC
S! OOI 0
.........
·-·ws••~
'J7
"' ' ..
..... ..... ..... ..... ~~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
_,
4-33
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Notes Material behavior is further defined by the selection ofa Material name leading to two additional spreadsheets (Materials Properties Spreadsheet and Temperature Deration Spreadsheet). Changes made to grade properties affect the current design only (localized change). If the selected grade exists in the Tubular Properties Summary table, this grade will be associated with the string section and used in calculations. Thus, all pipes with the same grade use the same properties. Ifa grade is API, it is read only and cannot be altered or deleted.
Grade Spreadsheet Columns
Grade This cell contains the name of the specified pipe grade. No two grades should have the same name.
Material This cell contains a pull-down list of available material types. The material is defined in a separate spreadsheet (Material Properties) to capture the mechanical and thermal properties of the underlying material from which the pipe grade has been manufactured.
Minimum Yield Strength This editable cell contains the yield strength of the pipe grade. This information is echoed within the pipe invento1y and is used to default the pipe ratings (burst, collapse, and axial). Additionally, triaxial stress analysis is compared to this value for determination of sufficiency in design. Note Analysis for anisotropic materials is not presently implemented in the StressCheck software. All material-strength properties are assumed to be isotropic.
4-34
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Fatigue Endurance Limit Enter the fatigue endurance limit of the pipe. This value is used in the Torque Drag analysis. Fatigue endurance limit is not a constant value that is related to the yield strength of the pipe. The fatigue endurance limit needs to be reduced if the steel is used in a corrosive environment like saline (high chloride) or hydrogen sulfide environment.
UTS This editable cell contains the ultimate tensile strength (UTS) of the pipe grade. This information is also echoed within the pipe inventory, and it is used under special conditions to default the ax ial ratings of APT connections made of thi s g rade.
Materials The Materials spreadsheet is used to define the physical properties of all alloys used in the pipe inventory and catalog. Materials are defined by a unique name. Each material name is then further characterized by several mechanical and thermal properties. The Steel (default) entry can be edited but not deleted. The properties in this entry represent those of low-alloy carbon steel, which is used in nearly all casing applications fo r oil and gas well s. Most of the time, the default option is all you will need when creating new grades and linking to the material choice. However, if you are using CRA materials, such as austenitic alloys (for example, Incoloy 825, Hastelloy G-3, or Sanicro 28), which have significantly different mechan ical and thermal properties than the Steel (default), you should add add itional entries to this spreadsheet characterizing their behavior. f n addition to the typical mechanical and thermal properties characterizing a material's behavior, this spreadsheet a llows for the spec ification of a schedule used to determine how a material's (and ultimately a grade's) minimum yield strength is affected by temperature.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-35
Chapter 4: Getting Started
For the present, the temperature deration schedule only applies to the pipe body and not to the connections employing the material choice.
IAllWlOI
C...~tJon
'oungs l.lodul;o 11>1• Polton ltltJo c..,sty 30 000 000 00 0 lOO :!O 000,000 00 0 100 29 000,000.00 0290
30.000. 000 00
---'c---.,~ bo~ n Sleel c_,__.__ ;: :
:
:
10 e-00 000 cc - - - - - . - - - - . . - - -3000000000 18.!00 CCC 00
0300 0300 03«
cm:
'""'ft' •90 490 •90
EJ
•90 • 90 •90 220
0 JOO OJOC OK
Cancel
~
Material Properties Spreadsheet Columns
Material Name This cell contains the name of the material whose properties are being specified. No two entries should have the same material name. The Steel (default) material may have its properties edited, but the entry cannot be deleted.
Young's Modulus This cell contains Young's modulus for the material from which pipes of this material are made.
Poisson's Ratio This cell contains Poisson's ratio for the material from which pipes of this material are made.
Density This cell contains the density for the material in pounds per cubic foot.
The density of steel (490 lbm/ft1' 3) is the default value. Expansion Coefficient This cell contains the thermal expansion coefficient for the material from which pipes of this material are made.
4-36
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Radial Yield Factor This cell contains the radial yield factor of the material from which pipes of this material are made. For certain pipe materials- notably the corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs)- the minimum yield strength (MYS) may be anisotropic (that is, not be the same in all directions). In this case, the MYS is based on the ax ial MYS, and factors arc used to reduce the MYS in the radial and hoop directions.
Hoop Yield Factor T hi s cell contains the hoop yield fac tor of the materia l fro m which pipes of this material are made. For certain pipe materials- notably the corrosion-resistant alloys (CRAs)- the minimum yield strength (MYS) may be anisotropic (that is, not the same in all directions). In this case, the MYS is based on the axial MYS, and factors are used to reduce the MYS in the radial and hoop directions.
Temperature Deration Schedule Name This cell contains a pull-down list of available temperature deration schedules. The schedule is defin ed in a separate spreadsheet (T emperature Deration) to capture the deration of the material's yie ld strength as a function of temperature.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
4-37
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Class Expand the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer, and then double-click Class to open the Class spreadsheet. You can also right-cl ick Class and select Edit from the drop-down menu to open the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet is used to compile a list of tubular classes and associated properties. This list is used as a selection list while defining a component using catalogs. £!
Class
r
Locked Service aass
4 5
6 7 8
9 10 11 12
90
WtA Thickness(%)
90.00 90.00 93.00
90% 93% A<15 A>15 ARB
90%Wal aass93 OOST A (I <1 Smm) OOST A (t >1 Smm) Testaass 90%Wlll 95%RBM Premium Plus
87.50
90.00 85.00
C2
90.00
DSM2
95.00
I-fl
90.00
...]
Description
90
OK
Cancel
.:.J -
l.:..I Help
Class Spreadsheet Columns
Service Class Enter a unique name to identify the class. The defined classes are used as a selection list for defining the class of some components using catalogs.
Wall Thickness (%) Enter the percentage of the total wall thickness that is associated with the specified service class. The wall thickness percentage is used to calculate the existing outside diameter of the tubular.
Description Type a short description of the class.
4-38
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Temperature Derations Expand the Tubular Properties node in the Well Explorer, and then double-click Temperature Derations to open the Temperature Deration spreadsheet. This spreadsheet is used to de fin e the schedule used to derate the minimum yield strength of a material as a function of the temperature. Temperature deration schedules are defined by a unique name. Each schedule name is then further characterized by a multi-linear decay of the yield strength versus temperature. The default schedule entry can be edited but not deleted. This default schedule corresponds to a linear reduction in yield strength of 0.03% per ° F. This schedule is used for the Steel (default) material that describes the low-alloy carbon stee ls represented by the typical API pipe grades in the inventory. Any new schedule created should have at least two temperature deration points defined, as shown in the following graphic, to capture the linear decay behavior.
(El
Temperature Oeration Correction
Denmon Name
1 2
3 4
5 6 7 8 9
13CR
AAA Chrome Steel Cr-I.to-Cb Fans Hast-100 Hast-125 Hastaloy Schedule I
4
30200 212 00
5
noo
8
..,
.., OK
Caned
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
A
0980 0 890 0920 0 9'0 1000
Help
J
4-39
Chapter 4: Getting Started
Temperature Deration Spreadsheet Columns
Temperature Deration Schedule Name This cell contains the name of the temperature deration schedule whose properties are being speci fied. No two entries should have the same name. You may edit the default schedul.e properties, but you cannot delete the entry.
Temperature Deration Points Up to ten pairs of points can be specified to characterize the deration of the material's yield strength as a function of temperature. Each pair of points consists of a temperature and a correction facto r associated with that temperature. The default schedule corresponds to a linear reduction in yield strength of 0.03% per °F. This pair is entered in the spreadsheet as the following two points: Temperature (°F)
Correction Factor
68
1.00
500
0.87
The default schedule can be modified (edited) if desired but not deleted.
4-40
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter.
Well and Formation Information The first stage of well design is to define the general well configu ration and formation information, which defines the overall parameters governing the well conditions. All the subsequent casing strings will use this global definition of the well.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-1
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Entering Well Data This section shows the process of creating a new Design and entering general well data, pore/frac/~eothennal gradients, pressure and fracture gradient in the StressCheckT software. Next, a simple casing scheme is defined, and then the data can be viewed graph ically in a Well Schematic.
Creating a New Design To create a new design, select a wellborc and right-click, then select New Design. The Design Properties dialog box opens.
{g)
Design Properties
I
I ~ tto:.irv !
Gene-al Audt Info ~tails
""-'
1-type
Effttln·e Date·
i
lDFE 0
125.0 ft
Dab.In fle\abon•
125.0 ft
A6 Gap tMSI.):
125.0 ft
.· I l
a
l:J
Mean ~a level
..
t-\.dne Depth tMSl.l:
305.0 ft
~1\'0:
~JO.O
fl
OK
CM!Cd
Pcfit
'-
~ l
Design Properties Dialog Box The Design Properti es dialog box is used to create a new design and to provide information regarding creation and modification of the design. This dialog box contains two tabs: General and Audit.
5-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
General Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) Use the General tab to specify a unique design name that identifies the design, and to provide additional information related to the design. This tab is also used to lock the design andlor associated data to protect against undesired changes to the data associated with the design. A design name is required. Additional information on this dialog box is used fo r informational and reporting purposes and is not required. The following fie lds are present: [n the Details section: Design - Type the name that will be used to identify the Design. The name must be unique. Note lfthe Design is locked check box is selected, you cannot edit any of the fields.
•
Version - Type the version of the Design.
•
Phase - Select the phase of the Design from the pull-down list (Prototype, Planned, or Actual). The list of phases that appears in the combo box is fil tered; you can only have one Design marked as " Planned" and one marked as "Actual." The Planned or Actual option is removed from the pull-down list if another Design for the same Wellbore already has it set. You can have as many Prototype (the default) Des igns as desired.
•
Effective Date - Select the date from the pull-down list. A calendar dialog box will open. Use the arrow buttons on the calendar dialog box to move to the desired month, and then click the day. The date you select populates the field.
Click arrows to change to desired month. 1
Click on the desired day.
2
3
9 16 23
10 17 24
4
5 6 11 12 13 18 19 20 25 26 27
7
8
14 15 21 22
28 31 C) Today: 30/08/2010
29
-----+ •
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-3
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
In the Depth Reference section: Select the Depth Reference datum you want to use for th is Design from the pull-down list of Depth Reference datums that were defined at the Well level. All other fields are display-only or calculated:
•
Datum Elevation - This shows a read-only display of the elevation entered for the selected Depth Reference datum (set in the Well Properties dialog box).
•
Air Gap (MSL) or (Ground) - Air Gap is calcu lated from MSL and displayed. Air Gap is the distance from ground level/sea level to the rig floor. It is used in some calcu lations for hydrostatic head. The application calculates Air Gap as follows: -
(Air Gap, Offshore Wells)= Datum Elevation - Elevation (of the System Datum relative to Mean Sea Level).
-
(Air Gap, land wells) = Datum Elevation - Ground Level (relative to MSL).
Elevation and Ground Level are set in the Depth Reference tab on the Well Properties dialog box. Datum Elevation is the elevation for the Depth Reference Datum. Datum Elevation is always positive. If you change the datum selection, the Air Gap updates automatically. Note If you change the datum and it causes a negative air gap to be calculated, a warning message appears to infonn you that you cannot select this datum.
[System Datum I - This is the current System Datum.
5-4
•
Mudline Depth (MSL) - (Offshore only) This is the distance from MSL to the sea bed, which is Water Depth - Elevation (System Datum offset from MSL), which is set in the Project Properties dialog box.
•
Mudline TVD - (Offshore only) This is the distance from the Depth Reference Datum to the sea bed (datum Elevation + Water Depth).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Select the Design is locked check box to prevent editing of the Design data. If this check box is se lected and a Locked Data password has been specified, you will be prompted fo r the password before you can deselect this check box. For more information, see " Data Locking" on page 3-9.
Audit Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) The Audit tab displays when the Design was created, the last modification date, and the person who changed the data. Audit tabs are available on all data node properties dialog boxes. You can track modification of data by using the Audit tab on the Properties dialog box for each data type. Using the Well Explorer, right-click on Company, Project, Site, Well, We llbore, or Design, and then click the Audit tab.
Th is information indicates who modified the Company, Project, Site, Well , Wellbore, Design , and so on . Also displayed is the date the item was modified and the application that was used to modify the item .
This information indicates who created the Company, Project, Site, Well, Wellbore, Design , and so on. Also displayed is the date the item was created and the application that was used to create the item.
Last ~ted by
User:
HALAMEIUCA tibl5615(ed'n)
App:
Str~sei-x
Da~ :
'30/08(2010
5000. 1
App:
StressCnedt 5000. 1
Date:
'30/08/'2010
Notes
Type comments as desired to assist with tracking the use of the software. New comments are appended to existing comments. OK
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Apply
5-5
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Change History Tab (Design Properties Dialog Box) The Change History tab provides historical audit information related to Wellbores, Designs, and Cases in the associated Properties dialog boxes. The Change History tab is populated by Engineer's Desktop applications whenever additions, deletions, or modifications to design entered data are made. Specifically, changes are recorded when a user TM TM adds to, updates, deletes, runs (WELLPLAN and COMPASS software only), and copies data within EDM™. Note Use ChangeHistoryLogging systems setting in the EDM Administration Utility to enable or disable the recording of Change History. See EDM Administration Utility Help for details.
Entering General Well Information Select the Wellbore >General> Options tab to specify: •
A description of the well
•
Well depth (MD)
•
Vertical section definition and local reference information (when the well is deviated) -
General
Select the Comments tab to enter additional Well information such as location. Comments are optional.
Options
:fm 0rlQll1 N:
OnQnE:
Azmuth:
OK
5-6
IComme1ts I
I
o.o
ft
0.0
ft
Wei Depth (M:>) : 1163.30.0 (TVD):
j 33.00 C4ncel I- -
~
Well Depth is required to access most of the remaining data entry forms. The depth should be greater than or _ ---;_.. ft to the shoe equal ft of the deepest string defined in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. --
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
L8J
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Field and Controls
Description The Description can include general remarks about the Well, such as the name, field, and lease. This description is included on the bottom of all printed documents if the Headers and Footers check box is selected on the Tools > Options dialog box.
Well Depth (MD) The Well Depth is the along-hole measured depth (MD) of the Well. This depth should be greater than or equal to the shoe of the deepest string defined in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. When the well depth is defined as a depth greater than the setting depth for the last casing (or liner) string, the assumption of drill-out in the resulting final open-hole interval is made in the formulation of load cases. This depth is required as a reference point for automatically generating data, such as the undisturbed temperature, pore pressure, fracture pressure, and wellbore deviation profiles. It is also used to determine whether drilling loads will be enabled for a selected string on the Tubular > Burst Loads and Tubular > Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
Origin N The Origin N value describes the North distance from the wellhead to the local origin. The default value for Origin N is 0.0 (the wellhead is positioned at the local origin). Non-zero values for Origin N cause a displacement of the well path origin (wellhead) from the local origin (plot origin) on View> Deviation Plots> Section View and View> Deviation Plots> Plan View deviation plots. It also affects the VSection data in the Survey Ed itor spreadsheet; positive values for Origin N indicate North displacements from wellhead to local origin, while negative values indicate South displacements.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-7
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Origin E The Origin E value describes the East distance from the wellhead to the loca l origin. The default value for Origin Eis 0.0 (the wellhead is positioned at the local origin). Non-zero values for Origin E cause a displacement of the well path origin (wellhead) from the local origin (plot origin) on View> Deviation Plots> Section View and View> Deviation Plots > Plan View deviation plots. It also affects the VSection data in the Wellbore >Deviation> Survey Editor spreadsheet; positive values for Origin E indicate East displacements from wellhead to local origin, while negative values indicate West displacements.
Azimuth The Azimuth value describes the orientation of a vertical plane onto which the wellpath vertical section is projected. The default value for Azimuth is 0.0 (due north).
Entering Pore Pressure Data Select the Wellbore >Pore Pressure spreadsheet to define the pore pressure or gradient profile as a function of true vertical depth. This data is used to calculate external pressure profiles and to provide default values for load cases specified in the Burst Loads and Collapse Loads dialog boxes. This spreadsheet is always included in the Wizard list. Pressures can only be entered on a TVD basis and can be specified as either a pressure or an equivalent mud weight (EMW). The StressCheck software automatically calculates the other value.
Enter pore pressure data from top down on this spreadsheet.
1
2 3 4
5-8
1476.0 1804.0 1969.0
860.2
8.21 8.35 8.41
No No No
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
You can specify the location of permeable zones on this form. The base of the zone is assumed to be the depth of the next data point. Permeable zone data can be used to calculate external pressure profiles.
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
The pore pressure profile can be viewed graphically by using View > Formation Plots> Pore Pressure or View> Formation Plots> Pore, Frac & MW. In the latter case, pore pressure is characterized as an effective mud weight (EMW) gradient.
Pore Pressure Spreadsheet Columns Abrupt escalations or regressions in the pore pressure profile can be established by entering two depths separated by one depth unit on successive lines, along with respective pore pressure or EMW entries.
Vertical Depth Use the Vertical Depth cell to specify a TVD (true vertical depth) corresponding to a given pore pressure. Between depth entries, the pore pressure profile is constructed by linear interpolation. The Vertical Depth cell for the first line is ini ti aIized to the depth corresponding to MGL (mean ground level) for land wells, or the depth corresponding to ML (mudline) for platform and subsea wells. It reflects the System Datum set in the Project Properties dialog box and elevation specifications set on the General tab of the Well Properties dialog box.
Pore Pressure Use the Pore Pressure cell to specify a pore pressure corresponding to a TVD in the Vertical Depth cel l. When a value is changed in the Pore Pressure cell, the EMW cell value is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
EMW
Use the EMW cell to specify an effective mud weight pore pressure gradient corresponding to a TYO in the Vertical Depth cell. When a value is changed in the EMW cell, the value in the Pore Pressure cell value is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-9
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Permeable Zones The Permeable Zone cell is used in association with the external pressure method for burst or collapse load generation. If the wellbore is exposed to a permeable zone at the specified depth, select Yes for the setting in this cell. When selected, the permeable zone begins at the depth for the entry and continues until the next specified depth in the Wellbore > Pore Pressure spreadsheet.
Entering Fracture Gradient Data Select the Wellbore >Fracture Gradient spreadsheet to define the fracture pressure or gradient profile as a function of true vertical depth. The fracture pressure profile can be viewed graphically using View > Formation Plots > Fracture Gradient or View > Formation Plots > Pore, Frac & MW. In the View> Formation Plots> Pore, Frac & MW, fracture pressure is characterized as an EMW gradient. Pressures can only be entered on a TVD basis and can be specified as either a pressure or an equivalent mud weight (EMW). The StressCheck software automatically calculates the other value.
Enter fracture gradient data from top down on this spreadsheet. 3 4 5
1804.0 1~9.0
2297.o·
1068.3 1182.4 1420.0
11 40 11.56 11.90
Note The data entered on the Fracture Gradient spreadsheet arc used as boundary conditions in the calculation of certain external pressure profiles and to provide default values for load cases specified in the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
Fracture Gradient Spreadsheet Columns Abrupt escalations or regressions in the fracture gradient profile can be established by entry of two depths separated by one depth unit on successive lines, along w ith respective fracture pressure or EMW entries.
5-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Vertical Depth
Use this cell to specify a TVD (true vertical depth) corresponding to a given fracture pressure. Between depth entries, the fracture pressure profile is constructed by linear interpolation. Abrupt escalations or regressions in the fracture pressure profile can be established by entering two depths separated by one depth unit on successive lines, along with respective fracture pressure or EMW entries. The Vertical Depth cell for the first line in this spreadsheet is initialized to the depth corresponding to MGL (mean ground level) for land wells, or the depth corresponding to ML (mudline) for platform and subsea wells. It reflects the System Datum set on the General tab of the Project Properties dialog box and elevation specifications on the General tab of the Well Properties dialog box.
Frac Pressure
Use the Frac Pressure cell to specify a fracture pressure corresponding to a TVD in the Vertical Depth cell. When a value is entered or changed in the Frac Pressure cell, the value in the EMW cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
EMW
Use the EMW cell to specify an effective mud weight fracture pressure gradient corresponding to a TVD in the Vertical Depth cell. When a value is entered or changed in the EMW cell, the value in the Frac Pressure cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-11
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Defining a Squeezing Salt/Shale Zone Select the Wellbore >Squeezing Salt/Shale spreadsheet to define squeezing salt or shale sections for collapse design. This spreadsheet is used to enter collapse loads due to formations, such as sa lt zones that exhibit plastic flow or creep behavior. Over the depth interval(s) for which they are specified, these loads will replace the external pressure profile specified in the Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog box. The external collapse load is normally assumed to be equal to the overburden pressure and this load is applied uniformly to the pipe OD. To define a zone, the Zone TVD and Base TVD values are required. Data is only entered for TVD values, either as a pressure or a pressure gradient/EMW.
If no specific pressures are known, then 1.0 psi/ft is used through the salt zone.
0.01
1 2
0.01
Pressures must be specified at both the top and base of a zone. The pressures at intermediate depths within a zone are determined by linear interpolation.
Squeezing Salt/Shale Spreadsheet Columns
Zone Top Use the Zone Top TYO cell to specify the TYO (true vertical depth) to the top of the salt zone. The portion of the string exposed to this high collapse load is defined by the values specified for Zone Top and Zone Base.
Zone Base Use the Base TYO cell to specify the TYO (true vertical depth) corresponding to the base of the salt zone. The portion of the string exposed to this high collapse load is defined by the values specified for Zone Top and Zone Base.
5-12
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Overburden Pressure at Top, (psi) Use the Overburden Pressure at Top (psi) cell to specify the collapse pressure to which the string will be exposed at the top of the zone. When data in this cell is entered or changed, the corresponding value in the (ppg) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
Overburden Pressure at Top, (ppg) Use the Overburden Pressure at Top (ppg) cell to speci fy the collapse effective mud weight gradient to which the string wi11 be exposed at the top of the zone. When data in this cell is entered or c hanged, the corresponding value in the (psi) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
Overburden Pressure at Base, (psi) Use the Overburden Pressure at Base (psi) ce ll to specify the collapse pressure to which the string will be exposed at the base of the zone. When data in this ce ll is entered or changed, the corresponding value in the (ppg) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
Overburden Pressure at Base, (ppg) Use the Overburden Pressure at Base (ppg) cell to spec ify the collapse pressure to which the string will be exposed at the base of the zone. When data in thi s cell is entered or changed, the corresponding value in the (psi) cell is automatically calculated, and vice versa.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-13
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Managing Wei/path Data Entering Wellpath Data Select the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet to define a wellbore trajectory description for planar and three-dimensional directional wells. The three preferred methods (MD-INC-AZ, INC-AZ-TVD, and INC-AZ-DLS) can be used in any combination at different depths.
2
3 4
5 6 7
8 9
MO-INC-AZ MO-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ MD-INC-AZ
For all data entry types, a larger dogleg can be specified in the Max Dogleg field for build and drop sections. These Max Doglegs are utilized in bending analysis. Additional doglegs can be specified on the Wellbore > Dogleg Overrides (independent of deviation) spreadsheet. Maximum Dogleg values do not affect the well trajectory.
100.0 200.0 DlO 4000 500 0 600 0 700 0 8000
0 00 0 00 000 0 00 000 0.00 000 000
000 0.00 0.00 0.00 000 0.00 0 00 0 00
DJO 4000 500.0 600.0 700.0 8000
000 000 0.00 000 000 000 000 000
0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
0.0 0.0 0.0 00 0.0 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00
When data values are entered , calculation of those values not entered is performed.
StressCheck versions prior to V3. l used direct linear interpolation between depths in the wellpath trajectory definition in order to map MD and TVD at particular depths that are points-of-interest from a computational point-of-view, a methodology with inherent error (particularly for sparse well traj ectory definitions). With implementation of the Wellbore >Deviation> S urvey Editor , the StressCheck software now uses minimum curvature interpolation for all point-of-interest mapping of MD and TYO, except where the MD-TYO data input format has been used. There are three preferred methods used to specify a well profile. These methods are used in the preceding example. These can be used in any combination at di fferent depths: • • •
5-14
Measured Depth, Inclination, and Azimuth (MD-INC-AZ) Inclination, Azimuth, and True Vertical Depth (INC-AZ-TYO) Inclination, Azimuth, and Dogleg Severity (INC-AZ-DLS)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Note You must use type I (MD-INC-AZ) as the starting type, and not INC-AZ-T YO or INC-AZ-DLS types.
There is a fourth data entry method that cannot be mixed with the previous three: Measured Depth and True Vertical depth pairs. Any attempt to mix this type with the other types will produce a warning message. Note Because the MD-TYO method does not calculate dogleg severity, stress calculations are nol perfonned.
Import Wellpath File Select the File> I mport> Wellpath dialog box to import and load delimited text survey files created by a di ffe rent program (for examp le, the Landmark COMPASS software) into the Wellpath Editor. File format must be ASCII text, and it must be formatted as specified below.
~rg}
Import Wellpath File Lookn
r
~I Weloa!h
for EDM tranio.txt
rN-HOUSE Comection TO. txt
Desk!op
Fte name
!EJSOP1_Welpath for EDM tninng b.t
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Open
5-15
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
The format for survey files to be imported into the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor with this utility command are indicated below. The file must be tabular delimited text, and use any combination of spaces, tabs, or commas as field delimiters. •
Column l is reserved for measured depth, and measured depth values must be in increasing order and positive values.
•
Column 2 is reserved for inclination.
•
Column 3 is reserved for azimuth, and azimuth values must be 0.0°
Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet Select the Wellbore rel="nofollow">Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheet to define intervals of wellbore curvature independent of the deviation profile defined in the Survey Editor. This spreadsheet is used to enter dogleg severity (DLS) data, as a function of measured depth interval, that will be used (if greater) to override DLS or Max DLS data in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor spreadsheet for the purpose of bending stress calculation. Additional tension due to bending is superimposed onto the axial load profile based on the maximum local value of doglegs specified on th is form and the Wellbore > Deviation > Survey Editor spreadsheet.
1
2 3 4
6300.0 10500.0
Base, MD (ft) 5970.0 9689.0 16329.0
1.00 1.00
Dogleg Severity Overrides can be used to include consideration of bending in vertical wells.
5-16
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Dogleg Severity Overrides Spreadsheet Columns
Top
Use the Top cell to specify the measured depth at which the interval for which the dogleg severity override will apply begins.
Base
Use the Base cell to specify the measured depth at whi ch the interval for which the dogleg severity override will apply ends.
Dogleg Severity
Use the DLS cell to specify a dogleg severity override to be used over the measured depth interval defined by Top and Base. Note The DLS intervals specified in Well bore> Dogleg Sever ity Overrides c an overlap intervals for which DLS and Max DLS are defined in the Wellbore > Deviation> Survey Editor spreadsheet. At any depth. the greater of the three will prevail in the detennination of bending stress. Dogleg Severity Overrides will be reflected. where they prevail over other local DLS definitions (DLS or Max DLS in the Survey Editor spreadsheet), in the View > Dogleg Severity Profile plot.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-17
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Viewing the Dogleg Overrides Graphically You can view the dogleg severity overrides using the View > Deviation > Dogleg Severity Profile plot.
Dogleg Severity Profile Profile
-
I
!:.
4000 -----1-1 I
=
c. ~ 8000 - ----LI -
'i...
a 12000
"' :E
16000
5-18
I
I I
I
I I
- -L ----J---- ~ --- --L ----L-J I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I
I
'I
0.0
I
I
------- - - - -
I
I I I I I I I I I - - r----1----~-----~----r-1 I I
I
Cl)
--~-- --~ - -- -~-----~----~-~ I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
0.6
-
I
- - r - - --
I
1 - - - - 1 - - - - - ,- - - - -
1.3 1.9 2.6 3.2 0 Dogleg Severity ( /100ft)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
I
r - ,
3.9
I
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Defining the Geothermal Gradient Select the Well bore > Geothermal Gradient> Standard tab to specify basic formation temperature data. £1
Geothetmdl Gtddoent
I
Standard Addt()MI
The Mud line field displays only when the Offshore check box is selected on the Well Properties dialog box.
Strlace~:
1
rao.o-
"f
Mudlroe. ~ Of Temp at Well TD: 13c><$.Oft 00
r.
Temperature
Cl Gradelt
f2SQ.O" Of
r:-:-- Of/ IOOft Caneet
The default values are 80° F at the surface, 40° F at the mudline, and a 1.5° Fil 00 ft gradient to the well TD. You can add additional intermediate temperature points on the Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient > Additional tab.
Fields and Controls
Surface Ambient The Surface Ambient temperature for an onshore well is the temperature at MOL. For an offshore we ll (select the Offshore check box on the Well Properties dialog box) , the surface ambient temperature represents the air temperature above MSL. The defau lt surface ambient temperature is 80° F.
Mudline The Mudline temperature field displays if the Offshore check box is se lected on the Well Properties dialog box. The water temperature
profile will be linear between the surface ambient temperature at MSL and the specified temperature at the mudline. The default mudline temperature is 40° F.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-19
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Temp at Well TD Fields
Temperature The temperature at the well TD can be explicitly specified or calculated from a gradient specification. To enter the value explicitly, select the Temperature option and enter the temperature at the TYO corresponding to the well TD. The well TD is specified on the Wellbore >General> Options tab as MD, but it is displayed on this tab as TYD for convenient reference. The Temperature and Gradient options are mutually exclusive. The Temperature field is disabled if the Gradient option is selected, and vice versa. The default temperature value at the well TD is computed using a 1.5° Fl 100 ft gradient. If the Temperature option is selected, the calculated gradient changes with variation in temperature at the surface for an onshore well or mudline for an offshore well, a change in TYO at the mudlinc or well TD, or a change in wellbore deviation.
Gradient The temperature at the well TD can be calculated from a gradient or specifi ed explicitly. To calculate the value from a gradient, select the Gradient option and enter the gradient value. The temperature at the well TD is then calculated based on the gradient and the surface ambient temperature at MGL for an onshore well, or the mudline temperature at the mudline depth for an offshore well. The default gradient is 1.5° F/ 100 ft. If the Gradient option is selected, the calculated temperature changes with variation of temperature at the surface for an onshore wel I or mudline for an offshore well, a change in TYO at the mudline or well TD, or a change in wellbore deviation.
What Effect Does Temperature Have on the Analysis? Changing the temperature profi le affects the worst-case temperature profiles calculated for each burst and collapse load case.
5-20
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Temperatures have the fo llowing effects in the StressCheck software: •
Infl uence axial load distributions for all burst and collapse loads based on an undisturbed initial temperature and a worst-case temperature profi le.
•
Derate yield strength, and therefore, the pipe rating. To include temperature deration, select the Temperature Deration check box on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box.
•
Influence the temperature and dependent gas densi ty profiles in some burst load cases.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-21
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Define the Casing and Tubing Scheme Select the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet to create and modify the preliminary well design. Each row specifies basic information about a single casing string.
Pipes should be entered in the order in which they are The pipe Name and Type run in the well (for example, pull-down lists contain industry-standard terms. Conductor, Surface, Intermediate, and so on).
The default Hanger depths for casing and tieback strings are based on whether the well is an onshore, offshore platform, or subsea well. The hanger depths can be modified.
sured Depths (ft) Shoe TOC
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
30" 24" 18 518" 16" 13 518" 9 518" 7"
1.050 1.315 1.660 1.900 2.063 2 318" 2 718" 3 112· 4· 4 112· 5"
... ,.
Conductor Surface Intermediate Intermediate Intermediate Protective Production
Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Liner
36.000 26.000 .000
.500 .750
.250 .500
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 14323.0
600.0 1141 .2 2975.8 9135.5 12025.4 14623.1 16329.7
The Hole Size pull-down list contains common bit sizes that can be modified or added to by selecting Tools> Defaults > Bit Sizes.
v
430.0 752.0 1632.7 4456.3 8360.2 12500.0 14323.0
8.50 9.22 11.61 13.90 15.13 11 .01
The Mud at Shoe density field contains the density values of the mud in which the casing string was run and cemented .
The OD pull-down list is populated by the ODs in the current Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet.
The data entered on this spreadsheet is used to provide default values when specifying load cases on the Tubular> Burst Loads, Tubular> Collapse Loads, and Tubular> Axial Loads dialog boxes, and when graphically designing casing strings in the View> Design Plots> Burst Design, View > Design Plots > Collapse Design, View > Design Plots > Axial Design, and View > Design Plots > Triaxial Design plots.
5-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
To enter and modify more detailed data about each string, use the commands under the Tubular menu. To view the casing scheme graphically, use View> Well Schematic. Note Production load cases can only be specified for strings whose Name has been designated as Production.
Fields and Controls
OD This cell has a pull-down list that has all ODs found in the pipe inventory. If the required OD is not in this list, at least one pipe with this OD must be added to the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet. Note The StressCheck software permits the entry of tapered (multiple OD) strings. However, tapered strings cannot be specified explicitly on this spreadsheet. To design a tapered string, use the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet to add additional detail to the string design following the entry of the OD of the smallest tapered string on the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Name The Name cell is used for reference and to determine applicable load cases. For this reason, it must be selected from the choices on the pull-down list for the cell. The available choices are Conductor, Surface, Intermediate, Drilling, Protective, and Production. For a particular string, you must select Production to enable most production loads on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
Type Use the Type cell to open a list contain ing casing, liner, and tieback string types. The Type selection dictates default values used on this spreadsheet and when selecting load cases on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular > Collapse Loads dialog boxes.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-23
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
When the Casing or Tieback types arc specified, the Hanger cell is immediately assigned a default value. This feature is provided to help ensure data consistency, but the hanger depth default can be subsequently mod ifi ed; the default hanger depth is intended to closely approximate the depth of the wellhead. For onshore wells, the default depth is the depth corresponding to MGL (that is, the elevation value specified on the Project Properties dialog box). The default depth is zero for platform wells and the mudline depth for subsea well s. For strings of type Liner, the hanger depth cell remains undefined until a value is entered. Note If the Type cell contents are modified after data is entered in the Hanger cell, the contents of the Hanger cell may automatically change to maintain data consistency. For example, if a casing or tieback is changed to a liner, the Hanger cell is automatically cleared, and requires the entry of a hanger depth. Similarly, if a liner is changed to a casing or tieback, the previously entered hanger depth is also changed to the default wellhead depth.
Hole Size Use the Hole Size cell to specify an open hole size greater than the diameter specified in the OD ce ll. The Hole Size cell contains a pull-down list having common bit sizes, whi ch are specified on the Tools> Defaults> Bit Sizes dialog box. The list of available hole sizes can be supplemented with entries in the Bit Sizes dialog box. This cell is disabled if Tieback is specifted in the T ype cell for the string, because tiebacks are not run in open hole.
5-24
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Hanger Use the Hanger cell to specify the depth corresponding to the top of the stri ng. When the Casing or Tieback types are specifi ed, the Hanger cell is immediately assigned a default value. This feature is provided to help ensure data consistency, but the hanger depth default may be subsequently mod ified. For casing and tiebacks, the default hanger depth is intended to closely approximate the depth of the wellhead. For onshore wells, the default hanger depth is the depth corresponding to MGL (that is, the elevation value specified on the Project Properties dialog box). The defau lt depth is zero for platform wells and the mud line depth for subsea wells. For strings of type Liner, the Hanger cell remains undefined until a value is entered. Note The contents of the Hanger cell may automatically change to maintain data consistency if the content of the Type cell is altered. For additional infonnation, refer to the discussion on the Type cell.
Shoe Use the Shoe cell to specify the depth corresponding to the base of the casing string. For a tieback , a shoe depth must be specified that corresponds to the hanger depth for a liner.
TOC Use the TOC cell to specify the top of cement (TOC) that will affect the external pressure profi le, the axial load profile for service loads, and the triaxial analysis. For a fully cemented string, set the TOC value equal to the depth specified in the Hanger cell. For a partial ly cemented string, set the TOC value greater (deeper) than the hanger depth. Note For an uncemented string, set the TOC value equal to the string shoe depth. Do not specify a value less than hanger depth for any string.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-25
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Mud at Shoe Use the Mud at Shoe cell to specify the density of the mud in which the casing string was run and cemented. This density is used to calculate a hydrostatic external pressure profile outside the casing above TOC. It is also used in certain burst and collapse load cases as the mud density used during drilling below the prior string. Deteriorated mud densities can be specified on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Options and Tubular> Collapse Loads > Options tabs. Note The mud at the shoe is the mud in which the casing string was run. If a different density fluid is used to displace the cement during the cement job, enter this fluid on the Initial Conditions> Cementing and Landing tab.
5-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Well Schematic Select View> Well Schematic to display a graphical representation that characterizes the casing strings and other information specified on the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. This schematic can also be displayed in any tab by selecting it from the View menu . The Well Schematic can be plotted as a function of either MD or TVD.
81Jl>J
" l" $ m.t:1
MD
I d .d .- !,,,.....,...""' rr fJ. ~ J!IMI r---3 ~:~~
"J H !I r _lli
3
• II: • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 185/S'"l~Caono 16" lnlerrne6ole Camg
~13~5/S' ~'m '~ennedate ~ii!iliil. . .L-__-L. 7'Ptock.c:-l#ler Mean Sea Level (125.0 ft) "'-id l.i1e (430.0 ft)
430.0 ft 000.0 ft 7S2.0 ft lH l.2 ft 1632.7 ft
roe
30" ConcU:tor Cdsh;i TOC
For this example, select the 9 518" production casing . You can select it by selecting it from the pull-down list or by highlighting it on the schematic.
. - - _ 24 • s.xt.ice casaio TOC
2975.Sft --~ 4456.J ft
••J1 1.- - -
roe
8300.2 ft
roe
9135.5 ft
16 • lntatmedlate Casn;i
12025.4 ft 12500.0 ft
13 5/8" lnteimedate CASrlQ TOC
1432'3.0 ft
TOC
14523.1 ft
9 5/8" ProtectNe Casi'1Q
16329.7 ft
7" ProdJction Lrler
To display cement, right-click the schematic, and select Properties. On the Well Schematic Properties dialog box, select the Cement check box, then click OK.
The current casing string is highlighted in red. The name, OD, and shoe depth are shown at the shoe of each string. Most commands found under the Tubular menu apply only to the current string. To select a casing string for design or analysis, click the string section. Alternatively, use the Wizard toolbar pull-down list of casing strings, or select Tubular> Current String.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-27
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Defining Production Data Select the Wellbore > Production Data dialog box to specify the packer depth and packer fluid density as well as the perforation depth and properties of the produced fluid. This information is used when defining the internal pressure profiles for production load cases on the Tubular> Burst Loads and Tubular> Collapse Loads dialog boxes. ~
Production Data Pac~Data
Fluid Oensty:
le.33
PP9
p~ Depth, 1'():
I1s200.o
ft
~ C4ncel Apply
Raset\'Or Data
Perforation Depth,
I16100.0
r. Gas Gravity:
lo.ro
r. Gas/Of Gracflent:
I
~
I I
~
psi/ft
Fields and Controls
Fluid Density Use the Fluid Density fteld to specify the density of the packer fl uid. To facilitate what-if investigations and the construction of worst-case collapse load scenarios, the packer fluid density specified here can be independently overridden for the producti on coll apse load case by selecting the Above/Below Packer check box on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > E dit tab. The default value is 8.60 ppg (seawater density).
Packer Depth Use the Packer Depth field to enter the measured depth the packer will be set in a production casing or liner. The default value is the well depth specified on the Wellbore >General> Options tab.
Perforation Depth, MD Use the Perforation Depth field to enter the measured depth of the perforations. The default value is the well depth specified on the Wellbore >General> Options tab.
5-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Gas Gravity Select Gas Gravity to use it as the means for gas density characterization. When Gas Gravity is used, a temperature-dependent and pressure-dependent compressibility factor is determined based on a simple gas composition for the specified gravity. This compressibi lity factor is used to calculate a gas density profile and surface pressure if the T ubing Leak load case is selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads dialog box. The default value of 0.70 is used for gas gravity.
Gas/Oil Gradient When Gas/Oil Gradient is selected as the means fo r gas density characterization, the specified gradient is used to calculate the surface pressure when the Tubing Leak load case is selected on the Tubular > Burst Loads dialog box. The default value of O. l psi/ft is used for the gas/oil gradient.
Setting Up Tabs Tabs allow you to view text and graphical data in multiple window layers. These results may be organized in logical groups. Tabs
~
Work Schema
Close
Design
Help
str·
Collapse
Axial Triaxial
Up
I ix-i I New
I I
P
Lock Tab
Tabs can be created, deleted, renamed, and ordered from the Tabs dialog box on the View menu. The Lock Tab check box disables the Delete and Rename buttons and places a small lock icon on the tab. After a tab is locked, the contents of the view cannot be changed. Any user can unlock a locked tab.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-29
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Splitting Windows into Panes Each tab can be split into panes. You can change the size of the pane as needed. Plots and spreadsheets can be opened in the panes. Panes are used in the StressCheck software to place input and output data for quick reference and printing.
....-nm---mr.--.--
f!Jllt-. l"""'_Cllo . . . . t.U P. ll,4W A
- . .S..Lllo4(0.0 fl.• M.d!IW (4lll.Oft>
f\ t.lr..lllft'• ~·
W
··/(11 --
t "L osorn,,.,1»1111)
"'''"
t6dt.O ll l0C
Use this bar to split the window horizontally.
l~lD . . . . . ire:
y ,_,.u_.._
• lt i..t............
: ~==--
:1['::......._~_
:::g: :~ t~Olt
= = :h
- -'-If
.,...~- '1 $!$", \Ul,W), U.~ QOtO. HQ, O!m,o;iq.(-q Cl1"N(IXf\ it(. P.UO
Use this bar to split the window vertically.
The maximum number of panes set horizontally or vertically is two.
Splitting the Tab into Vertical Panes •
Double-click the split button located on the far left of the horizontal scroll bar.
•
Alternatively, you can drag the vertical splitter bar into position using the mouse.
By default, the well schematic always appears in a new pane.
5-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
Splitting the Tab into Horizontal Panes •
Double-click the split button located on the top right of the vertical scroll bar.
•
Alternatively, you can drag the horizontal splitter bar into position by using the mouse.
Changing the Contents of the Pane To change the contents of the pane, select the pane by clicking inside it. Then, select the spreadsheet, table, or plot you want to display from the menu bar.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
5-31
Chapter 5: Well and Formation Information
5-32
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapterlfd
Tubular Load Data Now you have entered all the general and formation information. The Wizard has grown to the maximum size, allowing you to continue to enter the specific tubular and loading information for the casing you wish to design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-1
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Entering Design Parameters Use Tubular> Design Parameters to specify tubular design factors and analysis options. This data is used in the definition of load cases and in the control of design and analysis logic. ~
Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Casing Desit,;n F~s
I Analysis Options I ConnectJon
Pipe6ody
Enter the Pipe Design Factors as specified here.
rm
&rst:
&sst,tteak:
Connection design factors are optional and default to the default pipe body values if left blank.
j i.100
Axial
Axial Tension:
Iuxi
Tension:
j 1.300
I
Compr~SIOl'I: j 1.JOO
Compresslon: L 300
I1.000 ! 1.250
Colapse:
Tnaxial:
OK
Cancel
I_ Apply J _
__J Hep
_J
Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Casing DeSlgl Factors
Analysis Opbons
De5191 Constraiit Mn internal 0rift
Select these options for this section of the - - - 1 - 1 training.
j
I~
~Options
P'
Sngle External Pr~SlXe Profie
P
Temperatixe Deraboo
P' I.mt to FractJse at Shoe
r
r8J Drift diameter defaults based on the next hole OD defined in Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme. No pipe with a drift diameter smaller than the value shown here will be considered in the Design.
Use Bc.rst WaJ Thickness ii Trlaxial
OK
Apply
Design parameters are defined for the current string, and can therefore be specified independently for each string defined in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet. To change the currently selected string, use Tubular> Current String or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar.
6-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specifying the Initial Conditions Select the Tubular > Initial Conditions dialog box to define initial conditions for the current string to be used with load cases selected in the Tubular> Burst Loads, Tubular> Collapse Loads, and Tubular> Axial Loads (service loads only) dialog boxes. You can define: cementing and landing conditions, such as fluid densities, applied surface pressure, whether the float failed, and pickup and slackoff forces •
initial-condition temperature profiles (default or user-defined)
This data is used to define load cases, determine the initial state of the casing, and dictate design and analysis logic. Initial conditions data is defined on a per-string basis; that is, different initial conditions data can be defined for each string in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular> Current String dialog box or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. The Cementing and Landing and Temperature tabs are used to specify these conditions.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-3
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Cementing and Landing Data Cementing and landing data are entered on the Tubular > Initial Conditions > Cement and Landing tab to establish, for the current string, the post-cementing hydrostatic profile for certain burst (for example, Green Cement Pressure Test), collapse (for example, Cementing), and axial (for example, Post-Cement Static) load cases. Also use it to establish hydrostatic and applied loads for cemented and landed casing as an initial condi tion to subsequent loads and displacements that may develop from load cases selected on the T ubular> Burst Loads> Select, T ubular> Collapse Loads> Select, and Tubular > Axial Loads > Select tabs. Initial conditions are entered on a per string basis .
+
Initial Conditions: 9 5/8" Production Casing CementnQ Md Lancing
IT~atia-e ]
The default Mix-water Density is based on fresh water.
Cementing Data
The default slurry densities are based on Class G neat cement.
Mx·Water Density (ppg)
Lead Sbry Density (ppg)
15.20
~ Tai Sbry Density (ppo}
tS.60
Tai Skny l~th (ft}
500.0
Olsplacenent FUd Density {ppo)
H .80
Float Colar Depth, M) (ft}
11620.0
r
~ Slrface Pre:ssu-e (psi)
r
FloatF'*d
landlno Data
r
~
The default Displacement Fluid Density and Float Collar Depth values are based on data entered on the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Pickup Force {bf)
r. Slackoff Force (bf)
lo
OK
This data is defined on a per-string basis. Different Cementing and Landing data can be defined for each string in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular > C urrent String dialog box or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. The Tubular> Initial Conditions> Cement and Landing tab is always accessible from the Wizard by using the Tubular> Initial Conditions dialog box.
6-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Fields
Mix-Water Density Enter the density of the mix-water used to prepare lead and (if selected) tail cement slurries for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. This fluid density is used in the formulation of certain burst- and collapse-load external profiles over cemented intervals (for example, Mud and Cement Mix-Water, and Permeable Zones). The default value for Mix-Water Density is 8.33 ppg.
Lead Slurry Density Enter the density of the lead cement slurry used for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. This fluid density is used in the formulation for determining the initial axial load distribution of the current string after cement placement, but before applying pickup or slackoff landing loads. The length of the cemented interval is established separately by the specification of TOC for the current string in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. The default value for lead slurry density is 15.8 ppg (neat API Class G cement).
Tail Slurry Density Select the Tail Slurry Density check box if both lead and tail slurries are used for single-stage primary ccmentation of the current string, and enter the tail s lurry density. The Tail Slurry Length must also be specified. The length of the lead slurry is established separately by the specification of TOC for the current string in the Well bore> Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. These values, along with the lead slurry density, are used in the formulation for determining the initial axial load distribution of the current string after cement placement, but before application of pick-up or slack-off landing loads. The Tail Slurry Length field is disabled if this check box is not selected.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-5
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Tail Slurry Length Use the Tail Slurry Length to enter the final placement length of the tail slurry column if both lead and tail slurries are used for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. This value is used in the formulation for determining the initial axial load distribution of the current string after cement placement, but before application of pick-up or slack-off landing loads. The Tail Slurry Length field is disabled if the Tail Slurry Density check box is not selected.
Displacement Fluid Density Enter the Displacement Fluid Density used for single-stage primary cementation of the current string. Normally, the fluid used to displace the cement slurry during such a cement job is the drilling mud in which the current string was run. The default value for this field is, therefore, taken from the current-string entry for Mud at Shoe in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. An alternative value can be specified when required. Low-density displacement flu ids, such as seawater, can have a significant effect on the initial axial load distribution (due to the piston force on the float collar) as well as the collapse load imparted to the current string.
Float Collar Depth Enter the MD of the float collar. The default value is the eunent-string shoe depth taken from the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Applied Surface Pressure Select the Applied Surface Pressure check box and enter the required pressure if surface pressure will be applied to the current string after bumping the upper plug and held for the duration of the wait-on-cement (WOC) period. If it is not selected, the corresponding data fie ld is disabled.
6-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The application of surface pressure during the WOC period is used to pretension the string when a pickup forc e cannot be app lied before landing the string in the wellhead. This typically occurs in applications where a mandrel-type casing hanger is used (for example, a subsea well or a production casing string in a high-pressure well). The desired pretensioning is only achieved where wellbore-casing friction forces do not prevent the required axial displacement. For wellbore inclinations where casing will not slide of its own weight (generally, greater than 65 to 70 degrees), the ability to develop the desired axial displacement requires validation. To avoid data compatibility problems, the Float Fai led check box is deselected when Applied Surface Pressure is selected, and vice versa.
Float Failed
If the Float Failed check box is selected, the differential pressure normally developed across the float collar (due to the hydrostatic disequilibrium between fluids inside and outside the casing) will instead be held as a casing back-pressure at the surface in order to prevent U-tubing of cement back inside the casing from the annulus. This option should normally be selected only for sensitivity analysis after an otherwise satisfactory design for the current casing string has been obtained. To avoid data compatibility problems, the Applied Surface Pressure check box is disab led if the Float Fai led check box is selected, and vice versa.
Pickup Force Select the Pickup Force option to enter a pickup force. Pickup fo rce is the incremental upward force (above static string weight) applied to the casing string at the surface before landing the string in a s lip-type casing hanger within the wellhead. Applied after the cement has hardened, the pickup force results in increased tension above the TOC depth, as specified for the current string in the Casing Scheme spreadsheet. The axial load profile below the TOC remains unchanged by a pickup force specification. The force is only considered in axial design when the Service Loads check box is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-7
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
This force is typically applied to prevent thermal or hydrostatic induced buckling while drilling below the current string, or during subsequent production operations. If the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box, buckling results are available in the View> Tabular Results> Triaxial Results table, including the required pickup load to e liminate buckling for the selected individual load case. If buckling is a concern, the indicated pickup load requirement should be evaluated by selecting the Pickup Force option to verify design integrity under the increased axial loading. To specify a pickup force, select the Pickup Force option and enter the required upward force. Note Pickup force, as defined in this dialog box, is only considered in axial design when the Service Loads check box is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab. The pickup force is independent of the Applied Force defined in the Pre-Cement Static Load in the Tubular> Axial Loads > Select tab.
Slackoff Force Select the Slackoff Force option to enter a slackoffforce. Slackoff force is a reduction to the current-string axial load profile, immediately after cementing, by lowering of the casing before landing in the wellhead assembly. This force results in reduced tension both above and below the TOC depth, as specified for the current string in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. Slackoff force is only considered in axial design when Service Loads is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab.
6-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
This fo rce is typically applied to land a tieback string in a liner-top polished bore receptacle (PBR). The additional compression at the PB R can serve several purposes, includ ing: • •
energizing a metal seal. providing sufficient compression to prevent seal movement in the PBR during production or stimulation operations. Note 'l'M
T he StressCheck software does not model the movement of uncemented tiebacks in PBRs. Nevertheless, if the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, the elfect of slacko fT force on buck Iing above the TOC only can be evaluated for a particular load case using the View> Tabular Results> Triaxial Results table . To specify a slacko ff force, select the Slackoff Force option and enter the required reduction in axial force .
Defining the Starting Temperature Profile Select the Tubular > Initial Conditions> Temperature tab to specify the starting temperature profile for the current string. This data is defined on a per-string basis; therefore, different initial-condition temperature data can be defined for each string in the Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
Cementno and Landing
Select the Default temperature to use the temperature profile specified using Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient. Select User-entered to define an alternate temperature profile.
r
User~tered
1
2 3 4
5
40 47. 51.
mo
13 14
15
10lXI 0
175
16 17 18
104000 126760 146200
176 200
12
OK
•f ;.. 80 80
atU1e
1200.0 14000 16000 61000 97000 98000 99000 100Xl 0 10100 0 10200 0
6 7 8 9 10 11
~ ~
MD It 300 125 0 4300
Cancel
Apply
54 57. 119 168 1~
170 1n 173 174
235
v
~
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-9
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The following two temperature profiles are available. •
Select Default to use the temperature profile entered on the Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient dialog box.
•
Select User-entered to define an alternate temperature profile to establish the cemented-and-landed initial condition that serves as the baseline for assessing the effects on axial load profiles of thermal strains. These strains may arise from temperature-profile changes from the initial condition to that associated by default or user entry with a particular burst or collapse load cases, or the axial service-loads case.
This data is defined on a per-string basis; therefore, different initial-condition temperature data can be defined for each string in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use Tubular> Current String or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. Unlike temperature data on the Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient dialog box, user-entered temperature data on the Temperature tab are referenced to either MD or TVD. Note If you are copying temperature data from another source, be sure to verify whether the data is based on MD or TYO. Before you copy the data into this tab, be sure you have selected the correct option for MD or TYD.
6-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specify Tool Passage Requirements Select the Tubular> Tool Passage dialog box to determine the maximum tool length for a specified tool OD, such that the tool (when considered as a rigid body) can freely pass through the casing (based on drift diameter) at the depth of greatest casing curvature. Alternatively, tools of a specified OD and length can be entered to determine whether they will pass through the casing under load conditions described in the design load cases. The severity of bending and buckling can have an effect on the ability of future tubulars to be freely run in the existing casing or liner. Enter the maximum length of the tool.
_ Cancel Apply
j
I
~ rnsert
l I
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-11
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The View> Tabular Results> Tool Passage Summary table displays the tool passage data entered in the Tool Passage dialog box. The results reported in this tabular summary are dynamic when Tool Passage Summary is the current view and then the Tool Passage dialog box is opened and data are entered or edited.
In this example, a 3.5" OD tool that is 100 ft long cannot pass in the well at 10,400 ft. The maximum tool length that can pass through this section is
79.79 ft.
l Cn11cal MO
Force Required To Pan (lb!)
('ft)
Ma11mum Length Tha1 Passes Freely
fool J>cs\'idrJP: q 5
s·· Ptotechvf! (c)\IOQ
)
79 79
104000
El .
The minimum force required for the tool to pass is 13.94 lbf.
Tubular> Tool Passage dialog box.
Results are displayed as they are entered if the View> Tabular Results> Tool Passage Summary window is open before using the Tubular> Tool Passage dialog box.
6-12
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Burst Loads The Tubular> Burst Loads dialog box has several tabs to define burst loads that will serve as the basis for the current string's burst design. The design load line is determined from the aggregate worst-case burst loading as a function of depth, with design factors and temperature deration of minimum yield strength considered for all selected burst loads. Load case data specified in this dialog box are for the current string on ly. Load cases must be selected and specified independently for each string entered in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular> Current String command or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. The Burst Loads dialog box always appears in the Wizard list. The Tubular > Burst Loads dialog box has several tabs for defining these data and viewing pressure profile results.
Selecting the Design Burst Loads and the External Pressure Profile Use the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select tab to select the burst loads you want to use in the design. ~
Burst LOdds: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Drilling loads can be selected if the casing shoe is shallower than the well TD .
Select
IEdt IT~ab.re I Plot I Custom I 0ptJons I Ptoduc1Jon Loads !" T\brlg Leak
r
S!mJabon St.rface Leak
Fracb.re ~Shoe w/Gas Gradocnt Abo e
p
ln)«t>on Down c-.g
Fracb.re # Shoe w/ 1/l BH> at St.rfac.e
r
fv1 Gas IOd Profile
r
r
~..:----++
Production loads can be selected only if the casing name is production.
P
lost Returns v.1th Water St.rface Protecbon {BOP) Pr6si.r:e T6t ~ Green Cement Pressu-e T6t
r r
p Dr• Ahead
All the burst loads
lnle'nill Profie
are discussed in
n: • .
detail in the online help system.
External Pro,.,
(' ...00 .n:I C"""11 Mlx•Wat!r
lo:ot Reb.rns With Water Gas Kid< Profie
r
Pemoeable zones
lnjecbon Down c-.g
r- Mn!un Fcrmabon Pere Pr6SU'e
Grttn Cenent PrCSSU'e T6t Ori Ahead ~t)
r. FUd GradocnlS w/Pore Pressu-e
T\brlgleak
r
+I
l'ofe Pr6SU'e w/ Seav.ater Gradent
I-
I 1
This method will be used for all the burst load cases if a Single External Pressure Profile is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-13
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining the External Pressure Profile For burst design, there are five methods of calculating external pressure profi les. For information about external pressure profiles, refer to "External Pressure Profiles" on page 2-44.
Defining Burst Load Details Use the Tubular> Burst Loads> Edit tab to specify or view parameters for each load case and external pressure profile enabled on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Select or Tubular > Burst Loads > Custom tabs. These parameters are used to construct a specific load case or external pressure profile. The parameters available vary depending on the current load case selected. Using the data on this dialog box, the StressCheck software creates an internal pressure profile consisting of the maximum pressure seen by the casing while circulating a gas kick to the surface .
~
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edit
IT~abxe ] Plot I Custom JOpbons I
1~~ii ;. ·~1:1:m·~·~iiiiiiiiiiilllil•••--"-llllll•••lliG ·J
I10330.o-
tnb Depth,""' (ft)
-
H---
rso:o--
Kld<~{bbl)
Klck lnlaisity (ppo)
11).SO
f~ Mud W~t (ppg)
f !LOO
io.;o--
Kick GM Gr.mty
Fradlse at Shoe• 10354.28 psi
lo.co
Frllctlle Margin of Error IPP9)
BHA dimensions - - - a Ort Pipe OD (n) are used to ColarODCin> calculate bubble Colar Length {ft) height as the kick is circulated out of the well.
rs:oooj6.750
j 1000.0
J OK
6-14
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Select desired burst load or pressure profile from the pull-down list.
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Viewing the Associated External Pressure Profile The data used in the remaining load cases or pressure profiles can be accessed by selecting the pull-down list from the Tubular> Burst Loads > Edit tab. (8)
Burst Loads: 9 518" Production Casing
lr-11>..re I Plot
Select Edt
I Custom I Options I
a
Dill:ilacementlDGas l05! Reh.ms With Wall!< Gas IGdt Profile TlilolQ Leak llJjecbon Down ca.or.o Grttn Cenont Pr......, Test
.
Select the desired load case or pressure profile from the pull-down list.
DrlAhead~
.
.
·.. -
Frlcbseat Shoe• 10354. 28 psi
Fracue Moron of Error (ppQ) Ori Pipe 00
rn>
c•oo..,) ~Length(!\)
For every se lected burst load case, an appropriate external pressure profile must be selected so the StressCheck software will correctly calculate the differential pressure. In this example, the Mud & Cement Mix Water profile is used. When the Single External Pressure Profile check box is selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, the selected external pressure will be used for all burst load cases IE)
Bursi I.Odds: 9 518'" Production Casing
View the defining parameters for the external pressure profile on this dialog box. All load cases will use this external pressure profile because the Single External Pressure Profile check box was selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
Selecl Eat
I
• T~•lln f'fot
I CU.tam
Options
roe, MD• 10750.0 fr, Prior Shoe, I'll• IZ020.0 f\ "-d WeQht Ai>ol.o roe (l>po) FUd Grad Bdo>o TIX (ppo)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-15
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specify Burst Load Temperature Select the Tubular Burst Loads> Temperature tab to specify the temperature profile you want to use for the load case selected in the pulldown list at the top of this tab. You can only select load cases enabled on the Tubular > Burst Loads > Select or Tubular > Burst Loads > Custom tabs. Select the Default option to use the temperature profile as defined by the StressCheck software for that particular load case. Select the User-entered option to define an alternate temperature profile. Select the Geothermal option to use the temperature profile defined on the Geothermal Gradient dialog box. You can only edit temperature data if you select User-entered. ~
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Select the Default option to use the temperature profile as defined by the StressCheck software for that particular load case.
I
Select Edt
Tempcrabsc
IPlot I Custom
Opbons
I
Ahrad (lbst)
30.0
Select the User-entered option to ente your own temperature data. This can be in the form of output from the WELLCAT program or text file, either typed in or pasted in from a text or spreadsheet.
1250 4300 ~o
12000
14000 16000 61000
97000 98000
Select the Geothermal option to use temperature profile defined on the Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient dialog box.
9!Ql0
e
lCKmO
__l
10100.0 10200.0 103000 104000
_ _ _1n?S;nn _ _ __
~
Unlike temperature data on the Wellbore >Geothermal Gradient dialog box, the user-entered temperature data on this tab can be referenced to MD or TYO. Note If you are copying temperature data from another source, be sure to verify whether the data is based on MD or TYO. Before you copy the data into this tab, be sure you have selected the correct option for MD or TYO.
6-16
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
View Burst Load Pressure Plots Burst load pressure plots can be graphically viewed. The Burst Load Pressure Plots are accessed by selecting several burst plots available from the View> Burst Plots submenu.
Burst Pressure Proffies
Burst Differential Pressures
- Otspiaeemert to Gas
- Ot51>iac:emert to Ges
Lost Rellrns ,..ltl Waar 1600
Gas Kick (50 o bbl, O 50 POg)
3000
Creen Coment Pressure Test (Int) G<een Cement PresStSe Test (ElCI)
1600
L~ Rtl>Jm!l """ WtMir Gas Kick ('50 o blll o so ppg)
3000
Green Cement Pressure Test (Burst)
Pressure Test
Pressure Test Dpl Mead Bisst
Dnt -'\Mad (Burst)
I
4600
I
I
I
I
• 600
o ,-- ---r----,----,
6000
···- r· ---r----,----, o
I
I
I
I
'I
7600
10600
--·--r---·-rI'
I
9000
I
-----:-----:---f
t I
-~-
. -- -
'' '' '
---
t I
I
- ; -----:- ----- ~ -
I
I
' , 600
'
I
'
I
.J - ...... .t I
t
'
.
'
'
'
..
- ~ - -- -·--- - · - - - I I o I
- r~ t
4600
6000
Preaaur•
7600
9000
10600
I
I
I
12000
16000
I
I
.'
..!. ........ ~ ..... - ~ - .. -- ~---- ~ -- -- ~
13600
'
I
I
' 3000
I
'
t
I
I
' ''
12000
I
13500
--~
'
I
'
..... .... . ........ .. ....' . . I
I
... ____ .. ____ ,J
10600
I
---
I
.. . ---r·--·i·-·-,
- - - ..I\. - - - - I. .. - ..... 1I ....... I
o
-- ~ - - -- -" t I
'
15000
.'
''
I
12000
~
:
I
:I
--- - - ~ ----- t----.. ~ -.......
. ... - '
7600
0
I"
'
o
e: = t
o
I ... ,. • .. • • • • .. • • 1 • - .. • ..... • • • ,........ • .. ,. ... • .. • r • • .. • • "' - .. • 1 • - • • 1 f t I I t I t I I
.
'
-2000 -1000
(psi)
0
.'
'°°°
1000 2000 3000 Oift'orontl1I Burat (psi)
5000 6000 7000
The View> Burst Plots > Pressure Profiles and View > Burst Plots> Differential Pressures plots characterize the interna l and external pressure profiles as a function of either MD or TVD for all selected burst and custom burst load cases.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-1 7
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Burst Design Load Line Burst load data can be graphically viewed by selecting several burst plots available from the View > Burst Plots submenu. Burst Load L.i ne
1500
'
-~----·----...._
Burst Differential Pressures - Design load tine
Ot;pi.clf'lwt to Gas
- Actuel loed lint
Lost R..tl.m• wl!'I W«er Gas Kick (SO 0 bbl. 0 50 PP9l
.
.... _ .. .. _ ...... ~ ....... .. __ _
~----~----~
'
1600
3000
4600
£ t 1...
.. I ::J
I
..
'
'
-~----- ,. ----,-- - -- ,-- - - , - -
'
..
,
- r - - --1 - ---11
'
:S D
'
'
6000
. . . ...
-·r- -- -r- ---,----, I I
I
7600
" ....... • r ... I
.
I
I
O
I
~
~
I
I
I
f
.
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
I
I
I
I
..
I
I
12000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
.. .. - 4- - - - - _,_ - - - .. .. ................ - .. I I I
I I I I
I
.......................
13600
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-- ' .............. --- ... ----
I
I
...... . ...... .. ............. I
1500
~-
2000
2500
I
3000
3500
olOOO
Bu!'Yt Riling (psi)
-'500
--- ...
~ --
5600
--
~
. I
I
I
I
I
I
I
. .
I
. I
t
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I t
I
I I
l I
I
f
'
' I
I I
I
I
. . I
~- -
t
f
'
I
................ .... ....... .
12000
--·---- .. -I
J
I
..... I I
I
I
t
I
t
I
t
I
I .... ..... - ................. .. - - - - .. ............ - - - - -1
13600
16000
C
.. .a.... ,. • ., L ......... L. - - ..... !. .. .... .. .1 .. ...... .J
10600
I •
5000
I
I
.... - -:-- ......... ~ ..... - .. !-- ..... ~ ........ --t
I
~
I
II'
J
I
f
. .----;----·r---.' ----:---· -r---.. ---;-----
-~
.
I. - . . . . . . _ .. - .... ~ ......... ~ ...... - .. I I I I I I I I I I I I I
I
'
' -.. ,. . . . -·r·--· r- .. -· i • - · - i
I
I I I I t I I I I ... 1 ........ J . ... • .... .I. ... .... "' .J,.. .. ...... L .. • .... .,J ........ ... 1. ........ .J ....... .J 1 : 1 : : I : I :
10600
15000
t
... --~- ----}-- --~-----~--- -~-- -- ~ t
t
9000
----------r ----, .. •-· i
I
'
I
t
f
I
I
•
.
I '
I I I .. .. .. - ..... ' - - - - ... - - - - "'f• - - - ..,.. - ............. "' ...... ,. .......... , - ......... .,. - - - - ... 1
. I
o
I
I
o
~
I
. f
I
-1000
0
•
I
1
I
'
1000 2000 3000 «XlO 5000 6000 7000 Oi!l'ertntlal Bu!'Yt (p si)
The corrections conventionally applied to the nominal pipe ratings when performing a manual calculation will be applied to the Actual Load Line to create the Des ign Load Line. The Burst Design Load Li ne is corrected for temperature if the Temperature Deration check box is selected in the T ubula r > Design Parameters dialog box.
6-1 8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specifying Collapse Loads Selecting Collapse Loads Use the Select tab to enable and disable applicable collapse load cases, and to select external pressure profiles. Select the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Edit tab to change the default parameters for each load case selected. Drilling loads can be selected if the casing shoe is shallower tha the well TD.
String name.
~~
Production loads - -;+- -- can be selected if the casing name is production.
r,..£.,._
lnt•m•l "'olle
.,
~ • !eiowP.Oer
r
Gotl't'T•-
"'•lie
E>temel Mud.-dC.....,t '4•·0\1ter
r
_
r r.
()
_...1 - - 1
:a.. o,.,..Shoow w.Gro<1or>iAt>o ~ FUdGredmtsw
P
'
j
Five methods of calculating external pressure profiles are included for collapse design.
l ~J ___J _~
When the Single External Pressure Profile option is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameter dialog box, the selected external pressure is used for all collapse load cases.
Most drilling collapse-load cases can only be selected fo r strings in whi ch the setting depth (shoe depth in Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet) is less than the well TD, as defined in the Wellbore >General dialog box. All the collapse loads are discussed in detail in the online help system.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-19
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Most production collapse load cases can only be selected for production strings (those strings in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet for which the Name cell contents are Production). Exceptions to this rule are: •
Cementing drilling collapse load case can be selected for all strings.
•
Gas migration production collapse load case is unavailable for liners. Note The Cementing drilling collapse load case and the Gas Migration production collapse load case have self-described external pressure profi !es, and are unaffected by the Single External Pressure Profile option and external pressure profile selections. The external pressure profile for collapse Custom load cases is entirely user-defined, and is similarly unaffected.
The Internal Profiles 1ist box contains the names of the selected load cases. As load cases are enabled and disabled, this list box updates automatically, and the currently selected load case is highlighted.
Selecting Different External Pressure Profiles for Each Load Case If the Single External Pressure Profile check box is not selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, external pressure profiles can be independently se lected for each load case. Highlight a load case in the Internal Profile list box, and select the corresponding external pressure profile from the External Profile group box. If the Single External Pressure Profile check box is selected, only one external pressure profile can be selected for use with all of the selected load cases.
6-20
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Collapse Load Details Select the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tab to specify or view parameters for each load case and external pressure profile enabled on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Select and Tubular > Collapse Loads > Custom tabs. The tab parameters are used in constructing a specific load case or external pressure profile. The parameters available vary depending on the current selection. Some parameter values are editable, while others are listed for information purposes only.
@
Collap.e Loads: 9 518" Production Casing
~ .... <9it""'9) ~LO\d,
"'«>(ft)
; I :===::::::---~:----:-----;------_J CJ(
""'°"
Ap;Jy
Edit the default parameters for the Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure load case . Set the Fluid Grad ient Above and Below TOC to the same mud weight to model a poor cement job with a continuous column of mud behind the casing.
He\>
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-21
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Viewing Collapse Load Pressure Plots Collapse load data can be graphically viewed by selecting several collapse plots avai lable from the View menu.
Collapse Differential Pressures
Collapse Pressure Profiles
..
: - FulVPa111a1Evacuation : CemerMg (Int) 1500
o
o
... _.. ____ ., ___ I
Cemanbng (Ex!) Lost Returns with Mlld Drop
I
'
I
:
:
. I
6000
I
~
...."
I
I
'
I
::
'' --r-- ---- r--- ·-- 'r- - --- ·ri
7500
I 0
f
I
f
I
I
I
•
I
I
o
I
I
I 0
I
I
t
I
---t-............ ~ ---- .. -~~
9000
'
I
'' 'I '0
- - - - - - r - -- - - - r - - -- - - r - -- -- -r ,
e:
I Q
! :"
6000
10600
.. o
.
12000
I
13500-
I
I
I -~
--- -- -- - --
15000
I -~-
- -- -I
''
l
It -~-I
I
I
-- - -- ; - -- ---: ---- - -;- -- .. --:- ---I
I
I
'' I I I
7500
'
I
~--- --:---
9000
1500
3000
6000 P ressure (psi)
4600
7500
::
ti
I
U
II
t
" If
I
t
If
J
II
~--·- ~-
!
I
I I
I
1
.
I
I
I
I
o
I I
o
.
11
f
I
'
'
13500
16000
'
I
;--- --1- ----t---- ;----..- - - - - ~
12000
............... . ................. ... o
I
'
0
900
. I
I
1000
.
' !
2700 3600
4500
." ... ....
••'"' - H
' I
... ., .. - - · ... ,.. ...... • • ,. .. - - - 1 ,. -
o
' 10500
I
- ~ --- - - : ·· -- ·· - ~ - -- - ~-' '
10600
I
9000
I
I
' 0
~
I
I
I
- ;~
I
I
I
.' ---,----'"'·----,, . .. ....... .. ... . ....... I
I
ti
II
I
I
I I
.. .. - - - _ _ _ ... _ _ _ _ __
I
'I
.. - .. ... r- .. - .. i .. • - .. "I"'·· ... -n
2i
:I!
II
.."" ...... .. ..
.., ... ...... - - .-- - - - r - - - .. .,. ........... .., ... - - - -n
4600
I
I
I
3000
......... ,. ............ r .... _ .. - "' ,. ...... • -- 'r• ·- - - -r ,
.
I
I
'.
:
"" __ .,. ____ ..,. _____ "".... "
1500
:'':
o
Q
I
'' '.
4600
I
I I
f
'. '. I I
3000
e:
I
-- _.. "
'
I
II
-- -1 - - - --n
'
"
6400
6300 7200 8100
Dffft ent laJ Collapse (p si)
In this case, the Lost Returns w/ Mud Drop load case represents the design basis for collapse . In the case of production loads, analysis of the Above/Below Packer load case is beneficial to determine the highest collapse pressure
6-22
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Collapse Design Load Line The View> Collapse Plots> Load Line plot characterizes the actual and design load lines as a function of either MD or TVD for all selected collapse and custom collapse load cases. Collapse Load Line
Collapse Differential Pressures
!-
: - Design l oed Line
i Actual Load Lme -.... ........................ .. ....... . . --_.,. __ ---1- ---_.., ____ . ., - _.. ,
1500
I
I
t
J
I
I
"
FulVPartlal Evacuation Cementing
I
1500
I
"""
•
II
--~---- ~ - -··-- M I
f
I<
' 3000
I
4500
I
I
I
I
' '
r • • • .. ,. • • .. . .., ..... · - ...--- -- r ---- ~ - - ,
I
3000
""" "
4500
-. -- ... ..,,..... · - r .. .... -.,. .. - .. .. ., . ----n
I
''
£
6000
----r----,---- -.-- - -- r- - - I
I
i"
!:>
.. :
I
''
:
:S 0
I
7500
"' .... '" rI .... '"''"' i I .... "' .. ..,! ...... .... Ii I
:E
I
t
10500
't -- - - ., .. .. - --.- - - -- 'r ... ...... .,' .. ... ., I
I
I
'
t
I
I
• t
€
•
f
'
'
'
'''
-- ~ ---- 1 - - ~
I
I
I
•
'
t
l
I
I
13500
--- -
15000
--- -
I ~- I
I
•
I
•
t
I
I
I
j
I
·----......... -......-.. . . -.... -. . ........ .'. I
-- . . .. .. ............ ............. -- -
I
I
I
t
I
''I
I
o
f
I
I
~--- -
"' - - - - -.- - - - -r- -- -~-- - - .... --- -
-i-
--- -r-
t
I
''
'
-- ..' --..'
' r '-~-+~~f--~-+-~-+~~-+-~-+~~+-~-+-+~+- ~' t f f
900
I
I
I
I I I
I I f
t
I
;..
=
I
--n I I
--~ · -·
""
9000
10600 '
-- - - ~ .. - -.. ; ........ 4- ......... ~ .. .... - ~ ...... .. ~ - .. - - -:- -- -- --- - ~ -- ~ I
I
""
' 12000
""II
I
·-- --r----,--
~
'
t
- - - - ~ - - - - ~ · .. . . .. ~..... - -- ~ - ... •!• .... - ~ · -- - . _:--l
::
7500
0
1
I
6000
t
I
I
""
I
5
'
........ T .. .... .. i
I
:
"
i
I
I
'' ....... -~ ......... ~ -...... -:- --- -~ - --- ~ -- - - ~- -- - -~ I
9000
I
t
f
"
'
t
I
1800 2700 3600 4500 6400 6300 Collapse Ratin g (psi)
f f I
7200
'
8100
I'
' I'
........ ....... .... ..
12000
f
!
Ij
I'
I•
_ + ----~- - --
I
I
' 13600 '
16000
--- ·-i ·---ri
I
I
I
- -- ~-
I
o
I
I
' I
--- -:-----; --__ ! ___ I
I
0
900
1800
I
I
" II
- - ---M
It
"" .. ............" "" "
It
I
~ ---- ~ --
I
2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 Ollferentlal Collapse (psi )
II
---:; II
7200
8100
The collapse load line is corrected for temperature, tension, and internal pressure. The correction for tension constantly updates the load line when different weights of casing are selected .
The design load line on this plot is the same as (and always consistent with) the design load line on the collapse View> Design Plots> Collapse plot. This plot is used for interactive graphical design and visual comparison of current-string API collapse rating with design collapse loads.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-23
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
The design load line for collapse represents the maximum design collapse pressure as a function of depth based on consideration of all selected collapse and custom collapse load cases for the current string, and after the following adjustments: •
correcting the applied collapse pressure to an effective collapse pressure based on the effect of internal pressure on collapse resistance
•
applying to each load case the appropriate collapse design factor from the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box (the default) or from a load-case specific alternate design factor specification on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Options tab
•
adjusting the design load line to compensate for the effect of elevated temperature on minimum yield strength (and, hence, collapse rating) when the Temperature Deration check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box for the current string
•
considering the effect of tensile axial loading on collapse resistance
The actual load line for collapse represents the maximum actual differential pressure (effective col lapse pressure due to effect of internal pressure on collapse resistance) as a function of depth based on the load case or cases that dominate in construction of the design load line.
6-24
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Specifying Axial Loads Details Select the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab to enable or disable axial loads against which the current string is evaluated. To enable the load case, select the corresponding check boxes. After they arc enabled, the load case variables, such as overpull force or casing running speed, can be edited. Select axial load cases on the Select tab.
~ I Plol
I Options I
¥ Rl.IYW10 11 ~ • A\lll. Spttd ~ O.~FctCI!
v
j 3.0
ft/s
f 100000
bf
I
bf
Pr~<~t Stabc load Appkd Fae~: 0
r;;' Post<:mentStatlC load
_J OK
C«>Cd
Running and cementing loads that can be considered include: •
Running loads that consider shock loads due to instantaneous deceleration from a running speed A required incremental overpull forc e when nmning casing
•
A pressure test performed when bumping the plug while the cement is in its fluid state, creating a large piston force
[n addition, you can include in the axial design all the axial load profiles resulting from the burst and collapse load cases by se lecting the Service Loads check box on the Tubular > Axial Load > Select tab. All of the axial loads arc discussed in detail in the on line help.
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-25
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining Custom Loads In addition to the selection of load cases that automatically create internal and externa l pressure, the StressCheck software allows you to customize a load scenario and apply it as a burst or collapse criterion in the design process together with the automated loads.
Displaying the List of Existing Custom Loads Use Tubular> Custom Loads to access the list of defined custom loads contained in the current library, define new custom loads, and display and manage your custom loads spreadsheets. Custom loads: 9 518" Production Uising
IBJ
m.•••••••• I ao-..e I
List of existing _,.. r·!!*l~±:5:!!!ffi!!· custom load cases.
~
Click the buttons on the right side of the ~ dialog box to create, __J ~ delete, or rename custom load cases.
o--'
~
Important! This dialog box has no Cancel button, so any changes made through this dialog box cannot be undone. Pressing Esc instead of clicking C lose writes all your changes to the catalog, but the currently selected custom load is not activated.
The Custom Loads dialog box manages a library of custom loads spreadsheets that are saved w ith the current Design. Each spreadsheet contains a custom load profile consisting of external pressures and internal pressures at given depths. Temperature data for custom loads are recorded as a user-entered temperature profile for the selected custom load on the tab in the Tubular> Bust Loads > Temperature or Tubular> Collapse Loads> Temperature tabs, as appropriate to the nature of the custom load. The default temperature profile is geothermal on the Temperature tab when a custom load is selected as the current load.
6-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Renaming a Custom Load Click Rename on the Tubular> Custom Loads dialog box to change the name of the currently selected custom load. Rename the custom load RTTS.
Ieus1om toad 1 IRTTS
Old~: l~N Nam
Custom LOdds: 9 5/6" Production Cdsing
r;w••••••••• I
[8) e1ose
~
R~
I
l
Click Close to close the dialog box and begin editing load data .
.
Editing Custom Load Data Define the Pressure Profile Select the Tubular> Custom Loads spreadsheet to define custom load internal and external pressure profiles as a function of measured depth. Create a custom load when none of the internal and external pressure profiles automatically generated (for example, the Gas Migration internal profile and the Mud and Cement Mix-Water external profile) satisfy design requirements.
r- . . .oc!Oopth
·~
1 l
P1nsurn 1ps.i:::I
Inc em.-
J_
JO 0
&0n 10
~
125 0 •JO 0
~
900 0 1200 0 1'000
6087 20 6117 69 616468
~
~
h5
619' 55 6214 10
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
E>llf'lli
J J
12 98 5.09 186 07 389•5
s11n 60335
6-27
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Custom load profi les can be selected as burst, collapse, and axial service loads from the Tubular > Burst Loads > Custom and Tubular> Collapse Loads> Custom tabs, respectively. Custom loads are only considered as axial service loads when the Service Loads check box is selected on the Axial Loads > Select tab. They are also taken into account in triaxial and minimum cost design. Loads are defined on a per string basis; therefore, different loads can be defined for each string in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet. To change strings, use the Tubular> Current String command or the Select String pull-down list on the Wizard toolbar. Specify and edit numerous custom loads by using the Se lect Custom Load pull-down list and custom load buttons on the Template toolbar. Depth values on this spreadsheet are always expressed as MD. When data are entered for a deviated well, and hydrostatic pressures are calculated for use in a custom load case, recall that the pressures must be calculated for the TVD corresponding to the MD of interest for the line entry. The relationship between MD and TVD for the current well can be reviewed by using the Deviation Profile table. Even though depths are entered on a MD-basis, the pressure data are interpolated and extrapolated on a TVD-basis (a reasonable convention, because almost all pressure loads applied to casing strings are hydrostatic in nature). If an extrapolated pressure value is less than zero, it is assigned the value zero.
6-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Including the Custom Load in the Analysis Select the Tubular > Burst Loads> Custom tab to specify the custom load pressure profile(s) you want to use as a burst load case for the active string. Bu~t Lo.ad>: 9 S/8" Produ
Select the box to include thispressureprofileasa s.1e
fgl
OK
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-29
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Defining the Custom Load Temperature Profile Use the Temperature tab to specify the temperature profile you want to use for the load case selected in the pull-down list at the top of this tab. You can only select load cases enabled on the Select and Custom tab in the Burst Loads dialog box. Select the Default option to use the temperature profile as explained in Burst Load Case Methodologies. Select the User-entered option to define an alternate temperature profile. Select the Geothermal option to use the temperature profile defined on the Geothermal Gradient dialog box. You can only edit temperature data if you select User-entered.
I
Seloct edit
Tomper•V•
IPlot I cu.tom I Opbons I
Select the desired burst load case.
El .. ll
Select the temperature profile you want to use.
r- u...~~
0 1250
(" Goothormal
4)01}
'iOOO 12000 14000 16000
61000 97000 99000 9'iOO 0 1IXWO 101000 102000 10Dl0
__ j _J OK
104000 10?ql0
c-e
I
"'1PY
I-
eo 40 47 51 5'
57 119 168
169 170
1n 173
174 175 175
"'" ...
Help '
The temperature profile for a particular load case can also be viewed as a plot using Burst Plots/Temperature Profiles. Unlike temperature data on the Geothermal Gradient dialog box, the temperature data on this tab can be referenced to MD or TVD.
6-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Shut-in Load Cases If the load case selected in the pull-down list is Shut-In:
Displayed next to the Default option will be written either Hot or Cold. The display on this tab is a result of selections made on the Edit tab. If the Hot box is selected on the Edit tab for the Shut-In load, Hot is displayed. Conversely, if the check box is not selected, Cold is displayed.
•
If Hot is displayed, the bottom hole temperature will be continuously applied up to the surface.
•
If Cold is displayed, the surface temperature will be continuously applied to the base of the tubing. Note If you are copying temperarure data from another source, be sure to verify whether the data is based on MD or TVD. Before you copy the data into this tab, be sure you have selected the correct option for MD or TVD.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
6-31
Chapter 6: Tubular Load Data
Viewing the Pressure Profiles Including the Custom Load You can view the burst load plots including the custom load just as you did the predefined burst loads.
Burst Pressure Profiles
Burst Differential Pressures - DISl)CaC«Tletll to Gas
- Dlsllllleement lo Gas
lost~""'1Wae<
Lost Reuns wttt'I Water ~
3000
1500
Kiel< (SO 0 bbl. 0 50 pPg)
Gas Kick (50 0 bbl 0 50 ppg)
Pregsure Test
Pre~.ure
Green Cement Pressure T.st ( lrt)
Gr. .n Cem"'11 Pressure Tesl (9urst)
Gre~n
Orin Ahead (BIXSI)
Cemert Pressure Test (Ext)
T&st
Onn Ahead (&lrst)
4500
.. I
€
i I a
6000
7500
......................
6000
-- ---~-----
.. ..... €t .....' .. . .' ' i ~ . ..' '
.
......
--- ~--- --~-·- - - ~~ I
I
t
t
a
'
I
7600
'
____ .._0 _____ o ...I
t
.
f
I
I
~---
,..
~
i :I
..
-..---·.---- _..,..____ ... .. --· --·.---.. .,.___ ..,,. ___ .............. . ..
5
:I
..
~
10500
o
o
10500
I
'
12000
t t
.
13600
15000
..
. ..
- r
- - ----,- ....... --r ----
'
3000
olEOO
-2000 -1000
0
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
I I t
I
I
f
I
'----1' -'
f
- ~- -- - 1 I I I
I I I
I I --~-- --
I
l
I
,. . . . . -, I
I
'
1000 2000 3000 ~ 5000 6000 7000 Ollrerentlll Bum (psi)
Plots include the custom load (RTTS) profile.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
t t
''
'
I
-;- --- ----r ·---;- -~
1500
6-32
I
I
- - t - - ... - ' ...... "' 1 - - - - -. - - - -<1- ----1 t f t I I J f I t I
Chapter.
Graphical Design You can use the StressCheckTM software in three ways during your casing design process. This section of the course discusses each of these options in the following order. •
Use the StressCheck software to perfonn an automated design using either a full API casing I ist or a user-defined inventory. Use the StressCheck software to verify an existing string weight and grade.
•
Use the minimum cost tool for an automated optimization for uniaxial , biaxial, and triaxial casing design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-1
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Performing an Automated Design Checking Burst Design Using the Burst Design Plot Select the View > Design Plots > Burst plot to perform graphical burst-load casing design, or to check the burst design of a string specified on the Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis and burst pressure (effective burst load) is on the horizontal axis.
The Pipe Rating curve is not displayed on the plot because a pipe section has not yet been created.
..
.
.
..
:
:
:
.
:<m
~ ···r·····1·40.........r··· ....... l...........T...........r············r·· . ....... ····i··········-t.. ······· 1··········1· ····-····t···········( ·········i--- ·········r············i··········· ......... ... ( ·········r···· ·····:·· ········<-···········-r············i············1·············i··········.. t··· ·······
············1············r······· ···:············1············t············f············1·············f············1·············
5@
············1·············( ········ ··1·· · ··· ··· · ·· j········ ·· · · t··· ··· ······ :····· ··· ··· ·1· ········ ··· ·~······ ···· ··1 ··········
u:m
••o ••
•D•~ loa~
Initially, the design load line is constructed from the maximum burst loads based on selected load cases.
P1PTR:at11·1'
+
:
:
:
~r·h·· "· ·····
:
200J ••••• · •
'~ /;ft:
1:H
I r1i: :1::-
......... , ............
1500)
1500
7-2
•f.00
7500
10600
1200)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
IJ&l)
I ml
16500
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Creating a Pipe Section A string section that meets all pipe-body burst design criteria has a p ipe rating line that is at alI points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line.
.'
.l.-------- ______._ _ '
'
' '' ' ' ' ___ _____ ,' __________ _,' _________
~
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-
-
~
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I
-- - _. ____ . i .. ________
f -
.
t
' f
I I I
f
' ' ''
I
I
I
--------
I I I
f f
t t
I
'
•
•
t
I
I
I
f
-
--~~s~g;a~i~~d Une -
,
I
-
t
~
o~--~.---~ .
'
----------+------ ----1---1-------i----- -----+----------r:-- --------
. . . . . y.. . . .j...........
Cl ick the pipe section . (Notice the cursor has changed.)
r......... : ""· -- .. ..... ../~-l-- ....---..J___ . -...... !.... --- ... -~--- .. -.... ~-- -- -- .. -J...........
.· · ·\T. . . ·r·i · .... .!~ ..........r··i ...···1:·· ........ (
1200)
1
1
--- ---·- ~· :- ----------:----------.. :-----.. --· --:--- -------l:-- --- ----·
1400)
+
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
~f
t
I
I I
I
I
I I
t t
I I I
t
t
o I ··········~---·- -- -- -- , - - ----- - - --,---·· ···· - ·r -- - ---- - - -, -- ---------
16000
I
I
t
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I I t t
I I I
t
I I I I
t I I I
7500
m:m
12500
'
t
I I I
18000 -+-----t----+------11------t-----i----~
0
2500
Burst Rating (psi)
9SW, 53 500, HCVM·125
t Read pipe description here.
I. To specify a casi ng string to begin your Design, double-cl ick anywhere on the design view. A rating line corresponding to the hig hest rated pipe in the inventory for the current OD is displayed . 2. To q uickly view a description of the pipe that the StressCheck so ftware selected, c lick the rating line. The pipe description is displayed on the left corner of the status bar.
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-3
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Since a pipe section has been created, two lines are shown. One line is the burst design load line, and the other line is the burst pipe rating line. Note The Burst Design plot does not reflect the implications for burst design integrity of connection selections for string sections in the current string. After a pipe-body design is performed, the effect of connection selections on design integrity can be assessed directly in the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet.
What is the Burst Design Load Line? T he burst design load line reflects the maximum burst differential pressure experienced by the casing as a function of depth. It is based on the load cases selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads dialog box. This pressure was multiplied by the burst design factor specified for the current string on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, or the burst load case-specific alternate design factors spec ified on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Options tab. When different (that is, alternate) burst design factors are used for different selected burst load cases, the design factor reflected in the design load line may vary with depth as a function of the burst load case having local control over burst design.
Effects of Temperature Deration When the Temperature Deration check box is selected for the current str ing on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box, the local minimum yield strength (MYS) of the casing in each string section and the local burst rating are derated as a function of local temperature. This effect is considered in the burst design plot by increasing the local design load line values by the local ratio of original to temperature-derated MYS, and not by decreasing the burst rating line. The default (worst-case) or user-entered temperature profil es specified on the Tubular> Burst Loads > Temperature tab arc used to determine MYS temperature deration for each load case selected on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select and Tubular> Burst Loads> Custom tabs.
7-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
What is the Pipe Rating Line? The constant burst ratings displayed in this curve correspond to the burst rating values specified in the Tubular> Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for the one or more pipes listed in the current string's Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet. Showing the effect of MYS temperature deration on the design load line allows the burst rating lines to remain constant (that is, vertical), and they can be more easily manipulated with a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body burst design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line. Note The pipe rating line does not appear until you have created a pipe section. Double-click anywhere on the design plot to create a pipe section.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-5
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Modifying a Pipe Section The current string's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) the pipe rating line. Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. String sections can be created, deleted, or modified by clicking, pointing, and dragging the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the line(s) are reflected on the View > Design Plots > Collapse, View > Design Plots> Axial, and View> Design Plots> Triaxial design plots as well as in the current string's Tubular> String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa. f
u1 t (1 ... 1111
2000
.c. ~ 8llJ 0
..,
.. !!!
~m:w
:i;
Click the pipe you
--== -- want to change , and
12000
drag to the left, towards the load line.
1400)
1600)
Trm:l+---...--...---...----~-.,~-~
0
2500
7500
mm
12500
1scoo
Bunn Rating (psi) •
•
hb1 ..{Schemoi
~·--------------'!
95/fJ", 53.500, Q-12S
I. To modify the casing design to economically meet the design criteria, place the mouse pointer over the rating line. The pointer changes shape and becomes two vertical bars with arrows pointing left and right. 2. Click and drag the rating line toward the load line. 3. Release the button when the rating li ne begins to intersect the load line (that is, the safety factor equals the design factor at the intersection point). 4. The StressCheck software adjusts the location of the rating line to correspond with the pipe in the current inventory that has the closest greater burst rating.
7-6
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
The basic premise of graphical design is that pipe with a lower rating is probably more economical. Designs with a rating li ne close to the load line are usually more economical.
0
;
:;-
Pipe ~aling
; --·-----
f+ Design Load Line)
;
:
!
:
!
~
·i--·-------(·-----··:-----··---. .. . ..
2CXXl
--l
4tlXl
·········-~·-· · ·······:·· •• . •• . · : · ···· · · ·· ·-~- --····· ·- ~ -- - ······ · ·
.....
.. ... .
:
:
..
'
''
.
..
• • ·/FI··· ,~• •.• ,• • •
..
I••··· ·····
; : : --- --·- ~- .......... ···~- ........... :...... -..... -·~- --- ···--- ~- - ----- --- -
12COO
The pipe selection was changed and the burst criteria is still met.
. . J.L........L. . . L. . . . L. . . . L. . . .. ~
j ········ \·~---·······1·········x·1·--··· ·····:··········r-··--····· . . . --- . ·- --- --:--. --. --- ·- ... ------...... ;'' . -- .. -......;.....·- ........ .;................ . . .... .... \
14CXXJ
;
t
:
~-
1600)
1 ocoo-+-~~...-~~.--~__,,,__~----..~~-...., ~---1
o
mi
5COJ
7500
ocm
1
12500
15ro:l
Burst Rating (ps~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-7
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Comparing Burst and Collapse Design Checks A side-by-side comparison of Burst and Collapse loads provides a way to quickly determine if the pipe rating line adjustment satisfies collapse criteria for the selected string. Burst Oes1 n o---~~~~~~ . ~~~~~
+ D1119n l..ood 1.Jne . • · Pipt Rot
XO)
~Im) 0
'&:
-------
1((00
:
:
:
:
:
-~---- -- -- - -!---- -- --- -- :---·-· -- ·-~---···· ··-~·-·········
~ -···
IOOlJ 0
2500
S(XXl
-~- -
7500
100Xl
Burst Rating (J'Sl)
12500
'
... .
··· -····· ·-·; ······ ·· ·
1........... ;............;............ ... ' ' .
-~---·· · · ·-- · :··· ······ ··-~---·· · ··· ·· ·
~
:
!
~
:
:
:
:
gmn ············f············1---- ······ 1···········-1···--·--··--
.-· ...........:,. ........... ·---..-:--.--.----·r-----.--· --------.... ..... .
1600)
.
·--!··········..:·········..ii···· ....····1············
6CXJ)
··--···-~r--······1········ .. r·······r·······-r·········
l•OOJ
2CXXl ...... .
g
r: 1 ~ : : ······\ ·t··········1···········r········ ·r········-1------·--·-
1XOl
.
'
../ff: t:r r
600)
€ ,; ~
.
....
- -~ - - - · · -- - -- ~- - - - - · - --- -
... .. .. ' . . ............................................ ·-·········...··-···----..'' ...' .' .. .... . .
'WI
: :E
.. . ------·-·-:-------. .
19JXI
~
!
i
:: er r;
············f············i·-"••••··· . ~-·· · ······ · ·i··········· · ~ ~ ; l
lOOl)
16tXll .. +
Oesogn Load l.lne 1.!............ ~ ............~ ............
1. P•pa R!""g llOXJ
. 0
2500
f1
1
1
-+--- ...·--
• 5aXl 7500 Collop$e Ralang (psij
loo:xl
12500
The collapse criteria are not met in the lower portion of the string.
Checking Collapse Design Using the Collapse Design Plot Use View > Design Plots > Collapse plot to perform graphical collapse-load casing design or to check the collapse design of a string speci tied on the Tubular> String Sectio ns spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis, and collapse pressure (effective co llapse load) is on the horizontal axis. Two lines arc shown: the collapse design load line and the collapse pipe rating line. When the design load line remains to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for collapse is taken to be acceptable based on the current string's collapse design criteria.
7-8
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
What is the Collapse Design Load Line? The design load line for collapse represents the maximum design collapse pressure as a function of depth based on consideration of all selected collapse and custom collapse load cases for the current string. The design load line also includes: •
correcting the applied collapse pressure to an effective collapse pressure based on the effect of internal pressure on collapse resistance. applying the appropriate collapse design factor to each load case, either from the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box (the default) or from a load case-specific alternate design factor specification on the Tubular > Collapse Loads > Options tab adjusting the design load line to compensate for the effect of elevated temperature on minimum yield strength (and, hence, collapse rating) when the Temperature Deration check box is selected on the current string's Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
•
considering the effect of tensile axial loading on collapse resistance.
What is the Pipe Rating Line? The constant collapse ratings shown in this plot correspond to the collapse rating values specified in the Tubular > Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for the one or more pipes listed in the current string's Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. Showing the effect of axial tension loads and MYS temperature deration on the design load line allows the collapse rating lines to remain constant (that is, vertical), and more eas ily manipulated with a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body collapse design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-9
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
To summarize, the effects on collapse resistance of both tension and MYS temperature deration are considered in this plot by calculating a reduced collapse rating for each string section, as a function of depth and local tension and temperature. API Bulletin 5C3 collapse formulation is used with derated yield strength due to tension and temperature (when the Temperature Deration check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box for the current string). The load line (API Bulletin 5C3 effective collapse pressure) is adjusted to reflect the appropriate design factor (possibly as a function of depth, when using alternate design factors), and then multiplied by the ratio of the nominal API collapse rating to the reduced collapse rating as a function of depth. Reduction in collapse rating for tension and MYS temperature deration is shown by increasing the load line and not by decreasing the rating line. The current string's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) the pipe rating line. Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. String sections can be created, deleted, or modified by clicking, pointing, and dragging the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the pipe rating line(s) are reflected on the View> Design Plots> Collapse, View > Design Plots > Axial, and View > Design Plots > Triaxial design plots as well as in the current string's Tubular> String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa.
7-10
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Adding a Section to Satisfy Design Criteria A new section can be added graphically from the Co ll apse Design p lot. Burst Oes' n o~----- ~---- ·-----~
·~Lo..i i.-{
:lDOO ••
~ Rallnq
,
... - ~ & 600J ..........
...... ; .. . . ......; ...... .. . .
.. . .
<------·····
\ ...! .. _.; .......:
olQXl
•• •••
/---------1--··--···--:········ ··r····--··-- j--·------··
J
It·· ·····+·······-+·······1··;···--····+·········
····--···~···········+········
inn
······\·t--···--···1···········1········ ··~·- ········j-··········
1200)
·~
....... . \t··········~···········~····· ··· ~ ··~· ·· ·······i···········
l«lXJ
...
...
...
...
.
---------r --------·1--····---··········--·r···------r·---·----
llDXI
. . .. --------:----------··1· .........t. ·-···· ... . '
0000 ...... ....
1am
1.
..
..
. ....... ·1·. .......... . ...... 1·····
r · r ·r
j':--------:--t ····~········ ·t•""""'( ""''"
1
.
··~ ·· · · · ·· ·· ··· ~·····
.: .
.: .
·j'..·······
.
'
··--~······· .....
..
::::::::::::1::::::::::::1.:.:.:::::·.;·::......... ~......... ..
...
. • Oes1gn Loadl.Jne "°"-~· - ··· · · .. ···~----····· P!f>t R~1111q ! ~
16000
~.
.
:
.
'
18XO-t----.---~~-~--~---<
18CDI
7500
0
100:0
12500
0
15(00
2500
e.111 Roting (pt1)
7500 Collapst Ral •"'J (psi)
12500
Notice the new section. Sections are marked with anXateach end.
l. To create an additional pipe section that will meet design criteria, position the mouse pointer near the depth you want to create a new section (but not directly on the pipe rating line). 2. Double-click to create a new section at the pointer depth. An "X" marker denotes the section change. 3. Move the rating line unti l you satisfy the design criteria as described on " Modifying a Pipe Section" on page 7-6. Burst
0.11
n
o~-~-------- · -~---~
•~Loadllne(
.
:
o~~~~-~-~ , ~----~
:
:r:. ,\···:· 1: ·:·.r .. r.·:.
----------1----------+-1
y.
.
:
:
~
~ · · ··· ·· · ~ - -:· ···· · · · · · ~ · · ··· ··· · ··
... . .. .. . ' . --------·
1
;
~
l
j
~
;
~
:
'
\ 1
······ t .:. ·· · ······ · !· ·· ····· · ··~· · ··· · ·····~·· · ······~····· · ·· ·· ·
UCO)
•~
0
7500
100:0
I:?500
•
-~-
'
.
.
'
'' '
. ..
~ ·-
.' .' '
. . -.... --.. ... --...
-~-- ...... ··· ' 1· .
......... ~ --· ........ .
~i-
~-
.;
l;axl
l
~- .
.. • Otsa;n Load lJnt
P·P1~"'9 15000
•
'
----------r----·--.. 1·····.. ···:·····------r----------r llUXI+---.----.----.~~-.----,~-~
~-
~-
=
12!Xll
•
. .... '......:............. .. .... '... . : .. .: ..... ... ... ........................................... . ' . . . . . ....·-:------------:-----·-·--· :.... -..... .... . .. - - -..-----11-" - ... --..... :·. .... ·- -· --. . ---. -· -·. -- . --- ............ .... . . .
.......... ··--···--r--········r ··--.. --r ........-r·····---·· ·--··1'7········· ...........
_. .LL. . . . L.......L. . . :. ~ _... .. L.......
.
.
........ .:. ......... . ..... ·-... .' ·-·-- ...... . ..........
1·--·-- --r----------1----------·
:
.
• - ~ ••• • •••• ••··:· • • • • • • •• • • - ~-- •• • o•o•• •t tho• 0 0 0 0 0 0
-~
~- ·· · ········~ ·-···· ··· ·· . ............. .
;
;
Notice the two pipe sections. The change is applied to the burst design plot also.
IBX0 +-~-..------,~---.---~~--1
0
Bu•tl Ra11ng (p11)
100:0
Collapse Ra11ng (p11)
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-11
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Checking Axial and Service Load Profiles The following example shows a comparison of the Axial Load Profiles and the Service Load Profiles, with consideration for bending. The axial load profile displays an overall view of the axial load profile as a function of either MD or TYO, while the Service Load Profiles plots characterize the axial load with bending-induced pseudo-loads for all burst and collapse load cases (including custom load cases) selected for the current string. Axial load Profiles - Apparent (w/Bending)
Axial Service load Profiles - Apparent (w/Bending) I
~ I
...,,'
,.. _ _ J _ _ _ _ _
2000
2000 I I
I
I
I
I
,.,.,. ,. ,.J,. ... .. -- - L - - .. .... J ...... .. .. .. L I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
__ _,' _____ _.____ _
I
. I
€
6000
= i" 0
- - - - -~ - - -- - -'- - - - - .. .J .. ..
'
8000
! i" :Ii 10000
-
'
!:.
' ''
i
.
0
8000
! i" :Ii 10000 ' 'II
0 I
.. - -
.
- -1- - - -
- - ~ - - -
'
-
- , -
'
- - -
-
- Pr...cement Stabc Load
14000
6000
12000
, - Otsplacement to Gas Lost Reti.rns -..ith Wl!Aer ----~--- ..,-· '-.l~-:t. - Gas Kick (50 Obbl 0 50 ppg) : • Pr9'Ssure Test : Green Cement Pressure Test (Burst) nr:m~~~ :
4-J-.l.lj~=---...1
OnN AAead (Burst) RTTS (BtXst)
d .. ··. t - ~~:R=n~:~:: 0rOP
14000
Post·Cement Stabc Load Green Cement Pressure Test
,
i\ ;
,
:
Cementing
i - Onl Mead (COISOse)
160001-t.::.=-+~ ' -=-= --=-~ · -=-=--~ -·~~SaM::.;,:::; c8~L~ oa~ ds;:..__,..~-.-----' -150000
0
150000 300000 450000 600000 750000 Axial Force (lbt)
The View rel="nofollow"> Axial Plots > Load Profiles > Apparent wlBending plot shows the axial load profile for each axial load case selected for the current string . The aggregate Service Loads Profile is included if the Service Loads check box is selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads dialog box.
7-12
-1
0
150000 300000 450000 600000 750000 Axial Forco (!bf)
The View > Axial Plots > Service Load Profiles > Apparent w/Bending plot illustrates how this Service Loads Profile is constructed. It is formed from the absolute maximum values of axial load produced by the pressure effects of the burst and collapse load cases selected for the current string.
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Axial Load Profiles Plot The View > Axial Plots > Load Profiles plot characterizes the axial load profile as plots that display the following axial load profile plots as a function of either MD or TVD, depending on the final selection from the View > Axial Plots > Load Profiles submenu: •
Apparent (with bending-induced pseudo-loads included)
•
Actual (without bending-induced pseudo-loads)
•
All apparent and actual axial load cases are displayed for the current string, including the aggregate service load profile (if Service Loads is a selected axial load case), burst load cases, and collapse load cases
The aggregate service load profile is shown when service loads is a selected axial load case for the current string. The aggregate service load profile includes the effect of: thermal strain due to temperature change •
ballooning due to differences between internal and external pressure profiles
•
piston forces at end areas and cross-section changes
•
pick-up and slack-off loads specified on the Tubular> Initial Conditions > Cementing and Landing tab
•
buckling (if the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box)
•
top of cement (TOC)
Each effect may apply to the individual burst or collapse case specific service load profiles and yield the maximum service load line when adjusted with design factors for temperature deration and taken in the aggregate.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-13
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Axial Service Load Profiles Plots The View> Axial Plots> Service Load Profiles plots characterize the axial load with bending-induced pseudo-loads and without bending-induced pseudo-loads for all burst and collapse load cases (including custom load cases) selected for the current string. The actual load profile displayed depends on the final selection from the View> Axial Plots > Service Load Profiles submenu. The apparent and actual axial load cases include the effects of: •
thermal strain due to temperature change
•
ballooning due to differences between internal and external pressure profiles
•
piston forces at end areas and cross-section changes
•
pick-up and slack-off loads specified in the Tubular> Initial Conditions > Cementing and Landing tab
•
buckling (if the Buckling check box is selected on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box)
•
top of cement (TOC)
Each effect may apply to the individual burst or collapse service load case. This plot explicitly traces the concatenation of service load profile segments used to construct this composite profile plot.
Using the Service Load Lines Plot This plot displays when the Service Loads check box is selected as an axial load case for the current string on the Tubular > Axial Loads dialog box. It represents all service load profiles from the View> Axial Plots> Service Load Profiles plot after adjustment with the respective design factors and the effect of elevated temperature on minimum yie ld strength (temperature deration) .
7-14
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 .7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Plot data is derived from either the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box, or from the alternate design factors specified for each respective load case on the Tubular> Burst Loads> Options or Tubular > Collapse Loads > Options tabs. This plot is provided to facilitate user insight into the process by which this Service Loads profile plot is determined. This concatenation of service load profile segments, as a function of depth, corresponds to the service load line segments that define the composite maximum load line that can be traced in the View > Axial Plots > Service Load Profiles plot.
Checking Axial and Triaxial Design The following example shows a comparison of the Axial and Triaxial design plots. The Axial plot allows you to perform graphical axial-load casing design or to check the axial design of a string. The Triaxial plot allows you to perform graphical casing design based on triaxial stress analysis or to check the triaxial design of a string.
Ax,al Des "
.~ ............t........... LL. . . . ..[. . . . . r····-'·~:~~~~:~ . -1-......
am
•OOJ
············f············1···········:·-·········t···· ······t ···········1···········
XlXl
!
/
:
:
: 1• 0es1,911 Loadl.iftt
l ~ Y~d ...... .... . r·········3·····. ··1···········r· ·······i···········r.. ········ ... ........ j...........( .........;........... t'. ·······t····....... j"..........
!. . ..... . (. ········1············:············t··········r···········
:
Pipe
:
;
Stttn91h
:
:n:n ............ lO'.ll)
···········+··········+ ..........;........... +·········· -~·· ·· ······ +·· ··· ······
SCOO······· ····i.........' ....... .., ......... , ... ..... e:
Q))j
t:
·f............f·········.. ·f··········+f............f...........
··~···· ·····~· -· · · · ·· ·· ..
.
t . . . . .L.........
/.
.
.
.
.
: •••••••••••, ••••••.. :••·· ················••!•• -- ,···········,··········· &XXl
........ . ..
~
i··.. ··· ··-,:~ ........... ;..........~ .. .......~·········· ·~···· · · · ·-·· · i
:
~
~
l
~
:
:
;'
i .
: .
:
•••••·•••••I/••l••••••••••• ·•••••••••••l ••••••••t••••••••1••••••:
:: ··:····::x:···.:··::::·:::::::::::t::.:.·.·.-..1.::.:..:.:J:::·:::..:..r:·.·:·::::·
I,
, , , •nn ·····cf··· ····· ··'.········[ .... ... ·f···········.l..·······t·! .. ··· .....
::
lri
,
,
. : : : :
I J..•·.1·:·.··· L :J••······· ··
1scoo+-~-.--~--.~~-.-~-r-~~..-~-.-~--1
2&00)
500)X)
7'i/:1XJJ
10'.lmJ
12!'1Xm
ISOO::OO
17!llXI'.!
:zooml
1 : : •••••••••·•l •••••••
••••·· ·····••\I••••••••••·• ••••••••r•• ••••••••
1mi ;-~-..-~-,.~~.-~.-~-r~-T~--1
noo
•SOC()
Axial Fere• Ob~
600))
751Xl)
900))
105(00
l:;roxJ
IJ!l:Xll
VME S llu t (psi)
Burst and collapse considerations control most Designs . If an adjustment is necessary based on axial or triaxial design, it can be made from the Axial Design plot.
For this string selection, both axial and triaxial design meet the criteria.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-15
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Axial Design Plot Select the View > Desig n Plots > Axial plot to perform graphical axial-load casing design or to check the axial design of a string specified on the T ubular > String Sections spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis and axial force (effective axial load) is on the horizontal axis. The axial design load line and the axial pipe rating line are displayed on this plot. When the design load line remains to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for tension and compression is taken to be acceptable based on the current stri ng's axial design criteria.
What is the Axial Design Load Line? The axial design load line reflects the maximum apparent axial load experienced by the casing as a function of depth, based on the load cases selected on the Tubular > Axia l Loads dialog box. T he line is adjusted by adding an axial pseudo- load to reflect bend ing- induced increases in axial stress. When different (alternate) axi al design fac tors are used fo r different selected axial-l oad and axial service-load cases, the design facto r reflected in the design load line may vary with depth as a function of the axial load case or service-load case having local control over axial design.
Effects of Temperature Deration When the Temperature Deration check box is selected for the current string on the Tubular > Design Parameters dia log box, the local minimum yield strength (MYS) of the casing in each stri ng section (and hence, the local axial rating) is derated as a function of local temperature. T his effect is considered in the axial design plot by increasing the local design load line values by the local ratio of original to temperature-derated MYS, and not by decreasing the axial rating line.
7-16
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Default temperature profiles for the axial running and installation are used to determine MYS deration for each load case selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab. Default or user-entered temperature p rofiles for service loads are determined using the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select, Tubular> Burst Loads> Custom, Tubular> Collapse Loads> Select, or Tubular> Collapse Loads> Custom tabs. For service loads, the temperature profile for each selected burst or collapse load (including custom loads) can be specified and reviewed on the Tubular> Burst Loads >Tempe rature or Tubular> Collapse Loads> Temperature tab, and can be viewed on the burst and collapse temperature profi le plots. In the StressCheck software, the local tension loading for service loads is based on the actual axial load distribution for all selected burst and collapse service load cases (including custom loads). It includes the effect of temperature change, ballooning due to burst pressure or reverse ballooning due to coll apse pressure, piston forces due to end areas, area changes, plugs, well bore deviation, and pickup or slackoff loads spec ified on the Tubular> Initial Conditions > Cementing and Landing tab. TOC depth is speci fi ed in the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
What is the Axial Pipe Rating Line? The constant axial ratings shown in this plot correspond to the axial rating values specified in the Tubular> Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for one or more pipes listed in the current string's Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. Showing the effect of MYS temperature derati on on the design load line allows the axial rating lines to remain constant (vertical), and they can be more easily manipulated with a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body axial design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line. Reduction in axial rating for MYS temperature deration is shown by increasing the load line and not by decreasing the rating line.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-17
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
The current string's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) the pipe rating line. Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. String sections can be created, deleted, or modified by clicking, pointing, and dragging the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the pipe rating line(s) are reflected on the burst, collapse, and tr1axial design plots as well as in the current string's Tubular> String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa. Note The Axial Design plot does not reflect the implications for axial design integrity of connection selections for string-sections in the current string. After a pipe-body design is performed, the effect of connection selections on design integrity can be assessed directly in the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet.
Using the Triaxial Design Plot Select the View > Design Plots > Triaxial command to perfonn graphical casing design based on triaxial stress analysis or to check the triaxial design of a string specified on the String Sections spreadsheet. Depth is on the vertical axis and von Mises' equivalent (VME) stress is on the horizontal axis.
: Ir. I . I~t'~~~~~ 6000 .. .......... :. +{·······:·········
i~
ec:ro ..........
··:············:············
l :: ············;··········. ·\.. :• • .••,•••• :·······1···.. ••••••••• .. 16000
. . . ............:......... ····:.............'!.......... ' "'".! ••.••••••• ••
1ec:ro 25(00
I
5COOl
I
7500)
I
1OCXXXl
125(00
VME Stross (ps•)
7-18
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
ISCOOO
Because the design load line is to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for triaxial loading is acceptable.
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Two lines are shown: the triaxial design load line and the triaxial pipe rating line (that is, the minimum yield strength for each string section). When the design load line remains to the left of the pipe rating line, the design for triaxial loading is taken to be acceptable based on the triaxialdesign-criteria for the current string. The triaxial design load line reflects the maximum state of combined loading experienced by the casing as a function of depth, based on the current-string load cases selected on the Burst Loads, Collapse Loads, and Axial Loads dialog boxes. All effects considered in the formulat ion of their respective unfactored load lines- temperature deration, as with the burst, collapse, and axial design plots- is considered as an adjustment to the factored triaxial load line. The triaxial design factor is specified in the Design Parameters dialog box. When different (that is, alternate) triaxial design factors are specified for selected burst, collapse, axial, and axial service-load cases on the Options tab of the load case dialog box, the design factor reflected in the triaxial design load line may vary with depth as a function of the load case having local control over triaxial design. Triaxial analysis does not specifically address design considerations such as buckling and collapse, both of which must be addressed separately. When the Buckling check box is selected in the Design Parameters dialog box for the current string, buckling data is included in the results available in the Triaxial Results. The available data includes the overall buckled length (inclusive of both sinusoidal and helical buckling modes), the overpull required to elim inate buckling, and the buckling-induced bending stress (included with the bending stress inferred on the basis of local well bore curvature). Except for thick-walled pipe, API collapse behavior is an elastic or inelastic instability problem rather than one of precollapse yield. Triaxial analysis should not be used in tracing the collapse integrity of casing strings. The constant ratings shown in this plot correspond to the minimum yield strength values specified in the Pipe Inventory spreadsheet for the one or more pipes listed in the String Sections spreadsheet for the current string. Showing the effect of MYS temperah.Ire deration on the design load line allows the triaxial rating lines to remain constant (that is, vertical), and they can be more easily manipulated w ith a mouse. A string section that meets all pipe-body triaxial design criteria has a pipe rating line that is at all points (over the string section length) to the right of the design load line. Again, reduction in effective yield strength for MYS temperature deration is shown by increasing the load line, and not by decreasing the rating line.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-19
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
In this plot, and in contrast to the convention employed in the burst, collapse, and axial design plots, the current string 's weight and grade can be changed by manipulating (dragging) both the design load and pipe rating lines, respectively. Manipulating the design load line pages through available inventory as a function of weight (for constant grade), while manipulation of the pipe rating line pages through available inventory as a function of grade (for constant weight). Each vertical section of the pipe rating line represents a different string section. Stri ng sections can be created, deleted, or modi fi ed by clicking, po inting, and draggi ng the rating line. Changes made to the current-string design by manipulating the load line and/or the pipe rating line(s) are reflected on the Burst, Collapse, and Axial design plots as well as in the current-string String Sections and Connections spreadsheets, and vice versa. Note This plot does not reflect the implications for design integrity of connection selections for string section in the current string. After a pipe-body design is performed, the effect of connection selections on design integrity can be assessed directly in the Connections spreadsheet.
7-20
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Using the Triaxial Design Limit Plot The View> Triaxial Check> Design Limits plot is a representation of the VME stress with API ratings. The plot shows one stri ng section at a time. In this example, the plot displays data for the active string section.
i Design Limits • Section 1 I I
12600
o
I I
I I
I
I
I
t
I
I
10000
1 I
-:--.. . . . . . . :
I
t I
' I
I I
I I
~---
:
Burst .100
-~·-
'
f I
I
i
I I
I I
I
1
I I
I I
t
I
............
'
I
I
I
I
t I
I
I
f
. . . . . . . . . r·· ........ ·r·----I
~ - -----~-
t
... ...... ..... 'T '"''" ... .. .... -
I
o
t I
'
I
I
-~
I I
· t- · - ...... .. "'1- -
I I
j
t
I
-~-
f - 1- ........... ... ... "' .. ... - ... .... I
I
I
...... -r·---- --...... I
I
7500
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
. .:--.. . . . . ·1-···· . -r-- ··-·t·.... ----t-· -----r-·-···i···--- ·t-.. ·---·:. . . ----- ~ -- --- --r-------:-------i-------r-------:- --1 '
'
t
I
I
I I
I
n-ax1ar1. 50 - . . .... -:- ------
•
'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
1
•
t
~--
1 I
.. -- --r ·----- --1 I
to 1.300
I
~-
:
!
'
I
I
- ..., __ . ... - - - • - - - .. - - ...,.. ... .... ...... ... .... • .... .. .. r .... ......... ......, ..... - - - - .. - - ... -
to- - -
I
I
o
I I
I
I
I
I
f
o o
I
I
I
I
------ ~ -------r--... ·-+- ---: -------:------ ~-- . . ---:-------~---- ~- - ~~ --- ~·----- -.. ~ --- . - - ~- --- - ~- -- ~ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:
:
:
:
I
I
:
:
I
I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
•
...L........... J...... ---' --- ....... J......... --- ~ .............. ~ ............ J.............. ~ ...............:.. ...... '
'
'
'
•
•
•
•
i
'
I
I
I
I
I
!
I
.
I
''
I
I
'
' I I
!
I
I
I
I
I
I
'
' I
-----r-------:-- -- ---r-· --!
'
I
a
'I
I -- ~
I
I
I
I
•
'
---
. -----.. ,
I
.
I
Disp!!Ceme nt to Gas Lost Returns \ vith Water Gas Kick (50
o bbl, o 50 ppg)
- Lost Returns With Mud Drop CemenCing
I
I
- - -~-
I
Onl Mead (Burst) RTIS(Burst) Full/Partial Evacuation
I
I
I
I
Pressure Test - Green Cement Pressure Test (6'.rstl
'
'
I
I
'
I
-l-J-.. . . . . . ~ .. . . .
: : : ~ --- ---:---- .. -: -- .... ---:-- -----:- .... ---: -.. ---.... t---- .... -:- -.. ~ omp,..ssion 1.30o
----,--·---·,-------1------ - r -- - - - -,.0000 · r
I
I
- Drill Mead (Collapse)
RunrnlllJ 1n HOie
.7500
Overpul Forc e PrE>-Cement stabc Load
·10000
Gree<> Cernent Pressure Test Axial -1400000 -1200000 -1000000
.sooooo
~
-400000
-200000
0
200000
400000
600000
800000
1000000 1200000 1400000
Effective Tension (lbf)
All load cases for the upper stri ng are within the uniaxial design criteria and also the triaxial design envelope. Note Temperature deration is not considered in the Triaxial Design Limit plot.
To view data for another string section, select the string from the Wizard_
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-21
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Modify a Design The Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet allows you to manually modify an existing design or enter a design you would like to check using the StressCheck software. A cost summary is displayed on this spreadsheet.
Top, MD (ft) 1 2
3
r
Base, MD (ft)
310 11200.0
11200.0 14623.1
OD Qn) 9 518" 9 518"
Weight (ppQ
Grade
53.500 53.500
This string has two sections.
C-95 P-110
Cost ($) 412,1 44 317,921 94,223
r
Cost summary.
The current depths, ODs, weights, and grades can be changed from this spreadsheet. Any changes made here are reflected in the design plots and vice versa.
7-22
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Checking a Specific Casing Design You can also analyze a specific string rather than allowing the StressCheck software to suggest a string. First, you must delete any strings that may already exist. Then, you must enter the string you want to analyze. Because the string is defined as a 9 518" Protective Casing , you must first define the string size as 9 5/8".
~
1
Is 518'' Protective eamo
1,.1 , ,_ _ _ __ Weight (ppQ
1
2 3
3JO 11200.0
11200.0 14623.1
9 518" 9 518"
53.500 53.500
C.95 P-110
I. Access the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet. 2. Delete any existing rows. 3. Enter the weight, grade, and depth of string section. Double-click on a cell to access the available pipe sections. Enter one line for each pipe section. To create a Tapered String, enter another section, and then enter the depth at which the second section starts. Specify the weight and grade of the new string.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-23
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Compressional Load Check Select the Tubular > C ompression Load C heck dialog box to compute the compressive loads at the wellhead for the conductor and surface casing. E31
Comprl!'ss1on load Cht!'ck
Mode&.Dat"
P P
Apply Load to Cormtor c~ Apply LO-'d to Su-f«e C"Slll9
Wellead (or BOP) Wet#.
j21sooo
TlbnQWeq,t
1315000
TlbnQ St~ (or Settr.g) load
lo
st«ld-df (for shared loads)
13.00)
ResUts Concb:tor casnQ.
30", 309.700
w. x~
Altia!Compr~eforce:
J37SS'lbf
Absolute 5"fety F«tor: 39.71
nf«e casino·
21·, 186.200
w, X-60
AXl!li Compress.ve Force: 452116 lbf Ab:;olute 5"fety F"ctor: 7.26 Tot
Th is calculation is on ly a check. It is not used by the StressCheck software to calculate minimum cost designs. The compressive forces and absolute safety facto rs are displayed as results . Conductor and surface string section data must be entered. If the conductor and surfac e string data is not present, the fo llowing dialog box appears: Strl!'s•Chf'ck
.n
E3
5trlllQ Secbon Data IS not defned
The results are available by using View> Tabula r Results > Compression Load C heck. Note
The compression load check results reflect values for a vertical well even if the well being analyzed is a deviated well. Therefore, the results arc always the maximum values.
7-24
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Minimum Cost Design Use the Tubular > Minimum Cost dialog box to spec ify basic minimum-cost solution constraints.
Minimum Cost: 30" Conductor Casing
(8)
Par~te-s 1Desqi I Constraints Maxm.111 t....roer of~t>ons :
The cost of K-55 Steel is used in MriTuTI Secbon Length: conjunction with cost factors in the Tubular > Pipe Inventory to rank the cost of steel during the cost automated design. Modifying -1--t~·ostofK-sssteel: this value updates all the plain end costs of pipe in the current inventory.
11 l....s-70-.o- ft I100
Fields and Controls Maximum Number of Sections In the Maximum Number of Secti ons field, enter the maximum number of string sections that have different weight and grade that can be tolerated in the minimum-cost casing design.
Minimum Section Length In the Minimum Section Length fi eld, enter the minimum tolerable length to be considered for a particu lar string section in the minimum-cos t casing design solution.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-25
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Cost of K-55 Steel In the Cost of K-55 Steel field, specify the baseline reference cost, per unit mass, for API grade K-55 plain-end casing. This value, in combination with the grade-specific default factors entered in the Cost Factors dialog box, is used to cost all casing in the minimum-cost casing design solution. Note The StressCheck defaults for the cost of K-55 steel and the related grade-specific cost factors are based on information available at the time of release and may not accurately reflect grade-related differences in the cost of plain-end casing. The costs for oil-country tubular goods (OCTGs) are determined, in general, within the context of a commodity- and inventory-driven marketplace. The baseline cost for plain-end K-55 casing, as well as the default cost factors found in the Tools> Defaults> Cost Factor dialog box, should be validated against your understanding of prevailing casing costs within your organization.
Select the Tubular> Minimum Cost> Design tab to select regions of the API design envelope and triaxial design ellipse within which minimum-cost design solutions must res ide. Click an area to include it or remove it from the analysis. All gray areas will be included in the minimum cost design. In this example , the minimum cost design will be governed by these criteria and not take advantage of the increased burst capability with increased tension or fall into undesirable triaxial areas, such as the bottom left quadrant.
IBJ
Minimum Cost: 30" Conductor Casing
r. . . . --
•
'
~./
:- - , •
Tri-axial
·
~l~----··
l.J
1 (ij
r -·-----
0Q)
----- - -- ·- - - -- --- --
>
I~
' ximate ·~;.::,:.::_-='4=--==.-=="-f"-'==-:..::_-+-~~-+-~~-;._~~-l
tf :t:: wQ) ..,.
Axial Force (lbf) Coned
The API design envelope is bounded by the burst limit state at the top; the compression and tension lim it states to left and right, respectively; and the co llapse lim it state at the bottom. The triaxial design ellipse is bounded by the projected von Mises failure surface for the minimum yield limit state.
7-26
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Gray-shaded areas w ithin either the API design envelope or the triaxial design ellipse indicate portions of either or both design regions that you selected as legitimate domain s for evol ution of minimum cost designs. The gray zone (design domain) can be made larger or smaller by clicking various parts of the plot. Clicking a gray area c hanges the area to white, which excludes that area from the design domain . Note The design domain is of a generalized form; that is, no burst, collapse, axial, or triaxial design factors are explicitly stated. Design factors used in association with minimum-cost design within the selected design domai n are specified in the Design Parameters dialog box, or on the Options tab for each selected load case in the Burst Loads, Collapse Loads, or Axial Loads dialog boxes.
Minimum Cost Search Select View > Design Plots > Minimum Cost to open the Minimum Cost Search dialog box. This dialog box automatically finds a minimum-cost design solution for the current string using available inventory, grade-dependent costs per unit mass, all bo undary conditions, load-case constructs, design cri teria and constraints, and minimum-cost search parameters specified by the user.
rEJ
Minimum Cost Search
Status of the _ . IPass J: Finished cost search ~Elapsed --Tlme -: - - - -- .-oo - :oo 00 is displayed. Last Minmun-Cost De$9'1: 00:00:00 Ci.rrent Mninun Cost: OK
531,121
I I Cancel
You can monitor the progress of the minimum-cost search, and cancel or end the search at any ti me.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-27
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Select AP/ and Premium Connections Select the Tubular > Connections spreadsheet to select regular 8 round (STC or LTC) or buttress (BTC) couplings if they are avai lable for the current OD and weight. If a premium connection has been specified on the Tubular> Special Connections spreadsheet for the current OD, weight, and grade, it can also be selected from the pull-down list. The asterisk (*) indicates the connection does not meet design criteria.
T 1 2
3
9 SA3". 47,00) ppf, N.00 LTC 9 SA3". 53 500 ppf, P-1 10 :-
-·
142,107
NIA
233.969
BTC
Select connection from pull-down list.
When a connection is selected, the corresponding safety factors are displayed so you may evaluate its suitability. A default price of the pipe and connection that determines the total cost of a section is shown. The default price can be changed to reflect the actual cost to your purchasing department. Select the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet to specify, view, and evaluate connections for each string section in the current string. These connections are based on preliminary design information specified on the Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme spreadsheet.
7-28
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
The Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet is first used to fully define the geometry, unit weight, and strength characteristics for the current string. The Tubular > Connections spreadsheet is the companion that is subsequently used to specify corresponding API or proprietary (premium) connection type, associated properties, and to assess the suitability of the selections face-to-face connection design criteria for burst and axial loads. Connection selection and evaluation should only be perfonned after a satisfactory pipe body design is established. For this reason, entries in the Tubular > Connections spreadsheet cannot be made until at least one string section for the current string is defined in the Tubular> String Sections spreadsheet. After a connection is specified for a string section, connection safety factors based on the current design criteria display so that the connection performance can be immediately evaluated. On the Tubular> Connections spreadsheet, a default value for unit-length cost of the current string section, with connections, is displayed in the Pipe +Conn cell. This value can be modified to match actual costs. Based on the values for Pipe + Conn, the cost for each string section is displayed in the Cost column. The total cost of the current string is displayed directly under the column heading in the Cost column header.
IB)
Ratings ~Body
9 5/8.. 53. 500 ppf, P· llO &.rst c~
Axial Yield Strenglti
.#
-
10900.00
psi
~ ~
J<JSO.OZ psi
1710113 bf
110000.0
psi
ComcctJon BTC, P·llO &sst
Leak Fracti..re
#
--
12066.03
psi
9160.78
psi
1718076 bf
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
7-29
Chapter 7: Graphical Design
Define Premium Connections Premium connections need to be defined in the Tubular> Special Connections spreadsheet and then selected for that particular string section in the Tubular > Connections spreadsheet. Select the desired connection from the pull-down list.
1 2
9 SIB", 47.D'.ll ppf, N-00 BTC 9 5iB", 53.500 ppf, P-110 jNewVAM
3
3
156,476 10625
231
32 48
276,077
STC LTC BTC Name
1
NVSC80
2 3
N~V>Ml
OD in 9 5/B" 9 5,IB"
9709 1
The line defining the premium connection cannot be edited after the connection is selected for use.
Note Minimum Cost or Triaxial Design does not take into account any connections. The suitability of APTand premium connections must be confirmed and checked separately here.
7-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter
Ii
Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports In the previous chapter, you learned which design plots are available in the StressCheckTM software and how resul ts are displayed graphically. The StressCheck software also displays results in tables and reports, which are discussed in this section of the course.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-1
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Input Data Tables The Input Data Tables submenu contains commands for displaying tables summarizing the data found on all dialog boxes on the Wellbore and Tubular menus, and permits the export to other documents, as OLE objects, of dialog box-specific user-entered data.
:;J Fie
Edit Welbol'e Tl.b.kr •
Composer Tools Wl'ldow
~
.; Wei Explorer .; Vrtual Folders Nextfonn
\Vel Schemabc
Formation Plots Deviation Plots
~
bstPlots Colapse Plots
Axial Plots Deslgl Plots T~Oieck
lrfiut Data Tables TabUar Results
~
General Offshore
••--+i
Input Data Tables submenu
Geothermal Graaent Production Datl Design Parameters
!nttial Conditions Mn!unCost
bst loads Colapse Loads
Axial Loads
8-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Tabular Results The View> Input Data Tables submenu items swnmarize, in tabular form, the data found on all dialog boxes on the Wcllbore and Tubular menus. When you select an item from this submenu, the contents of the active window pane are replaced by a table that presents the information described by the submenu item title.
IC!'
Fie
Edit Welbore TlbAar
Id
Composer Tools Wn:lo,..
Ht-Ip - - - -
., WeJ Explorer
., ~Folders l'Oextform
IUstPbts Co&!lc>2 Plots Axial Pbts
Ta!Uw~
•
WelSunmary Strr1Q Sunmary DewstK>n Profile Bu-st loads ColapseLO!lds
Axial Loads O.ffcrenbal Pressures
,,
Mn Safety Factors M4x Alov.able Wetr Max ~able Overpul
___
Tabular Results sub men u
Tnaioal R~ts
~:u:=:JbeS
WeM
Sunmarv
r+IS Report
0es9'0lea
•
The View> Tabular Results submcnu items summarize, in tabular fonn, the data found on all dialog boxes on the Wcllbore and Tubular menus. You can export the data entered in a dialog box as an OLE object and include it in a custom report. When you select an item from this submenu, the contents of the active window pane are replaced by a table that presents the information described by the submenu item title. View> Tabular Results > String S ummary summarizes the string sections and burst, collapse , axial, and triaxial design safety factors.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-3
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Viewing the String Summary The View > Tabular Results > String Summary table displays a summary of the configuration, design factors, and cost summary for the string currently selected and constituent string sections.
Stnng
1
Protectr;e Casing
2
ODIWe1ghtJGrade
Connection
9 SA'!". 47 (DJ ppf, N-00 9 5A3". 53 500 ppf, P· 110
BTC. P·110
NewVAM
MD Interval
Dnft Dia
(ft) :JJ o.s 123 1 6123 1· 14623 1
(1n)
8625A B500A
Minimum Safet Factor (Abs) Burst Colla se Axial Tnax1al
1 29 1 83 c
3
1 03 1 01
1 43 2 31
c
1 42 163 Total= 432,553
4
5 6
C Conn Cnt1c<1t AAlternate Onft
7
This summary is a subset of the View> Tabular Results> Well Summary table. It includes the name of the current string plus the OD, weight, grade, connection type, depth interval, drift diameter, minimum burst, and collapse, axial, and triaxial safety fac tors. It also includes the cost for each string section, and the total cost for the string. When "N/A" displays in place of numerical entries in the burst, collapse, axial, or triaxial safety factor summaries, it indicates that no applicable loads were selected. For example, if no axial loads were selected on the Tubular> Axial Loads> Select tab, the cells in the column for axial safety factors display "N/A". Safety factors greater than 100 are not reported. Instead, "+I 00" is displayed. Safety factors can be displayed as either absolute (rating divided by applied load) or nonnalized (absolute divided by the appropriate design factor) . Safety factor conventions can be toggled by using the Nonnalized/ Absolute Safety Factors icon ( ~) on the Engineering toolbar, or by specifying either one as a preferred safety factor by using the Tools> Options dialog box. An asterisk displayed before a safety factor indicates that the safety factor does not meet a user-defined design factor criterion for a load of that type (for example, burst). If connections are conside red in the design , a letter code may appear after a safety factor, which indicates that the design is connection-limited at that depth.
8-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Connection ratings for API casing couplings are calcu lated by using the formulations in API Bulletin 5C3. Ratings for proprietary premium connections are specified on the Tubular> Special Connections spreadsheet. Many premium connections commonly used are included in the Special Connections library, and can be exported directly to the Tubular > Special Connections spreadsheet.
What is the Maximum Allowable Wear? The View> Tabular Results> Max Allowable Wear table displays the maximum allowable wear for which the absolute burst and collapse safety factors will remain greater than or equal to the appropriate design factors as a function of depth. Allowable wear is presented both as a percentage of nominal wall thickness and as a wear depth. Additionally, the remaining wall thickness is presented. The OD, weight, and grade of each section defined on the Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet is also listed at the depth for the section top.
Depth (MD)
:JlO t250
OD/Weight/Grade 9 5/8°. 47 cm ppl, N-OO
BlO !UJO 10030 12000 I.COO 0 16000 17000 19668 59700 61000 6123 1 61231 EiDJO 600JO 68J1 0 !ODO 96090 97000 900)0
9 Sttl', 53 500 f pf, P-110
99000 100000 101000 102000 103000 104000 105000 109713 120250 120254 12500 0 1'1231 146231 82
lo•I
Rem••n1n Will Th1ckne" 1n) M•• Wear % of Will Th1··k Bun;t Caba Burst Cona •• 0 376 82 OOOJ C4 831 203 729 0 37362 0 128 C• 209 0 :J;5 B2 0 t91 CA 594 226 0353 B2 0 243 CA 25 3 A85 46 7 0350 CL 0 2S2 CA 259 0 267 C4 435 0 352 CL 255 407 0 280CA 251 0 354 CL 0 355 CL 0 291 C4 247 363 0 297 CA 24 5 0 366 CL 37 2 0310 C4 2~ a 34 4 0359 CL 0 400 CL 0 462 Cl 152 20 0 401 CL 0466 Cl 14 9 13 0 467 Cl U9 11 0 402Cl 0 292CL 0443 C1 464 167 0 293 CL 0446 Cl 461 17 6 0297 CL 0463 Cl 45 5 15' 0150 B2 0463 Cl 725 15 1 0111 B2 0 509 Cl 79 7 65 0099 B2 0 51A C1 619 56 0 09EI B2 osu C1 819 56 0097 B2 0515 C1 823 55 0516 Cl 0005 B2 826 53 0517 Cl 0093 B2 829 52 0517 Ct 0092 82 832 5 1 0516 Cl 0090 B2 83 4 50 0518 Cl 837 49 0 fll9 82 46 0007 82 0519 Cl 640 0520 Cl 47 0006 82 64 2 o522 Cl 85 4 42 OCBJB5 DOOJB5 OS28 C1 853 31 OOOJB5 05213 C1 053 31 ocmei; Dill C1 853 27 010305 0539 C1 610 10 O 111 BS 0 542 Cl 79 7 05
•
Mi• Wear 1n Burst
Coif• se
0096
0392
0099 0 107 0119 0122 0120 0 118 0 117 0 116 0113 OCJ72 0071 0070 0253 0252 0248 0395 0434 0446 0447 0448 0450 0 452 0 453 0 455 0 456 0 458 0459
0 344 0281
om 0 220 0205 0 192 0 181 0 175 0162 0010
oco; 0005 0102 0097 0082 0 002 003i 0031 0031
ocm
OU?
0029 0028 0026 0027 0027 0026 0025 0023 0017 0017 0015 0((6
0434
0003
0 .165 0465 0465 0 465
Rl>tom~ wrth
Water ProoS<Jre Test Cl Ful1/P•111>I Evacuo11on C4 lo$1 Re1u1"s ""th MJd D••? Custom Loads CL
BS
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-5
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Depth can be displayed as either MD or TVD by toggling the MD/TVD conversion icon on the Engineering toolbar, or by specifying either one as a preferred depth by using the Tools > Options dialog box. The alpha-numeric symbols following the burst and collapse values indicate the case used to calculate the values for Remaining Wall Thickness at each depth. Note Maximum allowable wear for collapse is based on a determination of the minimum wall thickness that, when using the standard API Bulletin 5C3 collapse fonnulations, preserves the minimum allowable collapse safety factor. No consideration is given to the particular geometry of the wear and the possible resulting influence on collapse resistance. Wear is treated as if it were unifonnly distributed around the casing inner circumference. So-called "high-collapse" casing grades are evaluated by the same methods used for standard API grades of the same minimum yield strength. High-collapse perfonnance, where it can be substantiated, is normally a result of exceptional geometric properties (such as very low eccentricity, ovality, and wall-thickness variation), and improved collapse resistance is therefore assumed to be compromised as a consequence of wear.
8-6
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Reporting in the StressCheck TM Software and Microsoft Word There are two main ways of creating a casing design re port, including: •
creating and printing a report withi n the StressCheck software . copying and pasting StressCheck input tables and results into a Microsoft Word report
Generating Stress Check TM Software Reports Select Tools> Reports to add, remove, and define custom reports. Custom reports can contain as much or as littl e data as you want displayed. They can consist of one or several spreadsheets, tables, plots, or schematics. These reports can be displayed using the Print Preview command and printed using the Print command. Reports are customized using the three tabs shown below. ~
Reports - Cost
lltles
A list of available reports is displayed.
!Contents I Options I
Detailed Report
New _.. J. _ _ __
Input Report Gr~ Report
..__;,,_j
Delete
TablJar Report
Click New to create a new report.
I
~~~. iii.Ri~ iii............. IRename j
Apply
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-7
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Select the Tools> Reports> Contents tab to add content to the report. Reports lltles
~ ----
j
- --
Contents Opbons
--------
(8)
I Add I
Click Add to add items to the report.
• I
_I
OK
Apply
_ __.
J_~
The Add Contents dialog box opens. Here, you can select the content to include in the report.
Click OK when you have finished your selections.
You can select more than one item at a time by holding Ctrl-Shift down while clicking the desired items.
After all content is selected in the Add Contents dialog box, configure the report as needed by reordering and/or removing items.
8-8
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Selected items display in the Contents tab.
Titles
Con ten ts
I
Opbons
I
....w""""·e1"""Sct.ema....---t1c--------
I
AcXJ
I
1
Inibal Condtions Data
Removej
Mnnun Cost Data Custom Loads Data Sb'Tlg Sections Data Tl.bJar Properties Smmary
Up
1
~~m~ven~b~~. . . . . . . . . . . ___J
J_
Cancel
OK
Apply
Configure the report with the Up, Down, or Remove buttons.
J_ ~
Select the Tools> Reports> Options tab to set options for pagination, display of string data, and the page orientation. ~
Reports - Cost ntles
I Contents
Opbons
I
Pagiiiabon
lo' One Item Per Page
C' MU~ Items Per Page Tt.b.W Data for
lo' Cl.fTent String
r' AIStnnos Orientation
r.
Portrait
('" Landscape
OK
I
_J _
Cane.el
Apply
_J
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-9
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Previewing and Printing StressCheck TM Software Reports Use File> Print Preview to preview an item before printing it. The selected item is viewed from this utility exactly as it will be printed. You may view multiple pages simultaneously, move from one page to the next, and zoom in and out. Click Print to print the selected item .
Select the number of pages of the report that you want to view.
f'rn
11east
3
,.,,,._..,.,.-,-:----=;,
+
t!ex1 Page I
Graphical Repoit .!... TabuW Report landscape Report
Welbae Data
.
-
i
Select the report you want to view from the pull-down list.
8-10
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
Multiple pages of the report can be viewed, and you can c lick any of the pages to zoom in and view a single page. Select 6 Pages to view all six pages of the report at one time.
bd'dalt:il•iitl oll1oil I DlitlZillill·ii
* .:
- - -;::; -:: - ..: - .:: u~
To print the currently selected item, cl ick Print on the tool bar (you may also click Close and then select File> Print).
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
8-11
Chapter 8: Analyzing Tabular Results and Reports
8-12
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter
I&
Exercises The followin~ exercises are designed to reinforce and challenge your knowledge of the 1 StressCheck software while you participate in this course, and to act as refresher training in the future. This exercise is a continuation of the CasingSeatrn software exercise in which the data hierarchy has already been created. Please review steps 4 through 8 from Exercise I in the CasingSeat training manual and make sure that you have the correct data before you proceed with these StressCheck exercises.
If there is data mismatch, your instructor will assist you by either troubleshooting or providing you with the clean data set. During the course, your instructor will guide you through the exercises and assist with any questions that may arise.
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-1
Chapter 9: Exercises
StressCheck ™ Software Exercise Overview The exercises in this book are designed to familiarize you with the StressCheck software. All of the exercises analyze a single Well.
Exercise 1: Reviewing/Creating the Data Hierarchy fn this exercise you will review the data hierarchy created during the CasingSeat exercise: Company, Project, Site, Well , Wellbore, and Design. If the data hierarchy has not been created yet, please follow Exercise I in the CasingSeat training manual.
Exercise 2: Preferences and Workspace Configuration In this exercise, you wi ll set defaults and configure tabs.
Exercise 3: Reviewing/Specifying General Data This exercise builds on the previous two exercises. Using the data hierarchy created in Exercise l, you will specify additional data that defines the Design you are analyzing. T he purpose of this exercise is to provide you with the opportunity to understand the styles of data input and the content of the Well bore menu.
Exercise 4: The Design Process This exercise helps you understand design load se lection and the design process.
Exercise 5: Minimum Cost In this exercise, you will use the minimum cost fea ture to determine if there is a more economical string selection.
Exercise 6: Analyzing Results This exercise fami liarizes you with the management and presentation of results on the desktop.
9-2
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 7: Tables and Reports This exercise familiarizes you with the availab le results types and printed reporting. Most of the answers to the questions in the exercise will be found under the View> Tabular Results menu.
Exercise 8: Sensitivity Analysis In this analysis, you w ill perform a design check using: • •
special pipe tubular properties tapered des ign high collapse casing with extreme collapse load ing conditions
Exercise 9: Self Exercise This independent exercise designs a liner string.
Exercise 10: Template Exercise This exercise shows basic steps to build a template.
' StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-3
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 1: Reviewing/Creating the Data Hierarchy l. Launch the StressCheck software (select Start> Programs> Landmark Engineer's Desktop 5000.1 > StressCheck).
2. Enter edm as the User ID and Landmarkl as the Password on the login screen. 3. From the Well Explorer, double-click (or right-click and select Open from the drop-down menu) to open Design E3SOP I. Select the Normal {System) template.
9-4
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 2: Preferences and Workspace Configuration 1. Create a new unit system called "Oilfield API" based on the API unit system. Change the Oi lfield API mud weight units to psi/ft. Select the API unit system tab. What API unit is used for Force? Select the API unit system as the Active Viewing Unit System.
2. Before proceeding, ensure the desktop preferences are set to show the Detailed Wizard List, and display Depths as MD and Safety Factors as Absolute values. 3. Create ten new tabs, and rename the existing default tab. Name the tabs:work,Schem,Path,Pore and Frac,Design,String and Connection, Min ASF, Burst, Collapse, Ax i a l, and Triaxia l.
Assign views to the following tabs as follows: • Work: Leave as is. • Path: Wellbore > Wellpath Editor. • Pore and Frac: Split the pane vertically, then assign as follows: -
Left pane: Wellbore > Pore Pressure
-
Right pane: Wellbore > Fracture Gradient
You wi ll configure the other tabs later in the exercises. 4. Add additional bit sizes, if they do not already exist: 7'', 8.25", 14.75'', 33'', and 42". 5. Save and close the E3SOP I Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-5
Chapter 9: Exercises
Note Throughout the remainder of the exercises, if a Change History dia log box appears, click Save. Optional: To deactivate the display of the Change History Updates dialog box: Right-click the Database node (
eD
in the Well Explorer.
2
Select Change History > Configure from the drop-down menu.
3
Select the Do not display change history update window check box.
l8J
Change History Configuration
P
~t recently changed data
Data changed n the last
Hghilghtcolor:
Select this check box to disable the display of the _ ___~ Change History dialog box.
P
r
I10
. · I days ..:..J
·~
Show recent history tool~
Do not Qsplay ~history !.¢ate wndow
OK
cancel
J_Help
J
Another way to tum off the Change History Updates dialog box is to select the Do not show this message again check box in the lower left comer of the dialog box. Jfyou want to activate the Change History Updates dialog box late r, perform steps I through 3 above, but deselect the Do not display change history update window check box.
9-6
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 2 Answers 1. To create a new unit system called " Oilfield API" that is based on
the API unit system: a) Select Tools> Unit System to open the Unit Systems Editor.
Adn ~ \~l.htSysll!ln: API
3
IAPI
ISI I AP! ·US 51.f\ ey Fttt I Mixed AP! I
3
T~t~ :
'""''
or:
Flow Fbd Coll1Jr~
Cilncd
I
~~
, ...
l
ljptl
bf bf/ft
Fa-er
.....
Farer~
r _ ____,r _ _
.,
Click New to open the New Unit System dialog box.
b) C lick New to open the New Unit System dia log box. Enter Oilf i eld API as the name of the new unit system. Select API from the Template pick-li st to use the API unit set as the basis for the new unit system, and then click OK to return to the Unit Systems Editor.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-7
Chapter 9: Exercises
c) Select Mud Weight from the Class list. Select psi/ft from the Select Unit list. Do not click OK at this stage.
(g]
Unit Systems Editor AdM! ~MnO lht Sys!=: jOlfield APl
/>Pl
I SI
I AP! • US 51,r;ey Fttt 11'.fxed AP!
Gas.a Ratio
I
Oilfield AP!
scf,W
Heat of fus:lori Hol.rfy cost JT coeJficil!nt
BbJ/bm
JTSper~
jts,h b"s"n'/ft 2
~
"f-/psj
KPnme Length Interval
r
Select psi/ft (psi per foot) from the Select Unit list.
Preasion
lOOOft
l.lqLld arrua11on Ra~ l.lql.ldinJectionRate l.lqLld Production Rate MocillsofBastid
gprn gprn
Select Mud bblft> Weight from the Class -l-~m!Z:".':il•••••••l'l:l·· column . OperationTme:L~ hr/ tOOOft
Expor:_J
rm••
Operation Tme: Smal
_:_rrcxir_:_J
._J Edit... J
hrs/ 100ft
Percent
%
F'ernMJity ~ Spttd (SI.roe)
md
New.•
ft/s
..ft)m _
~Spttd
..,
Delete
d) Select the API unit system tab. The Class unit Force displayed that corresponds to the API unit system is lbf, while the Active Viewing System is "Oilfield APf".
(8)
Unit Systems Editor Active VieM10 l.nt System:
API
lotfield APT
Oass
l.nt
Cement 5UTy DenSlty
PP9
s/too s
Cost per Lnt mass Cost
costitenoth Daily Percenlac)e
S,' day %{day
Depth, Dis1ances, Helltits
ft
Ooame~s
.,.
""•/ 100ft
En~
BbJ/bn
Eqt.ivalent Mud W"lflt flow Ra~ {Cement) FUd eoop'.essbli...!}'._
PP9
Force,iU!noth
bf/ft bf/ft ps;/ IOOft
~
FflctioNj Force
Fficlional loss
pg/ft .... .
GasGr~t
I
9-8
Oo<;ileg Seventy
r--'--•·-·- . ... OK
I
"'
S/ft
Cost/T'rne
Select Foree from the Class column .
3
I AP! · US S...V~y Fttt I Mx~ API I Oifled AP! I
SI
~ ,~-
~
He\:>
l~t
J
New. ..
J
-v
I I
I
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Notice that lbf is the unit assigned
to Force.
Chapter 9: Exercises
e) Select API from the Active Viewing Unit System pick-list, and then click OK.
Adl\le VleWW'IQ Unit SY$1em:
API
~·iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiim:::J • - - - - - - --1--
ISI I AP! · US Stn<ey Feet I Mxed AP! I Oilfield AP! I I.ht
Cement Sbry Density Cost per \Tit mass
PPO
S/ton
s S/ft sfday
Cost ~tft.englh
Cos~
Daly Percentage
SelectAPI from the Active Viewing Unit System pick-list, and then click OK.
%{day
Depth, Distances, Heights Dameb!rs Ooole9 Severity Enthalpy EQLivalent ~Weight Flow Rate {C:--.t)
ft In 0
/lOOft
Bb.J,bn PPO
'r*Afrrtn
Import
.
FlJld c
I
~
bf/ft
Force.length Fnction!ll Force
J
... J
bf/ft
FnctJonal bss
I
p$1/100ft
P!Alft
Gas Graden!
v
···-~ tj-
2. Make the required selections in the Tools> Options dialog box.
IBJ
Options Print L4yoot
Plots
W
Select to display depths as MD.
P P" P°
Gnd
f'i leoend
font...
1
Headers and Footers Pi!Qe NLmber119
MMoins
Depths
- -+-- - - - - - - -_.+ r.r-1> Spreadsheets and Tables
W Gnd In Tables Font...
j
Safety Factors
PmbnOFont.J
r.
Absolu~
r
Norm.»zed
Other
Select the Detailed Wizard List check box.
i. p
Dela.led Wizard llst
~..,Title Font...
p ClasSIC Schematic .iew
Select to display Absolute Safety Factors.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-9
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Select Tools> Tabs. Create new tabs, and then rename them as spec ified.
_Close
Path PO!'e and ff"ac
Help
~
Rename Tab Old Name: New Name:
Click New to create tabs, and then click Rename to specify the name of each tab.
J
Work Schem
ITna:xial ftlm!fl RenameJ r
When complete, tabs should appear at the bottom of the main window as specified.
LodcTab
Click and drag this control to view all the tabs (or use the arrows at the left to scroll tabs into view).
Aldo!
l
ATriaxlal A_~Wolplcl---,. )J
4. Select the tabs listed be low, and then assign views. a) The Work tab is a working tab, and the contents will change during the execution of the steps in each exercise. Note By default, the Well Schematic displays in all new tab panes .
b) Select the Path tab, and then se lect Wellbore > Wellpath Editor. MO
D•l•Enuy
t
•
9-10
~hefrl
PMh
1VD (lt)
(l\j
MO'Jt MO.INC-AZ
000
....
DLS
MuDLS
Vaec1100
O.portu,.
("1100ft)
("flillll)
(I)
(ft)
00
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _l!J
(f2!~~l~~~~!i?il!_
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
c) Select the Pore and Frac tab, and then split the tab in vertical panes. •,.,II
't'!r
11
: >:I 'I
f~[_
Double-click the vertical splitter bar located on the left of the tab scroll controls. Alternatively, drag the vertical splitter bar into position using the mouse.
.1ll 10
-----
Click the title bar of each view (the active default view displays as dark blue), and then assign the view with the following menu commands: Left pane: Wellbore > Pore Pressure Right pane: Wellbore > Fracture Gradient
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-11
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select Tools > Defaults > Bit Sizes. The default va lues you supply are used to construct the pull-down list in the Cas ing Scheme spreadsheet's Hole Size cell. In general, you on ly use this feature to add commonly used bit sizes. Click OK to app ly any changes and dismiss the dialog box.
~
Bit Sizes Hole Size
26.100 28.00J 28.500 30.00J 32.00J 33.00J
"
OK
Cancel
Heb
I
Insert
I
'•
42.00J
v
I I
}
I
6. Select F ile> Save to save the E3SOP 1 Design, and then select File > Close to cl ose the Design.
9-12
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 3: Reviewing/Specifying General Data 1. Open the E3SOP I Design.
2. The Well depth is 16,330 ft MD. The Azimuth is 33 degrees. To check the Well depth and azimuth, select Well bore> General. You can also access this dialog box using the Wizard. 3. Review and update the casing scheme by using Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme and the fo llowing data: Note
Values for the Shoe Depth and Mud at Shoe are rounded up. Values fo r the Top of Cement wi II be updated. The 7" Production Casing will become a Production Liner; therefore, the 9 5/ 8" will be changed to Production Casing type.
OD(in) /Type/Name
Hole Size (in)
Hanger (ft)
Shoe (ft)
TOC (ft)
Mud at Shoe (ppg)a
30" Conductor Casing
36
30.0
600
430
8.6
24" Surface Casing
26
30.0
l, 150
500
8.6
18 5/8" Intermediate Casing
22
30.0
3,030
1,660
9.2
I 6" Intermed iate Casing
I 7.5
30.0
9, 185
4,480
I l.6
13 5/8" Protective Casing
14.750
30.0
12,020
8,3 15
14.0
9 5/ 8" Production Casing
12.25
30.0
14,620
10,750
15. J
7" Production Liner
8.5
14.320
16,330
14,320
I 1.0
a. b qu1valcnt Mud Wei gilil
Note
If the CasingSeat exercises have not been previously performed, follow steps 4 through 7 provided below. Otherwise, skip steps 4 though 7. and proceed to step 8.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-13
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Copy the pore pressure data from the Excel spreadsheet titled porefrac.xls. Your instructor will provide this file. Insert the rows above any existing rows in Wellbore >Pore Pressure with the data provided in the Excel spreadsheet. 5. Copy the fracture gradient data from the Excel spreadsheet titled porefrac.xls. Copy over any existing rows in Wellbore >Fracture Gradient with the data provided in the Excel spreadsheet. Note You can input either pressure or EMW and lhe StressCheck s oftware calculates the other. In the porefrac.xls spreadsheet, pressure is blank, and lhe StressCheck software calculates the pore and frac pressure values based on EMW.
9-14
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. Enter geothermal gradient values to specify the Wellbore temperature. The surface ambient temperature is 80 deg F, the mudline temperature is 40 deg F, and the temperature at TD is 250 deg F. Specify additional temperature data as follows: • 200 deg F at 11 , 130 ft TVD • 240 deg F at 12,630 ft TVD 7. Import Wellpath data from the file titled "EJSOPl_Wellpath for EDM training.txt". In what format must the file be prior to importing it?
I Hint See S"'""Check Help.
Review the wellpath data.
8. Specify the following bending dogleg in addition to any planned dogleg severity. Enter I 0 / I 00 ft between l, 700 and 5,970 ft MD, between 6,300 and 9,690 ft MD, and between 10,500 and 16,330 ft TD. a) How can you specify this? b) What is the Well bore > Dogleg Severity Overrides data used for?
9. Select Wellbore >Production Data, and specify packer fluid and placement. The Well is perforated at 16, I 00 ft MD with a packer at 15,200 ft MD. The completion fluid is water with a density of 8.6 ppg. Assume the Well will produce gas with a gradient of 0. I000 psi/ft. What is the fluid gradient specific gravity? I 0. Save the EJSOPJ Design .
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-15
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 3 Answers I. [n the We ll Explorer, navigate to the E3SO Well, and then double-click on the E3SOP 1 Design to open it.
2. Select Wellbore > General to specify the Well depth and azimuth. The Well depth is 16,330 ft MD. The Azimuth is 33 degrees. Note T hroughout the remainder of the exercises, click O K to apply changes and dismiss the current dialog box.
Opbons
Comments I
IE3SOP 1
~bon :
VSectloo Defnbon Origin N:
Orion E: Azm.Jth:
....__ OK _
I0.0 ft .-----
I
0.0 33.00
__. _ _ canc_e1_
Wei Depth (TVD) : 116330.0 (t<>):
ft ft
ft
°
_, _ _ ____.I _Help
J
3. Select Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme and enter the following :
OD ~n)
1 2
3 4
5 6 7
9- 16
30· 24" 18 518" 16" 13 518" 9 518"
r
Mud at Shoe (ppg) 8.60 8.60
Name Conductor Surface Intermediate Interm ediate Protective Production Production
Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Liner
26.000
1150.0
22000 17 500 14 750 12 250 8.500
3030.0 30.0 30 0 30.0 14320.0
9185.0 12020.0 14620.0 16330.0
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9.20 4480.0 8315.0 10750.0 14320.0
11.60 14.00 15.10 11 .00
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. In the Excel spreadsheet, highl ight the rows you want to copy and press Ctrl-C. Select Wellbore > Pore Pressure, place the cursor in the first row left cell, and then press Ctrl-V to paste the rows.
Click the upper left cell, and then press Ctrl-V to paste the pore pressure data.
6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
31 32 33 34 35 36
1004.0 1969 0 2297.0 3181.0 3279.0 3344 0 3764.0 4505.0 4624.0 4712.0 5100 0 5344.0 54000 56EKl 0 5001 0 6475 0 7355.0 7796.0 8281 0 8767 0 9259.0 9756.0 10254.0 10504.0 10753.0 11253.0 11753.0 12253.0 12503.0 12753 0 13253 0 13753 0 14253.0 14753 0
782 5 8602 1013.1 1455 8 1502.4 1532 2 1734 4 Dl7 .5 2231 5 2342 5 2571 2 28233 3J289 3278 2 2793 5 3124 8 3667.9 4131 9 4641 7 5005.2 5430.3 5868.8 5252 2 5456.6 8172.3 8002.8 8547 6 8274 7 64951 65521 6478 5
nsso 841 1 1 92350
8.21 8.35 8 41 8 49 8.81 8.82 8 82 8 87 8.92 9.29 9 57 969 '10.17 1064 11 11 9 27 929 9 60 10 20 10 79 10.99 11 29 11.58 986 10.00 14.63 13 69 14.00 13 00 1000 9.89 9 41 1087 11.35 12 05
No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-17
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. In the Excel spreadsheet, highlight the rows you want to copy and press Ctrl-C. Select Wellbore > Fracture Gradient, place the cursor in the first row left cell, and then press Ctrl- V to paste the rows.
Click the upper left cell, and then press Ctrl-V to paste the fracture gradient data.
6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
26 27 28 29
30 31 32 33 34
35 33
9-18
1476.0 1804 0 1969.0 2297 0 3181.0 3279.0 3344.0 3764.0 4505.0 4624.0 4712.0 5100.0 5344.0 5480.0 5680.0 5801 .0 6475.0 7355.0 7798.0 8281 .0 8767.0 9259.0 9756.0 10254.0 10504.0 10753.0 11253.0 11 753.0 12253.0 12503.0 12753.0 13253.0 13753.0 14253.0 14753.0
Fracture Pressure/EMW (p ) (psO 214 4 9.60 861 .8 11 .24 11 40 1068.3 11.56 1182.4 11 .90 1420.0 2032.5 12.30 2120.7 12.45 2188.8 12.60 2493.0 12.75 3030.6 12.95 13.25 3182.8 13.42 3284.9 3584.9 13.51 3844.9 13.85 14.19 4039.5 4287.3 14.53 13.22 3983.9 13.24 4453.5 5146.6 13.47 13.90 5630.8 14.41 6198.9 14.46 6585.5 14.67 7056.1 14.88 7541.3 17.00 9055.5 9276.3 17.00 9954.2 17.82 10113.1 17.30 15.95 9738.2 10184.3 16.00 10392.1 16.00 9937 4 15.00 13.85 9535.3 14.38 10273.7 10906.3 14.73 11656.8 15.21
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. Select Wellbore > Geothermal Gradient. -. Geothermal Gradient
Specify basic formation temperature data.
I
Standard Addrbonal Surface Ambient: Mudline:
-
--
-
--
-
-
-
- -
(EJ
I
r~
"F
140.00
"F
Temp at Wei TD: 1362S.2 ft l\t>
r.
I2so.oo
Temperabse
f': Gradeit
OK
"f "F/ lOOft
Cancel
J_ ___.I_
Help
~
Geothermal Gradient
Specify additional formation temperature data. These additional temperatures can be used to characterize a more complex formation temperature profile or seawater temperature profile.
Standard Adcibonal
I
Veitical
Depth (ft) 1
1113QO
2 3
12630.0
OK
J
J
Cancel
Tempeiature ('F)
200.00 240.00
j_
I 1nser1 I I
_.I _
Help
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
J
9-19
Chapter 9: Exercises
7. Select Wellbore > Wellpath Editor, and then select File > Import> Wellpath to open the Import Wellpath File dialog box. Navigate to the location of the " E3SOP I_Wellpath for EDM training.txt" file, select it, and then click Open. Review the imported wellpath data. Alternatively, you can copy and paste data into the Wellpath Editor. The following rules associated with copy/paste of well path data can be found in the "Wellpath (Import)" topic of StressCheck Help: • The file must be tabular delimited text that uses using any combination of spaces, tabs, or commas as field delimiters. • Column 1 is reserved for measured depth, and measured depth values must be in increasing order and positive values. • Column 2 is reserved for inclination. • Column 3 is reserved for azimuth, and azimuth values must be 0.0° ~AZ~ 360.0°. Note EDM Data Transfer File imports are not supported from paths or file names that contain apostrophes. Make sure you do not use apostrophes in file names or directory names.
8. Select Wellbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides to define intervals of wellpath curvature independent of the deviation profile defined in Wellbore > Wellpath Editor.
1
2
3
10500.D
16330.D
1.00 1.00
a) Dogleg overrides can be accomplished in two ways. One method uses the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor, and the other method uses the WeUbore > Dogleg Severity Overrides spreadsheet. Do not enter the override in both places. To use the Wellpath Editor, enter the override in the Max DLS column. Do not enter the additi onal dogleg in the DLS column because the DLS va lues describe the trajectory.
9-20
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) This data is used in calculating bending stress as long as this dogleg is greater than the dogleg due to bending indicated in the Wellbore > Wellpath Editor and the calculated dogleg due to buckling. 9. Select Wellbore >Production Data.
rg)
Production Data Packer Data
QK
lm3 I1s200.o
FUd DenSlty: P""'er Depth, MJ:
ppg
J
Reservoir Data
r
J
tfelp
Pcrfurabon Depth,
j 16100.0
ft
I0.1000
psi/ft
I
~ance1
ft
Gas ~ravity:
C:- Gas/Qil Gradient:
To determine the gas/oil gradient s.g., click the Gas/Oil Gradient field and press F4 to access the Convert Gas Gradient Units dialog box.
IBJ
Convert Gas Gradient Units Highlight the unit that you want to momentarily convert the unit value displayed. Click OK to close the dialog box.
Y'.alue·
.!.!nit: ~m>
10.2307 ~
I
psi/ft ppg
bar/m kPa/m kg/crdm
,1""
F
,.__
OK
I
Cancel
I
J::!.elp
J
v
10. Press Ctr l-S to save the EJSOP I Design.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-21
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 4: The Design Process I. Select the 9 5/8" Production C asing to design. 2. Select Tubular> Design Parameters and specify the fo llowing for each tab: Design Factors Tab Pipe Body
Connection
Burst
1.100
Burst/Leak
Axial
1.100 Axial
Tension
l .3 00
Tension
1.300
Compression
1.300
Compression
1.300
Collapse
1.000
Triaxial
1.250
Analysis Options Tab
9-22
M in Internal Drift
8.500
Single External Pressure Profile
Check box selected.
Temperature Deration
C heck box selected .
Limit to Fracture at Shoe
Check box selected.
Buckling
Check box selected.
Use Burst Wall Thickness in Triaxial
Check box not selected .
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Select the Tubular > Initial C onditions > C ementing and Landing tab, and specify post-cementing hydrostatic profiles for certain burst, collapse, and axial loads to include: Mix-Wate r Density
8.33
Lead Slurry Density
I 5.20
Tail Slurry
C heck box selected.
Tail Slurry Density
15.60
Tail Slurry Length
500
Displacement Fluid Density
( t)
14.80
Float Collar Depth, M D
14,620
Applied S u r fa ce Pressure
Check box not selected.
F loat Failed
Check box not selected.
Landing Da ta (P ickup a nd Slackoff For ce) <2>
0
14.8 ppg is used so the ECO docs not exceed the fracture gradient while displacing cement slurry. 2 ( ) Do not apply pickup or slackoff forces.
(I)
What is the initial Temperature Profi le assumed for this string?
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-23
' Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select the Tubular> Burst Loads> Select tab, and specify the following burst loads for the 9 5/8" string. Then, select the Edit tab to specify the burst loads details (the pick-list in the Edit tab controls which parameters are displayed). Use the default values unless otherwise specified. Internal Profile Displacement to Gas
Influx Depth at section TD, 16,330 ft, Gas/Oil Gradient, 0.1000 psi/ft, Fracture Margin of Error, 0.00 ppg, Mud/Gas Interface estimated at surface, Mud Weight, I I .00 ppg
Gas Kick Profile
Influx depth at section TD, 50 bbl influx, with 0.5 ppg kick intensity, I 1.0 ppg maximum mud weight, 0.7 kick gas gravity, 0 ppg fracture margin of error, 5" drill pipe, and 1,000 ft of6.75" collars
Lost Returns with Water
Leave as default
Green Cement Pressure (Bump Plug) Test
1,000 psi
Drill Ahead
Hanger Depth, 30 ft, TOC Depth, MD, 10,750 ft, Shoe Depth, MD, 14,620 ft, MW Next Hole Section, 11 .0 ppg, ECO, 0.30 ppg Note: Cl ick Yes if prompted to copy Drill Ahead data from Burst to Collapse load.
Tubing Leak
Leave it as default
Injection Down Casing
Injection Pressure, 5000.0 psi, Injection Density, 8.33 ppg
External Profile Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure (External Profile)
9-24
Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure, 8.33 ppg above TOC (to analyze worst case) and 8.33 ppg below TOC, Pore Pressure In Open Hole Below TOC check box not selected.
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Select tab, and specify the following collapse loads for the 9 5/8" string. Then, select the Edit tab to specify the collapse loads details (the pick-list in the Edit tab controls which parameters are displayed). Use the default values unless otherwise specified. Internal Profile Full/Partial Evacuation
Default mud weight, and 9,000 ft mud level
Cementing
Use defaults
Lost Returns with Mud Drop
Lost Returns Depth, 15,784.9 ft, Mud Weight, 11 ppg
Above/Below Packer
Pore Pressure at Perforation Depth, 3000 psi, Density Above Packer, 8.60 ppg, Density Below Packer, 2.0 ppg, Fluid Drop Above Packer check box selected
Drill Ahead (Collapse)
Hanger Depth, 30 ft, TOC Depth, MD, I 0,750 ft, Shoe Depth, MD, 14,620 ft, MW Next Hole Section, 11 .0 ppg, ECO, 0.30 ppg
External Profile Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure
Fluid Gradient Above TOC, 15.10 ppg, Fluid Gradient Below TOC, 15. I 0 ppg, Pore Pressure In Open Hole Below TOC check box not selected.
6. Select Tubular> Axial Loads, and then specify the following axial loads: Running in Hole - Avg Speed
3.00 ft/sec
Overpull Force
100,000 !bf
Pre-Cement Static Load Applied Force
0 lbf
Post Cement Static Load
Check box selected
Green Cement Pressure Test
1,000 psi
Service Loads
Check box selected
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-25
Chapter 9: Exercises
7. Save and close the E3SOP l Design. What is the wellhead pressure for each load?
I
Hint
Seieot the View menu options.
What is the expected mud level (during Lost Return with Mud Drop scenario)? 8. Perform a Graphical Design. Assume you want to use the same casing weight and grade along the length of the entire string. Hint Display the Design Plots in the Design tab.
a) What pipe is initially selected? b) Which Design mode (burst, collapse, axial, triaxial) is more critical to the Design? c) If you have some pipe inventories of l 0,000 ft of 9 5/8", 53.5 ppf, L80 casing, LTC connection, could it be used for this Well in combination with the in itial solution? How many feet of this pipe would you use otherwise? Does the LTC connector satisfy the design criteria (Design Factors)? 9. Select a YAM TOP fro m the Special Connection Inventory (catalog). Does the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, L-80 YAM TOP string connection satisfy the design criteria (Design Factors)? I 0. Save the E3SOP I Design.
9-26
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 4 Answers I. Select Tubular > C urrent String to select the casing string to design. Alternatively, select the string from the Wizard.
r8J
Current String 30· Conductor casno 24" Su-face Ca$Wl9 18 5/8" Intermediate Casno 16" Intennedate Casino 13 5 • Prob!cbve
Select Tubular> Current String, and then select 9 5/8" Production Casing .
Close H~
r Production Liner
- or -
Select 9 5/8" Production Casing from the Wizard Select String pull-down list.
Is 518'' Production Casing
:::::J
30'' Conductor Casing 24" Surface Casing
18 518'' lntenneciate Casing 16" lntermedate Cas1ng 13 518'' Protective Cas"
2. Review Design parameters Design Factors and Analysis Options. Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Cclsing
Coupling Design factors use pipe body Design factors if coupling Design factor fields are empty.
~ Factors
IAnalySls Opbons J
Pipe Body
Connection
Bu"St;
11
Axial
T~:
~
Bu"stft.4!ak:
1 1.100
Axial 1 1.300
Tension:
I
Compr4!SSIOn: 1. 300
Compressoon: 1. 300 Colapse:
ri:ooo-
Triaxial:
j 1. 2.50
1 1.300
I
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-27
Chapter 9: Exercises
cg)
Design Parameters: 9 5/8" Production Casing
~ F~tors
Analysis Opbons
I
~Conslralit
Mr1 Internal Onft
Jm'Z!I
In
Analys15 Options
P ~ External PresSl.l'e Profie P !cmperabse Oer"abon P I.mt to Fradi.f'e al Shoe P' litJddin9
r
!J.se Blrst ',Val Thidcness In Tnaiaal
~
OK
J
3. Select Tubular> Initial Conditions. This data is specified on a per string basis.
CemenbnQ and L~ J Temperah.l'e
I
Cemenbng Data
Select the Tail Slurry Density check box to allow entry of tail _ _ _ __ slurry data.
Hx-Water Density (ppQ)
8. 33
Lead Skrry Density (ppg}
15. 20
P Iai Skrry Density (ppo)
15.60
Tail SUry Length {ft)
500.0
0.~t FUd Density (ppQ)
14.80
Float ColN Depth, t"O (ft)
H620.0
r
~ Stxrace Presst.l'e (psi)
r
float Failed
Lan
r
~Force (bf)
r.
~ff Force {bf)
OK
9-28
Cancel
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
lo
Chapter 9: Exercises
rg)
Initial Conditions: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Select the Temperature tab to view the initial Temperature Profile of the string .
Cementrog and Lancing
Temperah.r~
r. OefaUt
r
User-entered
The default values correspond to the undisturbed Temperature Profile .
_J
I
MD fl 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
~o
125.0 4~0
900.0 12000 14000 1600.0 6100.0 97000 !BXl.O 99000 10000.0 10100 0 102000 10Dl0 104000 12676 0 14620.0
.!ll1.1e •
;..
0000 0000 4000 4703 51 50
5442 57 26 119 47 168 21 169 55 17085 17212 173 34 17452 17566 176 75 20000
23540
..,
_J OK
Cancel
I-
APPfy _j
Help
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-29
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select Tubular > Burst Loads to designate burst loads for the 9 5/8" string. - - -- - -- -- -Burst Loads: 9 518" Production Casing
A check box is associated with each load case you want to use. Details of each load case are specified by using the Edit tab.
0rq Loads
rv Gas Kick Profie
Fractl.re ~Shoe w/ Gas Gradient Above Fractixe
-
--
(8)
Q T~Leak
r
Stmkbon Su'face Leak
P
In.)edlon Do~ CasnQ
c Shoe w/ 1/3 81-f> at 54.rface
rv
Lost Reh.ms ~ith Water
r
Pressue Test
r
-
Procb:bon Loads
Q Otsplacernent to Gas
r
-
IT~atlxe I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
Select Edit
r
-
Su-face Protection (BOP)
W Green Cement Pressu-e Test
p
Dnl Ahead
External Profie
Internal Profie t
· ·X - -
~
Lost Reh.ms Mlh Wate' Gas Kidc Profie Tubiig Leak Injection OoMl Casing
Grttn Cement Presst.re Test Ori Ahead (!Ust)
OK
Cancel
r
Mud and Cement Mix-Water
r
Permeable Zones
r
Mlnm..m Formation Pore Pr~e
(". Pore Pressu-e w/ Seawater Gradient
<-' Flud Gradients w/ Pore PresSU'e
#J
The selected External Profile will be used for all burst loads because the Single External Pres sure Profile check box is selected on the Tubular > Design Parameters dialog box.
9-30
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Burst Loads: 9 518" Production Casing Select Edrt
Select the Displacement to Gas load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
Temperabse
-
I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
m· ··- -
f 16330.0
InfuxOepth, M) (ft) Pore Pr~e· 7436.91 psi
IGas/Oil Gracient 6;$/ft) ::::J
I0.1000
Fracbse at Shoe• 10354.28 psi
jo.oo
Fracb.re Margin of Error {ppg) Mud/Gas Interface, I'>() (ft)
Io.o
Mud W~t (ppo)
j tLOO
_j _AWIY J
OK
eaoce!
___~ _ __. (8J
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edit
Select the Lost Returns with Water load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
r8J
I
Temperabse
I Plot I custom I Opbons I
Fracbse at Shoe• 10354. 28 psi
Mud/Nater Interface, MJ (ft)
jo.oo j 1'1620.0
Mud weqit (ppg)
I tt.00
Fractu'e Margn of Error (ppg)
OK
Cancel
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-31
Chapter 9: Exercises
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
Select the Gas Kick Profile load from the pull-down list. and enter data as specified to define the load case.
lr~ab..re I Plot
seect Edt
a
-
-- -
rg)
I Custom I Options I
Li
Influx Depth, M:> (ft)
I 16330.0
Kick Vclt.me (bbl)
t so.o
Kick Intensity (ppg)
jo.so
Mllxl1ll.m Mud We!Qht (ppg)
111.00
Kick Gas Gra'llty
lo.10
FrllCb..re at Shoe• 1035-l. 2.8 psi
10.00
Fractl.l'e Margin of Error (ppg)
MPipeOO(n)
j s.ooo
ColarOO (n)
,6.750
Colar Lenglh (ft)
I 1000.0
!_cancel_J_
OK
~y
'-
H~
j rg)
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing select
Edit
IT~atu"e I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
fiii
Select the Tubing Leak load from the pull-down list, and review the load case values.
I Tlbnaleak
Packer FUd Density• 8.60 PP9 Packer Depth, rvD s 15200.0 ft Perfurabon Depth, I>{) .. 16100.0 ft Gas/Qi GraOents 0.1000 psi/ft ReservOlr Pressue.. 7032.48 psi
OK
9-32
Cancel
1_~Y
J_
~ _J
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
~ -
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing select
Edit
- (8)
ITemperab.xe I Plot I CUstom I Options
.. ..
3
Select the Injection Down Casing load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
Isooo.oo Ia.33
OK
I_ ~Y J __~ _ _..
Cancel
r8J
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Ecit
I
lremperatae Plot
I Custom I Opbons
ra Select the Green Cement Pressure Test load from the pull-down list, enter 1 ooo psi Test Pressure, and then review the other load case values.
-~EJ
j 1000.00
Test Pre.ssu-e (psi)
Mud We1!1it at Shoe• 15. 10 ppg TOC, fl.'Oa 10750.0 ft Lead SUry Density• tS.20 PPO
TM Skxry Density= 15.60 PP9 T~ Skxry
Length= 500.0 ft
Dlsplacement FUd Density= 14.80 PPO
Float Colar Depth, t-0 .. 1-1620.0 ft
OK
Cancel
J __~_v
_ _. --~--.....
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-33
Chapter 9: Exercises
r8)
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select
Select the Drill Ahead (Burst) load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case .
Edit
IT!mpefah.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
G
Ahead t!Ust)
Mud t;le, ,,., - 430.0 ft
j JO.O
Hanger Depth, ""' (ft)
I 101so.o
TOC Depth, l'1> {fl)
Shoe Depth, ,.., (ft)
j 1'1620.0
M'N tlext Hole Section (ppg)
111.00
ECO(ppg)
10.30
'x
StressCheck
Do you want to copy Oril Ahead data from 8u'st load to Colapse load~
Click Yes if prompted to copy Drill Ahead data from Burst load to Collapse load.
Yes
No
~
Burst Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing SelKt Edt
Select the Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure load from the pull-down list, and review the load case values.
Click OK to apply changes and close the dialog box.
9-34
Tef11lerabse
I Plot I Custom I Options
GradenIS w/ Pore Press11e TOC, MJ• 10750.0 ft, Pl'oor Shot!, />'D• 12020.0 ft
la. 33 ja.33
Mud We¢t Above TOC (ppg) rud Grad Below TOC (ppg)
r
Pore Premre In Open Hole
OK
Apply
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select Tubular> Collapse Loads to designate collapse loads for the 9 518" string.
(R}
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
I
Select Ecit
Select the check box associated with each load case you want to use. Details of each load case are specified using the Edit tab.
I Terr.,er111l.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
Drilr1o loads p Ft.lft>arllal EVZIO.labon P" Lost Reb..rns with "l.d Drop
Production loads Ful Evaruabon
r
P
Above,.aeio.. Pl!Cker
r
f;'" Cemenq
Gas Mqr'11bon
~ 0r•Ahead
fnternal Profie
Extem!ll Profile
I Mud !Ind Cement 11-\x·Wate-
,,_Ital EvllOJllbon
Cementr.o
I Permeable Zones
~P!ldcer
(" Mud !Ind Cement SUry
lost Reb.rns with Mud Drop
Orf Ahead {Colapse)
I Fract.re # Pnor Shoe w/ Ga!l Gr!ldent Above
r.
FUd Gradients w/ Pore Presst.re
Cancel
['8J
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Sele
Select the Full/Partial Evacuation load case from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
I
Terrc>er&b..re Plot
I CusbJm I Options I
/Pl!lbal EVll
ii1i3
Mud Weight {J:Ji>9)
I 1s.10
Mud level, Kl (ft)
19000.0
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-35
Chapter 9: Exercises
Collapse Loads: 9- S/8" Production Casing Select Edit
Select the Cementing load from the pull-down list and review the default data for this load case.
- -
-
~
- --
ITemperab..re I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
r>\Jd W~tatShoe~ 15.10 PPO TOC, 1-'D• 10750.0 ft Lead Slrry Density• 15.20 PP9
Tail Slrry Density• 15.60 PPO Tail Slrry Leno th• 500.0 ft DlspQcement Flud Oeoslty • 14.80 PPO
Float Colar Depth, 14'.l• H620.0 ft
OK
Cancel
I_
&iPY
J (gJ
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing ~ Edit
Select the Lost Returns with Mud Drop load from the pull-down list and enter data as specified to define the load case.
I Plot I Custom I Clpbons I
G
ost Rell.ms Nth 1'lJCI Crop Lost Reti.ms Depth, f"D (ft)
1 15784.9
jPore Pressu-e C Lost Reh.ms Depth (psi)
Iws.47
r>\Jd Weight (ppg)
j 1t.00
r>\Jd Drop level, I>{) • 1958.0 ft
OK
9-36
Temperab..re
Cancel
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
l8J
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edit
Select the Above/Below Packer load from the pull-down list, and enter data as specified to define the load case.
ITeJll)Cl'ab.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
l'Ds: Packet-• 15200.0 ft, Peri.• 16100.0 ft
Po<e Pressure at Periorabon Depth {psi) Density Above Packer (ppg) Density Below P~ (ppg)
rv A.Id Drop Abo~e Pad:er
OK
l:mo.oo
le.60 12.00
Cancel
~
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edt
Select the Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure load from the pull-down list and enter data as specified to define the load case.
jT~atu-e I Plot
I Custom I Options I
~ Gradil!r'lts w/ Pore PresgJr e
TOC, !>'()• 10750.0 ft, P,.l()( Shoe, MJ• 12020.0 ft Rud Gradent Abo\-e TOC (ppg)
Fbd Gradient Below TOC (ppo}
r
j 1s. 10
l 1s. 10
Pore Pressure In Open Hole Below TOC
OK
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-37
Chapter 9: Exercises
~
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing
~
Select the Drill Ahead (Collapse) load from the pull-down list and enter data as specified to define the load case.
Click OK to apply changes and close the dialog box.
Ecit
IT~alU'e I Plot I Custom I Options I
Ah!!ad (Colapse)
Mud lroe, f>D - 430.0 ft
130.0
Han9e' Depth, l-0 (ft)
I10750.0 I1'1620.0
TOC Depth, 1-t> {ft)
Sl10I! Oeplh, l-0 (ft) MN ~xt Hole Sl!c1Jon (ppg)
j u.oo
ECO (ppo)
lo.JO
OK
6. Specify the axial loads using Tubular > Axial Loads.
['8J
Axial Loads: 9 5/8.. Produc tion Casing
I
~t Plot 1 Opbons I On the Select tab, select the axial loads, and specify values as shown.
W Rlrlnr1Q In Hole -Avg. Speed
13.0
ft/s
w OVerpUI Force
j 100000
bf
I0
bf
I 1000.00
!>SI
rv Pre-Ct!mef'lt Static Load
Applted Force:
W Post-Cement Stabc Load
W Green Cement Pressll'e Test
Click OK to apply changes and close the dialog box.
OK
Cancel
_
_..l_~ _J
7. Press Ctrl-S and then select File> Close to save and close the
E3SOP I Design.
9-38
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select File> Open, select the E3SOP I Design, and click OK. Wellhead Pressures (psi) can be viewed using View > Tabular Results> Burst Loads.
Depth (MD)
(ft) 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
26 27 28
29 3J
300 1250 AlJO 9000 9000 1200 0 1200 0 14000 1600 0 1600 0 61000 61000 97000 97000 9f0)0 9EDlO 99000 100000 101000 10100 0 102000 10Dl0 10300 0 104000 10400 0 10750 0 12020 0 141200 146200
Displacement To Gas Lost Returns (psi) (psi)
oon7 6007 2 6117 7 6164 7 616.4 7 6194 5 6194 6 6214 1 62331 62331 6649.0 66490 6974 9 6974 9 69e38 69838 69926 70010 70092 70092 7017 I 7024 7 7024 7 70320 70320 70560 7142 7 72860 73202
49766 5017 7 5149 7 53530 53530 54823 54823 55669 56492 56492 7449 4 7449 4 88600 88600 El39e 6 8891l 6 8936 3 89729 OC03 4 OC03 4 90426 9075.5 90755 910) 9 9100 9 92107 95860 10200 5 10354 3
Gas Kick (pS1) 1631 5 1662 3 1761 3 19139 19139 2021 3 2021 3 20953 2171 0 2171 0 41895 41895 59535 59535 &Xl.45 6004 5 6054 3 61026 61495 61495 6194 7 62380 62381 6279 5 6279 5 6416 2 6911 9 7731 6 79268
Green Cement Green Cement Dnll Ahead Flu1d Gradients Tubmg Leak Casing Injection Pres Test (Int) Pres Test (E •t) (Burst) w/ Pore Press (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) (psi) 56000 5731 ..
:H,77 &J776 &J77.7 6211 I 6211 1 62965 63834 63834 8241.9 82420 9696 3 96963 9738 1
9738 2 9777 1 9814.9 9851 5 9851 5 98868
9920.7 99207 99532 99532 10060 4 10447.8 11088.5 11241 0
50130 5054 1 51E6 1 5389 4 53139 5 55187 5518 7 5603 4 56856 56856 74858 74858 8896 4 8896 4 89350 89350 8972.7 90093 90« 8 9044 B 9079 0 9111 9 9111 9 91433 9143 3 9247 1 96224 102.429 10390 7
10231 1096 I 133)6 1691 9 1692 0 19216 19217 2072.0 22182 2218 2 54165 54166 79227 79228 7991 4
79914 0058 4 81234 81864 81865 8247 2 8l'.l5 6 Bl'.l5 6 8~14
8361 5 05459 92127 103152 10577 7
235 96 I 337 3 7000 7000 940 3 9403 1093 7 1242 8 12429 450> 1 45001 7063 1 70631 71331 71331 7201 4 7267 .8 7332 1 73321 7394 I 7453 7 7453 7 7510.7 7510 7 76969 83837 95160 97927
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
17 6 73 4 2524 5263 5263 703 7 703 7 8185 93J 1 930 1 33721 3372.1 5285 6 52856 53380 53380 53892 54388 5487 0 5487 0
55334 55779 5577 9 56206 56206 5761 4 62705 71123 7312 7
130
5A 1 1861
3139 4 3895 518 7 518 7 603 4 6856 6856 24858 24858
3896 4 3896 4 39350 39350 3972 7 40093 4044 8 4044 40790 4111 9 4111 9 4143 3 4143 3 4247 1
a
~24
5242 9 53917
9-39
Chapter 9: Exercises
To determine the mud level, refer to the Tubular> Collapse Loads> Edit tab for Lost Returns with Mud Drop load case (see page 9-36). The Mud Drop Level is 1,958.0 ft MD. This is the measured depth level of mud required to balance the formation pore pressure. (This mud drop is calculated by assuming the hydrostatic column of mud in the hole equilibrates with a specified pore pressure at a specified depth.)
['8J
Collapse Loads: 9 5/8" Production Casing Select Edt
ITernperabe I Plot I Custom I Opbons I I 15784.9
Lost Reb..rns Depth,,.., (ft)
!Pore Presue C Lost Reb.ms Depth (psi)
:::J
I-bl 'Iieijlt (ppo' I-bl Drop Le> e l"D - 1958.0 ft
The Lost Returns with Mud Drop load displays 1958 ft as the calculated mud drop.
9-40
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
16178.47
j tLOO
Chapter 9: Exercises
8. To perform the Graphical Design, divide the Design tab into four panes (select Window> Split), and enable a simultaneous view of multiple plots. Starting with top left to top right, then lower left to lower right, select View > Design Plots > Burst, View> Design Plots > Collapse, View > Design Plots > Axial, and View > Design Plots > Triaxial. (Close the Well Explorer to maximize the view area.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .~~~~~:!!!~ ..~~~!!!9!!.. ·=------------------~~ 0
:
:
:
:
·~
:
'
;
f.~ :· :1: ~ i~±-\I 1:
12500
!2&D
15000
·•• • •• •· · ]·· · •·· · ·•·•
15(XX}
mm+---<-- --+---1-------t-----1-----1 6600
6690
6720
679)
•• ••• •• • • • ••
I:
t·-·... ... ·t··---·-·····r· ·······"t~-·········1·---·····--·
i•• •• ••• ••••..:.•••• •• •••• ·••· ••••·-•••••~••• •••• •••• •.. •,t,
i
l+ Ots1on LNi Lint ~~~
i
1
;
l
u • o•••
j ·•••• ••• • •••
;
17fAIJ ~--t------t---r~--r----t---t----i
6810
0
1500
l.!lll Collapu Rating (pa•)
-~ .. -- :-··:······ ;······r- : --jmmm ·:~_., I Eo- ~= ...··.·.·..· .· ·:..~·.·..·.··..·.·.·.. :._· ·~-~..l, .·-~-·s·. ~·-.·, ~-:o· -~:.· ",::.·_l. ··. ·. .••.•.•.•
:I: :1 A!mJ
rr
.. .•.••.• ..·.··,·.•.••.·..·.··.. ..··..··..··.·..·.•·:·,; ·..-..·.--.·..··••·•·
__. .. i
IT
2000
m>mm
l!ml ·········--+ ·····--···.L··········j·············1············<·········--··(·........
f:" _ .·:_:_._·_ .·_
·_ : · ··i,·' .. .: _:·_.._ · _::_:_:.__-_ .· :_:_:::. ._ ·:__::_·.-_··.-..i'lo :. .: ..
0
·-----·---+---····--+--······+ ····----+--········i···········i···········
1 7 I b~A!'!!iX""*E• >...._..(<Wik" "A •
€
'. . .m • •mrm••··r
·5000
~ ~ ~IF~co~ ~ ~ 1~ ~o
~.· ~.-·~: '.·~: _-·_,:~.·: ._:':.!:_"'."_ . .. :
. .
.
.
~_- :_ ·. ·_
_·:._· ·.. :.:_.::_._-_1:·_ :_·_·_ ._ · :_:_.·_:_·__: ..·_::,·: _· :_:_·._ :__
.
···-·----···'- ····· ····---1·····--·····l ··········r ·---·--···1·············:····· 150
600
700
90J
WE S lrH1(psc)
JLI •
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-41
Chapter 9: Exercises
Double-click any Design Plot pane background. A red line is drawn in all plots. This red line represents the strongest 9 518" pipe in the pipe inventory that satisfies the loading conditions.
To view the pipe rating and grade, place the cursor over the Pipe Rating line, and click the left mouse button. The pipe size, weight, and grade is displayed in the status bar.
""'
.
.,,,,, ,...., '"""
0
ri......
..., -
-
·e
.. •·
j.....--
.,
"""
+---+--i--...---t-··l(QXQ,l
t~
--~
t'SDlXIJ
t1".(I 1:sxoo
BllXQ)
.JJll)
em
--tIQlf)
1so:o
t-~
--~ - - - - - - - - - - -1- 1.
*"'....-r=<"""7""""'<"i-.i,('l'\.. X•"TXL• X: ..... J:-J·
1Q!5(.Ul
12«1'»
1m»
J.:J •
·..a-- ---~
To change the pipe weight, grade, or size, right-click the pipe rating line you want to change. Drag the pipe rating line to the desired position. When a pipe is changed in one plot, the change is applied to the other plots.
9-42
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
a) Select the String and Connection tab, and spl it the tab into two horizontal panes. Hint Double-click the horizontal splitter in the upper right comer of the main view area, or drag the horizontal splitter bar to the desired location to adjust the viewing area.
On the top pane, select Tubular > String Sections. On the bottom pane, select Tubular > Connections.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-43
Chapter 9: Exercises
The top pane (String Sections table) displays the default pipe selected, 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, Q-1 2 5 grade, with a cost of $43 7, 116. Double-click the small bar in the upper right comer to split the pane horizontally.
-
~
x
The Tubular > String Sections spreadsheet is automatically entered.
Sinn Sections Base, MD (ft)
Top. MD (ft) ~o
1
146200
Grade
9 s.e·
53 500
Q.125
Cost ($) 437,116 437,116
9518",53500ppf,Q.125
2
From the bottom pane (Connections table), select BTC (Buttress Connection) as the pipe connection Type, and then tab out of the field. Notice that the total casing and connection cost increased to $515,786. The total cost of casing and tubing increased by $78,670when BTC type connectors are used.
Strin Sections Base, MD (ft)
Top, MD (ft) ~o
14620 0
OD (in) 9 s,e·
Weight (PPO 53500
Grade Q.125
b) The Collapse load contro ls the Des ign.
9-44
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Cost($)
515,7ffi 515,786
Chapter 9: Exercises
c) From the String and Connection tab, edit the String Sections and Connections tables as follows: Update the Tubular > String Sections and Tubular> Connections spreadsheets.
1CXXXl.O
14620 a
9 518"
53.500
Notice that the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg , L-80, LTC connection is under designed for the specified design criteria. Connection Safety Factor (Abs)= *1.25 (the asterisk indicates the Connection Safety Factor (Abs) is less than the minimum Allowable Safety Factor (Design Factor).
1 2
9 5.13", 53 500 ppf, L-00 9518",53.500ppf,Q.125
OD (In) 10625
BTC
10625
3
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-45
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Design tab. Notice that changes made in the String and Connection tab are automatically applied to all Design plots. Notice that the 9 518", 53.50 ppf, L-80 string section is under designed for both Collapse and Triaxial loads.
Col
~ . ........L...... LL. . . ~ . .......L. ......L . ·.~~~~M~~-1!-~• !
€
500J
j ~
+ Ott19" lotd l..ltlt I
l·· · ··········-:···········(·········1·······..·· j
···········i···········j·..
t
j
····;· ··········1····· · ·· ····~·-·· · ···-··-r··----- ·--............... i----·· ··---~ ............~ . ...•.... . ~---·1 f ~
f.: ·•·•
i•=···•·t1•·· · r••·••• r =r• +••••••• : ···: •••i•· · · · ••1t••r= .1· · · · ••1•l·· · ·1 :···· 17500
:!
150CI)
17500
:zooo
l(XXl(l Burst R.wig (p'SI)
l :ZOOO
UOOJ
Pip• R•M Q
......., ...............
i
l
FI L). 1 1
1500
0
1600'.l
····---~- ...........:....•.......
1500
10600
Tna11&MD111 n
·
· L
:
:
:
:
_/
+
<
:
•
: +\......: :
.
0Ul9" l.o•d Line Pipt Y1•1dStten 1h
······ .. ····;·········· ..r·· ..... -·~ ········ ·~·· ·· . ······r·········.. ·~········· ··· 500J
!
75CXJ
~
! UXOJ 12500 15000
!·········
:
17500 ~
:
:·:·::·:: ::r:::·::·:·:-r...·:··:_·:·:_ . .:.: ::~-~---. -i------~JT:··: .
~
5ro'.ID
79JDl
11DDD
12!llm
1500'.DJ
119JDl
mxm
·+ . ··---r~. .. ...!... .. +·· . . -~-· . . .... :
:
:
17 0 0 0 + - - - . . - - - 1 - - - t - - - - 1 - - - - . - - - - . - ---l nm 7500J 1llXlOO 1361)))
Ai~ Force Obi)
....
r:r.~c--n:t=i"IC:T11::::-1:=-. ......,~~~x ~xi;;;;xc:;o;;:. x~~·-------------------~~~---~
9-46
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Min ASF tab. Select View > Tabular Results> Min Safety Factors. Oep1h (MOJ (II) J)
Notice that both connections (LTC) Axial, jump out failure, and pipebody (9-5/8", 53.50 ppg. L-80) Collapse, Triaxial under design conditions are flagged. The legend at the bottom of the table states that values flagged with an asterisk indicate the Safety Factor is below the Design Factor. The lowest Absolute Safety Factor after comparing connection and pipebody absolute safety factors is reported for any depth of interest. 9-9~nectior) a b~o!Y~e safety factors are recognized by the letter attached indicating ri:>~~bie failure mode (for) example, L, F, J).
00/Woighll\"lrade
ConNC-tfOn
9 510", 53 500 pp{ L.00
LTC L-00
Burit 1 :1181
125 ll OJ 90'.J 90'.J 1153 1200 1000 1600
1100 1100 1958 5910 5970 ~1
6051 6100 6173 6187 f;300
6300 7213
7401 lfir> ~
9m 928J ~11
9420 96'()
9700 9!IJO 9900 990'.J IOCOl IOCOl 10100 1()20() 10300
L F J 81 66 Bil Cl C6
9 S113·. 53 500 pP4 0.1.25
6TC, 0.125
1 ll Eli 1 29 Eli 1 "29 B6 1 29 Eli I Zl Eli 1 2986 I 29 Ell 1 29 EE 1 2'I 86 12986 12986 12986 158EllL 158Elll 15886L 158B6L ISSEliL IS886L t5886L 158136L 15B86L 15866L 157B6L 15786L 15786l t57Elll
Mn1momS1re1 fac1or(Ab•) CohpS8 Axial • 100 00 (6 133!l8J 65 11 C6 1 3Hl8J 1 35 El8J 2662C6 18"3 C6 136fllJ 904C6 I 41 B0 J ·125B0J 904 C6 ·12188J 707 C6 ·12788J 679Cfl ·1.29El8J 584 C6 5UC6 H!5C6 I 49 B8J 485C6 143fll.i I 45 88J 193 ..I J 193 ..1 J 194111 J I 92AI J 1EllB8J I !f3 .. IJ I 96A1 J I 98AI J Al J 21 .., J 2 14 J 218 .. I (191)C6J (178)C6J (118)C6J (I 72) (.6 J (1 72) C6 J (161)C6J
()98CI 098Ct 098CI 125CI 125CI 125CI 125CI 125C1 125C1 I 25CI 125CI I 25CI 121 C6 112 c;; t tOC6 I 10C6
(1 6]) C6 J (1 61J C6J (1 59) C6 J (159) LtiJ (15B)C6J 7BJC6 (276)C6 (2 74) C6 (273)C6 (2 73) C6 (2 71) C6 (3 IS) Cb (298) C& (2 94) C6 l49fllF 351HIBF 328El8F HI B8F 3 21 B0 F
a
Tnaxl1I 15281 15361 154 61 15581 15980 t 48 BS 15088 I SOBEi • 51 B8 1 57 B8 161 86 1 59 fll 160E6 1 42E6 I U Iii 140 B6 139~ 136~
I J9 E'6 I 3986 1 HB6 14066 1 ~66 13566 1 31 Eli 12766 I :.'386 12386 I 21 86 I 21 B6 I 17 B6 117 86 1 1186 1160£. I 1866 I 18 Eli 18366 18386 I 8286 18393 18286 I 93 E6 199 E6 I 88 Iii 2 10 Cl
211 Cl 203C6
I 99C6 199C6
SF BelowD F Coonec.tron Leak Conn1c11on fraature Cor.neL1torl Jiimp Ous 01Spf•c1men1 lo G11 Tubing L..k lnjtctlOn CO
AbM Betow ?•eke•
Al
Ruoning m Hot•Awg Speed
()
Compr11S1on
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-47
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Design tab. On the Triaxial Design plot, drag the horizontal line of the Pipe Yield Strength line upward until the Design Load Line is to the left of the Pipe Yield Strength line as shown below. Drag the horizontal line of the Triaxial plot Pipe Yield Strength Line. Notice that the Collapse Design plot adjusts automatically with the change. You can drag any vertical/horizontal pipe rating I yield strength lines.
: : I : :. t: h, ;:::r 1·r
• Ots:iigrt Load Unt
o...go Ulad llnt
.
.
.
. .
-
.
1
1
.
17500 + - -- + - --+-- - - < - - - + -ml 100XI 200J Bur.i R" mg (pS<)
--<>---
1.~ : r<~r: ~
i17m ...........l......... 1!lm ... . .......
i
-+----I
1200J
1400)
i
·~-~
. , Vt'
. . . r . ...
150l1
llillXl
.........1·····.. ···-1-..····················l·······l · j . ..... . ...
l.. . . . .l. .. . . .
12SOO
17&1)+-71lXlXl
11XQllJ
10500
I
1
r···········r···....···r··.........
smm
1500
0
1
17500 ~
: : ··1············1············ 12500 ........_··1·· ········t......... ..( ····-···:····· ... :···· ..·r····i············ .............~······ u••·t··--..···-··r·······-··· 1-······-·····t!...........~---····--· ·· ~ ~ . ~ ; 17500+-- - - , t - - -++- --t-- -- + - - -+-- - ;f--- --l .........
'
:::.j:::t .•· · ·1· =1=·····1·1·······1•:••······ 1
P ipe R•hn
- -·-- ··r ··- -·- ·-·--~--- · ···· -,.-·
151X1l · ·· · ·· · ···· i · -··· ··· -- - <- ·· ·~--- --- .:. - - --- ----- ·> · ·· ·-····· ·; ..( ...... ... • ... ...... ..
[
. ···r·· ····t··· ··· ····j··:: ~:::::·:!:::::::::::J.::::::::::
•251lXXJ
1saxm
11&ro:1
20C0000
:nm
-
t-----1'-
Nial Force (lb~
- - --
....-.-- + -- - t - - ---l
7500) ""'1ES1< tH(ps~
...,..A~~x~~ XiiiX""""" X~~~·-----------------------'-'-'
9-48
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the String and Connection tab.
About 8,900 ft of L-80 pipe can be used.
Top, MD (ft)
89))0 U6..1) 0
2 3
9~·
53500
L-00 Q.125
Notice that the 9 5/8", 53 .50 ppg, L-80, LTC connection is still flagged as under designed for the specified design criteria. Connection Safety Factor (Abs)= *1 .25, which is less than the Axial Tensio Design Factor of 1.30.
1
2
9 ~·. 53 500 ppf, L..aJ 9 Slti". 53 500 ppf , Q.125
BTC
Q.125
10625
1 57
3
9. Select the Work tab. Select Tubular> Special Connections Inventory. Select Edit> Import from Catalog, and then select VAM TOP from the list of catalogs on the left side of the dialog box. With the VAM TOP cata log selected, highlight (select) the YAM TOP, 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, L-80 connector.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-49
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click Append to add it to the Special Connections table. -
-
-
-
Import From Special Connection Catalog
Select VAM TO P special connection inventory catalog.
VAMACESC90 VAM Big Omega VAMDINO VAM VAMFl. VAMHWST VAM HW ST SC70 VAM H'N ST SC80 VAMNEW VAM VAMNEW VAMMS NEWVAMSC V PRO VAM -tl
Select (highlight) the VAM TOP 9 5/8", 53.50 ppg, L-80 connection. ---ttllDiliTl".ll:rm-----;--;:~~• VAMTOPSC80 VAMl' SC90
ImportJ
dose
J
~
J
Click Append to add the connection to the Special Connections Inventory table.
S/Jo1n1 19957
Note The red shading of lhc Special Connections listings indicates that there is no pipe of the same size, weight, and grade in the Pipe Inventory.
Select the String and Connection tab. Replace the LTC connection Type with VAM TOP. Notice the Connection Safety Factor (Abs) now satisfies the design loading conditions.
Pipe + Conn
2
9 5/0", 53 5'JJ ppf, L-00 9 5.18"' 53 500 ppf, 0-125
0-125
10 625
($/ft) 31 .15 35.35
Cost ($) 478 ,528
276,315 202,213
3
10. Click the Save icon ( r;I ) to save the E3SOPJ Design.
9-50
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 5: Minimum Cost I . Set the Minimum Cost search parameters to look at the most conservative constraints, where both Triaxial Design criteria and the API Burst, Collapse, and Axial limits are not exceeded. Select one casing section that has a minimum section length of 1,000 ft.
2. Change the Cost Factor fo r T-95 grade material to 1.60. 3. Execute the Minimum Cost search. a) What pipes are selected by the minimum cost search? b) Are these likely to be appropriate for your Design? c) Select BTC connections. Is there any problem using the BTC connection? d) How would you verify in-house connection test data? 4. How much was saved on the cost compared to the in itial Q-125 , BTC solution? 5. Save the E3SOP 1 Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-51
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 5 Answers I. In the Minimum Cost dialog box, enter parameters as seen below,
and then click OK. Refer to online help for further information.
(g)
Minimum Cost: 9 5/8" P.-oduction Casing Parameters
Select the Tubular > Minimum Cost > Parameters tab and enter the following.
ID!!sQ:l I
Cons trMlts
Maxm.rn Nlsnber of Secbons:
j1
~ Stttion Length:
,,....1000-.0- ft
Cost
Cost of K·SS Steel:
I700
S/ton
~
Minimum Cost: 9 5/8" Production Casing Parameters
Select the Tubular> Minimum Cost > Design tab, and select areas (gray) as seen here.
f~ ~ Tri-axial
ro ~ ~
Q)
lt::
0Q)
- • • ••••• • • • ••• • ••• •
> ~ Q) lt::
w
' -i-:-:.::..:..:::....=:..::+;:...=~=-:i=:..::.::..:..:::__+-~~-+-~~-1' ~~--1
Axial Force (lbf)
9-52
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
2. Select Tools > Default> Cost Factors. Change the T-95 grade cost factor to i . 60, and then click OK. --
-
-
-
~
Cost Factors Click the T-95 Cost Factor field and change the default to 1 . 6 o.
Cost
Grade Of Name
A
OK
FactOf
C-90 C-95 T-95 . 5 P-110 Q-125 V-150
Cancel
1.45 1.52
1.60 1.47 1.47
I I
~
1.60 Insert
1.77 v
3. Select View> Design Plots> Minimum Cost. Minimum Cost Search
l8J
~ass 3: Fll'llshed_ _ _ _ _ __. Elapsed Tune: 00:00:02 Last Minm..m-Cost Design: 00:00:02 Cooent 1'1inlmum Cost: $401,601
___ I I _,
QK
r···~ance1·11
•..... ····--.....J
a) Pipe selected is: 9 5/8" OD, 53.50 weight, P-110 grade. Therefore, the minimum cost is obtained using P-1 10 grade pipe for the 9 5/8" OD string. Notice that the connector table inputs are reset to undefined after executing Minimum Cost. Strin Sections Top, MD (ft) 1 2
Base, MD (ft)
300
14620.0
Pipe Section 1 2
OD On)
9 518", 53.500 ppf, P-110
9 5/8"
T pe
Weight (ppQ
Grade
53.500
OD
in
P-110
Cost (S) 401,601 401,601
Burst
NIA
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-53
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) Yes, based on the Design plots, all design load lines are to the left of the p ipe rating lines.
o~------------- ~ Ots!Qr'LO ~
···········:-··········r
:1: l5(D)
······r·········:····
· ··+·····~:~~~~~--
··
J:1:r::r 1:1:
,~ :::,: +·. ·r-ift~
i:: . r· ;r
··········-r·····-···-r···~······r·----·····:· ··--:......r--·-··----·i-·-·--·----
···········-i·-··········t············i·······--···j···········--r':··········i············
ISIXO
17500
I • .:· ·rr•• f
175XI l ml
DX)
1&00
1400)
0
1500
7500
~A> == "~ I O~•·~·~•-------------------------~T~·•~•= ••l~O~tt~1~n----------------------~
:
:
: -! · ··# €
17500 ~
~ICOXI
~
12500
: . . : :• • t
4-+
: 1
: j
:
1• Dwgnl.oodl.d>t
P.,.R~
j
.... .."
9-54
:
:
:
:
:
o
+ DH19n lo.d line
~eYteldS1ref191l>
€
J:::•·······:······· ·•:•:::•:: :1:::::-•:
r:•::
1cn:n:D l;&W) Axu t f'cwce \lbl)
151X1Xll
1750COO
12500
········r-········1-.......... r~---·-·-··t"·-----·---1-·--~--------~---·---·--·-
,7soo...-- ---t---__,f-----t-----t---__,f---------1
:lllUIXI
~~..,,X§IL/(41 •
! 75CO "¥ i 1CXIXI i 1500J· --·
·1soo+-- --t----t------- --- ---- ---- --i 7~
_I
2!ll'.l
·t ·····r ·-----··-1-·---·---·l ··----·--·i---------'·1···------·fADXll
;
5IXO
:•.:..:..•..:.•.:~..::·•-::•:.:..1.·::· r :::
:l5QXXl
: L+
nm
•!OOJ
60COJ
' !OOJ 9llXIO VME s...n(p")
•OSOOJ
1ioni
13llXJl
' · '~·--------------------------~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Work tab, and then open the View> Triaxial Check > Design Limits plot. Notice that all loads are within the unibiaxial/triaxial limits. Design Limits • Section 1 f
-----J·-----L _____ I
I
I
I
J _ _____ I
I I
I I
I
I
I I
I I
1______L____ _
J ___ _ __ I
L_____ I
I I
. . I
J _ _ _ _ __ l--- I
I
I I
!
1
I
I
I I
--~--- -- J-- ----L---J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
----- ~ ---- - - ~- - --- ~ - - - - --·-- -- - -~- --- - ~------ ~ ---4· -~ --- - - - · - -----~----- ~ ------~--- -
Trt-ax1a1 1.250 :
t
I
I
1
I
I
I
t I
I
..,.. -- .. - - r .... ..... - .., .. - - -- i
- -- -
t
' I
I
I
' ~
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
t I
I
I
l
I
I
'
... ......... , ..... ...... ... Ir --- - - ,t - - - --·f'I ··I
I
o
I
I
--J--.:::.....1..---1-
-3000 - ~-
I
I
I
I
:
-~·-_-:r-:---.;·~-_;t
.
.
~
•
I
0
I
'
' ' I
......... L ......... J
I
I
:
I
'
. I
' ''' --,' ---r-
I
'' 'I ' I
.
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
..
I I
o
0
I
I
I
' '
......' ............... -- .. . .
.
t
o
~-----~- - - -- -~ -----~------·--
'
.
o I
... -.. ,'. . . . . . ·+.'' ------:''---
---~- - --~------·------~-·---~-·----~' I I I f
'
I
......... .. ....L .. -
~ -----,•• • •-• f ••-··-~ --
I
~~~~:.::.;~i;~~~~==~=--
•'
I
•--- ~ ----- -~
......... ,I ............ 'I
t
1
'
I
I
I
.......... -~ ...... ,. _ _ . . . . . _ _________~- •
I
Green Cement Pressure Test AXial
I
I
'
0
............
'
--r - - - -- -,- - - -- -r-- -- --,--
I
'
0
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
•
l
-,' ----- r--r---- --r--- --, ------r-' -- -,'' ------r--·- . . ..,''........ - .. ' l,,....~:.--,._,,.,.:,.._ _ ~---:.-~--!---~--~:.-~~7-~:::::i::.;;.: : Collapse 1.0CX> , '' - -'-------- -~------f------~---·- ~ ------ ~ ----- ~------ ~ ----- - ~ - ----- ~ -----~------}------~--- -- ~ ------ ~- - - ~
.
..
I ' I
1
1
,
I
o
1
,
I
I
1
I
O
'I -12000
t
I
I I
l
I I
I
I I
I
- - r- - ----1-~--- , -----·r---, t I i I I I I I
I
:
1
,
,
1
,
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- ~ ---- --r - - - -- ~ - - - - - -T -- -- - -r - - - -- ~ ----- - ~ - - - --~·- ---- ~·- ---·~----- ~ ------ ~-- --- 1· · - -- -T ·-- ~ --r - - - - - ,- - --- - r--- , I I I I t I t I I I
-1600000.140000012000001000000-800000 -600000 -400000 -200000
0
200000 400000 600000 900000 1000000120000014000001600000
c) Select the String and Connection tab. From the Connections table Type pick-list, select BTC. Strin Sections Top, MD (ft) 1 2
Base, MD (ft)
30.0
14620 0
Pipe Section 95/8",53.500ppf, P / -110
T pe BTC
Weight (ppQ
OD On) 9 5/8"
Grade
53.500
P-110
Cost ($) 473,878 473,878
OD On) 10.625
Select BTC as the connection type.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-55
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Min ASF tab. Although the design satisfies the design criteria, using BTC connections weakens the design because the burst safety factor is connection critical, and the possibility of a connection leak increases.
OD.IWeighVGrade
BTC, P-110
1 2
125 313 430
3 4 5 6
9'.JO 9'.JO 1150 1200 1400 1600 1700 1700 1958 5970 5970
7
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
''--·· _i:;o.&j.,...,."'v" "" :' ."I
r~ -...
45'
... ~.,,_,~20
46 47 48 49 50 51 52
14120 14619 14620 L 81 86
53
88
54 55 56 57
C1 C6 A1 ()
9-56
Connection
/ .'
·_,....-.,~
....... -IF
.....
I
.....- '\ ......,,..,;
-. ••
/"
Minimum Safet Factor (Abs) Burst Collapse Axial 1 51 81 L + 100.00 c 216 88 1.52 81 L 78 76 C6 2.17 88 1 53 81 L 31 50 C6 2.20 88 1.54 81 L 22.9'.J C6 222 88 23) 88 1.59 81 L 10.94 C6 1 59 81 L 10.94 C6 203 88 1 61 86 L 8.57 C6 2.00 88 1 61 86 L 8 21 C6 2.07 88 1 61 86 L 700 C6 209 88 1 61 86 L 6.21 C6 212 88 1.61 86 L 587 C6 2.43 88 1.6186L 587 C6 2.32 88 1 61 86 L 514 C6 237 88 1 59 86 L 1.75 C6 310 A1 15986L 1.75C6 3.10A1
..........,.., .1 i;a.cc..i... ,. . .Jt.:z;p-!· ' ···-· ·~\'.(~l.... , ·"'
,..._
-" "<"',./'r57 :{€{ "••Ar~3 c~-- '~fr5sa 1 57 86 L 1 57 86 L 1.57 86 L
1 05 C6 1 03 C6 1.03 C6
Connection Leak Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak Injection Casing FulVPart1al Evacuation Above Below Packer Runmng in Hole-Avg Spee Compression
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
2 96 88 2.90 88 2.90 88
Tri axial 2.09 81 210 81 212 81 2.14 81 2.18 88 204 88 206 88 206 88 208 88 209 88 2.22 86 219 88 219 86 19586 1.9886 ~ · ~Jr'
,
A'"f:nefct-• 1 79 C6 1 75 C6 1 75 C6
Chapter 9: Exercises
d) Select the Work tab, then select the View > Triaxial Check > Design Limits plot. Right-click the plot and select In-House Connection Test Data to open the Maximize dialog box. ~
In-House Connection Test Data
I
~tal Seal R~t Seal I
..,.__J____.~:f_.._ . ___.I. ____P-'ri:'_r..._Je_ _ __,]
_Pa~
J
l!-J
CMCel
'----'
--~ ---'
Open the "IN-HOUSE Connection TD.txt" file. Press Ctrl-A to select all the text, then press Ctrl-C to copy the content into the Windows clipboard (see StressCheck Help for more information).
I Press Ctrl-A, then press Ctrl-C to copy the contents of the text file into the Windows clipboard.
~(QJIBJ
IN-HOUSE Connection TO.bet · Notepad
File Edrl Format View
~
s1ze we1Q t Gra e T rea
oes1
n co
9.625 53.50 Q-125 UUllll-125 T reao 001
co
001
tM CUE Data POlnt 9 KIPS PSI
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-57
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the top left editable table cell on the Maximize dialog box, then click Paste.
~
ln·Houw Conne
I
~Ills.• R....t Soal I Nome
JMe111W · 9.62SlnSJ.50b/f\Q-12S
Pi...... {pti)
1CKXXllXI 1250000 12!i0000
10'.Xl0.00 sal\00
soom
·2500.00 -8000.00
.5(XIDJ
.imo.oo
·ICKXXllXI ·11JOODJ ·75000l
.5IXXJ 00 &OJ.DO 100XIOO lo:xJ0.00
100)XI)
9-58
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Click Paste to add the contents of the Windows clipboard into the dialog box.
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the test data to the Design plot. You can then compare the load distribution against the connection test envelope. Design Limits - Section 1 Dt~plecemert
15000
12000
..
9000
....e
6000
S:
L
Lost Rebsns wll'I Wal¥
I
I
I
- - - - __,_ ____ _ J ___ - .... I
I
I
I
f
I
I
t
I
I
.-- ..... -- -------- .. -- ..... I
t
L---· _J __ _ -- _ 1 __ - 1 • I
I I t
t
GM Kiele t 50 Obbl. 0 50 PP9) Tutllngleel< 1119'bon Oort«1 Casing GrHn Cemert Pressure T9'1 (Burst) Onl Mead (Burst) Fu111Part1al Evacuabon
I I I
.'
f
-- - - -~- -
: Tr14.Xll l 1.250 ;
'' '' .. ---· ..,' .....-.. ·- ---·,------,
f
I
I
f
I I I
.. ....... . . . -..
~~
3000
ii
E
°'8r'PUll Force
•.. .. =
0
!!:
I
--~ I
--
I
J
t
I I I
.
·-~·
-- .. ...... -----.... -..... ....
... . . . .
!'-~~--~~--~~--~~
- -,- - ,
--·-----·.! ----
~~
''' '' ' --,----··r···i ' ' ' ' '' '' :' l'
-t--i.'~ ·
--- I..- --~
c.m.rcmg DnlAheed (C~l Abol.~ Peel«
RITnng In Hole
.
.''
-- -r - --,
'
- ~Cemenl Static LOacl
Post-Cemer1 Staflc Load
D
>
I
I
I
- Lost Reti.ims will'I Mud Drop
:I
... ...t:•
I
to Gas
-3000
~000
t
I
-9000
!
I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
'
.. ,. .... · ••.... "• .... -r---- --t· - - - - "., .. • ......... ,. .. __ -- .,--- - - I
-12000
I
I
I
I
t
'
..
I
I
. .'
........ .J .. .......... .. 1. .... - .. ....l.. ........ .... J ............... - - "
I
I
I
I f' - - - - -
I
I
t
I
'
'' I
"'!"'• - ...... ., .... - - - - .- - - - ,
I
I
' 200000 •00000 6110000 800000 10000001200000 U000001600000 A.rial Force ( bf)
-Notice that Metal Seal is added to the Design plot.
Note
In-I-louse Connection Test data is not retained after a Design is closed.
4. The cost savings is $515, 786 - $473,878 == $4 1,908.
5. Click the Save icon ( ri;I ) to save the E3SOP/ Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-59
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 6: Analyzing Results 1. Select the Sc hem tab, and split the tab into two horizontal panes. On the top pane, select Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme. On the bottom pane, select View > Well Schematic. Configure the Well schematic to show the title, cement, tapered string, reference depths, fluid, casing fl oat shoes, the TOC fo r liners and casing strings, top of the liner, and non-deviated. Change the title of the schematic to StressChe ck Training.
I
Hint Use the ,;ght mouse button.
2. Split the Burst and Collapse tabs into four equa l panes each. Populate these panes (starting with top left to top right, then lower left to lower right) with the View > Burst Plots and View > Collapse Plots plots as follows: Differential Pressures, Load Line, Pressure Profiles, and Temperature Profiles, respectively. a) Which burst loads contribute to the burst load line? What is the string temperature profile during the Displacement to Gas scenario? b) Which collapse loads contribute to the collapse load line? 3. Select the Axial tab and split the view into fou r panes (starting wi th top left to top right, then lower left to lower right) with the View> Axial Plots plots as fo llows: Load Profiles - Apparent (w/Bending), Load Line, Service Load Profiles - Apparent w/ Bending, and Service Load Lines. a) Which load cases and axial force directions (tension/compression) contribute to the service load line throughout the Well ? 4. Split the Triaxial tab into four equal panes. Populate these panes (starting with top left to top right, then lower left to lower right) with the View > Triaxial C heck plots as fo llows: Load Line, Safety Factors, Design Limits, and Von Misses Equivalent Plot.
9-60
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Momentarily, do not include the effect of temperature on yield strength, and the effect of buckling, in your Design. Hint Apply these changes while viewing the Design plots.
a) Do you need to change your Design? b) C heck both temperature deration and buckling prior to saving the Design. 6. Save the E3SOP 1 Design.
Stress Check™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-61
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 6 Answers I. Spl it the pane and apply views as seen below. Right-cl ick on the Well Schematic to access the Well Schematic Properties dialog box. On the Well Schematic Properties dialog box, select the items to display on the schematic, then click OK.
N•mt
Typo
Conductor Surt'ace Intermediate lntermtdlltt Protect,... Production Production
..
! _.,
1•
.._ .-: '
I
CH1ng CH1n9 Casing Cuing Ces1ng CH1ng Lintr
Hai. S.zt (tr )
'"d De
M11s
Han er
36 (0) 26 rm
22 llll 17 500 I( 750 12250 6 500
3:10 :I) 0
3)0 lJO lJO lJO IC200
Mud at
thS
5hoe 6000 11500
f \_ll
Shoe (pp'l)
aio
BW BW
5000
~o
16000
9tB50
( 48) 0
120200 146200 163l'.l 0
83150
,. 00
107500 1433)0
1510 II 00
920 11 60
0
43'.l.O ft TOC SOO.O ft TOC 600.0 ft uso.o ft 1660.0 ft TOC :mo.a ft
~S&UM!I ~
(125.0 ft)
Li'le (43'.l.O ft)
3J" ConO.Jctor 0sroo 24. Stsface Casrog 1B 5/8" Intermaiite casl'10
4480.0 ft TOC
Right-click the Schematic, and then select P roperties.
8315 0 ft TOC 9!85.0 ft 107'50 0 ft TOC
12020.0 ft
14320.0 ft Tot 14320.0 ft TOC 14620.0 ft
16330.0 ft
13 5/8" Protective Casng
9 5/8", (12 l/4"). 53.500 ool. P-110, P!oduc1Dl casno COl'l'leCtion: BTC. P·llO 7' Pl'OlilclO'l LJW
£f
Well Schematic Propertie~
Change the Title name , then select the check boxes associated with the items you want displayed on the Well Schematic. This dialog box is also accessible via the Edit > Properties menu path.
TIlle IOI Cureri Vrew
P' ShowTitle P' Specly Title I SueisCheck Traat'Wlg v-Optiom P Cement
P' T<'!Peled Stmg P' Aelefence QeplN P' FUd
P' roe f0t L11e1t P' TDC fot C.,mg St1W19$ P' TOL P'
~~on-Oe'Mied
P' With C&WlO Floal Shoe OK
9-62
Fcrt
H~
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Click OK to view the changes to the schematic.
Chapter 9: Exercises
2. On the Burst and Collapse tabs, split the panes and apply views as seen below. Refer to the plots on the Burst and Col lapse tabs to determine the loads that defi ne the burst and coll apse load lines. Note If a plot legend covers most of the viewing area, right-click an empty area on each graph, and then select Properties from the drop-down menu. On the Graph tab of the dialog box, deselect the Show Legend check box to see all plot data.
a) The Burst Load Line plot is based on the Displacement to Gas and Tubing Leak burst loads. rhe Burst Load Line plot is a compilation of burst lifferential pressure curves. In this case, the burst oad line is a compilation of the Displacement to 3as and Tubing Leak load lines.
Burst Differential Pressures
Lost Rtilums W'lllh ...._.,
.' .'
Ges kl<'.k !50 0 l>CI. 0 50 ppgJ
'
- [)splat...... to Geo.
-
3000
£
' '
Ttbng Lffl<
t
• l
6000
lnj&CtJcn ()ow1
9000
Green Cermwt Pressure Test (9'ntJ ; OnU Mead Bi.nt
Q
....
c...
lflQ
:I
-..1-----·----""----..1 '
15000
- - -- ~- - -.. ~- - .. -~ .. -.. 700
i
I
I
,
Q
---;--~
...
,
·:- ...... ~- ...... -:- -- - ~-- --
6000
.' .. .. -:- --:--
.
•
~
15000
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
t
t
5800
6000
6200
6400
6600
''
:E 14000
.. .....
.
1500
~
'
3000
..........
.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. II
11
"" 6800
7000
7200
...
~·\---:~
'
9000
_ ...,..
106~
.
12000,
...
t
t
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
'
•
~ 7000
:E 14000 ...
I
i
'
'
' --,' ..,.......... , .........,-.... -.. t·--- ,--
3600
'
•
I
I
t
.. ..
200
226
250
.. t
• ......... ••y • • • • T •
:; 10500
..
-- ~--- •-1-.f
-- -- t .. - --- ~ -.. -- ·:- - - --~. -... -~ ........ -:-.
:S
'. i.. . .... :: .
4600 6000 7600 Pre11ure (pal)
.. ... ..
'
g
''
. . .. .... ............... . -- ..... -·-
11 II -
t
Burst Temperature Profiles
.
7000
i
t
I
r.::::o==-.- .....--,-~-.-~...,.-~..-~..-~..,-~-.~,
.... -: .. ---- l · --- - T- -- - -i-i
:; 10500
'
I
I
6600
''
i
t
t I
I
I
'
... = •
•
""
I
Burst Rating (psi)
Burst Pressure Profiles
Q
• I
Dltftrentlat Burst (psi)
:::.
I
I I I - - - - - . - - - - - - . ........... . . . . . . . -
---- · -----
1400 2100 2800 3500 4200 4900 6600 6300
3600
I
f
I
'
.
r - -- ·...,... --- .. .,. .. -- "'•r • - · ... ,_ ...
I
'
--
I
I
;1 12000
..
A...bJdl loed Line
''' ·-· - T·-•
:;
' '
'
- °'""lll" Loed Lioe
....... .; .....
~ 9000
----1- .. - ----~
..
3000
&:
I
i··---: --- :·
;112000
g
'
Burst Load Line
.... ,
t
' . .................. .' ................................... ' '
50
75
100
125
'
150
176
Temperature (' F )
.....
·~·~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The assumed string temperature profile during Displacement to Gas scenario shows a typical temperature profil e, with lower temperature at the mid/lower casing section, and higher temperature in the mid/upper cas ing section, compared to the undisturbed temperature profile.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-63
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) The Collapse Load Line plot is based on the Lost Returns with Mud Drop, Full/Partial Evacuation, and Above/Below Packer collapse loads.
The Collapse Load Line plot is a compilation of collapse differential pressure curves. In this case, the collapse load line is a compilation of the Lost Returns with Mud Drop, Full/Partial Evacuation, and Above/Below Packer load lines.
Collapse load line ,
:
I
3000
g 3000
i
6000
CD Q
=
15000
I
I
I
I
I
0
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
15000
I
I
I
,,
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
t
t
I I
I I
I I
I I
f
I
I I
I I
I
I J
'
j
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I f
I
I
J
I
I
I
I
I I
J
I
I
...... ... ... L ...... ...... l ......... ... J ... ... J I
I
I
I
Ful/PM!el Evacuation - Cemert1ng I I
7000
CD
=10500 " ::E
..
~ 10500
Ill
I
- - J _____
I I
I I
I t
I I
I I
I
J
14000
,'', 9000
10500
I
I
--,-----r- - ---i----~-----, I
I
I I
CD
::E
Lost Returns wlh Mud Drop
I
L---- - '- - ---
1 I
"
CD
9-64
I
I
I
.c
iQ
!
6000 7500 Prm ure (psi)
I
I
E 3500
,,
4500
I
- lrnbal Condlbons
Lost Returns l'ftth Mud Drop
3000
I
Collapse Temperature Profiles
Cemertmg (lrt)
1500
I
800 1600 2400 3200 4000 4800 6600 6400 7200 8000 Collapse Rating (psi)
7000 Q
0
I
I
- Full/Partial Evacuabon
.c
f
L ...... ... ... L ... ... -- L- -- -L-- - -l - - J
I
Collapse Pressure Profiles
..~
I
- - ........t ...........1............t........ .. ...•............. L ..... ... ... L ...... ... ... t I I I I I I t
900 1800 2700 3600 4500 5400 6300 7200
g 3500- --
I I
I I I
I
I
- - _ _ 1 ___ - J _ -- --'-- - - -'-- - - - '-- -- -'- - - - - L - -- - -- -- J
I
____ J _ __ _ _, _ _ ... --'- ... ...... -'- - ...... ... L ......... ... L .. ......... !.. ............L.
I I
Actual Load Ltne
I
9000 -- -- JI. . ........ Jl ...... ... ... ~I............ ~r...............IL ... . ...... IL ... ... ... . IL... ......... I
i 12000 ::E
12000
- Design Load ltne
t
I
I
... .. - ... J - ... ... . J ... _ - - -'- - - - _._ ... ... ...... L _ I t I I I I
-e
9000
, I
I I
'
I
I
J___ __L____L____t__ -
I
I
6000
I
1 _ __
14(XX)
I
I I
'
I
'
75
100
125
- - .,. _ - - - - · - - - - -~ - - -- ~ --- - - -1 - - - I I I I I
60
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
--- - -~- - --
150 176 200 Temperaturt ('F)
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
I
I
----4----4
225
250
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. On the Axial tab, sp lit the panes, and apply views as seen below. Tensile/Compressive axial loads display
Axial load Profil
- Apparent (w!Bending)
Axial load line
,..__, I
I
I
_..
I I
I I
.... ___ .. ,.. .... -....... .............................. . . .. I
I
I
I
5Q. ct
a eooo i
.
:I
I
···--·1··--·1
..
•: 12000
:E
'I
I
I
"'-...
' ' -----L------J---t I
' I
I
I
I
'
.000000 -260000
'
'' \
0
I
I
I
I
I
3000
..... L .. .... .. L .........L ......... L ........ l ........ l ......... J ..
i
6000
.. ..L. ....... -L ........ L ........ L ........ L ........ L ....
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
'I '0
ct
I
I
I
a
..
f
I
t
i
I
I
e
9000 --··- _...____.__
I
I
I
I
I
I
II I I
_,_____.....__._._
:I
' '
' 'I I
-- .. -··· ~ .. --- .. ! .............. J I I
I
-
£
~
. . I I
•
I
: 12000
:E
15000
260000 600000 750000
I
I
I
I
I
1 .....1.. .... .. .. ...........
t.. ......... l ........ L .. ...... L....
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
' I
11
..l .. .... ... ! ...... ... JJ
I
I
I
11
I I
I I
II 11
I
I
1 1
.... L .......... !.. .. .. ..... •... .. .. .. ... L .. ... .. .. t. .... ..... L .. ....... l ......... ! ........ .J .......... J J I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1 1
-600000IOOOXl100000 0 200000looooa;()()00Ql00000000Xlm00000
Axial Force (lbf)
Axial Force (bf)
Axial Service load Profiles -Apparent (w/Bending)
Axial Service load Lines .......
,.-~...,-~~.--,,,....,.-,,..,.......-~ ~
,.......,~-.-~~,---,
I
I
--1-·---, ' '
4000
. I
I
I
I
. _:J _----~ ---__ j I
I
\
'
'
The Service Load line draws over the Lost Returns with Water and the Above/Below Packer loads.
I
I
I
I
I
'
4000
t
,,a
8000
12000
£ 5
..
8000
ct :I
•: 12000
:E
All axial service loads are displayed in absolute values to facilitate identification of the maximum loads, including Lost Returns with Water, Injection Down Casing , and Above/Below Packer.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-65
Chapter 9: Exercises
a) The service load line is positive (Tension), down to approximately 7,000 ft MD due to the Lost Returns with Water and Inj ection Down Casing axial load component. The Service Load line becomes negative (Compression) down to approximately 10,500 ft MD due to the Above/Below Packer axial load component, and finally it shifts back to positive down to TD due to Lost Return with Water and Inj ection Down Casing axial load component. Service Loads line
Axial Service Load Profiles • Apparent (w/Bending) - Otsplacement to Gas Lost R9b.KnS "'lh ~ 1500 - Gas Kick (SO 0 bbl. 0 SO ppg) Tubing Leak I
3000
111ecbon Down Casing · Green Cement Pressure Test (Bur&t),
I
I
Dnll Aheed (Burst)
.. •
:
,
I
I
I
I
f
•
''
Cemerong
... '
t
'
I
I
'o
o
. . .
S-ce L oads
I
. I
.
I
I
'
II
'I
. I
'0
--- ·I -----~I - ---·-----·---·-·-----~-----~ I I I - --~f 0
I
. . ___
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f
--·I - - - - - ~ -----·-----J---- 4I --- -- Jt -- - -- '----~I ---~t I I I I
:IE
. .
. .
I
I
I
J
:~----~-----J·---- ~ -- -- ~;-·--- ~ -----~---~
10500
.
_._____
I
I
'
o
I
I
!
.
I
'
'
I
. . •
I
'
'' ' ' ' ----- 1 ----- t -----1 ---- - ~ - --~
' ' . .. . .''' . . --t-----+-----+ -----1-----t-----r-. ... ... . -----r-----r-----r-----r---- -r-----r·--·-r· ----r----- r··-·-r-----T····-T··---T·----1---- -,-----,--- --1-- ---,---, I
12000 -- -
f
I
I
'
I
' '
_____ 1 _ __ __ 1 _ ____ 1 _ ___ _
-+ --- + -- +--. +-·· +-
I I I
'
I
I
I
o o I
I
0
I
I
I
f
. I
I
I
>
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
i
•
I
I
I
I
t
t
f
I
I I
'
'
'
I
I
I
i
'
I
t
---~-----1-----1----- 1- --~
--~----·r·····r·
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-630000.0400~000-360000~70000-180000 ~000
9-66
'
I
I
•
15000
I
I
f
~ --;·----~-----~--- --1-- -~
9000
13500
I
I
I
-~ Packer
7500
''
.,---·-,-----, -----, ---,
Or1IAheao (~I
~
i0 ...• ~
I
f
Lost Returns Wlltl Mud Oroc
e:
f
r----- r---- -r-----r ----
4500 - FulllPartJal Ewcuebon
~o
I
-- - -- :r- ----•-----~-----f--;
0
90000 180000 270000 360000 450000 540000 630000 720000 810000 900000 Axial Force (bf)
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
I
I
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Split the Triaxial tab into four panes, and p lace one plot in each pane as shown below.
Triaxial Load Line
Triaxial Safety Fact ors
1- Pipe Yield Strength
g s t
3000 6000
0
i
..
;;
- Birst
~Load Profile ~
Loedl1ne
...' - . ''
''
9000
'
(wlBencingl
.
~----J-----L-0
'
Aloal
''
'
.'
''
'
I
- I.. --- -'
'
'
- I.. - - - ..I
'' ' ''
: 12000
' ''
_ 1,,_ - · "'
:E
1
I
' I
'I
t 1
..
9000
: 12000
:E
'
..
. .... ~ .. ...... IL ........ J ........ .. 'L ........ ~ .. .. .. ..
e
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
' t
t I
I
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
.. -~-· - ... ~ ·- · .. ~ -- .. . . - ~ -- .... ~ - .. -.. ~
16000 - --- -~ - - - - ,- - --~-----~---- ~- ---~- - -- -~ - - - - } -- - -~ 0.0
0 .7
1 .4
2. 1
2.9
3.5
4.2
4.9
5.6
Von Mises Equivalent Stress • Section 1
Design Limits • Section 1 15000
•
7500
I
- - J ...... .. ....L .... .. .... L .......... J .... I
---~~- -- - ~ -----J I I I
t
I
I
1
~
! Trt-axlll 1.260 !
. .... .. ..
'=0 450000 900000 1350000
I
7500
'' .. ,'' ''
~
I
J
:
L
0
..I
I
I
__ .. __.... _..
t
•;;
ll ci:
' •-•••L •-
t
62500 60000 67500 75000 82600 9000097500105000112500 VME stron (psl)
;; .2: 15000
Tna10a! F111lre Cnteoa
6000
0
--- ~--- - ~ - - - - -~ - - - - ~- --~
16000
Collapse
3000
'
-7500
-120000().800000-400000
0
.aoooo eooooo 1200000
Effectlv• XIII Foret (lbf)
In the Design plot, the Von Mises and the API failure criteria plot together. The Von Mises plot envelope in this case is approximate. Consequently, sometimes failure points plot inside the envelope.
The Von Mises Equivalent Stress plot is totally pressure independent; that is, the strength of steel does not depend on the hydrostatic pressure.
Note: Always validate your visual interpretations with tabular results, as well as with the Von Mises equivalent stress.
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-67
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Se lect the Tubular > Design Parameters> Analysis O ptions tab, and deselect the Temperature Deration and Buckling check boxes. Hint You can select and deselect the temperature deration and buckling check boxes, click Ap ply, and then observe the effect on the plots.
When finished, verify Temperature Deration and Buckl ing options are selected in the Design Parameters dialog box, and then click OK. Design Parnmeters: 9 5/8" Production
[El
I
Des.on ConsIri51'1l Mn Int~nal Dnft a. 500
I
n
Analysis Opbons
Deselect the l'1 Single External Pressu-e Profle T em peratu r""""'=: - - - --t--P r Temperatlre Derabon De ration and ~ t.mt to ffactise at Shoe Buckling analysis r Buddno Options· r Use 81.nt Wal Tudcness tn Tnaxial
OK
Cancel
a) No, deselecting temperature deration and buck ling makes the design criteria less critical.
9-68
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Notice that Collapse Load shifts slightly away from the design limit (Triaxial Safety Factors). Similarly, the Above/Below Packer Load shifts slightly upward on the Von Mises plot. Collapse load shifts slightly right, away from the design limit (Failure Criteria).
TriaxiaJ Load Line
g
t
Apperent Load Profile (w/Bel'\d1ng)
3000
Desi n Load Line I f
1
Q
I
..
f
I
9000
--- L--I
! I
I
: 12000
:E
15000
- - - IL - -
I
I I
t I
I I
I
I
-J----~I I
3000 - --- - · - -
fj
6000
t
I
I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
Q
L---- IL -••••-••• ~I ----- I~ -- -~---~ I I I
!
I !
I
g
I
I
J ----~--I
I I
::I
I I
- ---~---f IL - - -- ~ I ---- ~I -----~ I -- -L I --- ~I
6000
I
t I I
I
--~----~ I I
... .
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
JI • • •• ~I - -- - ·L -I
. IL. . . JI
..
: 12000
'' -----~ -·
I
I
I
t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
t
!
I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
I
Failure Cntarla
'
'
'
I I
I
I •
I I
I I
I I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I I ! --L----L·---J-••••L-••• L •••• ~ I
I
-
f
I
I
I
- -~ ........ L -·--j--•••~--~- L- -- -)
I
t
I
I
I
I
!
t
I
I
t
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
I
15000 - ---- r- - ··, ----~- ----~ - - --t----~---~-r - - --~ --- -~ 0.0
0.7
1.4
2.1 2.8 3.6 4 .2 Normalized Safety Factor
4.9
5.6
Von Mises Equivalent Stress - Section 1
Design Limits - Section 1
=-
Tna)(Jal
1
t
-- -L .... J ----~-----~----L----l- -- - ~-- - --L - ---L-- . J
Axial
' -----L--I
:E
Collapse
.
::I
52600 60000 67600 75000 82500 90000 97500 105000112500 VME Stress (psf)
..
9000
- BlZSI
- -- -L-1
I
I
Triaxial Safety Factors
..
- Pipe Yield Slrengltl
.!:15000
;;;
15000
- - · J ......... --1.. - - - - - L . -- _ _ .J __ - f
f
.!:
. l I l
I I I
l (
--L ---- . I I
Tri-axial 1.250 •
1. . - - _ _ J __ _ • • ..J I I f I f I
I
-1200000-800000-400000 0 400000 9000001200000 Effective Axial Force (lbf)
Axial Foree (lbf)
....;.:.-1
Above/Below Packer shifts slightly upward (within the envelope), away from the unibiaxial collapse limit.
Note It is always recommended to support any graphical interpretation with tabular results. It is also recommended to verify Design Parameter settings prior to reaching design conclusions.
6. Select the String and Connection tab, then click the Save icon ( r;I ) to save the E3SOP1 Design.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-69
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 7: Tables and Reports I. Using the Print Preview feature (available if you have printer drivers set up on your PC), investigate the options for printing results from the desktop. 2. What is the minimum burst absolute safety factor for the 9 5/8" casing? Be sure to select cas ing 9 5/8" 53.50 ppf, P-110. Verify the BTC Connection Type (P- 110 Grade) is specified in the Connections table. 3. What is the minimum triaxial absolute safety factor for 9 5/8" casing, and what is the minimum triaxial normalized safety factor? What is the ratio (Abs/Norm) between these values? Why? 4. What are the four min imum absolute safety factors at the top of cement? Hint Look at both free and cemented pipe at the TOC. Determine the TOC using Wellbore rel="nofollow">Casing and Tubing Scheme and/or View> Well Schematic.)
5. At what depth is wear most critical for burst and collapse? What is the maximum allowable wear at this depth? 6. What overpull could you pull if the casing became stuck at 14,000 ft MD while running in? What would be the axial absolute safety factor if thi s overpull was applied? 7. What is the axial force at the wellhead when the casing is cemented? 8. Which load case resu lts in the minimum collapse absolute safety factor? At what depth docs this occur? 9. Which load case(s) indicate buckling conditions? How can reported buckling conditions be prevented in the design? I0. What are the pipe ratings for the casing?
9-70
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
11. Set up a new report, and name the report Wellbore Data. Select the Portrait format with multiple items on each page. Select Print Preview (if available) to display the report on your screen. Include the following items in the order presented: • • • • • • • •
General Data Well Schematic Casing and Tubing Scheme Data Pore Pressure Data Fracture Gradient Data Pore, Fracture & MW Plot Deviation Data Geothermal Gradient Data
12. Save and close Design E3SOP1.
l
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-71
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 7 Answers 1. Select File> Print Preview. When finished, click C lose. Select what you want to print from the pull-down list.
00.
.......
...._ cw.-
---·....
T)M
e-. e-. c._
en~ c...,
.....,
._
.,
- ., -=- .,
....
•ooo
JOO
JeOOQ
...
n,,,;
"lol
U'-'O
__-
JO!
»:
lO' •m o
E3SO
eaoo
I
1
TOC
"!e)
ElOO
!"!~ ~
·=o ·~o
·eu:o
0110 '°00 IC5)0 .. IOD
u·,. ,,.'°. Ollllt
StressCheck5000 17OBulld11180
t I
9-72
Date Se ember 02 2010 P
OFE
s 12s.oo 11 rn ,..,
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
> 1•
Chapter 9: Exercises
2. On the String and Connection tab, verify BTC is specified in the Type pull-down list in the Connections table. Verify the connection type BTC is specified as the connection Type. Sinn Sections Cost($)
Weight (ppQ
Top, MO (ft)
473,878 473,878
53.500
473,878
9 518", 53 500 ppf, P-110
Select the Work tab, and then select View > Tabular Results > String Summary. The minimum absolute burst safety factor for the top section is 1.51 L (that is, the "L" denotes that the design is connection (leak) critical).
St~ng
OOM'eoght!Grade
Connection
Produtl!On Cung 9 5.e", 53 500 ppf. P- 110
BTC, P-110
The absolute Triaxial safety factor is 1.60.
Tnaw;r
.Jl 0. 1'1620 0
8 500 A
160
O.S.gn Cost ($) 473,878
Total: 473,878
L Conn Luk A Alitrnalt Dnft
3. Click the Normalized SF icon (
Y.1)-
Notice that the minimum Triaxial Normalized safety factor is 1 .28.
S1nng
00/Wei;tt/Grade
COll!leciion
95'6.,53500ppl,P-110
BTC,P-110
t.!OlnteMl (I)
3)0.140200
Ona 0.. n)
8500A
M.nimum Safer Factor !Norml I Butst Colla H Aral Tmulal 137L 103 156 125
Deg gn Cost
l)
473878 Total: 473$78
The ratio between the absolute and normalized safety factors is 1.25 because the Normalized SF = Absolute SF/Design Factor ( 1.60/1.28). You can veri fy that I .25 is the specified Design factor (Tubular> Design Parameters).
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-73
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select the Scbem tab and view the Casing and Tubing Scheme table or the Schematic. Notice that TOC = 10,750 ft MD. TOC for 9 5/8" Production Casing is 10,750 ft.
\
10750.0 ft TOC 12020.0 ft
13 5/8" Protective Casng
14320.0 ft TOL 14320.0 ft TOC 14620.0 ft
9 5/8", (12 1/ 4"), 53.500 ppf, P-110, Prodoctk:ln Casing Correction: BTC, P-110
16330.0 ft
7" Productk:ln Liner
Select the Work tab, and then select View> Tabular Results> Min Safety Factors. Make sure you view absolute safety factors. Make sure you view the absolute safety factors. Click the Normalized SF icon again (_Kl) before selecting the Minimum Safety Factor table.
Depth (MO) (ft)
g_ 43
J
OD1We1ght/Grade
J
J
Connection
Minimum Saf~Faclor (Ab& l Cofl!J!.Se Axial Tnax1al l 1581ll l 1 17 Cl (262) C6 1 66 Ill Bursi
J
J
10500 10750
l 5886L
1 17 Ct
(259) C6
165 ffi j
12020
.., 136 L
4J 3C6
14120
1 ~ 86L
105C6
3 1!iffB 200 88
lil]
44
~ 6
Burst minimum absolute safety factor is 1.58.
Collapse minimum absolute safety factor is 1.17. Axial minimum absolute safety factor is 3.15.
Triaxial minimum absolute safety factor is 1.85.
9-74
J
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
1-
179 P,
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. From the Work tab, select View> Tabular Results> Max Allowable Wear table.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
30 31 32
33 34
9 518". 53 500 ppf, P-110 1250 3048 430 0 oo:i o 1200 o 1400 o 16000 1700 0 19580 59700 6100.0 63000 72133 9CXXJ 0 96900 9700.0 9800 0 900.l 0 10000 0 10100 0 10200 o 10300 0 10400 0 10500 0 107500 12020 o 14120.0 146200 Bt
136 Cl C6
0 333 81 033) 86 0 33) 86 0 331 86 0 331 86 0.331 86 0 331 86 0 331 86 0 332 86 0335 86 0 335 86 0 335 86 0336 86 0 337 86 0 337 86 0 337 86 0 337 86 0 338 86 0 .338 86 0 338 86 0 338 86 0 338 86 0338136 0 .338136 0 338 136 0339136 o 340 86 0 340 86
0.123 C6 0.165 C6 0 .185 C6 0236 C6 0.259 C6 0 .272 CG 0284 C6 0 .289 C6 0302 C6 0 440 C6 0.444 C6 0 451 C6 0.476 C6 0.509 C1 0 511 Cl 0 .511 Cl 0 .511 C1 0 511 C1 0 511 Cl 0 512 C1 0 .512 C1 0 .512 C1 0.512 C1 0.512 C1 0.513 C1 0.520 cs 0.535 C6
388 394 39 4 39 3 39 3 39.2 39 2 392 391 386 386 385 38 4 382 38 1 38 1 38 1 38 1 38 0 38 0 380 38 0 38.0 380 380 37 8 37.6 37 .6
77 4 69 7 660 56 7 52 4 50.0 47 9 469 446 192 185 17.3 12.6 66 6 .3 6 .3 6 .2 62 6 .2 61 61 6.0 6.0 6.0 5.9 47 1.8 11
0 212 0 215 o 215 0 214 o214 0 214 0 214 0214 0 213 0 210 0 210 0 210 0209 0208 0208 0_208 0 208 0207 0 207 0207 0 207 0 207 0 207 0207 0 .207 0206 0.205 0 205
0 422 0 300 0 .360 0339 0286 0273 0 261 0 256 0243 0 105 0 101 0 094 0069 0036 0034 0 034 0 034 0 034 0 .034 0033 0.033 0033 0.033 0033 0032 0025 0 010 0006
01splacemenl to Gas Tubing Leak FulVPart1al Evacuation Above Below Packer
35
The max allowable wear is most critical for burst at TD, with a rating of 37 .6% maximum wear (%of wall thickness).
The max allowable wear is most critical for collapse at TD, with a rating of 1 .1 % maximum wear (% of wall thickness).
StressCheck™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-75
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. From the Work tab, select View > Tabular Results > Max Allowable Ovcrpull. The axial SF is the Design safety facto r of l .3. The Axial Design safety factor is specified on the Tubular> Design Parameters dialog box.
Mar OYerpull
ObO n;rsJ
102 103
10A
1:B34
764949
14 116 14368 14590
757839
105 1(J)
14620
107
• Based on Casing Strength Only Running Stnng not Included
100
109
The maximum overpull at 14,000 ft MO is 761 ,107 lbf.
7'!:lJ7~
744465 • 743619
7. From the Work tab, select View> Tabular Results > Axial Loads. The axial force at the wellhead when the casing is cemented is approximately 500 kips.
p,..c._,,. $1..., lead Dtp\• (111
'.JlO 1250 OJQ 9000 l.Ul 0 f2a:J 0 12000 400 0
9- 76
App orem
(>o'Stodlng)
628357 615100 69;1 1"' 6817lS 681134 6761'193
t.:£E.J9
L13711
Sl2a54
51:rJ54
~
flll)JJ EOlU:l
9'.)7871
507871
4'<1554
491S!o.4
466409 $A;>li9
466409 4ffi4CS
5AS2136
4504~
S«'!l5
,451M,4 4:l0;4
h.•HS7 blSIOO 61'100 £OOi3e
!ie9m u;.t;>f,9
6$00ll
ro;f;'Jj
6Wlll
lill!)9"
ero!~
6070) 5119174 '1!9173 500712 581'1 I 575071
53:'825
51JlJJI 4'!5;?48 41ro:)I 45378;
S61f.47 5J$04 53!,8ij
525.."02
4Sl786 453785
43700:' 078)1 427341
Ai>po
~"9l
Acl~·
{WO 8tndongt
557544
!615A4
ri'P£17
71fjjll
SS2.o2
~.IQ
5~144
!'33144
5111)))
51100'.l
f.lQliQ
<,)009:)
59:!1111
495016 4 '5015
7B>A% 767m 742033 830093 823910
'BJ.t95 7fi7117 7':.mJ l42lll2 72@19
!SSlS !18:'41o
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
At! .. (Wo e.nd"'llJ
484554
llll009
l~
81J.U9
71'll!EI
Chapter 9: Exercises
8. From the Work tab, select View> Tabular Results> Minimum
Safety Factors.
Aiual
32 33
34 JS :E 37
30 39 40 41 42
43 44 45 46
51 52 53 54 55 56 57
15886 15886 15886 15886 15886
9900 9900 100Xl 10100
10200 10Dl
15886 15886 15886 15886 15886 15886 15886 1 57 86
10400 10500 10500 10750 10750 12020
L 81 86
88 Cl
C6 Al ()
1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1 18 Cl 1.18Cl 1 18 Cl t 17 Cl 117 Cl 1 17 Cl 1 17 Cl 113 C6
(2 50) C6 (2 .48) C6 (2 46) cs (2 46) C6 (2 45) C6 (2 43) C6
(2 41) C6 (2 40) C6 (2 39) C6 (2 77) C6 (2 62) C6 (2.59) C6 3 15 88
Triax1al 1 61 86 16086 16086 16286 16286 1 61 86 1 61 86 1 61 86 16086 17086 16686 16586 1 85 Cl 186 Cl
Connection Leak Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak Injection Casing FulVPart1al Evacuation Above Below Packer Running m Hole-Avg Speed Compression
58
r Use this key to determine which codes are associated with each load case .
The minimum absolute collapse safety factor results from the Above/ Below Packer load ca se and is 1.03 at 14,620 ft TD .
Stress Check TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-77
Chapter 9: Exercises
9. From the Work tab, se lect View> Tabular Results>
Triaxial Results.
Depth (MD) (ft)
1
])
2 3 4
125 4])
OOJ
5 6
tXKI
7
~
.
...__,,~
Absolute Safet F aclOr Axial Force (lbQ Bending Stress Apparent Actual at OD (ps~ Tnaxoal Burst Collapse Ali!tat (wl8end1ng) (w/o Bending) 632120 632120 00 151 L 209 NIA 269 627037 00 210 1 52 L NIA 2 71 627037 610720 610720 00 214 154L NIA 278 1 59 L 565575 585575 00 220 NIA 290 683435 6294 2 11 159 L NIA 2.49
Addt1 Pickup To Temperature Prevent Buck
("F) 84 0
Qb~
Buckled Length (ft)
0
0
847 B7 0
e
667453 667451
254
. -..#--
From the Load pick-list, check all loads. (This pick-list is only available when the Triaxial Results table or a custom load is displayed and active.)
Depth (MD)
(ft) 1
2
Displacement to Gas Gas Kick Prol'lle Axial Force Loit Returns W«h Wates D1il Ahead Bur't Apparent
(w/8end1ng)
3l 125 43)
-oo:u> -~
5 6 7
~
-110967 -135596 .233459
1200 1200
·249114 -243766
R
1d.OO
~1
3 4
~
.:J
( l~ection Down Camg Green Cement Pressure Test Ful/Partial Evacuation Lost Reb.mt wilh Mud Drop Cementing Ori Ahead(~) Above/Below Packes Ri.miig in Hole Ovesid Force Pre-Cement Static Load PO$t·Cement Static Load Gteen Ceme.it Pressure Test
With the Triaxial Result table in view, select from the Load pick-list to check all loads.
9-78
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Depth (MD)
lij)
ll 125 4ll
1 2 3 4
9))
5
9))
Axial Force lb!) Absolute Safet Factor Bending Stress Apparent Actual at OD (psi) Tnutal BUfSt Collapse Axial (w/Bend ng) t«fo Bend ng) 292148 277811 9222 225 161 L NIA 554
283A52 27f£H/
25£002 347640
'1l'ITZ3 25641 I 231267
325862
....
1011 4 1297 7 17390 7"85 5 7114 1
225
224 223 218 217
!:!];
1 61 1 61 1 61 1 61
L L L L
NIA NIA NIA NIA
4 65
161 L
NIA
4$
Temper;iture ("F)
Addl1 Pie kup To Prevent Buck (lbf)
Buckled Length (ft)
321957
!ll84
2A8 4 2484
561
585 6 26
161L ~
The Tubing Leak load triaxial results reports a buckled pipe length of 9,884 ft, and additional pickup to prevent buckling of 321 ,957 lbf.
Axial Fore• I) Bending Siren Apparent Acwa &t 00 (psi) (w!Bend1n9J (wfo Bend111g) .9))06 .f1J277 1333 4 3l
Depth (MO) ('ft)
1 2 3
• 5 6
...._
125 43)
900 900 1200 1200
' ''"'-J ... ~
-84984 ·11CS67 · 135596
•233459 ·249114
,..
43766
-74Y/3
.ra,77 . , 15821 · 115822 · 131005
13:'6 7 13)5 1 12720 7'!H>.7 7545 7
~~6
Absolutt Safe! y Factor Tna<1a
1831 1831 17 16 13 37 8 29 7 88 8 04
'
BurGI
NIA NIA NIA NIA
NIA NIA NIA
Co apse -t
llll.00 7876
2290 1094 1094 e 21
Temperat111• Aual
(17 97) (17 03) (14 57) (11 93) (693) (6 49)
821- ~~..r·
("F)
248• 248. 248 . 248. 248 • 248 4
Addtl Pickup To Buckled Pr-I Buck (lb!) Length ('ft)
68112
7(9!
._J.....
The Above/Below Packer load triaxial results reports buckling conditions as well. High delta temperature is the primary reason that causes the buckling condition in combination with high internal pressure.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Tra ining Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-79
Chapter 9: Exercises
Momentarily, with the Triaxial Results for Tubing Leak displayed, select Tubular > Initial Conditions. Select the Pickup Force option, and then enter a pickup force 2 the reported pickup force to prevent buckling during tubing leak event. Click Apply, then notice the buckling condition for this scenario is removed. With the Triaxial Results table active, select Tubing Leak from the Loads pick-list.
Tempesatur•
101i ..
12111 l'J90 1U6'
724
nJ
111A 1 '5112 '3391 '2!14 8
.,_,,.,. ....
t"'1mtnJ.'1dt..rdng
m;.19
=
"""U4
UIL
56• 15 6 21' '6·
I Ill
''ll
211
Ull
211
1ft L 161 L
•H
2 II
2,,
Ull
S3J
2,,
m.c.r189£!2 222312
°""'I 61L
, 61 l
ff"lllm•U•'
"8:12.l 1M1IO
~"\ldo..lfM
1igs51
~s.staoe P-..-n 11-
C ,.._,,---
1'9l!>< .J1 113 . . . .!>!;
•«S!.6 2'0""31
•1157'
1090 2111091 -
(" sa.ddf'f'Ol'c.c- ~
-
- - - --
;.-1.u 2.. •2 248 42
'!.J
2•1 .t1
19
2'1 '2 24112 2•8 •2 21142 241•1 2'8 •2 2'8 J2 2'8•2
uuz
i.•·~
1503 1119'
2•1A2 2•1•2
11 ll)
2....
12 064 (J64
,,. ..2 24H2 1J8'2
(JU/
[bo1...
..t<S.'O ...U5500
2U11
S SJ
s
R1M1coa.-~~f'I
r_
jl 63 lll)
·"' •2 24t •2 7.sa.-2
1351)
249 •I
•S7Sl2
.am" ~ c-.._j_ .,..
N•
(Bl)
~
~111>0'---~~--~---..........~---'
ti•
il I.II
..f.)163\
·116277
ll?'";t6 1
..1m11
.auma
um 9
f
13'9
24'.,
NA
JT.
2.tl •2
1]06;
tdjJ
!H'I)
21112
.u.2020
22060
une s
..094J ..t<S..19
,; rel="nofollow">206&]
102®
4"'1'39
IOlCO
tOJGb
"3756 "'" r1tl
..m956
T-'015t
15U
lo.&?0
.&5Ul!?6
.J<&J1
t.016&
I SIL
IOAOO
A;o~t)
-1121140
UQ31 I
n•m
0
n.cesJ
U1G.2 • 41163 .,1066
t5H 1 Ul
.:m;;
"JOI•
I SIL
N"
'"
I SIL
It A
,,"". NA
llA 10
36) (361
HO) lJ 61 (J:'I
13 ,,,
llt9!7
20'2 2'1 A2
l..Md!ln~f
1t3&07 1074'2
24U1
Adli:1Pd pTo
-S..:•l!bl)
2'U2
c,.
P T.JSU::1t1e'1111t1~
1;"09tS
,.. .,
s 11
..., .... eer...tr'tPPil
m20
rF
241l2 :rt••~
218U
·'''2 211 ll 2'11•2
.._44 Al 248 '1
From the Tubular> Initial Conditions dialog box, select the Pickup Force option , and then enter a pickup force of 321 9 60 lbf. Click Apply to see the buckling condition removed.
Axial Force b Bending Sttes Actual Apparent at OD (psr) (w/Bending) (w/o Bending) 59-(162 SS.162 .D 00
Depth (MD)
(ft)
125 4'.l)
•
5 6
!Ql !Ql 1200
SIBJ79 572762
5a9079 572762 547617 547616 531633
5.47617
~-
9-80
00 00 00 6294 8 62948
Tnatral
6u111
212 2 12 2 13 2 15
1 61 I 61 \ 61 161 I 61 161
2 (11 2 00
L l l L l L
NIA NI!\ NIA NIA
NIA
Lenglh (ft)
0
0
2484
295 251
--~~~161
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Buckled
Addll Pickup To Prevenl flue~ (lbQ
248 4 248 4
--~·
Chapter 9: Exercises
From the Tubular > Initial Conditions dialog box, reset the Pickup Force too lbf Click OK to dismiss the Initial Conditions dialog box and return to the Triaxial Results table. Initial Conditions: 9 5ts• Production Casing
~
I
c~trio and lancing T~oti.re I Cmlentr.Q Data
ls.33
fotx·Woter Density (ppg}
Illll 5Ury Den&tv (ppo)
I 15.20 I 15.60
Toi SUry Length (ft)
j soo.o
DlspllKement FUd Density (ppo)
f 14.80
Float Colar Oepth, 14) (ft,)
f 1'1620.0
~ Su"facr Presne (psi)
I
Lelld SluTy Density (ppo) ~
r r
Reset the pickup force to 0 lbf.
E.'lollt Fllied
landngData
r.
~Force (bf}
0
I
(" ~ff Force (bf)
OK
I 0. From the String and Connection tab, select either the String
Sections or Connections spreadsheet, and then highlight a row or click in a cell on the row. Click the Ratings icon ( ~) on the toolbar (or select Tubular> Ratings) to open the Ratings dialog box.
@
Ratings ~Body
~
9 5/8·, 53.500ppf,P·ll0
iust Colepse
A>Jal Yield Strength
-
--
10900.00 pg 7950.02
-~ I
psi
1710113 bf 110000.0
p$I
Connecbon BTC, P·llO Bu:st Lellk
Frlldu'e
. .-
12066-03
psi
9160.78
psi
1718076 bf
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-81
Chapter 9: Exercises
11. Select Tools > Reports.
Click New, and then ---- - click Rename to create a report titled Wel l bor e Da ta . ~
Rename Report Old Name: New
IReport 6
ti-: 1,...W_dbcr _ e_Da _ ta _ __
~
Reports - Wellbore Data TI!les
I
Cootents Options
Select the Contents tab, and then click Add to display the Add Contents dialog box. Select the items you want to add to the report. Standard Windows controls for multiple selections are available (mouse select with Shift or Ctr! keys). Click OK when you are finished selecting items. Use the Up and Down buttons to order the contents.
I - _J jI __J
I
i
___J
,..--- -...,
Help
I
_ J
Pore Pr~e Plot Fracil.re Qadient Plot Pore, Fracb.l'e & MW Plot
Geothennal Gradent Plot Geothennal Gr.xlient Tallie Section View Plan View Dogleg Severity Profie !Ust Temperature Profies !Ust Temperature Profies Table !Ust Pressu-e Profies !Ust Diffe'enbal Profies "'rc-t f"li~....,h,2J Or-.car-.c T~
IBJ
Reports - Wellbore Data Titles I eootents Options I Indicate that you want Pagination Multiple Items Per t: ~ I~ Per Page Page, data for the - ---+-.... (' 1-tAbple !tens Per Page Current String only, Ttb.Aar Data fot and Portrait format.
r. C1.n"entSlm9 (' AIStmos Onerltabon
r. Portrlllt
r
Landsaipe
c..ncel
9-82
_J
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Apply
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select File > Print Preview. Select the Wellbore Data report from the pull-down list. In the example below, the second page (Well Schematic) is shown. Familiarize yourself with the report controls.
Fole EJSOP1' ~CHEMATIC
!DEPTH . MDI
--l=l
•1
'"1
~
1150.0 It 1660.0 ltTOC
~:"Li:<~'W·o 1t> JO" Conduc!lar Ct9'g
30JO.O ft +qe0.o
nroe
BlJ.5.0 ft TOC
lll.BS.O It
.oJSO.o It roe U020.0 ft
14120.0 ftTQ.
.4l20.0 ltTOC
9 S/S', (12 1/4"1, 53.500 lll'f, f'.110, l'm
1~20.0ft
IC;JJO.O ft
D
E3SO
p
StressChe<:k 5000 I 7 0 Build 11180
I
.
fl
12. Press Ctrl-S, and then select File > Close to save and close the Design.
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-83
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8: Sensitivity Analysis In this exercise, you will perform the following design checks with sensitivity analysis of:
• •
special pipe tubular properties taper string casing configuration high collapse casing exposed to a high collapse loading condition
Special Pipe Tubular Properties In this analysis, you will perfonn a design check using special pipe tubular properties applied to a corrosive environment (C02 service). Corrosion is a major problem in gas fields with C02 for production strings. 13 CR as a stainless steel material is available for these types of conditions. l. Open planned Design E3SOP I . Save the Design as E3SOP l _13CR.
2. Define a temperature deration schedule named 13 CR. Specify the deration of the material's yield strength as foll ows:
9-84
Temperature OF
Correction Factor
77.0
1.00
122.0
0.98
212.0
0.94
302.0
0.92
392.0
0.89
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Define a new material named 13 CR, and then enter the following material mechanical properties for this new material: Material Name
13 CR
Young's Modulus (psi)
29,000,000
Poisson's Ratio
0.29
Density (lbm/rt3)
490
Expansion Coefficient (E-06/F)
6.1
*Temperature Schedule Name: 13 CR
* StressCheck version 5000.x and beyond has modified the association to the Temperature deration schedule. It will be defined at the Grade table instead of the Material table. Also, both anistropic yield columns (ra dial and hoop) will be displayed in the Grade table.
4. Define a new Grade named VM 110 13 CRSS. Enter the following casing/tubing physical properties: Grade or Name
VM 110 13 CRSS
Yield (psi)
110,000
UTS (psi)
110,000
Material
13 CR
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-85
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Define a Pipe using grade VM 110 13 CRSS. Enter the following pipe properties:
9-86
OD (in)
9.625
Weight (ppf)
53.5
Grade
VM 110 13 CRSS
ID (in)
8.535
Int Drift (in)
8.5
Pipe Type
Standard
Burst (psi)
I 0,900 (calculated AP!)
Collapse (psi)
7,950 (calculated AP!)
Axial (lbf)
1,710,000 (calculated AP!)
UTS (psi)
110,000
Wall Thickness (% of Nom.)
87.5
Plain End Cost ($/ft)
Default
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
6. Define a connection named VAM SLIJ-II. Enter the following connection properties: Pipe Body OD (in)
9.625
Pipe Body Weight (pp0
53.5
Pipe Body Grade
VM 110 13 CRSS
Connection Type
Other
Seal Type
MM
Connection OD (in
9.855
Burst (psi)
10,900
Tension (lbl)
1,275,000
Compression (!bf)
1,045,500
Max bending (degree/100 ft)
30
$/Cost
Default
7. Redefine the string section to use instead a 9 5/8'', 53.50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS casing: Top, MD (ft)
30
Base, MD (ft)
14,620
OD (in)
9 518
Weight (ppf)
53.500
Grade
VM 110 13 CRSS
8. Redefine the connection selected for 9 5/8'', 53 .50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS. Instead, select the YAM SUJ-II connection.
9. Observe: a) Does the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS, YAM SLIJ-II satisfy the design criteria? b) Do buckl ing conditions change as a consequence of applying different tubular properties?
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-87
Chapter 9: Exercises
I 0. How can the new design tubular properties be shared at the Well Explorer Tubular Properties level?
11 . Close the E3SOP l _ J3CR Design.
9-88
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8 Answers: Special Pipe Tubular Properties I. Open Design E3SOP 1. Select File > Save As, and then save the Design with a new name, E3SOPl_ l 3CR. 2. Select the Work tab, select Tubular> Tubular Properties> Temperature Deration, and enter the follow ing temperature deration schedule for 13 CR: Enter five temperature deration points for 13 CR.
Ttmptrllurt Otrilhon
Ttm era1urt Deraioon Po1111 I Tem arat"ra Otra11on Po1n1 2 Tem eraluoe Oeraroon Po nl 3 Tem tralurt Oeralion Pont 4 Tempera1ure Oeraunn Pooni 5 T1mptra1ur1 Correc11on Temperature Corrtchon Ttmper~ruro Corrtthon Ttmpera1Jrt Correwon Tempera1ure Corretl on Schedule N• •• ("F) Fa
1 oo
n
122.0
0 98
2120
o!U
mo
092
39'20
0119
Note StressCheck 2003 .16. l + version series implemented the ability to define tubular properties within the application as an o ption in the Tubular menu. Other versions (2003.16.0, 2003.2 1) only allow definitio n of tubular properties from the Well Explorer. StressCheck version 5000.1 (and later) wi 11 support the 2003. 16. I+ implementation.
3. Select Tubular> Tubular Properties> Materials, and then enter the following 13 CR material mechan ical properties:
Young's Modulus(ps1)
nro:m
rn
Density (lbmffl")
0 :I) 029
Expansion Coeflic1ent(E-OOl°F)
4~CXXJ
400.CXXJ
6.9 61
Anisotropic Yretd Radial
10000 10000
Hoop
Temperature Oerat1on Schedule Name
100 00 Steel (default) 10000 t3CR
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-89
Chapter 9: Exercises
4. Select Tubular> Tubular Properties> Grades, and then enter the following VM 110 13 CRSS Grade Properties:
5 6 7
8 C-110 C-75 C-9J C-95 H-40 HC-95
6
J-55
9 10 11 12
K-55
4IXm 9500J 5500J 5500J
L-60
00:00
M-65 N-80
6500J
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
P-105 P-110
10500J 111XXXJ 12500J 9500J 1500JO 1300Xl 141XXXJ 4200) 46COJ 5200)
1 2 3
4
Enter the new grade.
Q-125 T-95 V-150 VM-130 VM-140 X-42 X..46 X-52
111XXXJ 7500J
oo:m 9500.)
00:00
56COJ 6COJO 1llXXXJ 26
9-90
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
12500J 9500J 10COlJ 10500) 6CXm 105C00 7500J 9500J
9500J 85CXXl 10COlJ 121J))) 12500J 13500J 10500'.l 160'.XXl 141XDJ 1500JO 6CXm 6DlJ 660Cll 71CDJ 7500J 111XDJ
CS_API 5CT CS _API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS_APl5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT cs_AP15CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT 13 CR
Chapter 9: Exercises
5. Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory, and then enter the following pipe using VM I I0 13 CRSS Grade:
Weight (ppt)
53500 53.500 56 .coo 58 400 58 400
Grade or Name P.1t 0 0.125 C-75
L-8> N-8)
58 .coo
C-90 56 400 C.95 56.400 T·95 P-110 58 400 58 400 0.125 59 400 C-00 59.400 61.100 C·OO 61 too T·95 64000 C.90 T-95 64000 71 IUl C-00 71 Im T·95 53500 VM 11013 CR
r.95
10 (in)
C SJS 8535 8'35 8'35 8 , 35 8,35 8 '35 8 •35 B 435 9 435 8 407 8 407 8375 8375 8281 8261 8 125 8125 8535
Yreld
IP••
1l(XXXl
•:'5llXl 7500)
llXXXl llXXXl
00000 95llll 95000 111XOO 1.'50))
00000 95000 00000 9!DXl 00000 95((1)
11CDll
6 375 6 375 8 375 8375 8375 8 375 8 375 8 375 8 25 1 6251 6219 8219 8 125 8125 7969 7969 8500
Pipt
But\t
Collapu
Alral
Type
(psij
(P~•)
(ltl)
Slandard Sland11d S1....i1rd S11nd1rd Stand11d St1nd1rd Stand11d St1nd11d S1and11d S llndard S tandard S tandard Standard S11ndlrd Standard Sland•rd Standard S11ndatd S11ndard
IJ9!ll 0 12386 ' 6 1136 86&4 5 e;5.4
7893 4 1 l503« 7693 • ,~ ,
s
8566 8 15191:1! 8865 2 160353'
9736' 102n3 10277 3 11:n:JO 13522 7
88652 ·~ 9767 F.i 165672' 10539 0 2109913
99655
69735
155~4 71
1~1q1
9317 0 94:1! 2 9810 4 ICUll 3 11:.'59 7 12933 0 1:E51 5 7!!50 0
1638720 1590431 1678789 1701102
1~73
107955 10096 ' 11607 3 12272 7 12954 5 10900 0
2'?53
7950 0 1710113 605 9 19'3311 7536 1 12659'8
1~
1fll2010 1966666 1710 113
105000 10500l 1250)) 135!XXI 100000
IOSOOJ 100000 105000 100000 105000 100000 105000 110COJ
87 50 8750 87 50 8750 87 50 8750 87 50 87 50 87 50 8750 87 50 8750 8750 8750 8750 8750 8750 87 50
2996 2800
2682 2575 29.64 3107 3270 30 05 32 70 30 15 33.26 3101 3' 22 329-l
3634 36 44 4021 33 14
/
Enter the new pipe with the grade you created in the previous step.
6. Select Tubular > Special Connections Inventory, and then enter che following YAM SLIJ-ll Connection properties:
Name V/AMTOP
V>M SLU-11
i
Enter the new special connection.
StressCh eck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-91
Chapter 9: Exercises
7. Select Tubular> String Sections, and then redefine the casing string as follows:
VM 110 13 CRSS
1 2
i
Assign the new VM 110 13 CRSS grade you created earlier to the string section.
After selecting a new Grade, refresh the material assigned for the grade selected. Select Tubular> Tubular Properties > Grades, and then reselect the 13 CR material from the pick-list.
11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
22 23 24 25
M-65 N-al P-105 P-110 Q-125 T-95 V·150 VM-130 VM-1 40
x..42 X-46 X-52 X-56
x.ro VM 11013 CRSS
!DID 10500) 110000 125000 9500)
1500JJ 130lXJ 140000 42000 46000 52000
56000 60000
10COlJ 121XOJ 125000 135000 10500) 160000 140000 150000 60000 63000 66000 71000 75000
CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_AP15CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS API 5CT
110000
26
9-92
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Reselect the 13 CR material, then tab out of the cell to refresh the changes made in system memory.
Chapter 9: Exercises
8. Select Tubular> Connections, and then select the YAM SLIJ-ll connector as follows:
1
9 518", 53 500 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS
T pe VAM SUJ.11
Burst
100
Axial 156
r
2
Assign the new connection type to the pipe section, then tab out of the cell.
9. Observe the following: a) Select View> Tabular Results> Min Safety Factors.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Depth (MD) ODM'e19ht/Grade Connechon (ft) '.l:l 9 518", 53 500 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS YAM SLLl-11 125 43)
900
900 1152 1200 1400 1&0 1700 1700 1958 5970 5970 Ei039 6003 ~A....,,.
46
47
../"' rlG1~-,,..,...-.-..,
c
50
81
53 54 55 56
./-..._/·'r_..r ..__,...,,
B6 88 Cl C6 Al ()
,
Minimum Safet Collapse + 100 00 C6 78 14 C6 22 72 C6 10 es cs 10 e5 C6 8 49 C6 8 15 C6 701 C6 6 lS cs 562 C6 582 C6 510 cs 1 74 C6 1 74 C6 I 71 C6 1 71 C6
Factor (Abs) Axial 1 6688C 16788C 1 71 88 c 17788C 15688C 15888C 1 59 BBC 1 61 88 c 16388C 1BBB8C 17900C 18288C 2 35A1 C 2.35A1 C 2 37 A1 C 2.33A1 C
T11ax1al
2 09 Bl 2 10 Bl 2 14 81 2 20 81 2 00 00 2 10 00 2 1088 2 11 88 2 1388 221 86 220BS 2 19BS 200 BS 2 03 BS I 9600 1 94 86
!_~ ::. --~-~
.--""·---i-r74 oo- 1.74 136
14620
48 49 51 52
__ ,_,_ . _,...-
Burst 1 79 B6 179136 1 79 B6 17986 1 79 a:; 1 78 Eli 1 78 a; 1 78B6 1 78 B6 17686 17800 17886 1 7786 1 77 B6 1 7686 17S a:;
,,..f1121·-C6 •.c2 ,... 25f(."6r" c 102C6 (2 25) C6 c
h·i--e1r· I 72 CS
Connecuon Cnt1cal Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak tnJec11on Casuig FulVPar11al Evacual1on Above Below Packer Running in Hole-Avg Speed Compression
61
Notice that the 9 5/8'', 53.50 ppf, VM 110 13 CRSS, VAM SLIJ-II casing passed the design check. None of the reported absolute safety factors has exceeded the design factors.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-93
Chapter 9: Exercises
Burst safety factors are not connection critical (leak) anymore. However, you need to be cautious because the lowest known YAM SUJ-Il connection burst rating input is 10,900 psi, which is much higher than the initially applied BTC API Leak connection calculated rating of 9, 160.8 psi. The Axial Safety factors are now connection critical (this is expected because of the near flush connection type applied) . b) Select View > Tabular Results > Triaxial Results, Tubing Leak.
Depth (MD)
(ft)
3J 125 430 900
1
2 3 4 5
900
1200 1200
6 7
~
-
..
332993 327911 311593 266449 2ffi448 270465
00 00 2lll 7 6500 62946
223 223
223 222 2 19 216
B325 357864
Absolute Safety Factor Burst
179 1 79 179 179 1 79 1 76 178
50
14120 14620
Collapse NIA NIA NIA NIA NIA NIA
Temperature Addt1 Pickup To ("F) Prevent Buck Qb~
Axial
363C 369 c 4 05 c 4 3J
c
332 c
248 4 248 4 248 4 248 A 248 4 246 4
44374 64663 73226
-~
11753 32042 4ll500
2098.3 20963
2096.3
Buckled Length (ft)
a:m
267226
...
' "'i.....-
401~\1J14 12020
53 54 55
332993 327911 314838 296554 3843)9 388326
F'.
49 51 52
Axial Force lb Bending Stress Apparent Actual at OD (psi) Tnax1al (w/Bending) (w/o Bending)
.........,
••• A
- ' -w;:-- ~- '"t.J-" 2.03 205 2 ())
1 74 1 74
NIA NIA NIA
2073 c 19 72 c 17 41 c
2484 248 4 2484
C Conn Cnllcal () Compression
The Additional Pick up to Prevent buckling and Buckled Length initial values have changed (reduced) because of the different mechanical properties of the VM 110 13 CRSS grade compared to steel. I 0. To share tubular properties at the Well Explorer Catalogs level,
perform the fo llowing: Select the Work tab, and then select Tubular > Tubular Properties > Grades.
9-94
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Edit > Export to Catalog, and then select the VM 110 13 CRSS grade. Click the arrow button ( <=) to add the new grade to the Well Explorer Tubular Properties. Click Close to dismiss the dialog box, and then press Ctrl-S to save the Design and apply the change. 13 j
E><port Grades to Catalog
Select the grade from the inventory, then click the arrow button to transfer the grade to the Catalog.
l ·SS K·SS
.l-55
K·SS L-IJO
L·80
M-65 N-SO P-105 P· llO Q· l 25
M-65 N..SO
5·95
T-95 V· ISO
P· IOS P· llO Q· l 25
T·9S V·ISO VM 11013CRSS VM-130 VM- 140
VM-130 VM-l'IO X-42 X-46 X·S2 X·S6 X-60
X-42 X·46
X·S2 X·56 X·60
When the grade is exported to the Well Explorer Tubular Properties Grade table, the associated material and temperature deration data is transferred to the corresponding Well Explorer tubular properties tables. The ability to export grades to catalogs is dependent on the locked or unlocked status of the grade, material, and/or temperature deration. You cannot export a grade with any associated tubular properties locked. From the Well Explorer, double-click the G rades node ( 1'f.EI ) to view the Grade table. If the Locked check box is selected on the Grade, Material, or
Temperature Deration table, you cannot export Grades to the Catalog. If it is locked, a small lock appears on the Well Explorer tubular property ( ~~) .
B
n~; Tubular Properties ~r class
UI
I
Temperature Deration
11 l> Materials ~~ Grades
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-95
Chapter 9: Exercises
Notice that the Locked check box is not selected. The VM 110 13 CRSS grade has been exported, and the section type has been properly defined. Deselected Locked check box allows export to the catalog.
CS_API SCT SAE 4145 CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT 13CR CS_APISCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5>17
95,000 110,000 95.000 150,000 150,000 110.000 130.000 140,000 95.000
'10,000
105,000 140,DXI 105,000 1,re1 .!IOO ll!0.000 110.000 140,000 150,QAI 105.000
~
I The export grade to catalog operation is also conditioned to User rights (see the "Application Security Tokens" topic in EDM Administration Utility Help). Note
When new pipes defined in the Design pipe inventory table are exported to catalogs, the associated grade, material, and temperature deration are checked against the Well Explorer tubular properties. If the grade, material, or temperature deration exist in the Well Explorer Tubular Properties, only the pipe is exported to avoid duplicate tubular properties. If the grade, material, or temperature dcration do nor exist, then the pipe, grade, material, and temperature deration arc exported.
11. Select File> Close to close the E3SOP I_ I 3 CR Design. Click Yes if prompted, "Save changes to E3SOP 1_ 13 CR* ?"
9-96
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Taper String Design Check In this analysis, you will perform a design check using a taper string casing configuration. Taper string casing configurations are often used in a design (for example, tapered casing configurations can solve clearance issues in the production annulus when running completion tools). 1. Open planned Design E3SOP 1. Save the Design as E3SOP1_Taper. 2. Create a I 0 3/4" casing with a BTC connector, 9 7/8'', 62.80 ppf, P-110, 8.625" fD, YAM TOP taper string. The 10 3/4" casing string section length should be 1,000 ft. a) What is the lowest I 0 3/4" weight and grade A PI pipe that satisfies the initial design criteria (loads analysis options and design factors) for the upper section? b) What design load mode drives the I 0 3/4" casing weight and grade solution? c) Which is the most critical to the solution- the selected 10 3/4" pipe or 10 3/4" BTC connection? 3. Close the E3SOPJ_Taper Design.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-97
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8 Answers: Taper String Design Check I . Open Design E3SOP I. Select File> Save As, and then save the Design with a new name, E3SOPJ_Taper. 2. From the Work tab, update the contents of the String/Connection, Casing and Tubing configuration and pipe inventory tables as follows: a) Select Tubular> String Sections, then remove current contents (that is, select the data row, and then press Delete to empty the table).
Top, MD (ft)
Cost($)
Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory. Select All from the pipe size pick-list.
Select All from the pipe size pick-list.
. ,. Edit Welbore TubUar 'ftew
1
2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10
9-98
9.625 9625 9.625 9.625 9625 9625 9.625 9625 9625
H-40 H-40
36.000 36.000 36.000 36.000 40.000 40000
J-55 K-55 M-65 J-55 K-55
40.000
M·65
40.000
C-75 L-80
40.000
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the first row, then select Edit> Insert Row. Enter the following: 9 7/8", 62.80 ppf, P-110, 8.625" TD pipe information.
'lO 0
.875 1 ()!'il
1 O&l 1 O&l
W••ghl
Gt~Gf
opf)
Nlme
628))
P-110
1.UO I UO I UO 1 1
H-40
uo uo
J.55 l«l N«l C-90 T-95
ID (ml 8625
Yield
Int Drift
~·I
(1r1)
1100'.Xl
8 5lll
~
8l'.OO 9XOO
0731 0731 0731 073) 073)
95((1)
0 73J
082A 082A 082A 082A
5!ilDl
a:xm
.,,
Ii-AO
Pipe
Type Sl-iallf Slandard Standard Slande1d Standard Stend1rct1 Standatef
Blnt
~llepse
(piQ
(psi)
""'"' ~bl)
1?\83 5
10282.9 1997857
7533'3
1lll5 18295
moo
ID358 3 15CE6 1 15CE6 1 1&950 0 1 'il91 7 75333
26611
urs (pS~
125!D'.l
so:m 7&ro 9SCal
26611
100)))
2$37
100::00
31600
105lll0
Wei Thie• (% olNom) 87 50 87 50 87 50 8750 87 so 87 50 87 so
Plam End COS1 (1'll) 3231
lnltwen (Ill
0.40 0.0 056 0 5ll
058 06-4
Select Wellbore > Casing and Tubing Scheme. Select 9 7/8" production Casing OD instead of current 9 5/8".
Han er
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
24" 18 518" 16" 13 518" 9 518" 7 314· 8518" 9 518"
Intermediate Intermediate Protective • Produdion • Produd1on
Casing Casing Casing Casing Casing Castng Liner
26 cm 22.00J
17.500 14 750 12250 8500
30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30.0 30 0 14320 0
1150.0 3030.0 9185.0 12020.0 14620 0 16330 0
1660 0 44800 83150 10750 0 143200
8.60 920 11.60 14.00 15 10 11 00
10 314• 11 314• 11 716" 13 3/B" 13 112· 13 518" 14"
Select Tubular > Special Connections Inventory. Select Edit > Import from Catalog, and then se lect VAM TOP from the list of catalogs on the left side of the dialog box. With the YAM TOP catalog selected, highlight (select) the YAM TOP, 9 7/8'', 62.80 ppg, P- 110 connector.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-99
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click Append to add it to the Special Connections table. El
Import From Special Connection• Inventory Catalog VAM ACESC90 VAM Big Omega VAM OINO YAM VAM FA. VAM HW ST YAM HW ST SC70 YAM HW ST scao Yfll'IN8N YAM VAM l£W VAM MS VAM N8N VAM SC
Select VAM TOP special connections inventory catalog.
VAMPRO AM Sl.O·ll
Select (highlight) the VAM TOP 9 718", 62.80 ppg, P-110 connection.
Click Append to add the connection to the Special Connections Inventory table.
62 Em
P-110
Other
12180.0
1997900
1198740
~00
199 57 26309
Select the String and Connection tab, and then define the upper section of 10 3/4" pipe OD, 1,000 ft length. Initially pick the highest weight and grade, and then assign a BTC connector. Select the 9 7/8", 62.8 ppf, P-110, pipe for the bottom section, and then assign a YAM TOP connector. Change the weight and grade for the 10 3/4" pipe section until the lowest safety factor is obtained for this section. After these steps are complete, select View > Min Safety Factors, View > Design Plots and View > Triaxial Check > Triaxial Plots to review the effect of the change. Note The StressCheck software does not perform minimum cost design of Tapered Strings.
9-100
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Compare your selection with the selection shown below ( 10 3/4", 5 1.0 ppf, C-95, BTC). Sinn Sections Top. MD (ft) Base, MD (ft) 1
2
1
2 3
3)0 100J.O
1CXXJ.O 146200
10 3/4", 51 OOJ ppf. C-95 9 718', 62 800 ppf, P-110
OD ~n)
Weight (ppQ
10 3/4' 9 718"
Grade
51 .00J 62.800
C-95 P-110
Cost($) 557,988 32,601 525,387
32.601 10.007
VAMTOP
38.57
525,387
Select the Min ASF tab to view the minimum safety factors (absolute) table.
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 B 9 10 11 12 13
Depth(MD) (ft) :l:l 125
O[)N.'e19ht/Grade 10 3/4", 51
[DJ
Connection
ppf, C-95
BTC, C-95
3)5
4:1:1 00) 00)
ICDJ 1000 1152 1200 1400 1600 1700 1700
9 718", 62 00J ppf, P-110
VAMTOP
,_.
Bursi 114 81 115 81 l 16 Eli , 16 86 1 16 El> 1 16 El> 116 86 203 Eli 202 86 202 86 202 86 202 86 202 86 2 02 Eli 202 86
··- ~ .,r*'...,,. _,.,,......__..,."'" ~.. .. ,,/'"-.. .A 10500'-/ ,,... _ _.._~
40 41
42 43 44 45
Tnax1al 1~81
1~81
I 38 Bl 1 3981 1 4281 1 3588 136 BB 214 BB 215 BB 2 16 BB 210 88 219 BB 238 BB 232 88
~~
'ii_..,·-15~... 1 (1 ~'CS't'"""i'-!SflG-
,..,,.,...
39
Minimum Safet Factor (Abs) Colla se Axial + 10000 C6 139138F 3.4 70 C6 1 40 BIH 14 23 C6 1 41 88 F 10 09 C6 1 42138 F 482 C6 146BBF 482 cs 1 31 BB F 4 3.4 C6 132BBF 1264 C6 20980 1098 C6 2 11 88 1054 CG 2 1288 906 C6 21588 798 C6 218 BB 7 54 C6 252 88 7 54 C6 240 BB 6,~ ~~· 8)1. ,..-
10500 10750 10750 1203) 14120 14619 14620
198 86 196 86 196 86 , 96 86 197 86 197 86 197 a;
>
1 51 C1 151 C1 151 Cl 145 C6 1JA C6 t 31 C6 1 31 C6
(1 75) C6 (1 nics (2 24) C6 (2 17) C6 (2 25) C6 (2 29) C6 (2
c c c c c c
29) C6 c
1 82 Eli 1 81 Bi 204 Cl 205 Ct 199 C6 195 C6 195 C6
46 f
47 48 49 50
81 86
51
00
c
52
C1
53
C6 A1 ()
54 55
Connection fracture Connection Crrt1cal Displacement to Gas Tubing Leak ln1ec11on Casmg Full1Part1al EvatuallOn Above Below Packer Running in Hole-Avg Speed Compressron
56
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-101
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Design tab to view the design plots.
o ~------- · i
:
,.. _______ ''
: ---- ·----- --
o ~--:
. --. ----. -- . -.. ---. ---.-----. . --- .' . -------. -.--- -.. --. . ... --. ---. --'
......
.,
'
.. !
..
..
. . -- . . . • • • .,'. . . . .. . • . . . , ·-· · · . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . • . .
'
!
r ·1:·
!
· ··· ·t
.c
7500
~
2500
·
.! 7500 "'~~ 10COJ
:!!;
:!!;
'
17500 +-- -+--0
..
....
.''
'
....
17500 + - --
1500'.I
0
Bursi Rating (ps~ Triaxial Desi
~! , .
:: r; · 0
:
~
j
;
i
0
.. ··· .............
12500 .............:--.. ·· \
~
1ocro:xJ 1500XXJ Aiual Force ObO
...,....,..,...,.,.,....,....,..,,..,.--,...,,___,.,,,...-,
200JCXll
,.-:--..,-,.,,COmodJon-..,..;?jJ-.,..,Min~I
n
...............
-+-- -- + - - - - -' + - - - - + - - - l 120Xl 600l Collapse Rating (psi)
'tt!j. ' ~
1
1500J · ······ ·· ····:· ........ ..~ . i ···· ·
... '
.
...
.. ···· ·+···: ... .... +........... . . '
1 7500 +-----+---~~----t-----+----I
2500)))
•
'
12500 .............
- . - - - . .. - . - .
0
'
'' '
f........\ ·]·············[....
·· :· ········ ·· .. : ············ •••••• ••• ••••
·l·.... --.. !". •• ~ - - · . -•• --- •• - ~ •• ..•• -· .• . - ~- •• ••. ---•• ·.' ... .' ..' '' . ' . . 17500 + - - --+-- ----if---- - + - - --+-- - - - ! 15((()
' ' '
f.: •::•I·•·~~··••r·•t••· rt ; ·······t············
············t·······F~······· ..···[.........................
10m
.
": l >L ..I•••::t
•• · •••
· · · · ··· · ·· · · t- · · ··~ ( ··· · · · · · · ··: · ··· ·· ·
···· ·· ··· ~ ·-···
·············r············ .:·······-!....1-----=·-····· '' .. ... '
1500J
' --+----<
Axial Design
.
'
'
12500
'
'
.. ..... . . ....... ... ....,............ ..................... ,.............................. . . '
12500
..'
' - -'! -- - +--+-7500 10000
'
'
............;............•....... ~...~ ............ { .......... :.~ ---···· · ·· ' ' . .
1500:l
. '
..
· • ••••.•I••l•.···•.1I··.··.·1••······ 1•········•
12500
'
. . ....... -.. .. .,. ............ ................. . ,................ .. ... ........ . . ...................... ············ ·r·········-··;··
.c
~
.. u:xro
~
' ' '
-------·-···-,... -· .........,''............... ,........................... .... .
.
· r · · · . .. . . . .
!
•
:
-
' ''
'
~
11
'
.
~
:
... .--------. - .--. . -- .. ------..---- . . -----.- -. -., .. -.. --... --...... -...-- ... -. ... .. .... .. ... . ........ -.... . ... . .. ..
'
250'.Xl
IOCOll VME Siren (psi)
12:5000
1500)()
I >I,___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___.._,
Select the Triaxial tab to view the triaxia l plots. To view the second string section design limits plot, right-click the "Design Limits - Section I" plot and select Load/Section Selection from the drop-down menu. Select the Sections tab on the Properties dialog box that displays. Click OK to view Section 2. You may need to right-click on the plot again, and select Resize to view the plot in the reduced spl it-screen viewing area.
9-102
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
-
Design Limits - Section 1
'iii a. -15000
2!
----J------L----· I I
I I
:::J
Loads
Ill
~
L
Seclians
I
I
8000
I
-----: ----- -~~ I I
'ii
=c Right-click on the "Design Limits - Section 1" plot, and select Load/ Section Selection from the drop-down menu. Click the Sections tab on the Properties dialog box that displays.
Ei
Prop~thes
~
a
OK
Concel
Axial Force (lbf)
Repeat the string section selection process on the Von Mises Equivalent Stress plot, and select Section 2.
Von Mises Equivalent Stress - Section 1 :::-10000 Ill
.!:
-- ___ f ___ _ _ t _ _ I
I
I
I
...
£i
l'roper hes Loads
Q)
Secbons
I
Sectlotl I
~ 5000
...~ L .... ...:::J Ill
m Q)
~ -0000
~
w
OK
Concel
I
f>Wf
Het>
-900000-600000-300000 0 300000 600000 9000001200000 Effective Tension (lbf)
You may need to right-click on the plot again, and select Resize to view the plot in the reduced split-screen viewing area .
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-103
Chapter 9: Exercises
Triaxial Load Line
e:
Triaxial Safety Factors
-r---,
3000
..
ii 6000
t
a
i
...
I
9000
: I
~ 12000
I
: I
f
----L- - - L --- - IL---- I~ -I I I I
16000
I
t
I
I
I
I
'
'
. . .: '
-t" - - - ...
I
t
- ~ ---- t~ ---- I~ --- -~ -- - -~-I I
l;
I
'
: I
.. L.. I
I I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
-~-- ~I I f
I
I
I
- ~ ---J
3000
-r'I - - - - r'I -- -.1'
ii 6000
_,,..__..~.o,~----~----r-- - - ~ ---- ~ --- - ~- - 1
e: It a
I
=
I
I
15000
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
II
I'
I
I
I
I
I
I
!'
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
j
I
! I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I
I
I
t
I I
I
I
I
I l I
I
I
I
- - ___.__ - - - - - - - -'- · · - - 1... -- "' ...\. ...... ,._!,.. ... .. .. -t.. . ........ \.. ......... L .... .J
0.0
I
I
I
0.6
1.3
!
I
I
f
1 .9 2.6 3 ..2 3.9 4 .5 Normalized Safety Factor
I
I
I
5.2
5.8
Von Mises Equivalent Stress • Section 2
0.
ii' 16000
-16000
.e
..
!
..
::i
!
'
I
-~- ---L ----L----L- -- L - - -- L ----L - -~! I I I
Design Limits • Section 2
...
'
-~ --- I~ ---- I~ ---- I~ - --- I~ --- -~ I --- -~I I -- ~I
~ 12000
46000 62600 60000 67600 75000 82600 90000 9760010600012600 VME Streu (psi)
CL
I
9000
l;
~----~----~ - -- tl ---- IL -- - -L I ! ----LI I - - - - IL - - - -L I - -- - IL- - - J I
I
.
'
' ' '
'
'
t
i
I
'
... A.=.. l;
.. -· l
8000
.
----... I
----+-----'{ . --.......:. . .... . . . - ~ -...... ·+---.. -i· · .. - - ·:.. ....... · ·H :
:
: Trt...xi., 1.260 :
•
. :
::
8000
~ ::i
ID
II>
> :;:
~ w
.sooo ""-'~'F"""";;,_~-=""-'r+-' x~ in~•~t~e~·~~-+~~-+~~--J~~
600000 100000015000002000000 Axial Foree (lbf)
-1 350000000000-450000 0 450000 900000 13500001800000 Effective Tenslon (lbf)
b) Apparently the Axial load design mode. c) Select the Work tab, and then select the View> Tabular Results> String Summary table.
String 1
Production Casing
OOIWe1ght/Grade
Connecuon
10 3/4·.s1 cm ppr, C-95
BTC , C-95 VN/oTOP
9 718", 62 OOJ ppf, P-110
2
MO Interval
01111 Ota
(ft)
(1n)
3J0-1CllJ O
9 694
10010-14&'0 0
8500A
Design Cosl Bursi I IA 1 97
($)
32,601 525,367 Total = 557,988
3 4
5
F Conn Fracture
6
C Conn Cntical
7
A Alternile Onft () Compression
The 10 3/4" BTC connection Axial Safety Factor (Abs) is the most critical condition to the taper design.
3. Select File > Close to close the E3 SOP I_ Taper Design. Click Yes when prompted to "Save changes to E3SOP1 _Taper*?"
9-104
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
High Collapse Casing In this analysis, you will perform a design check using a high collapse casing exposed to a high collapse loading condition. 1. Open planned Design E3SOP I. Save the Design as E3SOP1_HC.
2. Define a new pipe 9 5/8'', 53.50 ppf, P-11 OHC, and enter the following properties: OD (in)
9.625
Weight (ppf)
53.5
Grade
P-l IOHC
ID (in)
8.535
Int Drift (in)
8.5
Pipe Type
Special
Burst (psi)
10900 (Calculated API)
Collapse (psi)
10550 (Special, high collapse)
Axial (lbf)
1710113 (calculated API)
UTS
125,000
Wall T hickness (% of Norn.)
87.5
Plain End Cost ($/ft)
Default
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-105
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Define the following YAM SLIJ-II connection for the high collapse pipe: Pipe Body OD (in)
9.625
Pipe Body Weight (ppt)
53.5
Pipe Body Grade
P-ILOHC
Connection Type
Other
Seal Type
MM
Connection OD (in)
9.855
Burst (psi)
10,900
Tension (lbt)
1,275,000
Compression (lbt)
1,045,500
Max bending (degree/JOO ft)
30
$/Cost
Default
4. Apply the new high collapse casing and connection associated to the design. 5. Does the new design tolerate a Full Evacuation scenario during production under Geothermal temperature conditions? 6. Close the E3SOP I _I-IC Design.
9-106
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 8 Answers: High Collapse Casing 1. Open Design E3SOP1, select File > Save As, and save the Design with a new name, E3SOP J_HC. 2. In the Work tab, perform the fo llowing. a) Select Tubular> Tubular Properties > Grades, and then enter the following grade:
1
2
3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 10 19
Create a new Grade named P - llOHC.
20
C-110 C-75
1100XJ 7500) 900Xl
e-ro C-95 H-40 HC-95
9500)
J.55 K·55
5500)
125000 95ail 100XXJ 10500l 600Xl 10500) 7500) 95ail 95llXl 85CXXl 100XXJ 12CXXXJ 125000 13500l 10500) 1600XJ 141lDJ 151lDJ 600XJ 6llXJ 66CXXl 7100'.J 7500) 125000
400XJ 9500) 5500)
IDDJ
L.00 M-65
6500J
IDDJ
N-00 P-105 P-110 Q-125 T-95 V-150 VM-131 VM-140 X·42
105llXl l100XJ 125000 9500)
1500XJ
1300XJ 1400XJ 42000 46CXXl 52000
5600'.l 600XJ 1100XJ
CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API 5CT cs_API 5CT CS_API 5CT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT CS_API SCT cs_API 5CT CS_API SCT
26
b) Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory and enter the following high collapse pipe information: Notice after entering th e special pipe, the StressCheck software sorts the new row according to its weight, grade, and ID.
Wegl1 (pp~
&4!W &4!W 71 ID) 71 ID) 53500
Grade or Name
ID 1')
Yreld
9'.l'.OJ
C-00 T-95
e 201 e 201 e 125 e 125
P·llOHC
6535
C.00 T·95
(p~~ 9500)
!lllXl 950CXl 1100))
In•
Of~
(•n) e 125 B 125 7969 7.969 8500
Ppe T1pe S1andard S1andard S1andard S1andard Special
Bursi
CollapH
Ax~I
UTS
W5!1Ttli
(psi)
(pt1)
Obfl
(psi}
(% ofNnm'
10996 • 11607 3 122727 12954 5
IO!Ul 0
1701102 112597 179$07 12'333 (I 1'l32Cl10 1H.i1 5 19(1;'..bb 105600 1710113
1(8)33
1cnm 10500) 1CIXOO 10500) 12!.C.00
87 50 87 50 87 50 67 50 87 50
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Pl• n End Cos1 (S'ft)
lnlnwn (II)
32 9.(
3634 36 44 4021 33 14
9-107
Chapter 9: Exercises
3. Select Tubular> Special Connections Inventory and enter the following connection information:
S1Jo1in1
VAMTOP VAMSUJ.11
95.ti"
53 500 P· 1IOHC
MM
199.57 25053
9fl55
4. Perform the following: a) Select Tubular> String Sections and apply the high collapse pipe.
OD Qn)
14620 0
1 2
Weight (ppQ
9 SA3"
Grade
53.500
Select P-110HC as the new grade for the string section.
P-110HC
Cost($)
570,588 570,588
I
b) Select Tubular> Connections and apply the YAM SLIJ connection to the 9 5/8", 53.50 ppf, P- 1 lOHC pipe.
T e 9 SA3", 53.500 ppf, P-110HC
YAM SW-II
Conn Safety Factor (Abs) Bursi Axial 100 152
Select VAM SLIJ-11 as lhe new / connection for the pipe section.
5. Yes, the new Design tolerates a Full Evacuation scenario during production under geothermal temperature conditions.
9-108
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
a) Select Tubular> Collapse Loads, and then select the Full Evacuation Production loads check box. f3
Collapse loads: 9 S.'8" Production Casing Select
IEdt I Temperatu-e J Plot I Custom I Ollbons I
DrillnQ Loads
Production Lo.!lds
P Ft.A/Partoa EvacuatlOll P lost Returns ...th Mud Dr p Cementing p Dr1'
P
Ful Evacu«ion
P"
Above/Below Packer
r~~ation
ExterNI Profile Mud and Cement Mx·Wllter
r,
Select the Full Evacuation check box.
Cementing
lost Retl.rns with Mud Drop Ful Evacuation
G P!!rmeaile Zones G Mud and Cement Slrry
Above/Below Pack« Ori Ahead (Coftapse)
<'
Fractu-e El> Pnor Shoe w/ Gas Grac:lent Above
r. Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure
Coneel
Select the Temperature tab, select Full Evacuation, and then select the Geothermal temperature option. f3
Collap•e lodds: 9 5 •8" Production Casmg
From the Temperature tab, select Full Evacuation.
Select the Geothermal option .
I
Select Edt
I
Temperattre Plot
I Custom I Opbons I
.:J
jFul Evacuation
r
Default
r
User·entered
r.
Geothermal
Te 300 125.0 4300
BC 4( 4; 51
!DJO 12000 14000 1600 0 6100.0 97000
~ ~ OK
Si 5i
m 1
98000
1~
s:nJO 100000 10100 0
17(
17'
~::::J
r. Cancel
Apply
f"O
(' TVO
Help
Click OK to accept the changes and close the dialog box.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-109
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) Select View> Tabular Results> Minimum Safety Factors. Notice that all safety factors (including collapse safety factors) satisfy the design criteria. The full evacuation load case is critical at the bottom of the hi gh collapse 9 5/8" casing.
OOIWltglX/Grade ~
!l SAl" SJ 5D ppl
p 11CJ1C
Comec!ion WMSUJ.l
125 181 86 11!100 1 fl1 a; 18186 I 81136 181 86 1 Bl Iii I 81 Bil
3)5
HJ !ICll !ICll 1152 12(() 1.al !6(L 17lll 17lll 1958 $70
I Bl B6 18111> I 81 BS I l9B6 119B6 17986 17900 17986
5970 Woll 6051 6100 6173 6187 6DJ
I 7906 I 7966 I 7986 11986 I 7986 17986 1 7886 I 7886 17886 I 7866 I 7886 17886 17886 178136 17886 17886 177 86 177 86 177 B6 177 B6 177$ 17786 17186 1 ;7 EE 17686 17686
6DJ 7213 7<401
9COl 'i!lll
9:w 9lillCl 970C
9lll: !l!Dl
am 1ilXll 10100 ICDXI
10XXJ 1()(00 10500 109]) 10l50 10'50 12020 139(3 1'13) 1'619 1'62()
c
C-1o0nC14 al
0.sl)l•ctmtOI lo Gas
C6 Al
()
T
cs
ro
cs cs
cs
I OOC6
a
7600
IC6C5
12" C6 (2 15) C6 (1 9'3) cs
1 76 ll6
I 05C5
(199)
I
Bl EE BB C5
• 1000'.lC 163 BBC 1.li6BBC •2 ll1 lKl.38 C6 166EllC "S2 C6 1 7Hl3 C "S2 C6 162EllC 11 35 Cb 1S•BBC 10 a; 16SOOC 937 C6 157BllC 825C6 15900C 779C6 182BBC 779C6 17Hl3C 682C6 177BBC 232C6 235A1 C 232C6 23SA1 C 2 lKI C6 2!6A1 C 229C6 2S(A1 C 227 C6 220EBC 225C6 235,.l c 27H6 2.39A1 C 22C C6 2•1A1 C '2me& 2 •I A1 ~ I 9)C6 (1<6)C6 I A9C6 (1Z!J C6 159CS (191)C6 1 5-' C5 (178)C6 1 5" C5 (178) C6 I •7 C5 (162)C6 1 '7C5 (162)C6 I '6C5 (160) C6 1 "C6 (1.59) C6 1UCS (1.59: C6 IOCS (1Sl) C6 1 •2CS (1 57) C6 1 (() C5 ( 56) C6 (I !i5) C6 139 I ~CS (15') C6 (1 7g) C6 137 1 37 ~ (1 70) C6 I 35C5 (I 67) C6 I 35C5 15) cs (100 cs 12• 100C5
cs
Tne• if 20961 ~ 1081 212 Bl 21• Bl 21803 2()( B8 2~B8
• lli 88 2 oo ea 2 OCl BB 2l211i 2 19 Ell 2 19 Iii 1951E 1 9ll 86 I 92Eli 19286 1 8800 l 9186 191 IE 196 86 19366 I 87 El6 185 86 1,. Eli 16986 16966 161 E6 161 86 16086 I 60 86 1.61 cs 160C5 1 511 C5 l 57 C5 156C5 155C5 160(5 158(5 156 cs 162C5 150 cs 13' (5 1 33 cs 129(5 I :19(5
b1f11! Luk
!nitC11vn Coq Fu I f,-~rua on Producc1on Abov.BelowPotktr R""""'9 on Hol•.t.1 Sp.. d Corrpm110n
6. Select File> Close to close the E3SOPJ_HC Design. Cl ick Yes when prompted to " Save changes to E3SO P I_ HC*?"
9-110
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 9: Self Exercise I. Design the T' Production Liner. Use the same applicable loads (burst, collapse, axial) as applied to the associated production casing for the E3SOP1 Design. 2. What is the grade, weight, and connection recommended for the liner that satisfies the design criteria (default design factors)?
StressCheck ™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-111
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 10: Template Exercise StressCheck Templates allow users to load recurring common data when creating Designs. Templates contain a combination of views, design criteria, and inventories settings. Once a template is assigned to a new Design, the assigned initial template cannot be replaced with another template. I. Create a new template document called My Template from the Normal (System) Template in the StressCheck software.
a) Add a new 9 7/8" OD pipe, 62.80 ppf, P-1I0, 8 5/8" ID to the default API pipe inventory. b) Increase the Legend default font size to 12. c) Rename the default "tab I" tab to work, and add a new tab named Well Schemat ic .
d) Predefine a Production casing string, design parameters. Use all default design factors for pipe and connection, except the pipe burst design fac tor. Instead, enter 1.2 rather than the 1. 1 default value. Apply temperature deration and buckling as additional analysis options. Define the fo ll owing Loads: for burst (Tubing Leak internal profile, and Fluids Gradient w/Pore pressure external profile; for Collapse, Gas Migration internal profile and Mud and Cement Mix Water external profile and for Axial , Overpull with I 00,000 lbf and Service Loads). Define one section, 1,000 ft minimum section length, and apply default uni-biaxial boundaries except for the burst compression combine load (apply triaxial boundary) for the minimum cost Analysi s. e) Save the template as a users template.
f) Apply the My Template document to a new instant Design. How can you confirm the template settings are currently appl ied to the new Design?
9-112
StressCheck TM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Exercise 10 Answers l. Launch the StressCheck software, and then select File> Template > Open From Database.
From the File menu, select Template> Open From Database.
Now Ctrl+O
Open .. .
· 1 Open from File
Data File Locations ..•
Prrt Setup ••• Import
Export Exit
[8}
Open Template
Open the Normal (System) template.
Tempjate:
!lm~Ciiiiiiiiiiiiiii33 · ~'-~ --cancel
a) Select Tubular> Pipe Inventory. Select All from the pipe size pick-list, and then enter a new pipe OD.
Right-click the first row to highlight, and then select Insert Row to add a new row.
C'O
Gr~dt or
10
1jn\
Namt
(n)
Y1old (p..)
lnl 0.1ft
Pope
(in)
Ti~
s....
(P"J~
lM>
J-55 0824 l-00 0824
Ct.t
"""
N.00 C.!IO T-95 tt.40 J.55 l.W
0 82A 0 824 0824 0824 0824 0 824 N-8) 0 824 c.!;lJ 0 824 UIS 0824
Oolota•SOleaAIRows
1 31s
55IJl)
wm flDXI
mXl l5CDl «ml 55llll 'llOO 8llD
9:IIXJ 95CIXl
073) 073J 0.730 0730 0 730 0 730 0 730 0 73J 0730 0730 0 730
StandaJd l { Standard 1
St•ndard I Stondard l ~ Sl•ndard 7 Standard I~ Standord I;::,(. Standard 1 Slandard 169" Standard 1789Jl
1 700 . ..... .1-j:.40-..J.A4~ 4Cf0l..,~- ~~·.•~d..
"'~ -~-·-....,,.,..
Enter 9 718" OD pipe, 62 .80 ppf, P-110, 8 5/8" ID.
St•ndard I03
!S'
Colfap~
()J•I"
621Dl
''°
I 050
11 140 1 140 1 1
l-00 lll8l C.!IO r .95
0824 0 824 0 824 0 824 0 824
ElOll ~
95ilXJ
S1.andard S1andard S1andard 0 7:11 S1andard 15006 7 0 7:11 Standard 169!0 0 0 730 Sianda.rd 17891 7
~- ~-.,,...!:~--·-- -~~.A5U' ~£~~·«L 7s:;_3
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-113
Chapter 9: Exercises
b) Select Tools > Options, and then select the Legend check box. Click the legend Font button, and then update the font size to 12. Click OK, then click OK to apply the changes and close the Options dialog box. ~
Options Plots
r.>
Select Tools> Options, and then select the Legend check box.
Gnd
PrmL•l'OUt .:; Hieediers and Footitrs
"""'·
'"'-'"
~
Q' ,_..,
I
~ I
"-
DLl
"'··~
Caoce!J
..,.., I _H!ll?_J
Oooltd
r. ~
rr.a
s.r.,.,,...,..,.
Click the Font button.
" - ... <;
"""""-'«!
Ohr
Yew Tidt Fant..
... 0.to.ted'M:sdl.ln
r.>a.--oc....,
f.ii®
font
Enter 1 2, then click OK to apply the change.
AaBbYyZz
n. ....
°""'r,..,.....
..:.l
n.-fort"4be..-odontdhJ
Pl'tler and)'Ol.llCMli
c) Select Tools> Tabs. Rename Tab I to work .
,_Name:
IWork
Click Rename, then enter the new tab name, wor k .
r
9-114
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
LodcTab
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click New to add another tab, and then click Rename to name the new tab Well schemat ic . Click Close to dismiss the dialog box.
rE)
T~bs Work
0ose
I
~ ~
_J
Click New to create another tab.
Ne.!....!
I IRename I D*te
r
LoO:Tab
Click Rename, and then enter !:..I the new tab name, ~-+-+-~~~~~~_. Rename ! We ll Sch e mat i c .
r
Lodt Tab
d) Select Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme. Notice that only two columns arc available: Name and Type. You can define all strings and string type combinations typically used in fie ld operations. After the string(s) are define d, you can define design parameters and loads per each string type according to your Company Des ign Criteria po li cy. For example, de fine a string Production Casing.
Select Production from the Name pick-list, and Casing from the Type pick-list.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1 . 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-115
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Tubular> Design Parameters, and then redefine the burst safety factor as 1 . 2 instead of 1.1. Apply default values for all other design factors, and select Temperature Deration and Buckling as Analysis Options. Click OK to apply the changes.
[g)
Design Parameters: Production Casing
~ Fact«s
IAnalysis ~bons I
~Boch
Comectoo
Enter 1 . 2 as the Burst t: 1. 200 safety factor. ---1-~ili!.:.---l~
&.rst,teak:
lu io CompresSIOll: l t. 300 Colapse: 11.000 Tnaioal: 1uso
I u oo CompresSlOO: 11. 300 Tension:
Tension:
OK
j 1.100
Axial
.AAlal
Cancel
l
_J I-
tlWY
J
~
~
Design Parameters: Production Casing e>esq, Factors Analysis ~bons
l
Design Constraint
Mn Internal Drift
In
Select the Temperature AnalVSIS ~boos "':::---.i_~P ~ ~ Ext!m!ll Pr~e Profile Deration and Buckling r~atl.l'e Derabon Analysis Options ~ 1..m t to Fracue at snoe check boxes. w~
r
!.!Se &.rst W~ lhicl
OK
!_ cancel
i!Wv_J_
~
Select Tubular> Burst Loads. Select Tubing Leak as the burst internal profile, and select Fluid Gradients w/ Pore Pressure as the external profile.
9-116
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box. -
-
[8J
Bm·st Loods: Production CAsing
I
I T~aue I Plot I Custom I Opbons I
Sel«t Edt ~ loads
Select the Tubing Leak internal profile check box.
ProO..dlon loads Q Ti.brlg Leak
r
r
r r r r r r
r
Gas li:l(j( Profle
c st- w/ Gas Gracient Abo~e
r
Fractlle ~ st- w/ I/ 3 Btf' at 51.rface
r
Fractlle
Sll"Uabon 51.rOO Lellk
InJ«tion DooMi
casno
lost Reh.ms with Water
Su-face Pro~bon (BOP) PresSU'e Test
Green Cement Pressure Test
ertAhead
Internal Prof'ie
External Profle
<' Mud and Ceml!nt 1"1c·Wat:er r ~z~
("r .................... -~ I w/
Select the Fluid Gradient w/ Pore Pressure external profile option.
Pore Pressue
Sell'o\ater Gradent
<- FUd Gradients w/ Pore Pressu-e ~---~-~-------
OK
Cancd
I_
Apply
J ~-_J
Select Tubular > Collapse Loads. Select Gas Migration as the production load internal profile, and select Mud and Cement Mix-Water as the external profile. Click OK to save and close the dialog box.
(8)
Colldpse Loads: Production Casing
I
Select Edt
I T~ab.re I Plot I Custom I Options I
~ loads
Select the Gas Migration production load internal profile check box.
Select the Mud and Cement Mix-Water external profile option.
r r
fl.f~artlale.acuabon
Lost Retllns
1th Mud Orq>
Pro6.icbon loads N f,vacuabon
r r
Abo•-e~ Ped-er
mn: ,,.,'Vr - - - -- --+•!V Gas M9"abon
----+-+ r--.;;ci -&.1,1e1 ~..
r
~Ahead
lnlemill Profle
----t--f!~~~·····•-l+~
Exte-NI Profile
r.
r r
~and ~ementMlx·Wat:erl Pl.'l1Tleable
zones
Mud and Cement ~ry
c PrlOr Shoe w/ Gas Gradent Abo-.e
r
Er~e
r
FUd Ii!adent:s w/
Het>
"°'' Pressu-e
I
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-117
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Tubular> Axial Loads, and then select Overpull Force. Apply I 00,000 !bf as the default axial force, and then select Service Loads. Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.
r8J
Axial -loads: Production Gising
I
Select Plot
Select the Overpull check box, and then enter - - - -• 100000 lbf.
r
1Clpbons I l'ti'S
RUTWIO l'l Hole - Avo . Speed
bf
r.1' Overpul Fora:
r r
Post-Cl!mellt Static Load
r
Green CementPressu-e Test
Pre<ement St.abc Load
Appjied Force:
I
bf
P° Ser·llCe Loads Select the Service Loads check box. OK
Cancel
I
Apply
'-
~
J
Se lect Tubular> Minimum Cost, and define minimum cost constraints as follows: "Maximum Number of Sections" = I, "Minimum Section Length" = 1,000 ft. Select the Design tab on the dialog box, and then apply the following design envelope criteria.
9-118
Stress CheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the changes and close the dialog box.
[g)
Minimum Cost: Production Casing 1er_s...;..j_ Enter 1 as the Maxi;..;. m"""'u;;.;.m.;..;.___ _-+-_Par _ame __ 0esqi __I_~ Number of Sections. constraints
Maxm.mNL.l!berofSecbons~t
Enter 1000 ft as the Minimum Section Length.
MnnunSecbon L~lh:
---
ft
1100
s ton
1000.0
Cost
Cost of K-55 Sitt!:
OK
rE)
Minimum Cost: Production Casing Parameters De5iOn
Select the Design tab, and then apply the design envelope criteria as shown.
I Tri-axial
L..
:J Cl) Cl)
Q)
rl: ro
r·---····
~
Q)
L..
Q)
:t::
0
............ ...... . ........ . ~
Q)
>
ti Q)
iTI
Note
.
Lim~s are a Axial Force (lbf)
OK
Cancel
I_
Appl!._J __~_ _.
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-119
Chapter 9: Exercises
While in Template mode, check the contents of the Wellbore and Tubular menus. Grayed out menu commands, and Well specific data (for example, pore and frac pressure data), are not accessible in Template mode. Welbore Ti.tul« View Comp(
Tib.il«
General •.. Casino and Tibrg Scheme
VW!W
C~
Tools
Ct6rent strno... Desql P11remete<s ...
lnll:ial Condibons ... Tool Passao;ie .. .
Mmul\Cost .. .
W~hEdlor
OoQleo ~rity Overrides
Blxst Loads ... Colapse l..c005" , Ami l oads ... Custom Loads ...
Compression L~ Check..,
Grayed out menu commands .___________._ are not available in Template mode.
Pipe Inventory
5peo
9-120
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000.1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Wi
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select the Work tab, and then select View > Well Schematic.
Work
A Wei SchetnallC
/
StressCheck ™Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-121
Chapter 9: Exercises
e) Select File> Template> Save As. Enter My Temp l ate in the Template Name field, and then click OK. Save Template
- -
Enter My Templat e as the new template name.
(g)
OK
Cancel Help
Notice the recently created template was added as a "User Defined Template" in the Well Explorer. 0 Rig Contractors - CJ Templates +
The newly created template _ (}) lJsef" Defined Templates now exists in the Well - - - - - -• (JI My Template Explorer tree under the "User + G!J system Templates Defined Templates" node. • Cl w orkspaces +
lfti
+
j'# catatoos
Tubular Properties
Select File > Close to close the template. t) Select File> New> Instant Design, accept the defaults, and then click OK to create an instant Design.
rg)
Instant-Design Names:
,ompany: n.=.:.Ll.ii!i . ~.~ - ~r-------;i
eroiect:
IProiect ,.
~te:
1Site ~1
~el:
lwe1 =1
1
w-·et>ore -=1- - - - - - - - -
w~e: -I
~:
IDesigl =1
Dab..m elevation abo•·e: Mean Sea Level
~fault Datun Elevabon:
r
Qffshore
!irOU'ld Elevation:
ro.o--
ro.o-
ft
ft
r OK
When the Open Template dialog box appears, select My Template as the template to apply to the Design.
9-122
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
Chapter 9: Exercises
Click OK to apply the template to the instant Design.
OK
I
Cancel
1
" I
T~te:
~
J
Observe that the newly created Design with "My Template" applied includes all changes that you made in template.
698
699 700
•
By default, the new Design displays both the currently displayed Work tab and the Well Schematic tab.
•
Select Tubular > Pipe Inventory. The pipe inventory includes the 9 7/8" casing created in " My Template".
71.800 62.800
9.625 9.875 10.750 10.750
32.750 40.500 '
•
9500) T-95 8 125 7.969 p.110 8.625 110000 8.500 H-40 10.192 40000 10.036 H-40 10.050 40000 9.894 J-55 9.8941 · _ __ ..,. __10.050 ......._,._,,,..... -55000 _ __,,,...... ~
Standard 12954 5 Standard 12183 5 Standard 18167 Standard 22791 Standard 3133 7
a 13E
..,J
.~·····~-- ----~~_,. • .Ji
Select Wellbore > General, and then enter a well depth MD. For example, enter 10,000 ft.
(g]
General Opbons J Comments J Oescripbon : ~'Section
INew Wei
Definibon
I
Onoin N: 0.0
onoin E: Azm.ltti:
OK
o-.o---
; I -
Wei Depth (l>'O) :
ft ft
{T'ID) :
J 10000 ft ;---ft
Io.oo ~y
I__ ~
StressCheck™ Software Release 5000. 1.7 Training Manual
http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
9-123
Chapter 9: Exercises
Select Wellbore >Casing and Tubing Scheme, and enter a "Production" casing string.
1
Measured Depths (fl) Shoe TOC 400l.O 4600.0
9 7/d"
2
Select Tubular> Design Parameters, Tubular> Burst Loads, Tubular > Collapse Loads, Tubular> Axial Loads, and Tubular > Minimum Cost. Notice that all changes made in "My Template" are assigned to the current instant Design. The example below shows the burst safety factor of 1.2 entered previously in "My Template". Design Parameters: 9 7l 8"
Productio~ Casing
I
Design Factors Analysis Opbons Pipe Body
ant:
Com«bon
l£Ei3
Axial Tension:
9-124
I Ltoo
Axial
I1.:m
j 1. 300
Tension:
I
CompresSlon: j i.:m
(011'4lRSSlOl'I: L JOO
Colapse:
j 1.000
Tr.axial:
1 1.250
OK
EUstft.eak:
Cancel
StressCheckTM Software Release 5000. 1. 7 Training Manual http://www.egpet.net ﺷﻛرا ﻟك
IBJ
More Documents from "Bruce"
Sub-sea_conductor_study.pdf
April 2020 13
Stresscheck-training_in Colour.pdf
April 2020 13
M501_metrology_&_instrumentation.pdf
June 2020 17
